IA.PII.Y: 
 
 WORLD. 
 
 * THREE PARTS 
 
 > 
 
 IMPROVED A 
 
 LI 
 
 - i 
 
jj. 
 

 4 
 
 

 

 . 
 
 

 
Laplanders. 
 
 Russians. 
 
 Egyptians. 
 
 Turks. 
 
 Chinese. 
 
 Hottentots. 
 
GEOGRAPHY: 
 
 OR, A DESCRIPTION OF 
 
 THE WORLD. 
 
 IN THREE PARTS. 
 
 PART I. GKOGRAPHICAL ORTHOCKAl'HY. 
 
 AND ACCENTK1). 
 
 PART II. A GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY 
 
 TO BE COMMITTED TO MEMORY. 
 
 PART III.- A DESCRIPTION OF TIIF. KARTH, 
 MANN; MS <>r THE JMIAHIT \.\TS. MANUFACTURM 
 
 :MI:I;CI., i.<>\ T.I;\MI:\T, .\ vn i; u. AM> 
 
 AHTinriAL (TKIOSITIKS, &c. 
 
 TO BE READ IN CLA*8E. 
 
 ACCOMPANIED "WITH AN ATLAS. 
 
 TO WHICH IS ADDED 
 
 J:ASY METHOD OF cxj.xs'nn ( -J-LVG MAPS, 
 
 II ( I -I RATED BY PLATES. 
 
 FOR THK {<{'. Of SCHOOLS AND 
 
 BY DANIEl ADAMS, A. M. 
 
 Author of thr S-h.lar's Aritlirnclick, &c. 
 
 Ctoctftt) S^ftfon. 
 IU)STON : 
 
 PRI.N'i ! ii \M> IM-RLISHI'.U I!V LINCOLN & EDMANDS, 
 
 Sold hy D. Felt, .vul Collin* & Co. New-York ; John r,ri" ? , Uriah Hunt. ; 
 Kimber & Sliarpk-s-i, PJ-ilndrlphia ; Ciwhing & Son*. Josoph Jewolt, 
 and Plaakitt & Co. Baltimore. 
 
 1830. 
 
RECOMMENDATIONS. 
 
 Dear ilr, Prince Edward, (Pa.) JuneZO,i9ig. 
 
 I have given Adams' Geography a careful perusal, and am happy to have it in my power to say, 
 that it very far exceeds any work of the kind that nas hitherto cone under my observation. I 
 was so muih pleased '.o have it in my oower to recommend so valuable a school book to students 
 in geography, that in order to introduce it into more common use, I took the liberty of putting it 
 into the hands of Rev. Mr. Lyle, an eminent judge of such a work, who is in the constant habit of 
 teaching geography, that I might obtain his recommendation also 
 
 Mr. Lyle gives me liberty to state in his behalf, that it is so far superior to any other work of 
 the kind hitherto seen by him, that so soon as he can arrange the classes of his school for its 
 reception, and procure a sufficient number of copies, he will introduce it into his school. If these 
 candid observations are calculated in your opinion, to give this valuable stranger a more general 
 introduction, as well as mure welcome reception in the schools and families in your neighbour- 
 hood, make use of them fur the purpose. Yours, T. A. STEt'HENbON. 
 
 Pbiladflphla, June Q, I82O. 
 
 The Geography by Daniel Adams, A. M. as far as my Judgment c xlenils, is one of the happiest of 
 efforts for imparting profit, popularity, and pleasure to the scicn-.e it leathes. The accentuation of 
 difficult words in the first part, is as necessary and useful as the outlines to be committed to meow 
 dry in the second part, are select and judicious. In part the third the Author has avoided servility 
 in copying from the works of others, and in a style neat and attractive-, has exhibited the state of 
 Nations and Cities, not as they presented themselves in the la-.t or former centuries, but as they 
 now exist. The work discovers the extensive reading of the Authoi, and a felicity of talent i 
 fixing on the facts which are best calculated to inform and edify. I wish the work a very exten- 
 sive circulation. WILLIAM STAUGHTON. 
 
 DISTRICT OF MASSACHUSETTS, to wit: 
 
 District Clerk's office. 
 
 BE IT REMEMBERED, That on the fifteenth day of March, A D 1830, in the fifty-fourtm 
 year of the Independence of the United States of America, LINCOLN & EDMAND3, of the 
 said district, have deposited in this office the title of a Boole, the right whereof they claiui as Pro* 
 prietors, in the words following,/* to.t: 
 
 Geography : or a Description of the World. In three Parts. Part 1 Geographical Orthogro- 
 phy, divided and accented. Part I L A Grammar of Geography, t<> be committed to memory. 
 Part HI. A Description of the Earth, Manners and Customs of the lnh<bitanls, Manufactures, 
 Commerce, Government, Natural and Artificial Curiosities, &c. to be read in Classes. Accompa- 
 nied with an Atlas. To which is added, An easy method of constructing Maps, illus'rated by 
 Plates. For the use of Schools and Academies. By Daniel Adams, A. M. Author of the Scholar's 
 Arithmetic^, &c. 
 
 In Conformity to the Act of the Congress of the United State*. entitled, " An Act for tike 
 encouragement of Learning, by securing the copies of Maps, Charts and Book*, to the Authon 
 &nd Proprietors of such copies during the times therein mentioned ;" and alto to an Act entitled 
 " An Act iupplementai y 10 an Act, entitled, An Act for the Rn< nuracenicnl of Learning, hy se- 
 curing the Copies of Maps, Churls and Books to the Authors and Proprietors of such Copies during 
 the times therein mentioned: and extending the Benefits thereof to the Arts of Designing, E- 
 graving u>4 Etching Historical, and other Prints." 
 
 JNO. W. DAVIS, Clerk of the Dittrict of Massachwetti. 
 
U125 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 GEOGRAPHY can be successfully studied only by the use of maps. 
 'i he natural -ami artificial divisions of the earth, the cour-ex of rivers, 
 and the relative position of cities and towns, are inech.niic.il in their 
 nature, ;i< nnu-h so as the letters of the alphabet; and any attempt to 
 communicate a knowledge of these objects by verbal descriptions, 
 only- without the use of maps or an artificial globe, is as absurd U 
 would .ipt in learn a child to write, by verbal dissertations 
 
 on the shape-* of the several letters, without exhibiting a copy of them 
 before him. 
 
 e the treatise here presented to the public is accompanied 
 with an ATLAS, between which and the book there is an intimate 
 relation. It is from the Atlas that the boundaries of countries, the 
 direction of the principal ranges of mountains, the courses and the 
 outlets of river-, and generally the situation of towns, &c. are intend- 
 ed to be learnt ; the names of which in the book are printed in Italic 
 - a standing admonition 'o the pupil, whenever they oc- 
 cur, to consult his maps; all which may be seen explained more at 
 in a Note, |i i^e 1M. 
 
 The book is exhibited in three distinct parts, and yet forming one 
 connected whole ; which peculiar feature ewry instructor, it is pre- 
 sumed, will with pleasure recogni/e. 
 
 In \\wfir*t part the pupil acquires the spelling and the pronuncia- 
 tion of the names of those kingdoms, countries, mountains, rivers. 
 which in the two succeeding Parts are more 
 
 particularly to en-.i^' bis attention; audit is important that he be 
 able cui rectly to pronounce and to spell the words it contains. 
 
 The second part contains the principles of Geography in the most 
 plain, conei-e and natural language, much on the plan of GOLDSMITH 
 and (JAY, and is that part designed in In: nntnnitttd to memory. 
 
 The third part is a further illustration of the same subjects, togeth- 
 er with a particular account of the climate, soil, productions, manu- 
 factures, commerce, manner-, customs, religion, government, curios- 
 ities, &c. of all the principal kingdoms and states in the known world 
 designed for reading in private, or by classes in schools. 
 
 This distinction between what is to be learned by heart, and what U 
 designed for reading only, made by the second and third Parts, it i 
 presumed will meet the approbation of every teacher, more especially 
 of those who have been perplexed with the difficulty of selecting for 
 their pupils the portions to be committed to memory. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 Different methods may be proper for pupils of different age?, and 
 something must always be left to the discretion of the instructer. 
 Those instructer:? who prefer it, can direct the Third Part to be read 
 in connexion with the study of each article of the Grammar, and the 
 questions on the Maps. For instance, when the pdpil shall have 
 committed and recited what is said of " The World, 5 ' in the Grammar, 
 he may then read of the same in the Third Part ; after which he will 
 be prepared for the study of the " Questions on the Map of th* 
 World." And thus proceed with the other divisions of the work. 
 
 The ' Directions for the Construction of Maps" are so plain and 
 easy, and the exercise in itself so important to em of Geos- 
 
 raphy, that they ought not to be neglected. 
 
 A description of the Globes, and various problems for the e 
 of the learner, are added to the work to render it more complete. 
 BOSTOX, Jan. 1S18, 
 
 tP Besides a few necessary alterations in the body of the work, 
 
 the atlas accompanying this 12th edition, has been revised, a new 
 
 map of Africa drawn agreeably to recent discoveries, and a map of 
 
 the Middle States added, which greatly increase the value of the work. 
 
 April, 1830. 
 
 TO THZ SEVENTH EDITION. 
 
 But few alterations have been made in the different editions of this 
 Geography ; but now, after a lapse of nine years, a general 
 has been thought to be necessary in order to embrace later changes 
 and more recent information. In doing this the second part has been 
 enlarged, and the third or reading part, variously modified. We are 
 aware that these alterations will occasion some difficulty with classes 
 in usin^r this as a reading book with former editions, and tL 
 hereafter be avoided so far as is possible with our Juty of being cor- 
 rect. 
 
 A distinguishing feature of this work is the Third Part, so emi- 
 nently fitted for a reading: book in clashes. It is s kind of narrative 
 read with great interest and attention by children who have made, or 
 yho at the time may be making geography a - 
 
 In relation to this part, a new, and as it is conceived, a very impor- 
 tant improvement, is now introduced, for a knowledge of which, to 
 avoid repetition, reference may be had to the prefatory note, page 97. 
 
 A short sketch of Ancient Geography also is now introduced, for 
 die convenience of those who may wish to extend their inquiries to 
 iect. 
 
 ~. 1,1323. 
 
PART I. 
 Geographical Or- 
 thography, - - - 7 
 
 PART II. 
 
 Grammar of Geog- 
 raphy 13 
 
 CONTENTS 
 
 :i Settle- 
 ments, - - - - 46 
 Spani-h America, ib. 
 West Indies, - - 47 
 SOUTH AMERICA, 48 
 
 EUROPE, - - - 53 
 Great Britain and 
 Ireland. - - - 54 
 Lapland. 56 
 y. - - - - 57 
 
 Empire of Japan, 76 
 Asiatic Islands, ib. 
 Australasia, - - 76 
 Polynesia, - - - ih. 
 Summary ol Asia, ib. 
 
 AFRICA, - - - 77 
 Summary of Africa, 78 
 Summary of the 
 Population of 
 the World, - - ib. 
 Questions on Map 
 of the World, 79 
 on N. America, 1 
 on Unit. States, 83 
 on New En ?!. 85 
 on Middle States 87 
 on S. America. 88 
 on Europe, - 89 
 on British Isles, 93 
 on Asia, 94 
 on Africa, - - 96 
 
 PART III. 
 
 The World, - - 97 
 AMERICA, - - 99 
 United Sta'es, - 100 
 -England, 111 
 Maine, - - - - 112 
 Hampshire, 114 
 Vermont, 116 
 Massachusetts, 118 
 Rhode- Island, 123 
 Connecticut, - 125 
 York, - - 127 
 New-Jersey, - 132 
 Pennsylvania, 133 
 Delaware, - - 136 
 -.land, - - 13S 
 Dist. Columbia, 139 
 Virginia, - - - 141 
 North Carolina, 148 
 
 'ieographical Defi- 
 nitions, - - - - ib. 
 Fhe World, - - - 19 
 \M1 
 N. AMERICA - - ib. 
 ED STATE- 
 
 Sweden. 58 
 . 59 
 Poland, 60 ! 
 - - - ib. 
 The Netherlands, 
 or Holland, - 61 
 France, 62 
 Germany, - - - 63 
 Austrian Domin. 64 
 Switzerland, - - ib. 
 Spain ----- 65 
 
 New Hampshir 
 Vermont. - - - - 26 
 Massachusetts - ib. 
 Rhode Island, - 27 
 Connecticut, - 
 New-York, - - 29 
 New-Jersey, - - 31 
 Pennsylvania, - 32 
 Delaware. - - - ib. 
 !and, - - - 33 
 Virginia. - - - ib. 
 .-Carolina, So 
 South -Carolina, 36 
 Georgia, - - - - 37 
 Alabama, - - - ib. 
 Missisippi, - - - 38 
 Louisiana, - - - 39 
 Florida, ib. 
 Tennessee, - - - 40 
 Kentucky, - - - 41 
 Ohio ib 
 
 Portugal, - - - ib. 
 66 
 Ionian Republic, 67 
 Turkey in Europe, ib. 
 Summary of Eu- 
 rope, 68 
 
 i S I A fiQ 
 
 Turkey in Asia, 70 
 ib. 
 Independent Tar- 
 tar 71 
 
 Indiana, - - - - 42 
 Illinois, - - - - 43 
 
 - 'uri, - - - ib. 
 Michigan Ter. - 44 
 Arkansaw Ter. - ib. 
 British Possessions 
 in N. America, 45 
 
 Persia, - - - - ib. 
 Arabia, - - - - 72 
 India, 73 
 Hindostan, - - - ib. 
 Farther India Bir- 
 man Empire, kc. 74 
 Chinese Empire, ib. 
 
 A 2 
 
Tl 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 South-Carolina, 147 
 Georgia, - - - 150 
 Alabama, - - - 152 
 Missisippi, - - ib. 
 Louisiana, - - 15 I 
 Florida, - - - 155 
 Tennessee, - - 158 
 Kentucky, - - 159 
 
 Ohio, 161 
 
 Indiana, - - - 164 
 
 Illinois, 165 
 
 Missouri, - - - 166 
 Michigan Ter. ib. 
 Arkansaw Ter. 167 
 British Possessions 
 
 in N. America, 168 
 New Britain, - ib. 
 
 Canada, ib 
 
 New Brunswick and 
 
 Nova-Scotia, 171 
 Newfoundland, 172 
 Cape Breton, - ib. 
 Prince Edward's 
 
 Island, - - - 173 
 Bermudas, - - - ib. 
 Spanish Possessions 
 
 in North Amer. ib. 
 Mexico, or New 
 
 Spain, - - - - ib. 
 Greenland, - - 175 
 West-Indies, - 176 
 
 Cuba, 179 
 
 Hispaniola, or St. 
 
 Domingo, - - ib. 
 
 Jamaica, 180 
 
 Porto-Rico, - - ib. 
 Caribbee Islands, ib. 
 Bahama Islands, 181 
 Turk's Island, - ib. 
 SOUTH AMERICA. ib. 
 Republic of Colom- 
 bia, ----- 185 
 
 Peru, 187 
 
 Chili, 189 
 
 United Provinces of 
 South America, 190 
 
 Brazil, 192 
 
 English, Dutch, & 
 
 French Guiana, 195 
 Unconquered Coun- 
 tries, - - - - 197 
 slands, - - - - ib. 
 
 EUROPE, - - - 198 
 
 England, - - - 199 
 
 Wales, - .-- 204 
 
 Scotland, - - - ib. 
 
 Ireland, .... 206 
 
 Lapland, - - - 207 
 
 Norway, - - - 209 
 
 Denmark, - - - 211 
 
 Sweden, - - - - 216 
 
 Russia, - --- 219 
 
 Poland, 225 
 
 Prussia, ib, 
 
 Netherlands, - 227 
 
 France, 230 
 
 Germany, - - - 234 
 
 Austrian Domin. 237 
 
 Switzerland, - - 240 
 
 Spain, 243 
 
 Portugal, 247 
 
 Italy, 249 
 
 Turkey in Eur. 253 
 
 ASIA, 256 
 
 Turkey in' Asia, 257 
 
 Russia in Asia, 260 
 
 Indep. Tartary, 261 
 
 Persia, - - - - ib. 
 
 Arabia, - - - - 263 
 
 Hindostan, - - 266 
 
 Birman Empire, 270 
 
 Malacca, 271 
 
 Siam, 272 
 
 Laos and Cambo- 
 dia, 273 
 
 Cochin-China, and 
 
 Tonquin, - - ib. 
 Chinese Empire, 274 
 Chinese Tartary, 277 
 
 Tibet, ib. 
 
 Empire of Japan, ib. 
 Asiatic Islands, 280 
 Isles of Sunda, - ib. 
 
 Borneo, 281 
 
 Manillas, or Philip- 
 pine Islands, - ib. 
 
 Celebes, 282 
 
 Moluccas, or Spice 
 
 Islands, - - - ib. 
 Australasia, - - 283 
 Polynesia, - - - 284 
 
 AFRICA, - - - 286 
 Barbary Mates, ib. 
 
 Egypt, 289 
 
 East Africa, - - 292 
 Abyssinia, - - 293 
 Countries south of 
 
 Abyssinia, - 294 
 South Africa, - 296 
 Colony of Cape of 
 
 Good Hope, - ib. 
 West Africa, - 297 
 Coast of Guinea, ib. 
 Interior of Afri- 
 ca, 299 
 
 African Islands, 300 
 Sketch of Ancient 
 
 Geography, - 303 
 Construction of 
 
 Maps, - - - 315 
 On the Globes, - 317 
 Table of Longi- 
 tude, - - - - 32* 
 
 DIRECTIONS TO THE BINDER. 
 
 Plate I. To face page 318. 
 
 II. 316. 
 
GEOGRAPHICAL ORTHOGRAPHY 1 . 
 
 A DIFFICULT word occurring in a lesson, of which a child doe* 
 not know the just pronunciation, or the sound of which is not famil- 
 iar to I uders^hi* ta^k much more tedious, and not 
 unfrequently defeats hi* purpose altogether. Most of such word* 
 therefore, occurring in thi< <ieoi;raphy, arc here collected together, 
 divided and accented, with a view that they >hould be taught t he- 
 pupil, not only till he can READ, hut likewise till he can spell them 
 correctly, lii this vsay hi* future progress in committing his lessons, 
 will not on!. ly facilitated, hut he will also, at the same 
 time, acquire a knowledge of the orthography, or correct spelling of 
 the nai ,-s, wherein too many persons are found deficient, 
 even after having completed their education. 
 
 After the pupil shall have ^one through with his geography, this 
 vocabulary will he found extremely convenient for another impor- 
 tant purpose, that of a review of all the principal subjects; for then 
 to the -prllin<r <;t the word, he may be called upon to add such 
 description of the place or thin as iiis geography furnishes. 
 
 Kingdoms, States, Countries, 8fc. 
 
 A mer' i ca 
 
 Chi' li 
 
 Ger' ma ny 
 
 
 Co him' hi a 
 
 Green' land 
 
 Africa 
 
 Cal i for'nia 
 
 Guin' ea 
 
 Ails' tri a 
 
 Cor' M <-a 
 
 Gra na' da 
 
 Ag ger huys 
 
 Co'chin-Chi'na 
 
 Hoi' land 
 
 Am a zo' ni a 
 
 Chi' na 
 
 HUII-J;' a ry 
 
 A\is tral a' sia 
 
 Cam bo 7 di a 
 
 Hin do- 
 
 Ar me' ni a 
 
 Cat a lo' ni a 
 
 In di an' a 
 
 A ra' bi a 
 
 Co ro man' del 
 
 It' a ly 
 
 Ab ys sin' i a 
 
 f 'on' go 
 
 11 li nois' 
 
 An cla lu' si a 
 
 Dron' theim 
 
 Ire' land 
 
 As tu' ri a 
 Ar' a gon 
 
 Del' a ware 
 Den' mark 
 
 In' di a 
 Ir kutsk' 
 
 Al ui 
 
 Don go' la 
 
 Ja' va 
 
 A' del 
 
 Dar-Fur 
 
 Ja pan' 
 
 A'jan 
 
 Da ho' mey 
 
 Ken tuck' y 
 
 An go' la 
 
 Eu' rope 
 
 Lap' land 
 
 Bra zil' 
 
 Eng' land 
 
 .Lou is i an' a 
 
 Bu e' nos Ay' res 
 
 E' gypt 
 
 La' os 
 
 Her' gen 
 
 Es 7 tre ma du' ra 
 
 Lo an' go 
 
 Bran' den burg 
 
 K-'qui maux 
 
 Lab ra dor' 
 
 Ba va' ri a 
 
 Flor' i da 
 
 Mas sa chu' sette 
 
 Bo he' mi a 
 
 Flan' ders 
 
 Ma' ry land 
 
 Bir' man 
 
 Fin* land 
 
 Mis si sip' pi 
 
 Bar' ba ry 
 
 Fran co' ni a 
 
 Mich i gan' 
 
 Ben ga^ 
 
 Fries' land 
 
 Mex' i co 
 
 Bu cha' ri a 
 
 Pron' in gen 
 
 Ma lac' ca 
 
 Bar' ca 
 
 dueld' er land 
 
 Mai' ta 
 
 Ben gu e' la 
 
 Geor' gi a 
 
 Wai' a bar 
 
 Be' nin 
 
 Gui an' a 
 
 Mo znm bique' 
 
 Can' a da 
 
 Great-Brit' ain 
 
 North-Car o H A n* 
 
 Con nect' i cut 
 
 Goth' land 
 
 New-Jer' sey 
 
GEOGRAPHICAL ORTHOGHAPHr. 
 
 New-Hamp' shire 
 
 Per' sia 
 
 Tar' ta ry 
 
 New-Bruns' wick 
 
 Po ly ne' sia 
 
 Ton' quin 
 
 New-Gra na' da 
 
 Pal' es tine 
 
 Tu' nis 
 
 Nor' way 
 
 Rus' sia 
 
 Ti' bet 
 
 New-York 
 
 Rhode-Isl' and 
 
 Trip' o li 
 
 New-Brit' ain 
 
 South-Car o li*na 
 
 Tur' key 
 
 No' va-Sco' tia 
 
 Scot' land 
 
 To bolsk' 
 
 Nu' bi a 
 
 Swe' den 
 
 U ni' ted States 
 
 Na to' li a 
 
 Swit' zer land 
 
 U' trecht 
 
 Na varre' 
 
 Si le' si a 
 
 Vir gin' i a 
 
 Neth' er lands 
 
 Sax' o ny 
 
 Ver mont' 
 
 Ohi'o 
 
 Syr' i a 
 
 Ven e zu e' la 
 
 O ver ys' sel 
 
 Si' am 
 
 West In' dies 
 
 Peru' 
 
 Swa'bi a 
 
 Ward huys 
 
 Pat a go' ni a 
 
 Sar din' ia 
 
 West pha' li a 
 
 Port' ii gal 
 
 Sic' i ly 
 
 Wir' tern burg 
 
 Pom e ra' ni a 
 
 Sles' wick 
 
 Zea' land 
 
 Penn syl va' ni a 
 
 Si be' ri a 
 
 Zan que bar 
 
 Prus' sia 
 
 Ten nes see' 
 
 
 
 Mountains. 
 
 
 Al leg' ha ny 
 
 Cum' ber land 
 
 Par nas' sus 
 
 Ap' en nines 
 
 Do' fra feld 
 
 Snow' don 
 
 Ar' a rat 
 
 Et'na 
 
 Sto' ny 
 
 At' las 
 
 Gram' pi an 
 
 St. Goth' ard 
 
 Aga ment' i cus 
 
 Ho' reb 
 
 Si'nai 
 
 A' thos 
 
 Hec' la 
 
 Tau' rus 
 
 An' des 
 
 Hae' mus 
 
 Ten e riffe' 
 
 Al' tay 
 
 I' da 
 
 Ta' ble 
 
 Ap a lach' i an 
 
 Kit ta tin/ ny 
 
 U ra' li an 
 
 Ben-Ne' vis 
 
 Lib' a nus 
 
 Ve su' vi us 
 
 Blue ridge 
 
 Mo nad' nock 
 
 Wash' ing ton 
 
 Chim bo ra' zo 
 
 O lym' pus 
 
 Wa chu' sett 
 
 Car pa' thi an 
 
 Pin' dus 
 
 White 
 
 Cau ca' sus 
 
 Pyr' e nees 
 
 
 
 Rivers. 
 
 
 An dros cog' gin 
 
 Chic' a pee 
 
 Gen es see' 
 
 Ap a la chic' o la 
 
 Chop tank 
 
 Gar onne' 
 
 Am o noo' suck 
 
 Ca ya ho' ga 
 
 Gaud i an' a 
 
 Al a ba' ma 
 
 Church' ill 
 
 Gan' ges 
 
 Ad' ige 
 
 Chau di ere' 
 
 Gam' bi a 
 
 A' ram- 
 
 Del' a ware 
 
 Guad al quiv' er 
 
 Am' a zon 
 
 Deer' field 
 
 Hack' in sack 
 
 Ap po mat' tox 
 
 Du'na 
 
 Ho-ang-Ho 
 
 Al ta ma' ha 
 
 Dan' ube 
 
 Hud' son 
 
 Ar' kan saw 
 
 Dnies' ter 
 
 Hock hock' ing 
 
 Bra' vo 
 
 Dou' ro 
 
 Hum' ber 
 
 Bur ram poo' ter 
 
 Dnie' per 
 
 11 li nois' 
 
 Bran' dy-wine 
 Cum' her land 
 
 Dwi' na 
 E dis' to 
 
 Ir ra wa' dy 
 In' dus 
 
 Con nect' i cut 
 
 E ni sei' 
 
 Ir' tish 
 
 Con' too cook 
 
 Eu phra' tes 
 
 Ju ni a' ta 
 
 Chow' an 
 
 K' bro 
 
 Ji' hon 
 
 Coo' sa 
 
 Es se qui' bo 
 
 Jap an ese' 
 
illi'AL ORTHOGRAPHY. 
 
 Ken lie beck' 
 
 hi' o 
 
 uvl' kill 
 
 Kan ha \va' 
 
 diee' 
 
 
 Ken ti 
 
 On' ion 
 
 1,-c 
 
 ' ki'a 
 
 i 
 
 lord 
 
 
 <J ri no' co 
 
 She nan ilo' ah 
 
 La mnillu' 
 
 
 SI. Ma' ry 
 
 
 On is <<>:, -in 
 
 Sci 
 
 La Pla' ta 
 
 i Qf 
 
 Shan' ih>n 
 
 Lick' in;; 
 
 1'is iv.i' .1 qua 
 
 St. Fran' cU 
 
 -ip' pi 
 
 
 So relic' 
 
 Mer' ri mack 
 
 Po co moke' 
 
 ' ern 
 
 Mi rbi-' coni 
 
 :ee' 
 
 Si' hon 
 
 Mo' hawk 
 
 Poo soom' suck 
 
 San dusk' y 
 
 ;i' ri 
 
 Pa tuck' et 
 
 St. Fran cis' co 
 
 Mo no:. 
 
 JY nobs' cot 
 
 Sen ^ 
 
 Mo/ bili- 
 
 Po tow' mack 
 
 Ten nes see' 
 
 Mi am' i 
 
 I'.iu tux' et 
 
 Tal a poo' <u 
 
 n 
 
 \' ent 
 
 Tom bee' bee 
 
 -Mu> kin^' um 
 
 '.-.' CO 
 
 The' is 
 
 Me hei ' rin 
 
 Per di' do 
 
 Ti' gris 
 
 Mex i ca' no 
 
 Par a ijuay' 
 
 Tip pa ca noe' 
 
 Min' ho 
 
 10' Kl 
 
 Ti' her 
 
 Mei' natn 
 
 I'm sa co' la 
 
 TJI' 
 
 -Me' mel 
 
 Ye' gel 
 
 U' ta was 
 
 *ey 
 
 Rap pa han' nock 
 
 Vol' tin 
 
 Nash' u a 
 
 Ko a noke' 
 
 Vis' tu la 
 
 Nan ti coke' 
 
 i tan 
 
 \Va' ha-h 
 
 
 8t Lan ' : 
 
 \\'-<t' field 
 
 men 
 
 > an' nah 
 
 We' s-r 
 
 
 St. inn' tiin 
 
 N 1 '/.oo f 
 
 Ni ag' a ra 
 
 Sus (jin- han' nah 
 
 \ > In tf a ny 
 
 
 !>' ti cook 
 
 Yam. 
 
 
 Lukes. 
 
 
 Ar' ol 
 
 >ic 
 
 >- pee 
 
 Bai kal' 
 
 '.' ri; pis 
 
 ! ma 
 
 Con stance' 
 
 .Mich ; 
 
 Pon char' train 
 
 Cham plain' 
 
 M. 
 
 Su pc' ri or 
 
 Ca nan da' qua 
 Cha taque' 
 
 , pl,i-<- ma' gog 
 : ;i cai' bo 
 
 Sun a pee' 
 
 Sen' e ca 
 
 E' rie 
 
 Mo ia' \ i 
 
 Tit i rac' a 
 
 ' va 
 
 u a 
 
 Um' ba gog 
 
 Hu' ron 
 
 O ne i' da 
 
 W in' i 
 
 11' men 
 
 m da' ga 
 
 Win ni IK. 
 
 La do' ga, 
 Loch Lo rnond' 
 
 O ii, 
 On ta' ri o 
 
 Win ni pis e og' ee 
 
 We' n-r 
 
 Lu cern' 
 
 '"' g 
 
 Zu' rich 
 
 
 Oceans and Seas. 
 
 
 At Ian' tic 
 
 Ha!' tic 
 
 i ter ra' ne an 
 
 Ar chi pel' a go 
 
 Ca rib' be an 
 
 Mar mo' ra 
 
 A dri at' ic 
 
 C:i*p' i an 
 
 chotsk' 
 
 A' zof 
 
 Chi nese' 
 
 Ska gor-Rack 
 
 A ra' bi a 
 
 man 
 
 V el' low 
 
 As phal' tes 
 
 Jap' an 
 
 
10 
 
 GEOGRAPHICAL ORTHOGRAPHY. 
 
 Gulfs and Bays. 
 
 Sa Ion' i chi 
 
 Isthmuses. 
 
 Ap a lacb' y 
 
 Si' dra 
 
 Co rinth' 
 
 Baf fin's 
 
 St. Law' rence 
 
 Da' ri en 
 
 Buz' zard's 
 
 St. An' drews 
 
 Pre' cop 
 
 Bis' cay 
 
 Si' am 
 
 Su' ez 
 
 Both' ni a 
 
 Ton' quin 
 
 
 Ches' a peak 
 
 Ta' ble 
 
 
 Cas' co 
 
 Ta ren' to 
 
 Capes. 
 
 Cal i for' ni a 
 
 Ven' ice 
 
 Beach' y 
 
 Cain peach' y 
 
 Zui' der-zee 
 
 Com' o rin 
 
 Chal eur' 
 
 
 E liz' a beth 
 
 Del' a ware 
 
 Sounds. 
 
 Fare well' 
 
 En gi' a 
 
 Al be marie' 
 
 Fin is terre' 
 
 Fin' land 
 
 Long-Isl' and 
 
 Guad a fu' i 
 
 Fun' dy 
 
 Pam' li co 
 
 Hen' lo pen 
 
 Gua ya quil' 
 
 
 Hat' te IMS 
 
 Guin' ea 
 
 Straits. 
 
 Lo pat' ka 
 
 Hon du' ras 
 
 Bell isle' 
 
 Look out' 
 
 Hud' son's 
 
 Bher' ing's 
 
 Liz' ard 
 
 Le pan' to 
 
 Bon i fa' ci o 
 
 Mai' a bar 
 
 Lo ren' zo 
 
 Ba bel man' del 
 
 Mat' a pan 
 
 Mex' i co 
 
 CaPfa 
 
 Mon tauk' Point 
 
 Mas sa chu' setts 
 
 Cat' te gal 
 
 Ne' gro 
 
 Ma chi' as 
 
 Con stan ti no' pie 
 
 Or' te gal 
 
 Mo> bile 
 
 Da' vis's 
 
 Port' land 
 
 Nar ra gan' set 
 
 Do' ver 
 
 For' poise 
 
 Pla cen' tia 
 
 Dar da nelles' 
 
 Pern' a quid 
 
 Per' sia 
 
 Gib i al' ter 
 
 Pa' los 
 
 Pas sa ma quod' dy 
 
 Lit' tie-Belt 
 
 St. Da' vid's 
 
 Pen sa co' la 
 
 Mes si' na 
 
 St. Ed' mands 
 
 Pa na' in a 
 
 Ma gsl' Ian 
 
 St. Lu' cas 
 
 Ri'ga 
 
 Ma lac' ca 
 
 Sa' ble 
 
 St. Ro' sa 
 
 Sun' da 
 
 St. Vin' cent 
 
 
 Islands. 
 
 
 An gle sea' 
 
 Cey' Ion 
 
 Hain' an 
 
 An da' man 
 
 Cel' e bes 
 
 Ire' land 
 
 An ti' gua 
 
 Car' o line 
 
 Ice' land 
 
 A leu' tian 
 
 Ca na' ry 
 
 Iv' i ca 
 
 An' na bon 
 
 Co mo' ro 
 
 Ja mai' ca 
 
 A zo' res 
 
 Cor' si ca 
 
 Ju an-Fer nan' des 
 
 A' land 
 
 Dom i ni' ca 
 
 Ja' va 
 
 Ber mu' da' 
 
 Da' go 
 
 Jer' sey 
 
 Bar ba' does 
 
 Falk' land 
 
 Ki u sui 
 
 Ba ha' ma 
 
 Fer' roe 
 
 Ku rile 
 
 Bor' ne o 
 
 For mo' sa 
 
 Lip' a ri 
 
 Bour' bon 
 
 Fer nan' do-Po 
 
 Lac' ca dive 
 
 Cu' ba 
 
 Gra na' da 
 
 La drone' 
 
 Car' i bee 
 
 Guern' sey 
 
 Lee oo-Kee' oo 
 
 Chi lo' e 
 
 Gau da loupe' 
 
 Mai' dive 
 
 Ce pha lo' ni a 
 
 Great-Brit' ain 
 
 Man hat' tan 
 
 Cape-Bret' on 
 
 Goth' land 
 
 Mar ti ni' co 
 
 Can' di a 
 
 Hy e' res 
 
 Major' ca 
 
 Ca non' i cut 
 
 His pan i o' la 
 
 Mai' ta 
 
 Cor' fu 
 
 Heb' ri des 
 
 Mount-De serf 
 
GEOGRAPHICAL ORTHOGRAPHY. 
 
 11 
 
 Mi nor' ca 
 
 New-Caledo'nia 
 
 Su ma' tra 
 
 Mad a gas' car 
 
 Nav i ga' tor's 
 
 So ci' e ty 
 
 Ma dei' ia 
 
 
 St. Hel'ena 
 
 Mo lu< 
 
 Ork' ney 
 
 Sa s ba' li en 
 
 Mar qu 
 
 O le' ron 
 
 Sand' wich 
 
 Mirhilli mak'kinak 
 
 ().-' land 
 
 Si kohl' 
 
 New' found land 
 
 ta heite' 
 
 Sol' o mon 
 
 Nan tu 
 
 Port' o Ri' co 
 
 Sta' ten 
 
 Ni co 7 bar 
 
 Pe'lew 
 
 i thol' o mew 
 
 Ne gro pont' 
 
 I'ap' u an 
 
 St. Do ming' o 
 
 Ni' pbon 
 
 Phil' ippine] 
 
 Trin i dad' 
 
 New-Hoi' land 
 
 l\n' gen 
 
 To ba' go 
 
 New-Brit' am 
 
 Shet'land 
 
 Tcr IM dcl-Fu e' go 
 
 Ncw-Xc;.' land 
 
 Sar din' i a 
 
 Tex' .-1 
 
 ll.-b 'rides 
 
 s. l.u' cia 
 
 I .bant' 
 
 New-duin' ea 
 
 Bic' ily 
 
 \\ ; 1 !' e ren 
 
 New-ln ' land 
 
 Seil' ly 
 
 Zea' land 
 
 
 Toions. 
 
 
 Ai\-Ia Cbap'elle 
 
 Ba' sil 
 
 Cai' to 
 
 All -T 
 
 Bil 1)o' a 
 
 C'a-b' gar 
 
 Am' herst 
 
 Belgrade' 
 
 Chi li co' the 
 
 Al' ba ny 
 
 Ba va' res 
 
 Co lum' bo 
 
 Am' boy 
 
 Bom deaux' 
 
 Cag li a' ri 
 
 Ac a pul' co 
 
 Ba yonne,' 
 
 Dion' theim 
 
 Am - 
 
 Bm-' 
 
 De troit' 
 
 Arch a 
 
 Bar ce lo' na 
 
 Dani' zic 
 
 Ah* er d 
 
 dad 
 
 Del' hi 
 
 A' bo 
 
 Buch' 
 
 Dres' den 
 
 ' 
 
 Browns vill' 
 
 Da ma.s' ni!< 
 
 A'va 
 
 Ban 
 
 Da mi ut' ta 
 
 A dri a no' pie 
 
 Ben < oo' len 
 
 I)i ar be'kir 
 
 A lep' po 
 
 Ba ta' vi a 
 
 Dar bent' 
 
 Al ex an' dria 
 
 Cm tine' 
 
 e ter 
 
 Ath' . 
 
 Car Inle' 
 
 Mil' en ton 
 
 As sump' tion 
 
 Charlc-' ton 
 
 Kd' in burgh 
 
 Ar a qui' pa 
 
 Co 1.. 
 
 Kl' bing 
 
 An nap' u li* 
 
 Con' cord 
 
 l.i se neur' 
 
 Am boy' 
 
 ( 'harle^' town 
 
 Fal' moutli 
 
 A eh-- 
 
 Co lum' bi a 
 
 Fa' yette villc 
 
 Ant' werp 
 
 Cu ma' na 
 
 Frank' fort 
 
 A /of 
 
 Cal' mar 
 
 Flor' ence 
 
 Ben' ning ton 
 
 Cor do' va 
 
 Fred' er irks bnrp 
 
 Bur' liiiL: ton 
 
 Ca yenne' 
 
 Kbi-h' ing 
 
 Brat tie bor' ough 
 
 n ba' gen 
 
 George' to\vn 
 
 Bel' fast 
 
 Cin cin na' ti 
 
 (int' ten burg 
 
 Bait' i more 
 
 Car tha ge' na 
 
 Gom broon' 
 
 Bnm-' wick 
 
 Cbiis ti an' a 
 
 (.. no' a 
 
 Beau' fort 
 
 Carl* ciW na 
 
 (>u a man' ga 
 
 Bn >' law- 
 
 Cher' son 
 
 Glai 
 
 Bran' den burg 
 Bu e' nos-A\ 
 
 -tan ti no' pip 
 ( 'i a' CO\V 
 
 ( Jol con' da 
 Glouce' ster 
 
 Ber' gen 
 
 Cal cut' ta 
 
 Han' o ver 
 
 Ber' lin 
 
 Cash' mere 
 
 Hal' low ell 
 
 Bir' ming ham 
 
 Can' ton 
 
 Ha/ ver hill 
 
GEOGRAPHICAL ORTHOGRAPHY. 
 
 Ham' burg 
 
 Mo hi' lew 
 
 Ro set' ta 
 
 Ha van' na 
 
 New bu ry port' 
 
 Ran goon' 
 
 Hal' i fax 
 
 New- Lon' don 
 
 Sche nee' ta dy 
 
 Haer' lem 
 
 New' ark 
 
 Spring' field 
 
 Had' dam 
 
 New cas' tie 
 
 Sa van' nah 
 
 Ips' wich 
 
 New' bern 
 
 St. Ge ne vi' eve 
 
 Ir kutsk' . 
 
 North- Yar' mouth 
 
 San ta Fe' 
 
 Is' pa han 
 
 New' bu ry 
 
 St. Au gus tine' 
 
 Je ru' sa lem 
 
 New-Bruns' wick 
 
 Stet' tin 
 
 Jed' da 
 
 New-Bed' ford 
 
 Se ville' 
 
 Je'do 
 
 North amp' ton 
 
 Smyr' na 
 
 Kas kas' ki a 
 
 New-Ha' ven 
 
 Sa mar' cand 
 
 Kings' ton 
 
 Natch' es 
 
 Shi' ras 
 
 Knox' ville 
 
 Nash' ville 
 
 Sa' na 
 
 Ko' nigs burg 
 
 New Or' leans 
 
 Se ring a pa' tarn 
 
 Kol'ivan 
 
 New-Mad' rid 
 
 Stut' gard 
 
 Lou' is ville 
 
 Nan ga sa' ki 
 
 Sar a gos' sa 
 
 Lew' is town 
 
 Na' pies 
 
 Sa Ion' i chi 
 
 Lan' cas ter 
 
 Nan' kin 
 
 Su rat' 
 
 Liv' er pool 
 
 Nag' pour 
 
 Stock' holm 
 
 Lon don der' ry 
 
 O port' o 
 
 Smo' lensk 
 
 Ley' den 
 
 Os we' go 
 
 St. Sal va dor* 
 
 Lim' er ick 
 
 O ne' ga 
 
 Sur i nam' 
 
 Lon' don 
 
 Port' land 
 
 Sy ra cuse' 
 
 Leip' sic 
 
 Phil a del' phi a 
 
 Tren' ton 
 
 Las' sa 
 
 Pe' t. rs burg* 
 
 Trux il' lo 
 
 Leg' horn 
 
 Pough keep' sie 
 
 Tu'la 
 
 Lau sanne' 
 
 Pitts' burg 
 
 Tor' ne a 
 
 Lex' ing ton 
 
 Poils' mouth 
 
 To bolsk' 
 
 Li' ma 
 
 Plym' outh 
 
 Tou' louse 
 
 Lan' sing burgh 
 
 Prince' ton 
 
 Ton' Ion 
 
 La hore' 
 
 Pen sa co' la 
 
 Tom buc' too 
 
 Ma chi' as 
 
 Par i mar' i bo 
 
 Tran' que bar 
 
 Mid' die bu ry 
 
 Po to' si 
 
 Um me ra poo' ra 
 
 Mil' ledge ville 
 
 Pa ler' mo 
 
 Up' sal 
 
 Mont pe' Her 
 
 Pres' burg 
 
 U trecht' 
 
 Mar ble head' 
 
 Pe'gu 
 
 Ver gennes' 
 
 Men do' za 
 
 Pru' sa 
 
 Vin cennes' 
 
 Mos' cow 
 
 Pe' kin 
 
 Ve' ra-Cruz 
 
 Ma ri et' ta 
 
 Pal mv' ra 
 
 Val pa rai' so 
 
 Mex' i co 
 
 Platts'^burg 
 
 Vi en' na 
 
 Mar a cai' bo 
 
 Pon di cher' r 
 
 Ven' ice 
 
 Mag' de burg 
 
 Pots' dam 
 
 Va len' cia 
 
 Me di' na 
 
 Qui' to 
 
 Worce' ster 
 
 Ma dras' 
 
 Que bee' 
 
 Wis cas' set 
 
 Mu nich' 
 
 Qui o' la 
 
 Wai' pole 
 
 Mai' a ga 
 
 Rich' mond 
 
 Wil' ming ton 
 
 Mi' Ian 
 
 Ra' leigh 
 
 Wash' ing ton 
 
 Mec' ca 
 
 Rut' land 
 
 Wy' burg 
 
 Mo' cha 
 
 Ri'ga 
 
 Wa' ter ford 
 
 Ma coa' 
 
 Rot' ter dam 
 
 War' saw 
 
 Mon te-Vid' e o 
 
 Re' vel 
 
 Yar' mouth 
 
 Mont re al' 
 
 Ro chelle' 
 
 Yakutsh' 
 
 Mar seilles' 
 
 Ron' en 
 
 Zu' rich 
 
 Moor shed' a bad 
 
 Roch' fort 
 
 Zei' la 
 
GRAMMAR 
 
 OF 
 
 GEOGRAPHY 
 
 DEFINITIONS. 
 
 GEOC.K M-HY is a description of the surface of the earth, 
 the constituent parts of which are land and water. 
 
 THK LAND 
 
 Isdivuled intocontinents, islands, peninsulas, isthmuses, 
 - or promontories, Mountains, and -hoiv> or c< 
 
 A C'M-IXEXT is tlie largest extent of land containing 
 
 many countries, and no where entirely separated by wa- 
 
 The mntinents are two; the Eit>;1<rn, containing 
 
 ta'o, and and the //'o7</-//, containing 
 
 1 ;ihd Xnnlk . 
 
 An IM.ANH is a portion of land surrounded by water; 
 as ^ '''. M(itlnzncur. 
 
 A PKMNJUI.A is a portion of land almost surrounded 
 by water : a- .Vv/i/i. 
 
 An I*i iiMi'is i* a neck of land joining a peninsula to a 
 continent or main land ; as the lit limits of Jjaricn, which 
 unit'-s Xnrt/i and South .hifrica. 
 
 A (' \IK is a point of land extending far into the sea ; as 
 the Cape of Good Hope ; if the land be high and utoun- 
 tainou-. it i- tailed a I'KOMONTOKY. 
 
 3 IIOHE or COAST is that land which borders on the sea. 
 
 A MOUNTAIN is a va-t protuberance of the earth. If a 
 mountain emit smoke and flame, it is called a VOLCANO. 
 The aperture or pit from which the smoke isMir-, and 
 from whence cinders and red hot stones are sometimes 
 ejected, is called a CHATEII. 
 
 LAVA is the melted matter that boils over at the time 
 of an eruption, and which sometimes flows in such copi- 
 ous streams as to overwhelm whole cities in its course. 
 
 MINERALS are all substances dug out of mines, of what- 
 ever kind - y as metals, coal, sulphur, ochre, &c. 
 B 
 
14 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 THE WATER. 
 
 Is divided into oceans, seas, lakes, gulfs or bays, havens, 
 or harbours, straits, channels, sounds, roads, rivers, and 
 friths or estuaries. 
 
 An OCEAN is the largest extent of water, no where en- 
 tirely interrupted by land. There are usually reckoned 
 four oceans ; viz. the Pacific, Atlantic, Indian, and 
 Arctic Sea, or Frozen Ocean. 
 
 A SEA is a small extent of water, somewhat confined 
 by land, but communicating with the ocean ; as the 
 Mediterranean Sea. If a sea be interrupted by a great 
 number of islands, it is sometimes called an Archi- 
 pelago. 
 
 A LAKE is a large collection of fresh water in the inte- 
 rior of a country ; as Lake Superior. 
 
 A GULF' or BAY is a part of the sea extending up into 
 the land 5 as the Gulf of Mexico. 
 
 A HAVEN or HARBOUR is a small portion of the sea 
 almost surrounded by land, where ships may ride safely 
 at anchor. 
 
 A STRAIT is a narrow passage of water out of one sea 
 into another; as the Sfrait of Gibrulter. 
 
 A CHANNEL is a passage of water from one sea to 
 another, but wider than a Strait ; as the British Chan- 
 nel. 
 
 A SOUND is a Strait so shallow that it may be sounded. 
 
 A CHEEK is a narrow branch of the sea, running up 
 into the land. Branches of rivers are 'sometimes called 
 Creeks. 
 
 A ROAD is a part of the coast where ships may anchor. 
 
 A RIVER is a considerable stream of inland water run- 
 ning into some sea, lake, or other river. 
 
 A FRITH or ESTUARY is the widening of a river at its 
 mouth into an arm of the sea ; as that of the river Ama- 
 zon. 
 
 A large body of water tumbling over a precipice is 
 called a CATARACT or FALLS. If the quantity of water 
 be small, it is a CASCADE. 
 
 Standing water, and low sunken grounds full- of 
 trees, shrubs, grass and mire, are called MORASSES, 
 BOGS, FENS, or, as more common in the United States, 
 SWAMPS. 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 15 
 
 A MAP 'esentation of the earth, or any part 
 
 of it upon paper or any plane surface. In general the 
 
 top of a map is north, the bottom MUith, the right hand 
 and the left hand west. f.'/'tV-v and (.urns are rep- 
 resented bv an . bv black lines, hi-nding irregular- 
 ly ; ?/, . l.i v dark shades; </w/V.v, bv i lu-' 
 small dots, boundaries ot countries and states by dotted 
 lines. 
 
 The Axis of the earth is an imaginary line passing 
 
 through its centre, from north to south, about which it 
 
 rcviil\ The northern extremity of this 
 
 !!ed the North l } olc, and the southern extremi- 
 
 .-//or, or Equinoctial Line, is an imaginary cir- 
 cle surrounding -ii, from east to west, at an equal 
 distance from the poles. 
 
 A HK.MISPHEKK is half of a globe ; thus, the Equator 
 :s i he globe into two hemispheres, Northern and 
 Southern. 
 
 The EcLirric is a great circle which crosses the 
 equator obliquely, in two opposite points, called the 
 Equino\ 
 
 two circles drawn parallel to the 
 
 equator, al -tant from it. That on the 
 
 north of the equato i tiie Tropic of Cancer, that 
 
 on the - Tropic of Caprico 
 
 are'two small circles at the distance 
 
 , ' That about the north 
 
 pole is called the .irctic, and that about the south pole, 
 
 The i.illy reckoned five /ones or Belts of the 
 
 earth ; \ i/,. unr. torrid, tivo temperate, and liro frigid. 
 
 The s}>ace between the two tropics i> called the Torrid 
 Zone, in every part of which the sun is vertical twice a 
 year, and uf com>e the weather is always warm ; the two 
 ween the tropics and the polar circles are call- 
 ed th" ife Zones ; and the two spaces between the 
 polar circles and the poles are called the Frigid Zones. 
 
 \ M M< i m.vx U a ineat circle crossing the equator at 
 right an-Ies, and passing thro'i-h the poles. Every place 
 has its meridian, at which, when the sun arrives, it is 
 noon at that place. 
 
 A DKGRF.K is the 360th part of any circle. A degree 
 of a great circle of the earth contains 60 geographical, 
 
 * The best modern authors say, 23 28'. 
 
16 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 or 69^ English miles. Each degree is divided into 60 
 equal parts, called minutes ; and each minute into 60 
 seconds. 
 
 Degrees are usually marked with a small cipher over 
 them"(); minutes with one dash ('), and seconds with two 
 (") ; thus 23 28' 16" signify twenty-three degrees, twen- 
 ty-eight minutes, and sixteen seconds. 
 
 The LATITUDE of any place is its distance from the 
 equator, either north or south, reckoning in degrees and 
 minutes. 
 
 The latitude of places upon maps is expressed by the 
 figures which run up or down the sides. If the figures 
 increase upwards, the latitude is north; if they increase 
 downwards, the latitude is south. The latitude of any 
 place can never be more than 90, which brings us to the 
 pole. 
 
 The LONGITUDE of any place is its distance east or west 
 from some fixed meridian, reckoned in degrees and min- 
 utes on 'the equator. 
 
 The longitude of places upon maps is expressed by the 
 figures at the top and bottom. 
 
 Longitude is reckoned 180 degrees, east or west from 
 any given meridian, which brings us to the same meridi- 
 onal line on the opposite side of the earth. 
 
 The HORIZON is that circle which bounds the sight on 
 all sides, where the earth and sky appear to meet. 
 
 The CARDINAL POINTS are the four principal points of 
 the horizon, viz East, West, North, and South, often- 
 times written E. for east, W. for west, &c. 
 
 The ATMOSPHERE or AIR, is a fine, invisible, elastic 
 fluid, every where surrounding the earth, and extending 
 some miles from its surface. 
 
 WIND is air put in motion. The velocity of wind in a 
 storm has been estimated at about 63 miles in an hour; 
 in a fresh gale, at 21 miles ; and in a gentle breeze, at 
 about ten miles an hour. 
 
 Winds may be divided into constant, periodical, and 
 variable. 
 
 CONSTANT WINDS blow always in one direction. These 
 prevail in the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, under the e- 
 quator, where there is a constant east wind. To about 
 28 on the north of the equator, the wind blows constant- 
 ly from the north east, and to as many degrees south, it 
 blows from the south east. These are also called Trop- 
 ical or General Trade Winds. 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY* 
 
 PERIODIC u. \Vi.\us blow haif a year 
 in one direction, and half a year in a 
 contrary direction, and are called Mon- 
 soon-, or S nt'iiaj; Trade Winds. 
 
 These prevail chiefly in the Indian 
 Ocean. There, from May to October, 
 the wind blows from the south-east, and 
 during the rest of the year, from the 
 north -west, from three to ten degrees, 
 south latitude. 
 
 Jn the Arabian Sea, and in the Kay of 
 .! there is another Monsoon, blow- 
 ing from October to April, from the 
 . and during the other six 
 months, from the south-west. The 
 shifting of these winds is attended with 
 dreadful hurrican 
 
 In the West-Indies, the winds blow 
 from the land in the night, and from 
 the sea during the day, changing their 
 direction every twelve hours> These 
 are called LAND and SKA HRKKZXS. 
 
 V.YUI IBLE \Vi\ns are those which are 
 subject to no regularity of duration or 
 change. 
 
 CLIMATK, in its general acceptation, 
 means the temperature of the air in 
 any place. 
 
 The TIIKKMOMETER is an instrument for as- 
 
 it or cold. 
 
 It consists of a hollow tube of glass with 
 a bulb at bottom filled with quicksilver. 
 Meat causes .ill bodies to expand; cold caus- 
 11 to contract. Consequently, a 
 
 . 
 
 as it !) 
 thin points out i 
 
 mcnt,- 
 32 ti. 
 
 22. 'i 
 
 correspond. sit equ , or 0, 
 
 is call- '.jut J ( < 
 
 quicksilver loses its fluidity, and becomes a sol- 
 id body. 
 
 B2 
 
 Thermometer. 
 
 20-t 
 
 I1EA1 
 
 _ 
 
 IIRVJ 
 
 TEMP 
 
 ING. 
 
18 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 RELIGION. The principal religions in the world are 
 four 5 the Pagan or Heathen, the Mahometan, the Jew- 
 ish, and the Christian. 
 
 Paganism is the worship of idols and false gods. It is, 
 as yet, the most extensive of all religions. 
 
 Mahometanism is a system of religion devised by Ma- 
 homet, sometimes called the false prophet, and is con- 
 tained in a book called the Koran or Alcoran. The fol- 
 lowers of this religion are called Musselmen, or Mahom- 
 etans. 
 
 Judaism is the religion of the Jews, who admit the 
 authority of the Old Testament, but reject that of the 
 New. 
 
 Christianity is the religion taught by Christ and his A- 
 postles, and is contained in the New Testament. It may 
 be considered under three general divisions ; Roman 
 Catholic, Greek Church, and Protestant. 
 
 Roman Catholics, or Church of Rome, admit the su- 
 premacy of the Pope, and are called Papists. 
 
 The Greek church resembles the Roman Catholic in 
 its form and ceremonies, but denies the supremacy of the 
 Pope. 
 
 Protestants are so called from their protesting against 
 the authority of the Church of Rome, at the time of the 
 reformation, in the 16th century. They are divided in- 
 to various denominations, as Presbyterians, Episcopalians, 
 Congregationalists, Baptists, Methodists, Quakers, &c. 
 
 GOVERNMENT. There are but three elementary forms 
 of government ; Monarchy, Aristocracy, and Democracy. 
 
 1. Monarchy is a government exercised by one man. 
 If he be under the restraint of laws, it is called a limited 
 monarchy ; if he be not under the restraint of laws, but 
 govern according to his own will, it is called an absolute 
 monarchy, or despotism. 
 
 2. Aristocracy, or Oligarchy, is a government exer- 
 cised by a small number of men, usually called the no- 
 bility. 
 
 3. Democracy is a government exercised by the whole 
 body of the people. 
 
 A Republic is a government exercised by a number of 
 men choen by the people for a limited time. Such is 
 that of the United States. 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 19 
 
 THE WORLD. 
 
 NOTE. Words italicized throughout the book, denote, that the 
 
 -Mi^uished are exhibited on the MAPS in the Atlas, 
 
 with which this book is accompanied, where, in every instance, 
 
 -idled by the pupil. It is there, a knowledge of 
 
 ; Uion of places is to be acquired; their latitude and lou- 
 
 v these should be committed to mem- 
 
 undanes of countries; the rise and course of rivers ; 
 
 the countries and states through which they flow ; the seas into 
 
 which they empty ; all which, and various other things of this na- 
 
 'idied to much better purpose on a MAP than learnt 
 
 from a BOOK. 
 
 THK. world or earth is a large globe, the diameter of 
 which is nearlv e'mht thousand miles, and its surface con- 
 tains nearly %()() millions of square miles. 
 
 It is 90 millions of miles from the sun, about which it 
 revolves once a year ; and turns round on its own axis 
 
 v day. 
 
 The earth is generally divided into four unequal parts, 
 called quarters ; Em-ope, Asia, J/frica, and America. 
 
 Europe is the smallest division, but is distinguished for 
 its learning:, politeness, government and laws ; for the 
 industry of its inhabitants, and the temperature of its cli- 
 mate. It is the only quarter of the globe which has yet 
 been fully explored and known. 
 
 In .-7-bit/, the human race was first planted, and there 
 iost remarkable transactions occurred, which are re- 
 corded in scripture history. 
 
 Africa has been always in a state of barbarism, if we 
 except the Egyptians, those ancient fathers of learning, 
 and Carthage, once the rival of the Roman Empire. 
 
 At,. .1*1 unknown to the inhabitants of the other 
 
 continent, till a little more than three hundred years 
 aL r o, \\hiM it was discovered by Christopher Columbus; 
 and hence it is frequently called the New World, in con- 
 tradistinction to the Eastern Continent, first known, and 
 thence called the Old World. 
 
20 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 AMERICA 
 
 [s supposed to contain upwards of 14 millions of square 
 miles, and about 35 millions of inhabitants. 
 
 MOUNTAINS. A range of mountains runs the whole 
 extent of the American continent, a distance of more 
 than 1 1,000 miles, in a direction nearly parallel with the 
 western coast, and is the longest range of mountains on 
 the globe. The dtndesin South America, the Cordilleras 
 in Mexico, and the Stony or Rocky Mountains in North 
 America, are parts of this range. 
 
 DIVISIONS. Its grand divisions are North America, 
 the West Indies, and South America. 
 
 NORTH AMERICA. 
 
 DIVISIONS. The three grand divisions of North Amer- 
 ica are, 1st, the United Statesinthe middle ; 2d, British 
 America in the north ; 3d, Spanish America in the South. 
 There are also Greenland in the northeast, belonging to 
 Denmark, and the Russian settlements in the north-west, 
 both 'of small extent and little consequence. 
 
 MOUNTAINS. The principal mountains are the Jllleg- 
 kany and the Stony Mountains. 
 
 RIVERS. The most distinguished rivers are the Mis- 
 sisippi, Sf. Lawrence, Missouri, Ohio, Columbia and 
 Mackenzie's river. 
 
 LAKES. Its Jakes are grand and numerous. The 
 principal are Slave Lake, Lake of the Hills, Lake Win- 
 nipeg, Lake Superior, Lake Huron, Lake Michigan, 
 Lake Erie, and Lake Ontario. 
 
 GULFS. There are three noted gulfs, the Gulf of 
 Mexico, Gulf of California, and the Gulf or Bay of St. 
 Lawrence. **" * 
 
 The GULF STREAM is a current in the ocean proceeding 
 from the Gulf of Mexico, along the American coast, to 
 Newfoundland, whence it turns off, and is lost in the At- 
 lantic Ocean. 
 
 BAYS and STRAITS. .Baffin's and Hudson's are the 
 largest bays ; Davis* s, Hudson's, and Bhering^s, the most 
 noted straits. 
 
 ISLANDS. The most considerable islands are New- 
 foundland, Cape Breton, Prince Edward's, Long Island, 
 Bermuda, and the Aleutian or Fox Islands. 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 21 
 
 CAPES. The most prominent capes are Cape Farewell, 
 . Cape Sable, (V// m- lookout, Cape 
 
 St. Luca-i, and Cape Prince of ///-.. 
 
 UNITED STATES. 
 
 The number of the States at the time they gained their 
 
 independence was 13 : the present numb- - ! ates, 
 
 1 District, and 5 Territm i<'>. They are bounded north 
 
 'ith bv ljiiti>h and Spanish America; east and 
 
 Mian 1 ic and P.icilic Ocean-. 
 
 Me The two principal ranges of mountains 
 
 are, the JRncky Moutitains in the west, and the Jilleghany 
 
 tains in the 
 
 LAKKS. Luke Michigan and Lake Chaiiipltiin are the 
 ithin the territory of the United States. 
 - S.-tfirrinr, If/iron, AY/r, and Ontario, are partly in 
 the I ites and partly in Canada. 
 
 Rivi- :HS. Tlu* J//.v.m////// is the most dUtinmiished river. 
 
 :icipal tributary brandies are the MiH^>i>ri, Jlrkan- 
 
 . and ///M'J/.V. yv/j//f'...s-rr, Cumberland^ and the 
 
 ; ivers eiuptyin'j; into the Ohio. These, 
 
 er with the lakes, constitute what, are sometimes 
 
 3. The principal rivers east of 
 
 the mu-int.iins. pro. >m Main- to the Mi--i<ippi, 
 
 are /' /'//, AV/ro, Mrrriwac, 
 
 ; ' ^Delaware, Hannah, Potowmac, 
 
 Rappahannock, York\ Jamr.t. Hnnnnkr, /'nlic. Eunice, Sa- 
 vani:' '/faniftlid, til. John'*; .'/jxiluchicola, and 
 
 tlie M .',ili. These are all large and navigable ri\ 
 
 li.\vs. The principal bays are, Massachusetts /'"'/, 
 
 which sets up into the land between f'ajn- .Inn and (\ijjc 
 
 Buzzard, Narragansct, l);l(tn'nn\ t \\\A Cltesapeukb&ys. 
 
 Th'-re are three noted sounds, Jilbemarle, 
 
 ilico, and Lou-* /if<intl So/ 
 
 The iiin-t prominent capes are Cape Jinn, Cape 
 Cod, Cape Mnlnhnr. and Mmtank Point, Saudi/ ILtuk, 
 Cape Mai/, Cajn- / . Cape Henry, 
 
 Cape //it'll rat. ('</ 'I, and Capr J-'u.r. 
 
 The principal irdai. land, Rhodi 
 
 Jyfaml. situated in Narraganlet bay : \anfin-kiL 
 Mn r(i turd. 
 
 DIVISIONS. The whole territory of the ^^ 
 may be considered under FOUU Grand Divis^^V; 1st. the 
 Eastern or Northern ; 2d. the Middle ; Sj^^e Southern 5 
 4th. the Western. 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 in 1820. 
 
 1. THE EASTERN OR NORTHERN STATES. 
 
 States. Capital Towns. Population Population Increase in Slaves 
 
 Maine, Portland, 
 
 New Hampshire, Concord, 
 Vermont, Montpelier, 
 
 Massachusetts, Boston, 
 
 Rhode-Island, i vi(lence f 
 & Newport, 
 
 Hartford, & 
 New Haven, 
 
 Connecticut, 
 
 in 1810. 
 
 228,705 
 214,460 
 217,895 
 472,040 
 
 in 1 820. 
 
 298,335 
 244,161 
 235,764 
 523,287 
 
 10 years. 
 
 69,630 
 29,701 
 17,869 
 51,247 
 
 76,931 
 
 83,059 
 
 6,128 
 
 261,942 
 
 275,248 
 
 13,306 
 
 48 
 97 
 
 These are also called the New-England States ; or simply, New- 
 England. 
 
 2. THE MIDDLE STATES. 
 
 Capital Towns. Population Population Increase in Slaves 
 
 Stales. 
 
 New-York, 
 
 New-Jersey, 
 
 Pennsylvania, 
 
 Delaware, 
 
 Maryland,. 
 
 Dis. of Columbia, 
 
 in 1810. in 1820. . 10 years, in 1820. 
 
 Albany, 959,049 1,372,812 413,763 10,088 
 
 Trenton, 245,562 277,575 32,013 7,557 
 
 Harrisburg, 810,091 1,049,398 239,307 211 
 
 Dover, 72,674 72,749 75 4,509 
 
 Annapolis, 380.546 407,350 26,804 107,398 
 
 Washington, f 24,023 33,039 9,016 6,377 
 
 3. 
 
 States. 
 
 THE SOUTHERN STATES. 
 
 Capital Towns. 
 
 Virginia, 
 
 North Carolina, 
 
 South Carolina, 
 
 Georgia, 
 
 Alabama, 
 
 Missisippi, 
 
 Louisiana, 
 
 Richmond, 
 Raleigh, 
 Columbia, 
 Mil ledge ville, 
 
 Cahawba, 
 Monticelld, 
 New Orleans, 
 
 Population 
 in 1810. 
 974,622 
 555,500 
 415,115 
 252,433 
 
 40,352 
 76,556 
 
 Population 
 in 1820. 
 
 1,065,366 
 638,829 
 502,741 
 340,989 
 127,901 
 75,448 
 153,407 
 
 Increase in Slaves 
 10 years, in 1820. 
 
 90,744 425,153 
 83,329 205,017 
 87,625 258,475 
 98,556 149,656 
 41,879 
 
 35,096 32,814 
 76,851 69,064 
 
 4. THE WESTERN STATES. 
 
 States. Capital Towns. 
 
 Tennessee, Murfreesboro', 
 Kentucky, Frankfort, 
 Ohio, Columbus, 
 Indiana, Indianapolis, 
 Illinois, Vandalia, 
 Missouri, Jefferson, 
 /Michigan, Detroit, 
 '| \NorthWest, 
 13 < Missouri, 
 ^ y Arkansaw, Arkopolis, 
 
 Population 
 in 1810. 
 
 261,727 
 406,511 
 230,760 
 24,520 
 12,282 
 
 4,762 
 14,273 
 
 Population 
 in 1820. 
 
 422,813 
 
 564,317 
 581,434 
 147,178 
 55,211 
 66,586 
 8,895 
 
 Increase in Slaves- 
 10 years, in 1820. 
 
 161,086 80,097 
 157,806 126,732 
 350,674 
 122,658 190 
 42,929 917 
 10,222 
 4,133 
 
 1,617 
 
 Pensacola. 
 Population according to Census. 
 
 Free Citizens. Slaves. 
 
 .0 : 6,048,539 1,191,364 
 
 ,157,304 1,538,178 
 
 Total. 
 
 7,239,903 
 9,638,734 
 
 08,765 Incr. 346,814 Incr. 2,398,831 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 TABLE 
 
 Showing the number of square miles in eacli State, the 
 population to a xjuare mile, and the mnnfjtrs employed 
 in u^i-irultiirr. manufactories, and commerce, and 'the 
 number of representatives in Congress. 
 
 ( 
 
 Pop.to I 
 
 her employed. 
 
 In in.uii:- 1 ii i iiin- 
 
 
 in. rulliiic. 
 
 
 
 Rep. 
 
 Maine, 
 
 
 10 
 
 
 7,643 
 
 4,297 
 
 7 
 
 Hampshire, 
 
 9,491 
 
 
 
 8,699 
 
 1,068 
 
 6 
 
 Vermont, 
 
 10,212 
 
 
 
 8,484 
 
 776 
 
 5 
 
 Massachu< 
 
 
 
 
 
 13,102 
 
 13 
 
 Rhode I.-land, 
 
 
 53 
 
 
 6, 91 
 
 1,162 
 
 2 
 
 Connecticut, 
 
 4,674 
 
 
 50,518 
 
 1 7,-54 1 
 
 3,581 
 
 6 
 
 New York, 
 
 46,000 
 
 SO 
 
 247,648 
 
 60,038 
 
 ( .), 113 
 
 34 
 
 New 
 
 8.520 
 
 33 
 
 40,812 
 
 15.941 
 
 1,830 
 
 6 
 
 
 46,000 
 
 23 
 
 140,801 
 
 60,215 
 
 7,083 
 
 26 
 
 Delaware, 
 
 
 ^24 
 
 13,2:59 
 
 ' 2,821 
 
 533 
 
 1 
 
 Maryland, 
 
 
 
 79,135 
 
 18,640 
 
 4,rn 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 17 
 
 276,422 
 
 S2.,SS6 
 
 4,509 
 
 22 
 
 North Carolina, 
 
 . 
 
 13 
 
 ir-Mix; 
 
 18,844 
 
 2,551 
 
 13 
 
 South Carolina, 
 
 24,000 
 
 
 
 6,747 
 
 2,684 
 
 9 
 
 .Ja, 
 
 60,000 
 
 
 101,185 
 
 3,557 
 
 2,139 
 
 7 
 
 Alabama. 
 
 44,000 
 
 3 
 
 30.6-42 
 
 1,412 
 
 452 
 
 2 
 
 Mississippi, 
 
 -4.>.000 
 
 2 
 
 
 294 
 
 652 
 
 1 
 
 Louisiana, 
 
 48,000 
 
 3 
 
 55,!J41 
 
 is, 041 
 
 6,251 
 
 3 
 
 TjBnnec 
 
 40,000 
 
 11 
 
 101,919 
 
 7,860 
 
 882 
 
 9 
 
 Kentucky, 
 
 40,000 
 
 13 
 
 152,161 
 
 n,:: ( .) 
 
 1,617 
 
 12 
 
 Ohio, 
 
 59.000 
 
 15 
 
 110,991 
 
 18,956 
 
 1,459 
 
 14 
 
 Indiana, 
 
 36,000 
 
 3 
 
 61,515 
 
 3,229 
 
 429 
 
 S 
 
 Him- 
 
 52,000 
 
 1 
 
 12,595 
 
 1,007 
 
 255 
 
 1 
 
 Missouri, 
 
 60,000 
 
 1 
 
 14.247 
 
 1,952 
 
 495 
 
 1 
 
 MAINE. 
 
 Maine is divided into 9 counties.* 
 MOUNTAIN-. Katahdin is a lofty mountain, about 80 
 miles north of BcaijfL Agamentfctis, in the town of York, 
 
 * As it 1* unnecessary for the pupil to commit to memory the name* of the Counties, except 
 perhaps of the State in which he resides, they are placed at the bottom of the page in notes. 
 
 Name* of the Cuuatin i Maine. 
 
 York, Kennebeck, Washington, 
 
 Cumberland, Somerset, Oxford, 
 
 Venobscot. 
 
24 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 is a mountain of considerable eminence, and a noted 
 landmark for mariners. 
 
 RIVERS. The principal rivers are Penobscot, Kennebeck, 
 iftndwscoggin, Saco, and the Sebasticook, a branch of the 
 Kennebeck. St.Croixis an inconsiderable stream, noted 
 only as forming the eastern boundary of the United States. 
 LAKES. In Maine there is a profusion of lakes and 
 ponds. Moosehead is the largest lake, being about 40 
 miles in length. Umbagog lake lies partly in Maine and 
 partly in New Hampshire. Sebacook lake is a consider- 
 able body of water. 18 miles N. W. of Portland. 
 
 BAYS. Passamaquoddy, Machias, Frenchman's, Penob- 
 scot, and Casco, are the principal bays. 
 
 CAPKS. Porpoise, Elizabeth, Small Point, and Pema- 
 quid Point, ^fc 
 
 ISLANDS. The islands along the coast are very nume- 
 rous. Mount Desert is 15 miles long by 12 broad, and con- 
 tains 1121 inhabitants.' Long Island in Penobscot bay 
 forms a township by the name of Islesborough. Near 
 this is Deer Island, which is also an incorporated town. 
 
 Sequin Island is at the mouth of Kennebeck river. On 
 this island is a light-house with a repeating light, made to 
 disappear every ninety seconds, to distinguish it from 
 Portland light-house. 
 
 TOWNS. The most considerable towns are Portland, 
 Eath< J'Viscasset, Hallowell, Jiugusta, York, Falmouth, 
 North-Yarmouth, Brunswick, Belfast, Castine, and Ma- 
 chias. 
 
 COLLEGES. Bowdoin College at Brunsiuick; Waterville 
 College, under the direction of members of the Baptist 
 denomination, at Waterville ; and a Theological Semi- 
 nary at Bangor, supported by Congregation^ lists. 
 
 A road is laid out from Bangor, on Penobscot river, to 
 Quebec, a distance of about 200 miles. 
 
 The staple commodities are lumber, wood, and salt fish. 
 Lime is manufactured in large quantities at Thomastown* 
 
 NEW HAMPSHIRE. 
 
 New-Hampshire is divided into 8 counties.* 
 RIVERS. Five of the largest rivers in New-England re- 
 ceive more or less of their waters from this State ; the Con- 
 
 * Name* of the Counties in New-Hamphire. 
 
 Coos, Cheshire, Merrimack, 
 
 Grafton, HilUborough, Rockingham, 
 
 SuUiYan, Stratford. 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 25' 
 
 necticut, Merrimack^ Piscataqua,Saco, and Amir os cog gin. 
 The Piscataqua is the only large river which has its whole 
 course within the State. There are several smaller riv- 
 ers, among which are the Contoocook, Upper and Lower 
 Amonoosuck, J/ r </rw/- and Sugar Rivers. 
 
 MOUNTAINS. The JThilc Mountains are the highest not 
 only in New Hampshire, but in the United States. Mount 
 Washington, the most elevated summit, has been esti- 
 mated at about 7,000 feet above the level of the ocean. 
 It is covered with snow a great part of the year, and may 
 be seen many leagues off at sea, like a bright cloud low 
 in the horizon. 
 
 More southwardly and parts of the same range, between 
 Connecticut and Merrimack rivers, are Moosehillock, 
 Sunapee, and the Grand Monadnock, the height of which 
 is 5,254 feet. 
 
 LAKES. JFinnipiseogee is the largest lake in the State. 
 It is 24 miles in length, and navigable its whole extent 
 The other considerable lakes are Umbagog* in the north- 
 east corner of the State, Squam, Sunapee, Great Ossapee, 
 and Massabesic. Massabesic lake is in Chester, and is SO 
 miles in circumference. A company has been incorpo- 
 rated to open the navigation between this lake and the 
 Merrimack ; the distance is about 4 miles. 
 
 ISLANDS. The Isle of Shoals, 8 in number, are 9 miles 
 from Portsmouth light-house. They consist of barren 
 rocks, inhabited by about 100 people who subsist by fishing. 
 TOWNS. The cnief towns are Portsmouth, Exeter, Con- 
 cord, Amherst, Keene, IValpole, Charlestown, Hanover, 
 Haverhill and Plymouth. 
 
 COLLEGE. Dartmouth is the only college in the State, 
 situated at Hanover. 
 
 CANALS. Locks and canals have been constructed on 
 the Merrimack, so that boats now descend this river, 
 without any obstruction, from Concord through the Mid- 
 dlesex canal to Boston ; likewise round the falls of Con- 
 necticut river, in Lebanon, by which boats now ascend 
 that river to Bath, SOO miles from the sea. 
 
 IRON. There are two iron establishments in Franconia, 
 one of which employs 60 hands, and makes from 12 to 15 
 tons of iron weekly. The ore is transported 3 miles, from 
 a mountain, and is considered the richest in the United 
 States. 
 
 The staple commodities are beef, pork, flaxseed, pot 
 and pearl ashes. 
 
 C 
 
26 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 VERMONT. 
 
 Vermont is divided into 13 counties.* 
 
 MOUNTAINS. The Green Mountains extend the whole 
 length of the State, and divide the waters which fall east 
 into the Connecticut, from those which fall west into lake 
 Champlain. 
 
 RIVERS. The principal rivers west of the mountains, 
 are Michiscoui, Lamoille, Onion and Otter Creek rivers ; 
 east of the mountains, are West, White and Poosoom- 
 suck rivers, which empty into the Connecticut. 
 
 LAKES. Lake Champlain washes a large part of the 
 western side of Vermont. It communicates with the St. 
 Lawrence by the river Sorelle, which is navigable. Mem- 
 phremagog, on the north line of Vermont, is a small lake 
 mostly within the limits ot Canada. 
 
 TOWNS. The chief towns are Bennington, Windsor, Rut- 
 land, Burlington, Middlebury, Vergennes, Bratllcborough, 
 Newbury, and Montpelier, which is the seat of government. 
 
 COLLEGES. "Vermont University" at Burlington; and 
 a college at Middlebury, supported chiefly by private 
 bounty. 
 
 CANAL. A canal with several locks has been construct- 
 ed round Bellows' Falls in Connecticut river. 
 
 The staple commodities are pot and pearl ahes, beef, 
 pork, maple sugar, butter and cheese. 
 
 MASSACHUSETTS. 
 
 Massachusetts, the most populous State in the Union, 
 is divided into 14 counties.! 
 
 MOUNTAINS. A continuation of the Green Mountains 
 extends through the western end of the State. Saddle 
 mountain, in Williamstovvn, Mount Tom and Mount Hoi- 
 yoke, near Northampton, Wachusett in Princeton, and 
 Mount Toby in Sunderland, are some of the most noted. 
 
 * Names of the Counties in Vermont. 
 
 Eennington, Addison, Grand Jsle, "I west of the mountain. 
 
 Rutland, Chittenden, Franklin, S 
 
 Washington, in the centre of the State, in which is Montpelier, the Capital. 
 
 Orleans, Caledonia, Windsor, 
 
 east of the mountains. 
 
 Essex, Orange, Windham, 
 
 f Names of the Counties in Massachusetts. 
 
 Berkshire, Uamden, Essex, Plymouth, Dukes, 
 
 Hampshire, Worcester, Suffolk, Bristol, and 
 
 Franklin, Middlesex, Norfolk, Barnstable, Nantucket. 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 RIVERS. The principal rivers are Connecticut, Si rat- 
 ford or Housatonick, JJccrfitl'l, //'t*///Y/,/, Chicapec, Mll- 
 /er's, Merrimack, Concord, Nashua, Taunton, Charles, 
 and Patucket. 
 
 CANALS. Middlesex canal is 30 miles in length, an I 
 connects Boston harbour with Merrimack river. Canals 
 have also been constructed around the Tails in Connecti- 
 cut river at South Hadlcij. The nidckx.'one canal from 
 Worcester to Providence is 40 miles in length. 
 
 BVYS. Massachusetts is Jhe largest bay. It is a part of 
 the ocean extending up between Cape Jinn and Cape Cod. 
 The distance between these two capes is 45 miles. Bos- 
 ton, Plymouth, and tta:n*tabl<> buys are extreme parts of 
 Massachusetts bay. Buzzard's bay, on the south side of 
 the peninsula of Cape Cod, sets up about forty miles in- 
 to the land. 
 
 II YRBouits. The principal harbours are those of New- 
 buryport, Ipswich, Cape. Ann, Salem, Marblchead, Bos- 
 ton, Cohasset, Scituate, Plymouth, Barnstable, Province- 
 town, and New Bedford. 
 
 N \- Il-iADs, so called, is a place at the end 
 
 into the channels of Boston harbour, south of the liglit- 
 liouse, where vessels may anchor in safety. 
 
 CAPKS. Cnpe ?/<, Cape Cod, Cape Malabar, S 
 Point, Gay lira. I, Cape Page. 
 
 ISLANDS. The most considerable islands are Plum 
 Inland, Nantucket, and Marjfia's Vineyard. Castle Island 
 about three miles from Boston, now called Fort Indepen- 
 dence, belongs to the United States, ami is noted for its 
 fortifications, which have been erected for the defence 
 of the city. f 
 
 TOWNS. The principal towns are Boston, Salem, Mar- 
 :if, Newburyport, Ipswich* Churhsitoirn, J'lymoitth,&m\ 
 Hi ff"rtl. Cambridge, Concord, II Wr .".->/ tr, /'/ 
 fief (I, and Northampton^ are considerable inlantl towns. 
 
 COLLI-.C.KS. Cambridge l-'nivi-rsity ; Williams College at 
 ll'illianntown; Amherst College, near Xnrthamplon ; 
 Theological Seminary at Andover ; and Theological In- 
 stitution, at Newton. 
 
 The staple commodities are fish, cattle, and Indian corn. 
 
 RHODE ISLAND. ^ 
 
 Rhode Island is divided into 5 counties.* 
 Xarmganset Bay penetrates this State from the south, 
 enclosing a number of fertile islands. It is about 50 
 
 Nmei of Countie* in Rhode Uland. 
 fcoridence, Newport, Washington, Kent, and BrutoU 
 
28 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 miles in length, and affords safe navigation for large ships 
 to Providence. Mount Hope bay in the northeast, Provi- 
 dence bay in the north, and Greenwich bay in the north- 
 west, are extremities of Narroganset bay extending up 
 into the land. 
 
 HARBOURS. The harbours are Newport, Providence, 
 Wickford, Patucket, Warren, and Bristol. 
 
 RITERS. The principal rivers are Patucket, Taunton, 
 Pawtuxet, and Providence rivers. The Patucket aftbrds 
 a number of excellent mill seats at the falls in Patucket, 
 where are established various manufactories. Taunton 
 river is navigable for small ships to Taunton in Massa- 
 chusetts. The Pawtuxet is formed of several branches 
 in the western part of the State, and falls into Narragan- 
 set bay, about 5 in iles below Pro vidence. 
 
 ISLANDS. The principal islands are Rhode-Island, from 
 which the State takes its name, about 15 miles in length ; 
 Canonicut, three miles west of Rhode-Island, 7 miles in 
 length : and to the north of these, Prudence Island. 
 These, together with a number of smaller islands, are all 
 comprehended within Narraganset bay. To the south- 
 ward of these, in the open sea, is Block-Island, about 10 
 miles long and 4 broad. 
 
 TOWNS. The chief towns are Providence, Newport, 
 Bristol and Warren. 
 
 COLLEGE. fc< Brown University," at Providence, is the 
 only College in the State. ^ 
 
 The staple commodities are beef, fish, cider, butter, 
 and cheese. 
 
 CONNECTICUT. ^ 
 
 Connecticut, one of the most populous States in the 
 Union, is divided into 8 counties.* 
 
 RIVERS. The principal rivers are the Connecticut, the 
 Stratford, or the Housatonick, and the Thames. The Con- 
 necticut is one of the chief sources of convenience and ( 
 wealth to the people of this State. It meets the tide at 
 Hartford, 50 miles from the sea, to which place it is nav- 
 igable for ships 5 and for boats, by means of locks and ca- 
 nals, nearly 200 miles further to Bath in the upper part 
 of New Hampshire. Housatonick, or Stratford river, is 
 
 * Names of the Counties in Connecticut. 
 
 Hartford, New London, Windham, Middlesex, 
 
 New Haven, Fail-field, Litchfield, Tolland, 
 
OF GEOGRArilY. 29 
 
 Tiles to Derby. The Thames is navigable 
 14 miles to AW//'/r/<, where it loses its name and branches 
 into Shetucket and Quinebaug rivers. 
 
 HARPOVHS. The principal harbours are those of New- 
 , \ur-Lunihn, and Bridgeport 
 
 Fitht r'a is the only island of note belonging to the Stale. 
 
 MINERAL WATERS. A medicinal spring at Stafford is 
 more celebrated than any other in the New England 
 States. 
 
 CITIES. There are five incorporated cities in this State ; 
 \ttr-lfuren, lying round the head of a bay which sets up 
 from Long-Island sound ; Hartford, at the head of ship 
 navigation, on Connecticut river ; New-London, on the 
 west side of the river Thames, 3 miles from its mouth ; 
 ich, at the head of navigation on the same river ; and 
 Middletown,l5 miles below Hartford on Connecticut river. 
 
 COLLEGES. " Yale College" in New-Haven; "Connec- 
 ticut Asylum for the education of the deaf and dumb" in 
 Hartford; a Law School in Litchfield ; and Washington 
 College, at Hartford. 
 
 The staple commodities are beef, pork, fish, lumber, 
 horses, mules, butter, cheese, cider, and onions. 
 
 NEW YORK. 
 
 New York is divided into 55 counties.* 
 
 MOUNTAINS. The most noted mountains in this State 
 are the Katskill and the Highlands, said to be the north- 
 ern termination of the Alleghany and Blue ridges. 
 
 LAKES. Erie, Ontario, and Champluin, form a part of 
 the boundary of this State. The other most considerable 
 lakes are lake George, the Oneida, Gayuga, Seneca, and 
 Canandaigua. Onondaga, or Salt Lake, is a small collec- 
 
 * Name* of the Counties in New Yutk. 
 
 Suffolk, 
 
 Greene, 
 
 Herkimer, 
 
 Onondaga, 
 
 Queen's, 
 
 King'., 
 
 Columbia, 
 TotnUnt, 
 
 Lewis, 
 Jefferson, 
 
 Cayuga, 
 Seneca, 
 
 Richmond, 
 
 Albany, 
 
 St. Lawrence, 
 
 Tioea, 
 
 
 Sihencctady, 
 
 Oneida, 
 
 Steuben, 
 
 1Vet'Chetter, 
 
 Montgomery, 
 
 Mjditon, 
 
 Ontario, 
 
 JtockteM, 
 
 Franklin, 
 
 Cbenamgo, 
 
 AU.ghany, . 
 
 Orange, 
 
 WMbington, 
 
 Broome, 
 
 Cfcnestce, 
 
 Ulster, 
 
 EMCX, 
 
 lUmllton, 
 
 I.lT ings to, . 
 
 Sullivan, 
 
 Clint 
 
 Oswego, 
 
 Munroe, 
 
 Dutches* , 
 
 Warren, 
 
 Nugwa, 
 
 Wayne, 
 
 Ptnam, 
 
 Saratoga, 
 
 CatUraugus, 
 
 Vatts, 
 
 Renicllaer,- 
 
 Scobarie, 
 
 Cbatauqoe, 
 
 Etie. 
 
 Delmrt, 
 
 Ouego,. 
 
 CCrtUoil, 
 
 
 
 C2 
 
 
 
30 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY 
 
 tion of water one mile broad and 6 miles long. It derives 
 its saltness from the salt springs which are within a few 
 rods of its banks. Otsego heads one of the branches of 
 the Susquehannah. Chatauque is a small lake near lake 
 Erie ; it discharges its waters into Alleghany river. Boats 
 proceed from the head of this lake to New-Orleans. 
 
 RIVERS. The principal rivers are the Hudson, Mo- 
 hawk, Genessee, Oswego, Seneca, Chenango, a branch of 
 the Susquehannah, and Black river. 
 
 CANALS. There are two noted canals; the " Grand 
 Western Canal, " which connects lake Erie with Hudson 
 river, extending from Buffalo to Albany S60 miles, and 
 the " Northern Canal," connecting Lake Champlain with 
 the Hudson, and which extends from Whitehall to Fort 
 Edwards, 22 miles. 
 
 MINERAL WATERS. There are medicinal springs at 
 Saratoga and Ballston, superior to any other yet discov- 
 ered in America ; the salt springs atSalina are very cel- 
 ebrated, from which salt is made in great quantities. 
 
 GYPSUM, or Plaster of Paris, has been discovered, in 
 digging on the Grand Canal, of the best quality it is said, 
 and in abundant quantities. 
 
 ISLANDS. The principal islands are Long Island, 140 
 miles in length ; Manhattan or York Island, on which is 
 situated the city New York ; Staten Island, 9 miles 
 south of Manhattan island ; and Grand Isle in Niagara 
 river a little above the falls. 
 
 BAY. New York bay is 9 miles long and 4 broad, and 
 spreads to the south of Manhattan island, having Long Island 
 on the east, and New Jersey and Staten island on the west. 
 
 HARBOURS. New York harbour and Socket's harbour 
 on Lake Ontario. 
 
 TOWNS. The principal towns are New York, Albany, 
 Hudson, Troy, Newburg, /Wg-A&eej0sze,Lansingburg, and 
 Waterford, all on Hudson river ; Schenectady and Utica, 
 on the Mohawk; Plattsburg and Whitehall on lake Cham- 
 plain ; Ogdensburg on the St. Lawrence; Brooklyn and 
 Sagg Harbour on Long Island; Buffalo on lake Erie; 
 'Socket's Harbour on lake Ontario ; Rochester, Cherry 
 Valley, Auburn, Geneva, and Canandaigua on the turn- 
 pike leading from Albany to Buffalo. 
 
 COLLEGES. The Colleges are three, " Columbia Col- 
 lege," in the city New York ; "Union College," in 
 Schenectady ; and "Hamilton College," in Paris, 10 miles 
 west of Utica. 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 31 
 
 INDIAN'S. There are about 5,000 Indians still living in 
 this State. They are principally the remains of the Six 
 Nations. 
 
 The staple commodities are flour, beef, pork, pot and 
 
 pearl ashes, maple sugar, and salt which is manufactured 
 in large quantities from salt springs in the State. 
 
 NEW JERSEY. 
 
 New Jersey is divided into 13 counties.* 
 
 The Kittatinny or North Mountain, a 
 ridge of the great Alleghany range, crosses the north- 
 western part of the State. 
 
 RivKiis. ParitanJ ffackinsack, and Passaick. Karitan 
 is the largest river. It is navigable 16 miles, and emp- 
 ties into Ambov bay. Hackinsack and Passaick are also 
 considerable rivers. They rise in New York, and empty 
 into Newark bay. In the latter there is a remarkable 
 cataract at Patterson, called Passaick falls, where the 
 river, 50 yards wide, is precipitated in one entire sheet 
 down a deep precipice 70 feet. 
 
 HAYS, &c. Delaware, Aniboy, and Newark bays ; 
 Great and Little Egg Harbours. Delaware bay forms 
 the south-west boundary of the State, rfmboy bay t opens 
 into the Atlantic between Long Island and Sandy Hook. 
 On the north of Staten Island is Newark bay. It is 
 connected with Amboy bay by Arthur Hull Sound, and 
 with New York bay by a narrow Strait called the Kills. 
 Staten Island, situated between these two bays, belongs 
 to New York. 
 
 CAPES. The most noted capes are Cape May and 
 Sandy Hook. 
 
 TOWNS. The chief towns are Trenton, Newark, 
 FJizabcthtown, Perth, Patterson, Amboy, Burlington^ 
 New-Brunswick* and Princeton. 
 
 COLLEGES. The ** College of New Jersey" at Prince- 
 ton ; also two Theological Seminaries, one at Princeton, 
 the other at New- Brunswick. 
 
 The staple commodities are beef, butter, cheese, wheat, 
 and fruit. A valuable copper mine, in this State^ yields 
 75 pounds &f pure copper, from 100 pounds of the ore. 
 
 * Names of Ute CounCici in New Jertey. 
 
 Cap* May, Burlington, Bergen, Monmouta, 
 
 Cumberland, Huaterdon, E*ex, Soocreit, 
 
 Salem, SUMCX, Middlesex, Morn*. 
 
 Clouceiter. 
 
 I S Bap of Utt H. E. Suto, firt of New Jewry.- 
 
; GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 PENNSYLVANIA. 
 
 Pennsylvania is divided into 51 counties.* 
 
 MOUNTAINS. Numerous ridges of mountains, live 
 principal of which is the Jltteghany, intersect this State 
 in a direction from north-east to south-west. 
 
 RIVERS. Delaware river forms the eastern boundary 
 of this State. The other most considerable rivers are the 
 Susquehannah, Schuylkil), Juniata, rflleghany, Mononga- 
 hela, and Yohogany. The Susquehannah is one mile wide 
 at its mouth, but is navigable for vessels in its natural 
 state only about 5 miles on account of its rapids. The 
 Delaware is navigable to Trenton, 140 miles from the sea. 
 
 The Schuylkill is a branch of the Delaware, with which 
 it forms a junction five miles below Philadelphia. The 
 fllleghany and Monongahela, both navigable rivers unit- 
 ing at Pittsburgh constitute the Ohio. The Yohogany is 
 a principal branch of the Monongahela. 
 
 TOWNS. Harrisburg is the seat of government. There 
 are three incorporated cities Philadelphia, Lancaster,,. 
 Pitlsburg. The other most considerable towns are 
 Heading, Carlisle, Wilksbury, Easton, and German town. 
 
 COLLEGES. " Pennsylvania University," at Philadd* 
 phia ; " Dickenson College," at Carlisle ; '* Washington, 
 College," at Washington ; " Jefferson College," at Can- 
 nonsburg, and " Alleghany College," at Meadville. 
 
 The grand staple of this State is wheat. Coal is very, 
 abundant about Pittsburg, west of the mountains. 
 
 DELAWARE. 
 
 Delaware is divided into three counties.! 
 
 RIVERS There are no large rivers in this State ; the 
 Brandy wine is the most considerable ; it affords a great 
 number of excellent mill seats. Christiana is a branch of 
 the Brandvwine -5 they unite and empty into the Delaware. 
 
 
 * Names of the 
 
 'Counties in Pennsylvania. 
 
 
 
 Adams, 
 
 Oalumbia, 
 
 Lebanon, 
 
 Pike, 
 
 
 Allegbany, 
 
 Crawford, 
 
 Lehigh, 
 
 Schuylkill, 
 
 
 Armstrong, 
 
 Cumberland, 
 
 Luzerne, 
 
 Somerset, 
 
 
 Beaver, 
 
 Dauphin, 
 
 Lytoming, 
 
 Susquehann 
 
 ah, 
 
 Bedford, 
 
 Delaware, 
 
 M'Kean, 
 
 nog., 
 
 
 Berks, 
 
 -Erie, 
 
 Mercer,. 
 
 Union, 
 
 
 Bradford, 
 
 Fayette, 
 
 Miffiin, 
 
 Venango, 
 
 
 Bucks, 
 
 Franklin, 
 
 Montgomery, 
 
 Warren, 
 
 
 Butler, 
 
 Greene, 
 
 Northampton, 
 
 Washington 
 
 , 
 
 Cambria, 
 
 Huntir.gton, 
 
 Northumberland, 
 
 Wayne, 
 
 
 Centre, 
 
 Indiana, 
 
 Perry, 
 
 Westmorela 
 
 nd. 
 
 Chester, 
 
 Jefferson, 
 
 Philadelphia, 
 
 YQrk. 
 
 
 Clearfield, 
 
 'Lancaster, 
 
 Potter, 
 
 
 
 -t Name* ** the Countie ir Delaware. Nw Castle, Kent, and Sussex. 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 33 
 
 BAYS, &c. Delaware bay is half in this State, and half 
 in New-Jersey. Cape Henlopen is a noted cape, south of 
 which is Rehoboth bay, separated by a narrow bar from 
 the ocean. 
 
 ('\|)ir^ Swamp. 1C miles in length, and sis in breadth, 
 is more than half of it in this State. 
 
 TOWNS. The chief towns are Wilmington, Dover, 
 mile and Lcwiston, at which latter place are salt 
 works, where salt is manufactured from sea water, by (he 
 sun. 
 
 MARYLAND. C 
 
 Maryland is divided into 19 counties.* 
 MOUNTAIN'S. Various ridges of the Alleghany Moun- 
 tains cross the western part of this State. The most eastern 
 is the South Mountain, next to which is the Blue Ridge. 
 HAY. Nearly two thirds of Chesapeakbay is in this State. 
 KivKiis. The river Potowmack forms the boundary of 
 this State on the south west. The Susquehannah penetrates 
 it about 16 miles before it empties into Chesapeak bay. 
 The other rivers are Patuxent and Petapsco from the west, 
 and Pocomoke, Nuntic.oke, Choptank, Chester, and Elk 
 rivers from the cast, all which empty into the Chesapeak. 
 Towy. The chief towns are Baltimore, Annapolis^ 
 and Frederickstown. 
 
 COLLEGES. The "University of Maryland" is not yet 
 in operation, except the Medical department, which is in 
 a flourishing state ; St. Mary's and Baltimore college, all 
 in the city of Baltimore. 
 
 The staple commodities are wheat and tobacco. Mary- 
 land is the third State in the Union in the amount of ship- 
 ping. 
 
 VIRGINIA. 
 
 Virginia is divided into 102 counties.! 
 MOUNTAINS. Vast ridges of mountains extend through 
 the interior of this State. First on the east is the South 
 
 
 * Names of the Counties in Maryland. 
 
 
 Hartford, 
 Baltimore, 
 
 Frederic, Montgomery Charles, 
 Allegnany, Prince George, and 
 
 7 Western 
 C* Shore 
 
 Ann-ArunJel, 
 
 \VuiLingtun, Calvert, St. Mary's 
 
 3 
 
 Cetil, 
 
 Queen Ann, Talbot, Dorchester, and 
 
 7 Eastern 
 
 Ktnt, 
 
 Caroline, Somerset, Worcester, 
 
 J Shore. 
 
 
 t Names of the Counties in Virginia. 
 
 
 Acomac, 
 
 Bedford, Campbell, Culpepper, Fairfax, 
 
 Grayson, 
 
 Albcmarle, 
 
 Berkeley, Caroline, Cbell, Fluvanna, 
 
 Grcenbricr, 
 
 Amelia, 
 
 Botetout, Charles city, Dinwiddle, Frederick, 
 
 Greenville, 
 
 Amberst, 
 
 Brooke, Charlotte, Elizabeth city, Franklin, 
 
 Giles, 
 
 Augusta, 
 
 Brunswick, Cbesterfield, Essex, Gloucester, 
 
 Halifax, 
 
 Bath, 
 
 Buckingham, Cumberland, Faquier, Goochland, 
 
 Hampshire, 
 
34 
 
 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY'. 
 
 Mountain, which is less extensive, more broken and irreg- 
 ular than the rest ; then (he Blue Ridge, the North Moun- 
 tain, Jackson's Mountain, the principal or JHleghany 
 ridge, and the Laurel Mountain. 
 
 RIVERS. The Potowmack is the boundary on the north 
 east, and the Ohio on the north west. The other most 
 considerable rivers are the Rappahannock, York, Jama, 
 Appomatlox, Shcnandoah and the Great Kanhawa. 
 
 BAYS and CAPES. Chesapcak bay penetrates into the land 
 through the north east corner of this State, between Cape 
 Charles and Cape Henry, two very noted capes, the dis- 
 tance between which is 12 miles. " 
 
 HAMPTON ROAD, is a bay running up from the mouth of 
 James river, at the head of which Hampton is situated. 
 
 SWAMP. The Great Diwnal is a very celebrated Swamp 
 nearly SO miles in length, and 10 in breadth, partly in 
 this State, and partly in North Carolina. 
 
 TOWNS. There are no large towns in Virginia. Rich- 
 mond is the seat of government. The other most consid- 
 erable towns are Norfolk, Petersburg, Williamsburg, 
 Yorktown, Lexington, and Frederickiburg. 
 
 COLLEGES. The "University of Virginia," at Char- 
 lottesville; "William and Mary College," at Wiliianis- 
 burg; -< Washington College" at Lexington; and>-Hamp- 
 den Sidney College," in Prince Edward county. 
 
 MINERALS. There are valuable lead and iron mines in 
 this State, which are wrought : also abundance of marble 
 and of excellent coal. There are indications of a rich 
 gold mine in Rockingham county ; lumps of pure goM 
 have been found on the surface of the ground, one of 
 which weighed 17 pwt. 
 
 The staple commodities are wheat, tobacco, and In- 
 dian corn. 
 
 
 * Names of the 
 
 Countiec in Virginia. 
 
 
 Hanover, 
 
 L'inenburg, 
 
 Net&nn, 
 
 Scott, 
 
 Hardy, 
 
 Madison, 
 
 Ohio, 
 
 Sbciutndoah, 
 
 Harrison, 
 
 Matthews, 
 
 Orange, 
 
 S' uthamptun, 
 
 Henrico, 
 
 Mecklenburg, 
 
 Patrick, 
 
 SpoityJvMte, 
 
 Henry, 
 
 Middlesex, 
 
 Pendleton, 
 
 StafforJ, 
 
 Jie of Wight, 
 
 Monongalia, 
 
 PittsylvanU, 
 
 Surry, 
 
 Jamei City, 
 
 Monroe, 
 
 Powhatan, 
 
 Sussex, 
 
 Jefferson, 
 
 Montgomery, 
 
 Preston, 
 
 Tazewell, 
 
 Kanhawa, 
 
 Morgan , 
 
 Prince Edward, 
 
 Tyler, 
 
 King & queen, 
 
 Mason, 
 
 Princess Anne, 
 
 Warwick, 
 
 King George, 
 
 Nansemond, 
 
 Prince William, 
 
 Washington, 
 
 King William, 
 
 New. Kent, 
 
 Prir.ce George, 
 
 Westmorc.ur.d, 
 
 Lancaster, 
 
 Nicholson, 
 
 Randolph, 
 
 Wood, 
 
 Lee, 
 
 Norfolk, 
 
 Richmond, 
 
 Wythe, 
 
 Lewis, 
 
 Northampton, 
 
 Rockbridge, 
 
 York. 
 
 I.outlan, 
 
 Northumberland, 
 
 Rockingham, 
 
 
 Louisa, 
 
 Nottoway, 
 
 Russell, 
 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. JO 
 
 NORTH CAROLINA. 
 
 North Carolina is divided into 62 count! 
 Mot N i iiNS. The dllcghany ridge crosses the western 
 j;art of this State. 
 
 RIVERS. The most considerable rivers are the Chou'an, 
 a branch of which, rising in Virginia, is called Mthfrrin 
 river : the Roanoke, formed by the junction of Slaunlon 
 and TXm rivers, navigable for small vessels about 60 or 70 
 miles : its current is rapid and much obstructed by falls'? 
 Tar or Pamllco river, navigable for vessels about40 miles ; 
 Neuse river, one and a half miles wide, at Newbern, and 
 9 miles wide at its mouth ; Cape Fear n'ver, navigable 
 for large vessels to Wilmington, and for boats to Fayette- 
 ville, 90 miles farther. This river affords the best navi- 
 t Cation in the State. Most of these, as well as the smaller 
 have bars of sand at their mouths, hd the coast 
 aifords no good harbours except Cape Fear. 
 
 imps in this State are numerous. The two 
 
 principal are the Great Dismal, partly in this State and 
 
 mia, and the Little Dismal between Albe- 
 
 marle and Pamlico sounds, in each of which there is a 
 
 lake (;r pond. 
 
 A canal has been opened from Albemarle sound 
 ah bay, through the Great Dismal swamp. It 
 :>jilied with w ater^ from Drummond's pond, in the 
 centre of the swamp. 
 
 Sot NIKS. On the coast of North Carolina are two large 
 Bounds ; JHbtmarle sound, about 60 miles in length, and 
 from 8 to 12 miles in breadth ; and Pamlico sound, nearly 
 100 miles in length, and from 10 to 20 miles in breadth. 
 These sounds are separated from the ocean by a chain of 
 >and inlands, generally about one mile in breadth, extend- 
 ing more than 100 miles along the coast. 
 
 * Nacet of the Countiet in North Carolina. 
 
 Moore, 
 
 Bertie, 
 
 Tyrrel, 
 
 Guilford, 
 
 Haywuod, 
 
 Warren, 
 
 :;ni, 
 
 Anton, 
 
 
 Colun\but, 
 
 Richmond, 
 
 Ontlow, 
 
 
 Rut!.. 
 
 X, 
 
 Catwetl, 
 
 
 Duplin, 
 
 Chatham, 
 
 Peron, 
 
 Marry, 
 
 RockinKbim, 
 
 Biudtn, 
 
 Naih, 
 
 Franklin, 
 
 
 Wake, 
 
 Orange, 
 
 Waihington, 
 
 Martin, 
 
 Stokn, 
 
 Jobnton. 
 
 Cunituc, 
 
 Criven, 
 
 Pdsquatank, 
 
 Cbowan, 
 
 Green, 
 
 Brunswick, 
 
 Cumberland, 
 
 Rowan, 
 
 Granvil'.e, 
 
 C.nden, 
 
 rpton, 
 
 Hertford, 
 
 
 
 \Vilket, 
 
 Hyde, 
 
 Randolph, 
 
 ' .noer, 
 
 A.h, 
 
 Lincoln, 
 
 Montgomery, 
 
 Sjn.pton, 
 
 Ixtnorie, 
 
 Mecklenburg. 
 
 Burke, 
 
 c->- 
 
 \Va ne, 
 
 
 Edgecornbe, 
 
 JOOM, 
 
 lieiel, 
 
 
36 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 The only inlet into Pamlico sound, that will admit ves- 
 sels of burden, is Ocrecoc, where there are 14 feet of wa- 
 ter at low tide. 
 
 CAPES. There are three noted capes on this coast, 
 Cape Hatteras, Cape Lookout, and Cape Fear, all formida- 
 ble to seamen. The shoals about Cape Hatteras are very 
 extensive, and the weather is often tempestuous, with fre- 
 quflot storms of thunder. There is no place in the At- 
 lantic ocean where navigation is more dangerous. 
 
 TOWNS. Newbern is the largest town in the State : Ra- 
 leigh is the seat of government. Some of the other most 
 considerable towns are Edenton, Brunswick, Wilming- 
 ton, Fayetteville, and Halifax. 
 
 COLLEGE. The only college is the "University of North 
 Carolina," at Chapel Hill, 28 miles west of Raleigh. 
 
 The staple^ commodities are tobacco, wheat, maize, , 
 rice, pitch, tar, and turpentine. Gold is found over a 
 certain district, "in small grains, mixed with the sand, 
 and many people are employed in searching for it. 
 
 SOUTH CAROLINA. 
 
 South Carolina is divided into 28 districts.* 
 
 RIVERS. Three great rivers wuter this State the 
 Great Pedee, the Santee, and the Savannah. The less 
 considerable rivers are the Edisto, Ashley and Cooper 
 rivers. 
 
 HARBOURS. The only harbours of note a're those of 
 Charleston, Port Royal, and Georgetown. 
 
 ISLANDS. The islands along the sea-shore are very nu- 
 merous, and many of them are inhabited. The princi- 
 pal are Sullivan's, James, John's, Edisto, St. Helena, and 
 Port Royal islands. 
 
 TOWNS. The most considerable towns are Charleston, 
 Georgetown, Beaufort, Camden, and Columbia. 
 
 COLLEGE. " South Carolina College" at Columbia, is 
 the only one of note in the State. 
 
 CANAL. A canal 22 miles in length connects Santee 
 and Cooper rivers. 
 
 The staple commodities are cotton 'and rice. 
 
 * Names of the District* in South Carolina. 
 
 Charleston, 
 Chester, 
 Spartenburg, 
 Laurens, 
 Marlborougn, 
 
 Darlington, 
 Chesterfield, 
 Union, 
 Fairfteld, 
 Pendleton, 
 
 Newberry, 
 Marion, 
 Lexington, 
 
 Williamburg, 
 
 Orvtngeburg, 
 
 Lancaster, 
 Edg'efield, 
 Georgetown, 
 Horry, 
 Barnwell, 
 
 Abbeville, 
 Kershaw, 
 Greenville, 
 Sumpter, 
 Beaufort, 
 
 fork, 
 Kichland, 
 
 Colieton. 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. O7 
 
 GEORGIA. 
 
 Georgia is divided into 57 counties.* 
 
 The Al!ei;hany or Apalachian mountains 
 cross the upper end of this State. 
 
 HIV i.us. The principal rivers are the Savannah, be- 
 orgia ami South Carolina, navigable for larjje 
 17 miles; lor boats to .lu^n^tn 100 
 mile-, further; Ogcc/icc, .ilfamu/ia, SatUla, Flint, and 
 Catahouc : ' in/ is a small river, remark- 
 
 able only as being a part of the boundary betueen Geor- 
 gia and Florida. 
 
 .MI'S. Swamps are numerous in this State. The 
 two most noted are Okefonoco, 180 miles in length, much. 
 infested with alligator-, situated partly in this State, and 
 partly in Florida, and Cypress Swamp near the source of 
 iSatilla river. 
 
 TOWNS. The principal towns are Savannah, Augusta, 
 Petersburg, Darien. '/e, and Milledgeville, the pres- 
 
 seat ot government. 
 
 Co; Franklin College" at Athens, is the only 
 
 College in tl; 
 
 : part of the State is in possession 
 <ailed Creeks, the most warlike tribe tills 
 [) n. 
 
 The principal production is cotton, next to which is 
 rice. Most of the tropical fruits, such as oranges, lemons, 
 iigs and olives, with proper attention, flourish in this State. 
 
 ALABAMA. 
 
 Alabama is divided into 33 counties. t 
 IXIVI.KS. The principal river is the Mobile, formed by 
 the union of the Alabama ami Tombecbee, two other large 
 
 * Names of the Counties in Gei 
 
 irgia. 
 
 
 Appling, 
 
 Crawford, 
 
 Greene, 
 
 Joffcrson, 
 
 Munroe, 
 
 Tatnal, 
 
 jgX 
 
 Dekall, 
 
 Gwinnet, 
 
 Jones, 
 
 ton, 
 
 
 B,ob, 
 
 Dooly, 
 
 liabersham, 
 
 Laurent, 
 
 Oglethorpe, 
 
 Twiggs, 
 
 Bryan, 
 
 Early, 
 
 Hall, 
 
 Liberty, 
 
 Pike, 
 
 Walton, 
 
 Bullock, 
 
 Elbert, 
 
 Hancock, 
 
 Lincoln, 
 
 Pulaski, 
 
 Warren, 
 
 Burke, 
 
 Emanuel, 
 
 Henry, 
 
 son, 
 
 Putnam, 
 
 Washington, 
 
 Canidcn, 
 
 Efnnghim, 
 
 Houston, 
 
 jh, 
 
 Rabun, 
 
 Wayne, 
 
 Chatham, 
 
 
 Irwin, 
 
 -ornery 
 
 , Richmond, * 
 
 Wilkec, 
 
 Clarke, 
 
 Franklin, 
 
 Jackson, 
 
 .;in, 
 
 Scriven, 
 
 Wilkinson. 
 
 Columbia, 
 
 Glynn, 
 
 Jasper, 
 
 
 
 
 jNametoftbe Counties in Alabama. 
 
 Antauga, 
 
 Clark, 
 
 Henry, 
 
 cm, 
 
 Montgomery, 
 
 Shelby, 
 
 Baldwin, 
 
 conecub, 
 
 
 Marcngo, 
 
 Morgan, 
 
 St. Clair, 
 
 Bibb, 
 
 Dallas, . 
 
 Jefferson, 
 
 Marion, 
 
 Perry, 
 
 Tuskaloow, 
 
 Blount, 
 
 Decntur, 
 
 Landerdale, 
 
 Mobile, 
 
 Picktns, 
 
 Washington* 
 
 Butler, 
 
 Franklin, 
 
 Lawrence, 
 
 Monroe, 
 
 Pike, 
 
 Wilcos. 
 
 Covington, 
 
 Green, 
 
 Limestone, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 D 
 
 
 
 
38 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 and navigable rivers. The other considerable rivers are 
 the Coosa, Tallapoosa, Cahawba. and the Black Warrior. 
 All these rivers empty their waters through Mobile river 
 into Mobile bay. Tennessee river crosses the upper en-d 
 of this State. 
 
 TOWNS. Cahawba, situated at the junction of Cahawba 
 and Alabama rivers, is the seat of government; Mobile and 
 Blakely are the principal ports; Huntsville is the centre of 
 trade in the northern part of the State, which is carried 
 on chiefty with New Orleans, through Tennessee and Mis- 
 sisippi rivers ; Tuskalousa on the Black Warrior, St. 
 Stevens on the Tombecbee, and Claiborne on the Alaba- 
 ma, all at the heads of navigation on these rivers, are 
 flourishing towns. 
 
 FORTS. The forts in this State are Fort Stoddard, Fort 
 Claiborne, and Fort Jackson. 
 
 INDIANS. The Creek Indians occupy the southeast, the 
 Cherokees the northeast, and the Choctaws the western 
 part of the State. 
 
 Cotton is the grand production of Alabama, next to 
 which is rice. 
 
 Salt springs, yielding salt, are found in this State. 
 
 MISSISIPPI. 
 
 Missisippi is divided into 18 counties.* 
 
 RIVERA. The principal rivers are the Yazoo, YaloBusha, 
 a branch of the Yazoo, Black, Pearl, and Pascagula. 
 
 TOWNS. Natches is much the largest town. Monticello 
 on Pearl river is the seat of government. Shieldsborough 
 is a place of resort for the inhabitants of New Orleans 
 during the sickly season. 
 
 Cotton is the staple commodity. Oranges, lemons, and 
 also the sugar cane, flourish in the most southern part of 
 this State. 
 
 INDIANS. The Choctaw and some part of the Chickasaw 
 tribe of Indians inhabit this State. Among the former 
 there has lately been established a missionary station nam- 
 ed Elliot, on Yalo Busha river. These Indians have made 
 considerable progress in civilization. ^, ^ / , 
 
 * Name* of the Counties in MissUippi. 
 
 Adams, Covington, Hancock, Jefferson, Monroe, Warren, 
 
 Amite, Franklin, Hinds, Lawrence, Perry, Wayne, 
 
 Claiborne, Gieen, Jackson, Martin, Pike, Wilkinson. 
 
GRAMMAR OP GEOGRAPHY. 3d 
 
 LOUISIANA 
 
 Lou divided into 25 counties and parishes.* 
 
 A large extent of this State is subject to annual inun- 
 dations from. the overflowing of Missisippi &nd J\cd rivers. 
 
 RIVKUS. The four principal rivers are the J/mi*i/j/;i, 
 Red, H'achitta, and Su'iln> rivers. 
 
 LAKKS. There are three noted lakes; Maurepas, Pon- 
 chartrain, which is that immediately behind the city of 
 New Orleans, and Borgne. An outlet from the Missisip- 
 pi into these lakes is called Iberville river. 
 
 TOWNS. The principal towns are New Orleans, Baton 
 Rouge, Alexandria, and Nut chit ochr*. 
 
 SALT. There are many salt springs in this State, from 
 some of which salt is manufactured of an excellentquality. 
 
 STAPLES. The grand staples are cotton, sugar and rice. 
 In those parts south of lat 30 12', where the soil is ele- 
 Tated above the annual inundations, sugar is produced. 
 
 FLORIDA. (TERRITORY.) 
 
 Bv the 1 with Spain, Florida has been ceded 
 
 to 
 
 It has usually been divided into East and West Flori- 
 da, separated by the river Apulachicola. 
 
 RIVKHS. The principal rivers are the St. John's, navi- 
 
 >le 150 miles, and the Apalachicola. Besides these 
 there are many smaller rivers. 
 
 BAYS. The coast is indented by a great number of bays. 
 The most noted are P> nsacola< St. Rose, St. Andrews 
 /c/y/, St. Joseph's, Spiritu Santo, and Chatham bays, 
 all on the Mexican coast. 
 
 CAPES. There are five noted capes, viz. Caneval and 
 Florida on the Atlantic coast, St. Ulaise, and Roman on 
 the Mexican coast, and Cape Sable, which forms the 
 southern extremity of the peninsula. 
 
 * Names of the Counties and Parishes in Louisiana. 
 
 Northern Section. 
 
 Orleans, parith, 
 
 Mldana, parish, 
 
 
 St. Bernard, parish, 
 
 East Baton Rouge, parish. 
 
 KatChitocbet County, 
 
 St. Chit let, psrUh, 
 
 St. Helena, parish, 
 
 Ouachita, parish, 
 
 St. John Baptist, parish, 
 
 Washington, parish, 
 
 Rapide, parish, 
 
 St. Jaques, pariib, 
 
 St. Tammany, parish. 
 
 Catthoula, parith, 
 
 Atcension, parish, 
 
 
 Concordia, parish, 
 ATQjales, parish. 
 
 Assumption, pirith, 
 Lafourthe interior, parish, 
 
 The above 5 pnritheiform' 
 ed a part of Wttt FVortdd 
 
 
 Ibcnrille, parish, 
 
 in 1810. 
 
 
 West Baton Rogue, parish, 
 
 
 S. E. Section. 
 
 Point Coupee, parish, 
 
 S. \f. Section. 
 
 q^nine, parish, 
 
 
 Attakapu, county, 
 
 Opelousas, county. 
 
40 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 TOWNS. The most considerable towns are Pensacola> 
 St. Augustine, and St. Marks. 
 
 INDIANS. The Serninole Indians possess some of the 
 finest parts of the country. 
 
 Cotton and rice are the principal productions; but it 
 is supposed that the sugar cane, olives, oranges and figs, 
 would succeed here if cultivated. 
 
 TENNESSEE. 
 
 Tennessee is divided into 52 counties.* 
 
 MOUNTAINS. Cumberland Mountains, a ridge nearly 
 SO miles broad, divide this State into two divisions, call- 
 ed East and West Tennessee. Stone, Yellow, Iron, 
 Bald, and Unaka Mountains, are names applied to differ- 
 ent portions of that grand ridge which separates this 
 State from North Carolina. 
 
 RIVERS. The Missisippi is the boundary of this State, 
 on the west. The other most considerable rivers are 
 Tennessee and Cumberland. Hohton, Clinch, and Duck 
 rivers, are branches of the Tennessee. 
 
 Muscle Shoals, in Tennessee river, derive their name 
 from the number of soft shell turtles and fresh water 
 clams found there. At this place the river spreads to the 
 breadth of 2 or 3 miles, and forms a number of islands. 
 The passage for boats is difficult, except at high water. 
 Above the shoals there is no obstruction for 250 miles. 
 
 TOWNS. Nashville and Knoxville are the principal 
 towns. Murfreesborough, in "West Tennessee, is the 
 seat of government. 
 
 COLLEGES. There is a college at Greenville, which 
 has about 60 students. Others have been incorporated, 
 which have not gone into operation. 
 
 The staple commodities are cotton, tobacco, hemp, In- 
 dian corn and wheat. 
 
 Salt springs abound in this State, although no salt 
 works have yet been erected. There is also a warm 
 medicinal spring, which is a place of considerable resort 
 from the neighbouring States. 
 
 * Names of the Counties in Tennessee. 
 
 Anderson, 
 
 Davidson, 
 
 Henderson, 
 
 Madison, 
 
 Rhea, 
 
 Sullivan, 
 
 Bedford, 
 
 Dickson, 
 
 Henry, 
 
 Marion, 
 
 Roane, 
 
 Sumner, 
 
 Bledsoe, 
 
 Franklin, 
 
 Hickman, 
 
 Maury, 
 
 Robertson, 
 
 Warren, 
 
 Mount, 
 
 Giles, 
 
 Humphreys, 
 
 Mnntgome 
 
 ry, Rutherford, 
 
 Wayne, 
 
 Campbell, 
 
 Granger, 
 
 Jackson, 
 
 M'Minn, 
 
 Sevier, 
 
 White, 
 
 Carrol, 
 
 Greene, 
 
 Jefferson, 
 
 Morgan, 
 
 Shelby, 
 
 Williamson, 
 
 Carter, 
 
 Hamilton, 
 
 Knox, 
 
 Munroe, 
 
 Smith, 
 
 Wilson, 
 
 CUiborne, 
 
 Hawkins, 
 
 Lawrence, 
 
 Overton, 
 
 Stewart, 
 
 Washington. 
 
 Cobs, 
 
 Hardin, 
 
 Lincoln, 
 
 Perry, 
 
 
 
MAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 41 
 
 
 INDIANS. The Cherokees inhabit the southeast corner 
 of this State, aiming whom there is established a mis- 
 sionary station, named Krainerd. A part of this tribe has 
 d over the Missisippi, anil settled on Ar- 
 v,- river. 
 
 KENTUCKY. 
 
 Kentucky is divided into 71 counties.* 
 
 The principal mountains are the Cumber- 
 
 rner of the State. 
 
 The Ohio is the boundary ot this State on the 
 north; the other rivers, all which are tributary to the 
 Ohio, are the Tennessee, Cumberland, Green, Kentucky, 
 and S(tii'h) rivers, all considerable streams. 
 
 SALT SPRINGS. There are five noted salt springs or 
 licks in this State, from the waters of which are manu- 
 factured great quantities of salt. 
 
 TOY, rt is the seat of government. Lex- 
 
 i Louisville are the largest towns. The latter 
 
 an extensive trade with St. Louis, Hatches, 
 
 vania University" at Lexington. 
 The staple commodities are hemp, wheat, and tobacco. 
 
 OHIO. 
 
 Ohio is divided into 70 counties.t 
 
 Adair, 
 
 Casey, 
 
 Allen, 
 
 Christian, 
 
 Barren, 
 
 Clarke, 
 
 Bith, 
 
 CUy, 
 
 
 Cumberland, 
 
 Bou: 
 
 Davics, 
 
 Bracken, 
 
 Estill, 
 
 Breckenridge, 
 
 Fayetie, 
 
 Hullit, 
 
 Fleming, 
 
 Butler, 
 
 
 Caldwcll, 
 
 ;. Campbell, 
 
 Franklin, 
 Gallatin, 
 
 
 
 Adams, 
 
 Cmhoitun, 
 
 Allen, 
 
 Cayahoga, 
 
 Ashtabula, 
 
 Darke, 
 
 Athens, 
 
 Delaware, 
 
 Bclroont, 
 
 Fairfleld, 
 
 Brown, 
 
 Fayette, 
 
 Batter, 
 
 Franklin, 
 
 Champaign, 
 
 Gallia, 
 
 Clarke, 
 
 Gcauga, 
 
 Clennont, 
 
 Greene, 
 
 Clinton, 
 
 Guernsey, 
 
 Columbian*, 
 
 Hamilton, 
 
 Name* of the Counties in Kentucky. 
 
 Oarrard, 
 
 Uopins, 
 
 Monroe, 
 
 Scott, 
 
 Grant, 
 
 Jefferson, 
 
 Montgomery, 
 
 Shelby, 
 
 Gray ton, 
 
 Jrssamine, 
 
 Muhlenburg, 
 
 Simpson, 
 
 Greene, 
 
 Knoz, 
 
 Nelson. 
 
 Todd, 
 
 Greenup, 
 
 Lawrence, 
 
 Nicholas, 
 
 Trigg, 
 
 Hard in, 
 
 Lewis, 
 
 Ohio, 
 
 Union, 
 
 Marian, 
 
 Lincoln, 
 
 Owen, 
 
 Warren, 
 
 Harrison, 
 
 Livingston, 
 
 Pendttton, 
 
 Washington, 
 
 Hart, 
 
 Logan, 
 
 Perry, 
 
 Wayne, 
 
 MOD, 
 
 Madison, 
 
 Pike, 
 
 Whitley, 
 
 
 Mason, 
 
 Pulaskl, 
 
 Woodford. 
 
 Hicckman, 
 
 Mercer, 
 
 Uockcvistle, 
 
 
 | Name* of the Counties la Ohio. 
 
 Hancock, 
 
 Logan, 
 
 Perry, 
 
 Shelby, 
 
 Har<:cn, 
 
 Madison, 
 
 Pickaway, 
 
 Starke, 
 
 Henry, 
 
 
 Pike, 
 
 Trumbull, 
 
 Harris 
 
 
 Portage, 
 
 Tuscan was, 
 
 Highland, 
 
 Mtigs, 
 
 Preble, 
 
 Union, 
 
 Hocking, 
 
 Mercer, 
 
 Putnam, 
 
 Vanwert, 
 
 Huron, 
 
 Miami, 
 
 Richland, 
 
 Warren. 
 
 Jackson, 
 
 Munroc, 
 
 lots, 
 
 Washington, 
 
 Jefferson, 
 
 Montgomery, 
 
 Sandusky, 
 
 Wayne, 
 
 Kno, 
 
 Morgan, 
 
 Seneca, 
 
 Williams, 
 
 Lawrence, 
 
 Musklngnm, 
 
 Scioto, 
 
 Wood. 
 
 Licking, 
 
 Paulding, 
 
 
 
 D 2 
 
 
 
 
42 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 Lake Erie forms a part of the boundary of this State on 
 the north. 
 
 RIVERS. The Ohio, from which the State takes its name, 
 is the boundary on the south. It is 1033 miles in length. 
 The Great Miami, Little Miami, Scioto, Muskingum, and 
 the Hock hoc king, are all considerable rivers, emptying in- 
 to the Ohio. The Miami of t fie Lakes, Sandusky, and C&- 
 yahoga, are large navigable rivers, emptying into lake Erie. 
 
 TOWNS. The principal towns are Cincinnati, Chilico- 
 Ihe, Marietta, Zanesville, Steubenville, Portsmouth, Ath- 
 ens, and Circleville. Columbus is the present seat of 
 government. 
 
 COLLEGES. The Ohio University at Athens, and Cin- 
 cinnati College. 
 
 MINERALS. Coal abounds in the eastern part of the State 
 near the Ohio; salt springs near Scioto and Muskingum 
 rivers ; iron ore and freestone on the banks of the Hock- 
 hocking. 
 
 Wheat is the staple production. 
 INDIANA. 
 
 Indiana is divided into 45 counties.* 
 
 RIVERS. The Wabash is the principal river. It is a 
 very beautiful stream with high fertile banks, navigable 
 for batteaux, 412 miles to Ouiatanon, a small French set- 
 tlement ', and when swelled with rains, 167 miles further 
 to Miami carrying place, where there is a portage of 10 
 or 15 miles, by which it communicates with the Miami of 
 the Lakes. A canal is here thought to be very practicable, 
 which would open a water communication from lake Erie 
 to Ohio rivers. Tippacanoe and White rivers are branches 
 of the Wabash. 
 
 TOWNS. Vincennes is the chief town. The other most 
 considerable towns are Madison, Corydon, Indianapolis, 
 the present seat of government, Charlestovvn, Jefferson- 
 ville, and Vevay, where are the Swiss vineyards, which 
 yield annually from 5 to 8 thousand gallons of wine. 
 
 SALT SPRINGS have been discovered near the Wabash, 
 where there is an establishment of salt works under the 
 patronage of Congress. ^ 
 
 * Names of the Counties in Indiana. 
 
 Clark, 
 
 Floyd, 
 
 Jennings, 
 
 Owen, 
 
 Ripley, 
 
 Union, 
 
 Crawford, 
 
 Franklin, 
 
 Knox, 
 
 Parke, 
 
 Rush, 
 
 Vanderburgh, 
 
 Davies, 
 
 Gibson, 
 
 Lawrence, 
 
 Perry, 
 
 Scott, 
 
 Vigo, 
 
 Decatur, 
 
 Greene, 
 
 Marion, 
 
 Pike, 
 
 Shelby, 
 
 Wabash, 
 
 Dearborn, 
 
 Henry, 
 
 Martin, 
 
 Posey, 
 
 Spencer, 
 
 Warwick, 
 
 Delaware , 
 
 Harrison, 
 
 Monroe, 
 
 Putnam, 
 
 Sullivan, 
 
 Washington, 
 
 Dubois, 
 
 Jackson, 
 
 Morgan, 
 
 Randolph, 
 
 Switzerland, 
 
 Wayne. 
 
 Fayette, 
 
 Jefferson, 
 
 Orange, 
 
 
 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 ILLINOIS. 
 Illinois is divided into 26 count. 
 
 itc is mostly flat, and ! prairies. 
 
 KIVKKS. It has the /I on the weM, the 
 
 on the south, and the Jl'dhash on the east. The other 
 
 most considerable river- an- Illuml*, Kaskaskia&nd Rocky. 
 
 Tov. ^ uiwneetown, the latter 
 
 situated on the Ohio, ab,ut ( J miles below the mouth of 
 
 the Il'abush. Vandalia is the seat of government. 
 
 IIONS. Corn is the staple ; hemp and tobacco 
 11; also wheat, where the ground is not too rich. 
 Cotton is raised for domestick use. 
 
 s, Copper, lead, and coal are found in various 
 
 Tiler .alt manufactory on Saline river 
 
 about twenty miles from its mouth, the property of the 
 United States. 
 
 MISSOURI. 
 
 Missouri is divided into 26 counties.! j 
 
 .us. Ti. 'i>iii is the eastern, and DCS Whi- 
 
 nes the northern boundary of this State. The Missouri, 
 
 ne. is the principal riv- 
 a nubL' river, 900 miles in 
 >() miles. The less con- 
 siderable ; onade, Grand and Black rivers, 
 
 k, and St. Francis. 
 
 TOWNS. JelVerson, the capital ; St. Louis, the largest 
 town in the State ; Herculaneum and St. Genevieve, the 
 principal depots of the lead mines which are in their vi- 
 cinity in the centre of the mining district ; St. 
 Charles, Franklin, and New Madrid. 
 
 MiNi.KALs. Numerous lead mines are found from 30 
 :st of .S'/. ' '. They are very rich, 
 
 and thought to be inexhaustible. More than a thousand 
 tons are produced from these mines annually. There 
 are aUo salt springs, from it is manufactured. 
 
 Coal and -alt pc're are abiin 
 
 * Narv.es of the Counties in Il'.inoii. 
 
 Alexander, 
 
 
 Jackson, 
 
 ion, 
 
 Pike, 
 
 Union, 
 
 Bond, 
 
 
 son, 
 
 Montgomery, 
 
 Randilph, 
 
 W.ishington, 
 
 Clark, 
 
 
 on, 
 
 
 St.Clair, 
 
 Wayne, 
 
 Crawford, 
 
 
 Lawrence, 
 
 
 Sangamun, 
 
 White. 
 
 Edwards, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 t Name* of the Countiet in Missouri. 
 
 Boone, 
 
 Cole, 
 
 Jefferfon, 
 
 MontRomcry. 
 
 Ralli, 
 
 St OTwvteve, 
 
 Gala way, 
 
 Cooper, 
 
 Lili-jrd, 
 
 New Madrid, 
 
 Ray, 
 
 St. J.ouis, 
 
 CapeGirardeau, 
 
 Franklin, 
 
 Lincoln, 
 
 Perry, 
 
 St. Charles, 
 
 Washington, 
 
 Chariton, 
 
 Gasconade, 
 
 Maditon, 
 
 Pike, 
 
 St. Francois, 
 
 Wayne. 
 
 CU T , 
 
 Howard, 
 
 
 
 
 
44 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 MICHIGAN TERRITORY. 
 
 Michigan Territory is divided into 7 counties.* 
 The courses of the rivers in this Territory are all very- 
 short. It is bounded on the north by the Straits of'Mich- 
 fllimackinak, 6 miles broad. At the mouth of the Strait 
 is an island, on which is a fort and a village, all of the 
 same name. This island is the grand rendezvous of the 
 Indian traders, who resort here to barter their furs. It 
 is 200 miles distant from Detroit. A little to the south 
 of the island of Michillimakkinak is White Wood island. 
 Much of this Territory is yet in possession of the In- 
 dians. Detroit is the capital, pleasantly situated on De- 
 troit river. tf 
 
 ARK AN SAW TERRITORY. 
 
 This Territory is divided into 9 counties. t 
 
 RIVERS. The principal rivers are Jlrkansaw, White, 
 St. Francis, and Wachitta rivers. 
 
 TOWNS. Jlrkansaw is the largest town ; Arkopolis, 
 formerly called Little Rock, is the seat of government. 
 
 MINERALS. Iron, lead, coal, and salt, are found in 
 abundance. 
 
 PRODUCTIONS. Cotton and Indian corn are the staple 
 commodities. 
 
 INDIANS. Part of the Cherokee and part of the Osage 
 tribes are settled on Jlrkansaw river, in each of which is 
 established a missionary station. 
 
 HOT SPRINGS. Near the head waters of Wacliitta riv- 
 er, are several hot springs, the temperature of which, in 
 the driest season, is that of boiling water. 
 
 The NORTHWEST TERRITORY, lying between Missisippi 
 river, and the lakes Superior and Michigan, bounded on 
 the north by the British Possessions, and by Illinois on the 
 south, is inhabited by Indians, and little known. 
 
 The MISSOURI TERRITORY, extending from the Missi- 
 sippi to the Pacific Ocean, is known chiefly by its numer- 
 ous tribes of Indians, and vast extent. West of the Rocky 
 Mountains it is sometimes called the Territory of Oregon, 
 or Western Territory. 
 
 * Names of the Counties in Michigan Territory. 
 Brown, Crawford, Matomb, Michillimakkinak, Monroe, Oakland, Wayne. 
 
 t Names of the Counties in Arkansaw Territory. 
 Arkansaw, ClarkjCrawford, Hempstead, Independence, Lawrence, Miller, Phillips, Pulatki. 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 45 
 
 BRITISH POSSESSIONS IN NORTH AMERICA. 
 
 The British Possessions in North America, are 
 
 New Britain, comprolii-iiilinir Labrador, > ms*? v^.* 
 
 lies. 5 Chief Towns. 
 
 Upper Canad i, York. 
 
 LoWi 
 
 rick, i -:own. 
 
 Halifa.t. 
 
 , midland, Cape Briton, Prince Edward's 
 
 ) and the Bermu 
 
 RIVF.HS. The St. Lawrence is much the largest river 
 in all British America. It meets the tide 400 miles from 
 the sea, anil is 90 miles wide at its mouth. After passing 
 Ontario, thU river lo-es its name. Between lake Ontario 
 and lake Erie, it is called river ; between lake 
 
 Erie and lake Huron, it is called Detroit river ; between 
 lake H-iroii and lake Superior, it is called St. Mary's 
 
 , 
 
 "ther principal rivers are Churchill, Nelson, Sev- 
 ern, sllhuny, and .17, n.^.- nvri> in New- Britain ; the Uta- 
 , and CiKunlcre, in Lower Canada ; 
 and -Brunswick. 
 
 The principal bays are the Bay of Fundy, re- 
 markable for its tides, which sometimes rise to the aston- 
 ishing height of GO feet, and flow so fast as to overtake 
 small animals fect.ini; on the shore ; Chebucto Bay, Cha- 
 leur and Placentia ii 
 
 STRAIT. The most noted Strait is that of Bellisle, lead- 
 ing into the ii If of St. Laurence. At the mouth of the 
 Strait is an i.-!and ot the -HIK- name. ^ 
 
 .s. Sable, Race, and Charles, are the principal 
 capes. 
 
 TOWNS. The principal towns are Halifax, Liverpool, 
 and Picton, in Nova-Scotia: Prederickstown, and St 
 John's in New Brunswick; ' ,d Montreal in Lowet 
 
 Canada ; York and Kingston in Upper Canada ; and St. 
 John's in Newfoundland inland. 
 
 ^ These im ^ions are valuable to Great Brit- 
 
 ain chiefly for their fisheries, lumber, and the fur trade 
 carried on with the Indians. 
 
46 GRAMMAR OP GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 RUSSIAN SETTLEMENTS. 
 
 The Russian Settlements on the .north-west coast of 
 North America, extend from Cape Prince of Wales to 
 Portlock harbour, near latitude 58. The object of 
 these settlements is the fur trade. The number of Rus- 
 sians is computed at about 1,000. Rhodiak and Sitcha 
 are the principal places of trade. 
 
 MEXICO, OR NEW SPAIN. 
 
 Mexico, situated between 16 and 42 N. latitude, de- 
 dared itself independent of Spain in 1821. Much of the 
 northern part of this country is in possession of the Indians. 
 
 MOUNTAINS. The Cordilleras are the most noted moun- 
 tains, the highest summits of which, Popocatapelt and Cit- 
 laltepelt, both volcanoes, are more than 17,000 feet high. 
 
 RIVERS. The principal rivers are the Rio Bravo or 
 Del Norte, the Colorado, and the Gila, a branch of the 
 Colorado. 
 
 TOWNS. The chief towns are Mexico, Peubla, Guanax- 
 uato, Zacatecas, Vera Cruz, JHcapulco, and Santa Fe. 
 
 Mexico is chiefly celebrated for its immensely rich 
 gold and silver mines, the three principal of which are 
 Guanaxuato, Catorce, and Zacatecas. * The produce in 
 gold and silver of all the mines is said to be millions 
 of dollars annually. 
 
 GAUT1MALA. 
 
 Gautimala is now independent, and extends from lati- 
 tude 16 N. to the isthmus of Darien. It abounds in 
 volcanoes, the eruptions of which are sometimes terrible. 
 
 BAYS, LAKES &c. Honduras is a very noted bay. All 
 the rivers are small ', Nicaragua and Leon are the prin- 
 cipal lakes. 
 
 TOWNS. Gautimala, the capital, Leon and Chiapa. 
 The country bordering on Honduras bay is famous for 
 logwood and mahogany. . The English have settlements 
 here, and carry on the trade in these articles. 
 
 GREENLAND. 
 
 This extensive and dreary country, situated in the 
 northeast part of America, belongs to Denmark, and is 
 valuable principally on account of its fisheries. Cape 
 Farewell is the most south-easterly point. 
 
v.MAIl OF GEOGRAPHY. 47 
 
 WEST XNDZES> 
 
 At the entrance of the Gulf of Mexico, and partly be- 
 ii and South Ante it number of 
 
 islands, which taken together have been called the ITtst 
 Indies. 
 
 The most considerable of these are Cuba, Jam< 
 Hispa d Porto Rico. These are 
 
 someti - ater Antilles. 
 
 Cuba and St. Domingo are the Bahama or 
 
 "t Is. the principal of which is Providence island. 
 
 of Porto Rico are the J'ir^ln Islands, of which St. 
 
 ml .S7. Croij\ are the most considerable. 
 The < MamU extend from the Virgin Islands in 
 
 the north, to th i-dand Trinidad in the south. The prin- 
 cipal of i li\tiua* (itiiidnlmipe* Dominica* A/arti- 
 
 tHHla, Tobago^and Trinidad. 
 nids by the Kn-j;li-h are sometimes called the 
 ,) and iheWixnwAiin. The Leeward islands corn- 
 islands extending from Porto Rico to 
 .adward inlands comprise Martinico, and 
 all th i Min i . 
 
 a and Porto Rico belong to Spain; 
 to the bl.i have established an inde- 
 
 pendent empire, and -iven the island the name of Hayti; 
 St. Bartholomew be!- \\eden ; St. Thomas, St 
 
 John, and Santa Cm/, to the Danes ; Saba, St. Kustatius, 
 Cinacoa, Buenaire, and Aniba to the Dutch ; Gaudaloupe 
 and Mnrtini'W to the French : Jamaica* the Bahamas* and 
 :ieral all the other islands, to the English. 
 
 The chief towns are Havaiia* on the island 
 of Cuba a strongly fortified place, with a fi.ie harbour and 
 great commerce ; pop'.hititni, 70. COO. St. Jax"* on the 
 
 , LI.C e, and Xl. f)>)i/iin- 
 
 go on the island : Kingston* and Spanish- 
 
 town on tin- i-l.in i 1 "* 
 
 The whole population of the West India 
 island^ is estimated at more than two millions, of whom 
 three fourths 
 
 RELK.IO.V. In the inlands possessed by the Spaniards 
 and French, the religion is Roman Catholic ; in those 
 possessed by the English, Danes, and Dutch, it is Pro- 
 testant. 
 
 From these islands are produced sugar, molasses, rum, 
 cotton, indigo, spices, cocoa, and coftee. 
 
4O GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 
 
 SOUTH AMERICA. 
 
 South America is a vast peninsula connected to North 
 America by the Isthmus of Darien. It is 4,600 miles in 
 length, and more than 3000 miles in breadth in its widest 
 part. 
 
 MOUNTAINS. The chief mountains a're the Andes, or 
 Cordilleras, one of the highest as well as the most exten- 
 sive ridge of mountains on the face of the globe. Chim- 
 borazo, the most elevated summit in this range, has been 
 estimated at 20,280 feet, (about 4 miles) above the level 
 of the sea, being 4,876 feet, (nearly one mile) higher than 
 Mount Blanc, on the Eastern Continent. This is an el- 
 evation above many of the clouds, which actually sail be- 
 neath its top. 
 
 RIVERS. The Amazon* or Maranon, as it is sometimes 
 called, is the largest river not only in South America, 
 but in the world. The other most considerable rivers 
 are Rio de la Plata, Orinoco, Paraguay, and St. Fran- 
 cisco. 
 
 SEAS, LAKES and BAYS. South America has on the north 
 the Caribbean Sea, called in South America, the North 
 Sea, a branch of' which extending up into the land near the 
 isthmus, is called the Gulf of Darien. Titicaca, Parima, 
 and Maracaibo, are the principal lakes. Jill Saints, 
 Guayaquil, and Panama, are the most considerable bays. 
 
 CAPES. Cape. St. Roque and Cape Horn, are the most 
 noted capes. 
 
 The Strait of Magellan^ is the only considerable Strait. 
 
 ISLANDS. The principal islands are the Falkland Isles, 
 Terra del Fucgo, Chiloe, and Juan Fernandez. 
 
 DIVISIONS. The divisions of Soutii America are, 1. The 
 Republic of Colombia. 2. Guiana. S. Peru. 4. Brazil. 
 5. Buenos Ay res, or the United Provinces of South 
 America. 6. Chili. 7. Patagonia. 
 
 * The Republic of Colombia, including Granada and Ven- 
 ezuela, Peru, Buenos Ayres. and Chili, were formerly 
 Spanish Colonies ; they have lately declared themselves 
 independent, and their independence has been acknowl- 
 edged by the government of the United States. 
 
 Guiana is divided between five different nations 5 the 
 Republic of Colombia, England, France, Holland* and 
 Brazil. 
 
 Brazil, including Amazonia, is a Portuguese colony. 
 Like the Spanish colonies, it has lately declared itself inde- 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 49 
 
 pendent o! -lablished a separate govern- 
 
 ment, at the head of which is the Prince Regent, son of 
 the K _,il. 
 
 an unconquerecl countrv, in possession of 
 .dian na'. 
 
 The whole population of South America 
 has been estimated at about 1 millions, of whom about 
 If) millions are supposed to be of European descent; the 
 .ire Indians and N 
 
 is Roman Catholic, except 
 
 that <: and D'ltch Guiana, which is Protestant. 
 
 i IONS. South America is chiefly celebrated for 
 ,!ver, and diamond mines, which have been im- 
 pain and Portugal. The choicest 
 and druus are likewise found in various parts of 
 this extensive continent. 
 
 REPUBLIC OF COLOMBIA. 
 
 ubia includes New Granada and 
 i lion, formed in 1819, resembles 
 that 
 
 :re Chimborazo, Cotojxt.ri, a vol- 
 
 \ under the iMjuator. Thej 
 
 are the h. ..omits of the Andes, and among the 
 
 the known world. 
 
 lli\ principal river is the Orinoco. It is narv- 
 
 .11 Ton mili^, and discharges its waters into 
 
 Ulantic by m my mouths, the two most remote of 
 
 -ant 180 miles. Mn^ilalena is the 
 
 river in N-w Gra'nada, navigable 600 miles j the 
 
 i of the Magdalnna, is .300 miles in length. 
 
 The principal gulfs are those 
 
 .id Guayaquil; the chief lakes are 
 
 3f(ira> ommunicates with the gulf of the same 
 
 name by a strait 10 mil<vs wide defended bv strong forts; 
 and/ / } /i/iti/ ist considerable bar* 
 
 ! seaports are Porto Bdto, 
 Cart/i 8f. Mart kit, Guayaquil^ and Panama. 
 
 To\v^. Tiie other most considerable towns are 
 Santa Fe de Bogota, Quito, on the side of a volcanic moun- 
 tain, at an elevation of 9,500 feet above the level of the 
 sea, Caraccas, Maracaibo, Cumana, and St. 7homas t in 
 Spanish Guiana. 
 
 
 

 50 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 POPULATION. The population is computed at about 
 2,500,000, composed of whites, Indians, and blacks. 
 
 PRODUCTIONS. Gold, silver, and platina, in New Gra- 
 nada-, sugar, coffee, indigo, cotton, and tobacco in Vene- 
 zuela. 
 
 GUIANA. 
 
 Guiana is the \vhole of that extent of country situated 
 between the rivers Orinoco and Amazon. That portion 
 situated between the river Essequibo and Orinoco .is 
 Spanish Guiana, and is comprehended in the Republic of 
 Colombia. 
 
 Portuguese Guiana is the southern extremity of this 
 country, situated between the Amazon and Oyapok rivers. 
 It is united to the government of Brazil, and is now con- 
 sidered a part of that country. 
 
 English Guiana is situated south of the river Essequibo; 
 Dutch Guiana, sometimes called Surinam, and French 
 Guiana, called Cayenne, follow in succession to the river 
 Oyapok. 
 
 RIVERS. The principal rivers are Essequibo, Demera- 
 ra, Berbice, Surinam, and Oyapok. 
 
 TOWNS. The chief towns are Stabrook, the capital of 
 English Guiana, on Demerara river; Paramaribo, the cap- 
 ital of Dutch Guiana, and the largest town of all Guiana, 
 situated on Surinam river, 20 miles from its mouth ; Ca- 
 yenne, the capital of French Guiana, situated on an island. 
 
 POPULATION. The whole population is estimated at 
 about 250,000, exclusive of Indians. 
 
 PRODUCTIONS. Sugar, coffee, cotton, cocoa, indigo, 
 maize, rice, and Cayenne pepper. 
 
 PERU. 
 
 MOUNTAINS. The Andes penetrate the whole extent of 
 Peru. There are two principal ridges, the eastern and 
 western. The country between these ridges is an ele- 
 vated plain, from 8 to 10,000 feet above t'he level of the sea. 
 It is on this plain most of the white settlements are made. 
 
 TOWNS. The chief towns are Lima, the capital, Cus- 
 co, Jlrequipa, Truxillo, Guamanga and Guancavelica, 
 celebrated for its mine of quicksilver. 
 
 POPULATION. The population is estimated to be more 
 than one million. 
 
 MINES. The number of mines is said to be 70 of gold, 
 700 of silver, 4 of quicksilver, 4 of copper, and 12 of lead. 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 51 
 
 BRAZIL, 
 
 ;ve country, including roore than 
 
 ; t, known 
 
 by the name of Amazonia, and comprising all tlie central 
 :th America, is inhabited only by Indian*. 
 icipal rivers are .!/</ /- ira, Tocanl 
 ranch of the Tocantins, S . /'//r- 
 
 and La P 
 
 or St. Sebastian is the capital, 
 
 >\vn in South America, having a pop- 
 
 i on, 000. The other most considerable towns 
 
 ''>;, Pernambuco, and St. Luis. 
 
 Poi- The population is estimated at about 
 
 2,000, 
 
 i IONS. Brazil is particularly celebrated for its 
 gold and diamond mines, the latter of which are in a bar- 
 ^trict about the town of Tejuco. 
 
 r, coffee, tobacco, and Brazil wood, are 
 produced in the northern provinces; wheat, and abun- 
 utle in the southern. 
 
 BUENOS AYRES, nil INITED PROVINCES OF 
 
 1 II A.MKKI- 
 
 RIVKUS. La Plata is the great river of this country ; 
 incipal branches are the Paraguay, Parana, Ura- 
 gua\ . . and the Saltido. 
 
 is the most considerable lake, 224 
 in circumference. 
 
 The principal towns are Buenos Ayres, on the 
 miles from the sea, Monte Video, Santa Fe, 
 >i/nj)tinii,P<itofii, famous for its silver mines, 
 
 id Mend 
 
 P\ v Pampa, as it is callfd in this country, is a 
 
 vast extensive plain, sometime-* 10 or 15 hundred miles in 
 extent, destitute of trees, and covered with high grass. 
 Such is the country between Buenos Jlijrts and Mendoza, 
 a distan.ee of ( .)00 miles, which is travelled in about 30 
 
 in wagons loaded with produce. 
 
 Poi'LLvriON. The population is estimated at about 2 
 millions, of whom more than one fourth part are civilized 
 Indians. 
 
 PRODUCTIONS. The provinces near the Andes produce 
 gold and silver. At Potosi is one of the richest silver mines 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 yet known. Immense herds of cattle, mules, and horses 
 feed on the pampas. Agriculture is '.much neglected. 
 Mules are the beast of burden on and about the Andes. 
 Immense numbers are collected every year from the 
 southern provinces at Salta, and sent over to Peru. Hides 
 and tallow are great articles of export. 
 
 CHILI. 
 
 MOUNTAINS. The Andes form the eastern boundary, 
 among which, there are reckoned 14 volcanoes in Chili. 
 
 RIVERS. The rivers are small, but numerous. Tolten, 
 Eiobio, and Maule, are some of the most considerable. 
 
 TOWNS. The chief towns are St. Jago, the capital, 
 Conception, Valparaiso, and Valdivia. 
 
 POPULATION. The population is estimated at 1,200,000. 
 
 PRODUCTIO>% The most northern parts are dry and bar- 
 ren, being utterly destitute both of rain and vegetation. 
 
 More southwardly, to the river Maule, it is said, from 
 November to May, the atmosphere is without a cloud. 
 
 But this barren country is the region of the wines 
 which are numerous. Gold, silver, tin, and copper, are 
 produced here, and from the mountains in abundance. 
 
 In the southern parts the country is fertile, producing 
 wheat, wine, oil, hemp, and cattle in great plenty. 
 
 PATAGONIA. 
 
 Patagonia is but little known. The eastern part con- 
 sists of immense pampas or plains. The western parts 
 are mountainous and cold. The only inhabitants are the 
 Indian natives, some of whom are said to be of great 
 stature. 
 
 SUMMARY OF THE POPULATION OF AMERICA. 
 
 Countries. Population. Chief Towns. Inhabitants. 
 
 United States, 9,638,000 Washington, 13,247 
 
 British Possessions, 700,000 Quebec, 15,257 
 
 Mexico, 8,000,000 Mexico, 137,000 
 
 Gautimala, 1,500,000 Gautimala, 40,000 
 
 West Indies, 2,200,000 Havanna, 70,000 
 
 Republic of Colombia, 2,500,000 Caraccas, 42,000 
 
 Peru, 1,200,000 Lima, 53,000 
 
 Brazil, 2,000.000 Rio Janeiro, 100,000 
 
 Bueuos Ayres, 2,000,000 Buenos Ayres, 62,000 
 
 Chili, 180,000 St. Jago, 46,000 
 
^ GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 5S 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 - or quar- 
 
 I by the i . e and 
 
 it race of people. 
 
 principal mountains are the Dofr- 
 
 betw* M'cn Ku- 
 
 Carpathian l> ' 'land and Hun- 
 
 \vhich surround tlie north of Italy ; the 
 
 I- 1 ranee and Spain ; and tin* 
 The Volcanic or Hurniu^ Mountains are Vesu- 
 
 iii Sicih . 'ft in Iceland. 
 
 UIVKKS. The the Volga, the Danube, 
 
 the J)un* the . md the Rhine. 
 
 The le^s considerable rivers are the Dniester, Dwina, 
 ^'tuiu'/t, I'ixtida) Oder, Elbe, Weser, 
 ronnc, Dourn, Tagus, Gavdiuna, 
 ro, Rhone, Po, Tiber, Save, Drave, 
 Inn, Thame>, and the Shannon. 
 ' noted lakes are Ladoga, Onega, II- 
 .nd (ieneva. 
 
 are the Mediterranean, the 
 1 which is called the, Levant, l\\e jUrchipelttr 
 %o, tl. Mitnnni-a* the ttltu-k Sea, the Sea of . 
 
 the > the Indtic, the IHiite Sea, the North 
 
 Seao and tlie Irish Sea. 
 
 GUI -t considerable gulfs are Bothnia, 
 
 Guff of I'diirf, and the Bay of Biscay 
 
 The principal straits are the Cattegat, 
 
 mud of Klsineur, between Sweden and the island 
 
 i ireat Belt between the islands Zealand and 
 
 e little Belt between Funen and the peninsula 
 
 of Jutland, the Strait of Do Isk Channel, Bristol 
 
 Channel, St. ' .'.ml the Straits of Gib- 
 
 raltar* Bonifacio, Messina, J)ard:'.ndle3, Constantinople, 
 
 and Ctr 
 
 CAPI:S. The most noted capes are North Cape, the 
 Naz End, La Hogue, Ortegal, Finisterre, the 
 
 Rock of Lisbon, St. Vincent, Polos, and Matapan. 
 
 PiLNix-fLAs. The chief peninsulas are Spain, Italy, 
 Morea, Crimea, and Jutland. Sweden and Norway like- 
 wise constitute one vast peninsula, united to Russia by a 
 E 2 
 
54 GRAMMAR Of 
 
 broad neck of land. This vast peninsular tract, together 
 with the peninsula of Jutland, was by the ancients called 
 SCANDINAVIA. 
 
 ISTHMUSES. The isthmus of Corinth, which unites the 
 Morea to Greece, and that of Precop, which joins Crimea 
 to the main land. 
 
 ISLANDS. The most noted islands are Great Britain, 
 Ireland, Iceland, the Feroe, Shetland, Orkney, Hebrides, 
 Me of Wight, Guernsey, the Ushant Isles, Bellisle, the 
 isles of Re and Oleron. 
 
 In the Baltic Sea are Zealand, on which Copenhagen is 
 situated, Funen directly west of Zealand, Rugen, Oeland, 
 Gothland, Oesel, Dago, and Aland. 
 
 In the Mediterranean are Ivica, Majorca, Minorca, 
 Corsica, Sardinia, Sicily, Lipari Isles, and Malta; in that 
 part of the Mediterranean sometimes called the Ionian Sea, 
 Corfu, Cephalonia, $*c. which form what is called the re- 
 public of the Seven Islands $. Camlia, Negropont, in the 
 Archipelago, and Rhodes, and Cyprus in the Levant. 
 
 DIVISIONS. Europe may be considered under three 
 grand divisions : the Northern, the Middle, and the 
 Southern. 
 
 The Northern countries are Lapland, Norway, Swe- 
 den and Russia. 
 
 The Middle countries are the British Dominions, 
 France, Netherlands, Denmark, Prussia, Poland, Ger- 
 many, Switzerland, and Austria. 
 
 The Southern countries are Portugal, Spain, Italy, and 
 Turkey. 
 
 GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, in- 
 cludes Great Britain and Ireland, with the adjacent isles. 
 
 POPULATION. The population is estimated at about 21 
 millions of which 6,847,000 is assigned to Ireland to 
 Scotland, 2,092,000 to Wales, 717,000. 
 
 RELIGION, &c. The established religion is episcopacy; 
 the government a limited monarchy. 
 
 Great Britain excels every other nation in her com- 
 merce and manufactures, in her navy, and in the number 
 and variety of her charitable institutions* 
 
 The island of Great Britain is divided into England, 
 Wales, and Scotland. 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 55 
 
 KN(i L \ Nh 
 
 '1'he inniifilai'i- in Kn^land are compara- 
 
 d are the Peak -hire, 
 
 it Hill* beiv. ecu England nd. 
 
 RIVERS. The principal rivers aie t v, Severn, 
 
 Hani and the 'Pynr. 
 
 rivers, the 7V//,:, .V 
 Tliain Miected by eanals, ope' 
 
 /o/, and //"//. the four principal | the kingdom, 
 
 many other canal-, so that scarcely any con- 
 : l )!e town is uithout one, or a navigable river. 
 
 The principal ca; ', J/izanl, 
 
 Start, Portland, and SV. lldinamly? Point ; fyurn, 
 Beac <ids. 
 
 insiderable islands are, hie of 
 '< of Man. 't, ihe Stilly hits, (iutrnsey, 
 
 ,:id Stark : the four last are near the 
 5( of Fran 
 
 'don is the capital. The other great 
 >ol, Bristol, Hull, New- 
 
 'tfl- ,r 
 
 principal ..nous for their respective man- 
 
 .iiid Sheffield, for cutlery and 
 
 and 
 
 icld, for woollen cloth ; Kiddcrminsti r, for carpets ; 
 Coven- for pins. 
 
 Jiu' '1 for its mineral water-: .\orcastle 
 
 d Canilii'idgc for their Universities. 
 
 Ill and Plymouth are the principal stations for 
 
 the principal place of embarkation for France. 
 
 ,'ilarly from 77 r Holland and Ger- 
 
 i/d/i, for Spain and tl.e \Vr>t Indies ; 
 
 and from I/u/ij Jlutd, on the islai: r Dublin. 
 
 MixKKM.ri. Tin, coal, and lead. The tin mines in 
 
 Cornv the coal mines in Not th Cumberland, are 
 
 !obe. 
 .vided into 12 counties. Snowdon and 
 
 Plinlimmon are the most considerable mountains. Wye 
 is the chief river. The principal town is ll'fcxham, fa- 
 mous for flann 
 
 SCOTLAND is divided into 33 counties. 
 
 MOUNTAINS. The principal chain of mountains are the 
 Grampian& Pentland Hills. HenNeves, the highest moun- 
 
56 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 tain on the island, is 4,350 feet above the level of the sea. 
 
 RIVERS. The chief rivers are the Forth, the Tay, the 
 Clyde, the Tweed, the Dee, the Don, and the Spey. 
 
 CANALS. A canal 35 miles long, constructed at vast 
 expense, connects the Forth and the Clyde ; another near 
 Keil, called the Caledonian canal, connects Loch Lochy 
 with Loch Oich. These two canals open water commu- 
 nications from sea to sea across the island, dividing Scot- 
 land into.three parts. 
 
 LAKES. The lakes in this country, denominated 
 lochs, are very numerous. The most noted are Loch 
 Lomond and Loch Tay. 
 
 ISLANDS. The islands are the Hebrides or Western Isles, 
 the Orkney, and the Shetland Isles. 
 
 TOWNS. The most considerable towns are Edinburgh, 
 Glasgow and Aberdeen, famous for their universities : 
 and Glasgow no less so for its extensive commerce. 
 
 IRELAND is divided into four provinces ; Leinster, 
 Ulster, Munster, and Connaught. These are subdivided 
 into 32 counties. 
 
 RIVERS. The only considerable river is the Shannon, 
 9 miles wide at its mouth. The Blackwater is the next 
 largest river. The Liffa has acquired some note from 
 the capital being situated on its banks. 
 
 Lakes and bogs are very numerous. 
 
 TOWNS. The chief towns are ^Dubliri, the capital, 
 Cork, Limerick, Waterford, and Londonderry. 
 
 LAPLAND. 
 
 Lapland is divided into Norwegian, or West Lapland ; 
 Swedish, or South Lapland 5 Russian, or East Lapland. 
 Swedish Lapland is by far the most valuable. The di- 
 mensions of each of these parts are uncertain. This 
 country is under the government of Sweden and Russia. 
 
 In some parts of Lapland, in the winter, the sun does 
 not rise for several weeks together. The cold is then 
 excessive, and it is not uncommon that the lips of persons 
 are frozen to the cup in attempting to drink. At this 
 season the moon shines without intermission, and the 
 twilight, for two or three hours in the middle of the day, 
 is sufficient to enable persons to read without a candle. 
 In the summer, on the contrary, the sun does not set for 
 as long a time. The heat then becomes intense. 
 

 57. 
 
 The chief wealth df the Laplanders consists .in their 
 rain-ii. .-r. 'I ::eir emp ire hunting ami ti 
 
 - hardly known in this . de region. 
 
 IRWAY. 
 
 ; cd by a 
 
 : by the ki 
 
 It i- di\ ina, Chri- 
 
 sand. 'iithei'M, and Norland. 
 
 :-wav i- reckoned one of the 
 
 mountain- 'Id. The principal are 
 
 the JJtt/'rnft/it bet \\een Norwav and Sweden. 
 CAPES. T ;ie and tin 
 
 ISLANDS. The m<M considerable islands are the Lof- 
 
 Tov. is (he capital ; Christiana and Dron- 
 
 ab'e lo\\ 
 
 The chief wealtli of Norway consists in its immense 
 
 forests of timber, and in its silver, copper and iron mines. 
 
 inhabitants Mib-Ut chiefly by hunting and fishing. 
 
 Norwav is the famous vortex of the 
 
 ,'-ard at a y;reat distance, 
 
 and I lirlpool of va*t d,-pth and extent, and so 
 
 violent, t! ,ip come near it, she is drawn in and 
 
 DENMARK. 
 
 Denmark Proper i> a very small kingdom. It com- 
 
 nin-u!a of Jutland, the soutliern part of 
 
 -wick: tlie dutchy of llolstein, bound- 
 
 ith bv the river AY/<r ; and the i>lands at the en- 
 
 trance o| the Bailie, the principal of which are Zealand 
 
 and Funen. 
 
 .11 and CANAL. The Cyder is the only river of any 
 
 boundary be ; - A ick and llolstein. 
 
 Thee Kill opens a communication through this 
 
 penin-ula, from the (ierman ocean into 
 
 iicient to adn Is of 120 tons. 
 
 STRAITS. There are three noted straits ; 1. The SOUND, 
 
 between Sweden and the i>land Zealand, through which 
 
 vessels usually p. ; - * into or from the Baltic; 
 
 2. The GREAT BKI.T, between the islands Zealand and 
 
 Funen ; 3. The LITTLE BELT, between Funen and the 
 
 peninsula of Jutland. 
 
58 
 
 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 CHIEF TOWNS. Copenhagen, the capital, situated on 
 the island Zealand, is esteemed the best built city in the 
 north of Europe ; Elsineur, on the same island, where 
 all foreign ship?, passing through the sound, pay toll 5 
 Altona, on the river Elbe. 
 
 RELIGION, &c. The religion is Lutheran ; the govern- 
 ment, an absolute monarchy. 
 
 ISLANDS. The principal islands belonging to Den- 
 mark, are Iceland and the Feroe isles. Iceland abounds 
 with subterranean fires. Mount Hecla is a celebrated 
 volcano upon this island, about one mile high. 
 
 Denmark is a flat country, generally fertile, producing 
 grain, horses, and cattle. 
 
 * ! SWEDEN. 
 
 Sweden is divided into Norland, Sweden Proper, and 
 Gothland. Finland, on the east of the gulf of Bothnia, 
 formerly belonged to Sweden, but was ceded to Russia 
 in 1808. 
 
 SEAS, The Swedish seas are the Baltic, the Gulf of 
 Bothnia, the Cattegat, and the sound, a strait of four 
 miles over, which separates Sweden from Denmark. 
 
 In the Baltic sea there are no tides, and a current is 
 always running into the German Ocean. 
 
 LAKES and RIVERS. Sweden is celebrated for the num- 
 ber and extent of its lakes : the largest is the Wener, 100 
 miles in length. Its rivers are also numerous, but not 
 navigable. One of the most considerable is the Gotha, 
 through which the Wener lake has its outlet at Gotten- 
 
 rg-, into the Cattegat. 
 
 ISLANDS. The Swedish islands are Gothland, Oeland, 
 Aland, and Pugen, with innumerable others, some thou- 
 sands of which are reckoned to be inhabited, and the rest 
 are desert rocks. 
 
 TOWNS. The chief towns are Stockholm, the capital, 
 situated on seven rocky islands, united by wooden 
 bridges ; Upsal, famous for its university 5 Gottenburg, 
 Carlscrona, Calmar, and Tornea. 
 
 RELIGION, &c. The religion is Lutheran ; the govern- 
 ment a limited monarchy. 
 
 The chief wealth of Sweden arises from its mines of 
 silver, copper, lead and iron. Its forests of pine and fir 
 are also very valuable. 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 39 
 
 RUSSIA. 
 
 The Russian Empire is the largest in extent in the 
 world, comprehending all the north east of Europe, all 
 the north of Asia, and part of the North West Coast of 
 America. 
 
 divided into 52 governments, of which 46 are in 
 Europe. 
 
 MOUNTAINS. The Urulian are the most noted moun- 
 tains, forming a marked boundary between Europe and 
 
 OF THI: COUNTRY. Russia, in general, is a level 
 country ; from Petersburg to Pekin in China, there is 
 scarcely a hill. The same may be said of the road from 
 Petersburg to the north of France. 
 
 RIVKRS. The most considerable rivers are the Volga> 
 or Wolga, Don, Dnicjn-r* Dniester, Northern IJwina, 
 ^ometimes called, Southern Dwina, the 
 : /!, Petchora, and the AYr,^. 
 
 Many of the*e rivers, flowing through a level country, 
 are navigable almost to their sources, where, being con- 
 net' -rt canals, they open a very extensive 'inland 
 navi ; the empire. 
 
 o Ladoga, Onega, and 
 llmen. 
 
 .lis or bay* ; the gulfs 
 
 of Both)* and the bays of Archan- 
 
 gel &w\ < three are arms of the JJaltic, 
 
 .-.re arms of the if'/iitc Sta. 
 There are four large seas in the borders of 
 
 . />/(ic/tyt'u*/j:(in, in Asiatic Russia, 
 the / and canals, an inland 
 
 >\\ is opened between all these sens, thriiu'h the 
 interior of the empire. 1 sea connected 
 
 with the ttlnr.k S, ' Strait of CaJ/'a. 
 
 Pr.MNsui.A. Crimea is a imted peninsula connected 
 with the main land by the isthmus Precop. 
 
 The principal inlands are Osel, Dago, and 
 Cro 
 
 Tov Petersburg is the capital, situated on the 
 
 Neva- It is a place of great commerce, and contains 
 285,000 inhabitants. 
 
 Cronstadt, the port of St. Petersburg, is 20 miles dis- 
 tant, on an inland in the gulf of Finland. It is the princi- 
 pal station of the Russian navy. 
 
60 GRAMMAR OP GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 The other principal seaports are Riga on the Baltic-, 
 Odessa on the Black Sea ; Jlstrachan on the Caspian, in 
 Asiatic Russia, and Archangel on the White Sea. 
 
 Moscow was the ancient capital. Revel, Wyburg 
 Cherson, Tula^ and Mo, are considerable towns. 
 
 RELIGION, &c. The established religion is the Greek 
 Church ; the government a constitutional monarchy. 
 
 Russia is celebrated for its timber and flax trade, its 
 iron and copper mines in the Uralian mountains, its fish- 
 eries and its furs. It has an extensive inland navigation ; 
 and goods may be conveyed by water from Petersburg to 
 China, with an interruption of only sixty miles. 
 
 POLAND 
 
 Now principally belongs to Russia, and enjoys her own 
 laws. Its chief towns are Warsaw and Cracow. The 
 principal river, the Fistula. Poland is remarkable for 
 its mines of rock salt. 
 
 PRUSSIA. 
 
 The Prussian dominions consist of two territories, en- 
 tirely distinct, the one laying in the east, and the other in 
 the west of Germany, separated from each other by the 
 kingdom of Hanover, through which the king of Prussia 
 is entitled by treaty to maintain two military roads. 
 
 The eastern division is by far the largest. It extends 
 about 500 miles on the Baltic, and comprehends Prussia 
 Proper, Pomerania, Silesia, and the March of Branden- 
 'burg. * 
 
 Prussia Proper lies along the Vistula ; Pomerania ex- 
 tends from a little beyond Danzic to the Oder : Silesia 
 is the most southern part, next to Austria ; Brandenburg 
 extends in the direction of Berlin to the Elbe. 
 
 The western division lies on both sides of the Rhine, 
 arid is about 200 miles in length, and 80 or 90 in breadth. 
 
 RIVERS. The chief rivers are the Elbe, the Oder, the 
 Vistula, the Pregel, and the Memel 
 
 CANALS. Bromburg canal, 20 miles in length, connects 
 the Vistula with the Oder ; Mullrose canal, 15 miles in 
 length, connects the Oder with the Elbe. 
 
 LAKES. There are many small lakes in Prussia. 
 Frisch Haff, at the mouth of the Vistula, and Churish 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 61 
 
 Half, at the mouth of the A/ewe/, are inland sheets of iva- 
 ter, about 70 miles in length, full of dangerous shoals, 
 r.t to frequent storms. They are separated 
 from the Baltic by narrow ylips of land, said to have been 
 thrown up by tempests) and the waves of the - 
 
 The chief cities in the eastern divUion, are 
 
 ', the capital, Koni^sbui-.: i\Ell> //<_;, Wetting, 
 
 . and Dmitzk ; in the western di- 
 
 ilogne, and Coblentz. 
 . Population. 19. 
 
 c. The established religion is Lutheran; 
 _.vernment, an absolute monarchy. 
 
 --,'ia produces a great plenty of grain, and abounds 
 with il-jcks and he, 
 
 NETHERLANDS. 
 
 lerlands is a new kingdom, and embraces Hol- 
 land, lorn. ailed, in the north ; Flanders, or the 
 provinces between Holland and France., in the 
 south ; and the province of Luxemburg, which is a part 
 of Germany. 
 
 The kingdom of the Netherlands is divided into 18 
 
 provii. li'.-lu the seven first constitute the country 
 
 ; ly called Holland, or the Seven United Provinces. 
 
 ,!an<l 11 K. Fhmlers !.'> Limburg 
 
 12 \V. Fl.in.l. : mr 
 
 3 Ov . . Brabant i:J Hainault 17 Dr-nthe 
 
 aid 9 S. Brabant 14 Liege 18 Luxemburg 
 10 Antwerp 
 
 .: OF THE COUNTRY. Holland is mostly a marsh or 
 bog, and has been gained principally from the ocean, by 
 5 of dykes or dams, which have been raised, and 
 -till supported at an incredible expen- 
 
 iders is a low Hat country, with scarcely a single 
 hill. The roads are generally a broad causeway, and run 
 several miles in a straight line, till they terminate in view 
 of some noble building. 
 
 RIVKUS. The principal rivers are the Rhine, Maese, or 
 
 Kit, arid the Moselle. 
 
 CANALS. Canals are numerous, particularly in Hol- 
 land, there being one at almost every man's door. The 
 common mode of travelling in summer, is in covered 
 boats on canals drawn by horses ; in winter, both men and 
 women, and also children, travel on them on skates, from 
 village to village, with most surprising rapidity. 
 F 
 
62 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 ZUIDER ZEE is a large bay, about 120 miles in length, 
 full of shoals, at the head of which Amsterdam is situated. 
 
 TEXEL is an island at the mouth of the Zuider Zee ; it 
 has a good harbour, and a town of the same name. There 
 are numerous other islands. The province of Zealand 
 consists wholly of a number of'islands, one of the most 
 considerable of which is Walcheren, at the mouth of the 
 Scheldt. 
 
 Towns. The chief towns in Holland are Amsterdam, 
 the capital, curiously built on wooden piies \ Rotterdam, 
 distinguished for commerce, and also for being the birth 
 place of Erasmus ; Haerlem, famous for containing the 
 largest organ in the world ; Leyden, celebrated for its 
 university ; Utrecht, and the Hague. \f~ 
 
 Middleburg and Flushing are also considerable towns 
 on the island Walcheren. 
 
 In that part of the country called Flanders, the chief 
 towns are Antwerp, once the emporium of Europe ; Brus- 
 sels, where the best camblets are made, and the finest 
 kinds of lace ; Osterid, a strongly fortified town on the sea 
 coast ; Lisle, a rich manufacturing town ; and Ghent, di- 
 vided by canals into 26 islands over which are 300 bridges. 
 
 POPULATION. This is the thickest settled country in 
 Europe, there being more than 200 inhabitants to every 
 square mile. Those in the northern provinces, or Hol- 
 land, are called Dutch ; those in the southern provinces, 
 Flemings. The whole population is 5,273,000. 
 
 RELIGION, &c. The Dutch are mostly Calvinists ; the 
 Flemings, Catholics. The government is a limited mon- 
 archy. The Netherlands are distinguished for their 
 agriculture and manufactures. Vast numbers of cattle 
 are fattened in the rich meadows of Holland. It is here 
 madder is cultivated. It was by the Flemings the Eng- 
 lish were taught the art of weaving. Their manufactures 
 are beautiful linen, and laces, in which they are unrivall- 
 ed, particularly in their cambrics, from Cambray. 
 
 FRANCE. 
 
 France is advantageously situated almost in the centre 
 of Europe 5 and was formerly divided into provinces 5 
 but is now divided into 86 departments, 
 
 MOUNTAINS. The most noted mountains in France are 
 the Cevemres, west of the Bhone, and parallel with it. 
 France is separated from Spain by the Pyrenees; from Italy 
 
GRAMMAR OF GKOGRAPHY. 63 
 
 by the Alps; from iml by Mount Jura, a branch 
 
 of the >rthwardlv, west of the 
 
 called th- '.oiuitairi'.. These latter 
 
 i the territory cf Franc i v rn boundary. 
 
 Jim.us. '!'.. >ur large rivers in France ; the 
 
 id Phone. The Saone, a 
 branch of the Rhone.* is a considerable river. 
 
 There are three noted canals; 1. the cele- 
 brated canal of loc, which opens a communication 
 ///and th 'Toucan; "2. the 
 
 canal oft', '.MU; the river Saone with the 
 
 Loire; 5. the canal of ()i leans connecting the Loire with 
 tlie A 1 
 
 ISLANDS. Tlie chief islands are Corsica, Ushant, Ihllisle* 
 
 'faron, and the isles of I/i/ercs in the Mediterranean. 
 
 CIIIKS. The principal cities are Paris* the capital, 
 
 Lyons, M "jc, Rochfort, Rochelle, Bay- 
 
 onne, Ton! , ,. Montpelier. and Calais. 
 
 Toulon and 11 mt are the chief stations of the French navy. 
 
 ic. The established religion is Roman 
 
 Catholic ; the ^overnsnent is a limited monarchy. 
 
 France produces i^rain, wine, oil, and silk, besides a va- 
 riety of delicious fruits ami v. -eiables in great abundance. 
 
 GERMANY. 
 
 (iennanv contain* a threat number of independent States.' 
 
 Most of Prussia : part of the empire of Austria ; Ilolstein 
 
 and Lauenburj-;, belonging to Denmark : and Luxemburg, 
 
 belonging to Netherlands, are comprehended in Ger- 
 
 - which, there are 4 kingdoms, 29 smaller 
 
 and 4 free cities. 
 
 four kingdoms are those of Saxony, Hanover. 
 Bavaria, and \Virtemburg. 
 
 The four free cities are Frankfort, Hamburg, Lubeck, 
 and Bremen. 
 
 RIVF.HS. The number of rivers in Germany is more 
 than five hundred, sixty of which are navigable to a great 
 :. The largest are the Danube, lihine, Elbe, Oder, 
 Weser, and the Maine. 
 
 TOWNS. The chief towns are Dresden* capital of the 
 kingdom of Saxony ; Hanover , capital of the kingdom of 
 Hanover; Munich, capital of the kingdom of Bavaria; 
 Stutgard, capital of the kingdom of fFirtemburg ; Ham- 
 burg, one of thehnest commercial cities in Europe ; Leip- 
 sic and frankfort, celebrated for their fairs ; Vienna, in 
 
64 
 
 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 the empire of Austria; and Berlin in the dominions of 
 Prussia. 
 
 ^ POPULATION^ The total population of all the States in 
 Germany is estimated at about SO millions. 
 
 RELIGION. The Protestant religion prevails in the 
 north of Germany, the Roman Catholic in the South. 
 
 Germany produces all the various kinds of jjrain in 
 great abundance, together with wine and silk in the south- 
 ern prov inces. 
 
 AUSTRIAN DOMINIONS. 
 
 The empire of Austria comprises about one third part 
 of Germany, part of Poland, part of Italy, the whole of 
 Hungary, and several smaller States. 
 ^ MOUNTAINS. The Carpathian mountains, and the Rhe- 
 tian or Tyrolese Alps, constitute the chief mountains. 
 
 RIVERG. The Danube is the principal river. The 
 Theis, Save, Brave, and the Inn, branches of the Danube, 
 are considerable rivers. 
 
 TOWNS. The principal towns are Vienna, the capital ; 
 Prague, in Bohemia; Ihida and Presburg* in Hungary ; 
 Trieste, the principal sea [tort; Milan, Venice, and Ve- 
 rona, in Austrian Italy. 
 
 MINERALS. The Austrian empire is rich in minerals, 
 *'pa&itularly in gold, silver, quicksilver, copper, lead, 
 and salt. 
 
 The productions are grain ; and in Hungary, abun- 
 dance of wine, the olive, and some rice. 
 
 SWITZERLAND. 
 
 Switzerland is a small romantic country, laying upon 
 the Alps, and is the big-nest spot of ground in Europe. 
 
 It is divided into twenty-two cantons. 
 
 MOUNTAINS. Switzerland is the most mountainous 
 country on the globe. The Alps separate it from Italy, 
 and the Jura mountains divide it from France. St. Goth- 
 ard is the highest mountain. 
 
 RIVERS. The Rhine, the Rhone, the /wvand the Aar, 
 all have their sources in Switzerland. The 'Aar is a 
 branch of the Rhine. 
 
 LAKES. Lakes are numerous. The most considerable 
 are those of Constance and Geneva, lying on the borders 
 of the country ; Zurich and Lucern in the interior. 
 
 CHIEF TOWNS. Geneva, Basil, Berne, Zurich and 
 Lauzanne. The inhabitants are called Swiss. 
 
 Switzerland produces cattle, various kinds of grain, 
 and wine. 
 
GRAMMAR OP GEOGRAPHY'. 65 
 
 SPAIN. 
 
 Spain was formerly divided into fourteen provinces, 
 -oMit-fini".- called kingdoms ; vi/.. Galacia, AJltUili, and 
 Biscay, in the north ; Navarre, A reason, and Catalonia, 
 n<-ar the < : Valencia and Minna in the east; 
 
 Leon anil K^tramadura in the \\cst ; Old Castile and New 
 le in the middle; and Granada and Andalusia in the 
 south. i now subdivided into 31 provinces. 
 
 Moi ini'-h mountains are arranged in 
 
 distinct chains, between all the lar^e rivers, and nearly 
 
 parallel with them. 1. The Cantabrian chain, which are 
 
 ; nuation ofihe I'l/mmes, between France and Spain. 
 
 They extend alon^ the northern coast. 2. The Iberian 
 
 chain, extending from the Cantabrian in a southerly di- 
 
 ver Ebro. 3. The mountains of 
 
 :i the rivers /Jouroand tlie Tau;us. 4. The 
 
 Toledo chain, between the Tdirnx and Guud'uina. 5. The 
 
 Sierra Moruna, or Hro-.vn Mountains, between the Gua- 
 
 . and the Guadalquivir. 0. The Sierra Nevada, 
 
 or SMMWV Mountains, between the Guadalqniver, and 
 
 lean. 
 RIVKHS. The principal rivers are the Ebro, Guadal- 
 
 , and the Minhn. 
 
 Theino-. 1 ///, /V/ii-v/crrc, 
 
 . near the strait of f*'/''/v///<v, (Jala, and Palos. 
 ''/ttjoi'Cfii Minorca, and fvica. 
 
 Puo . Gibralter is a very noted promontory 
 
 -tly of one solid rock, of ^reat elevation, 
 ;-ly fortified, and in the possession of the English. 
 The chief towns are Madrid, the capital, 
 'fifi^ena^ Vaknc/ui* Barcelona^ Bilboa, 
 .., Toledo, Leon, and Corunna. 
 staple commodities are wine, olive oil, silk, fruits, 
 such as oranges, lemons, raisins, &c. and merino wool. 
 
 PORTUGAL. \ i 
 
 Portugal is divided into 6 provinces. 
 
 M' The mountains of Castile and Toledo, 
 
 coming from Spain, penetrate Portugal nearly to the At- 
 lantic coast. 
 
 RIVEIIS. Douro, Tagus, and Guadiana. These all 
 have their sources in Spain. 
 
 CAPES. St. Vincent and the Rock of Lisbon. 
 
 ... .*** 
 
 \ 
 
DO GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 TOWNS. The principal towns are Lisbon, the capital ; 
 Oporto, famous for its strong wines, called Port ; and St. 
 Ubes, noted for the production of salt, known by the 
 name of Lisbon salt. 
 
 The inhabitants are called Portuguese. The produc- 
 tions are much the same as those of Spain. ^ 
 
 ITALY. 
 
 Italy was the country of the ancient Romans, and 
 abounds with the ruins of their cities and buildings. It 
 now contains a number of independent kingdoms and 
 states. All that part which lies east and north of the 
 river Po is subject to Austria, of which Milan and Venice 
 are the chief towns. In the north-west of Italy is the 
 kingdom of Sardinia, to which belongs the island of the 
 same name ; Turin the capital, and Geneva, are the most 
 considerable towns. Next follow the Dutchy of Parma, 
 Dutchy of Modena, Dutchy of Lucia, and the Grand 
 Dutchy of Tuscany, of which Florence is the capital. In 
 the centre of Italy are the States of the Church, or the 
 territory belonging to the Pope, of which Rome is the 
 capital. In the south, is the kingdom of the Two Sicilies, 
 including all the south of Italy, together with the island 
 of Sicily. Naples is the capital of this kingdom. 
 
 MOUNTAINS. The most remarkable mountains are the 
 JHps, on the north arid north-west, among which is Mount 
 Blanc, the highest mountain in Europe ; the Apennines, a 
 chain of mountains, which run almost the whole extent 
 of Italy ; and Mount Vesuvius, a celebrated volcanic 
 mountain. 
 
 RIVERS. The principal rivers are the Po, the Tiber, the 
 Arrio, which passes by Florence, the Adige, and the Ru- 
 bicon. 
 
 GULFS. The Adriatic Sea, or Gulf of Venice ; the 
 Gulf of Genoa, south of the city ; and the Gulf of Tar ant o, 
 under the foot of Italy ; Italy being shaped much in the 
 form of a boot. 
 
 STRAITS. The Strait of Messina, and the Strait of Bo- 
 nifacio. 
 
 CITIES. The principal cities are Rome, once the mis- 
 tress of the world ; Naples, Florence, Leghorn, Genoa, 
 Venice, Milan, and Parma. 
 
 ISLANDS. Sicily is the largest of the Italian islands ; it 
 constitutes a part of the kingdom of the Two Sicilies. 
 Mount JEtrw j^ j^pon tlii^jsland. the most tremendous vol- 
 
 2 
 
 Ins }slai 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. G7 
 
 cano in the world. The chief towns are Palermo, Mes- 
 sina, and Syracuse. 
 
 i irt of the kingdom of the same name ; the 
 chief town is Cagliari 
 
 Cor :!)ject to France ; its chief town is Bavtia. 
 
 Multa'\* subject to the British ; it is celebrated lor the 
 strength of its fortifications. 
 
 Elbe was the residence of the late Bonaparte while in 
 his first 
 
 The Lijmri Is/amlx. (lie chief of which is Lipari. The 
 volcano Stioinbulo forms one of these islands. 
 
 Italy produces the comforts and the luxuries of life in 
 great abundance. The Italian cheeses, particularly Par- 
 :i, and their silks, are the most important articles of 
 exportation. 
 
 IONIAN REPUBLIC. 
 
 The Ionian Republic consists of 7 small islands, lying 
 near the coast of Greece, of which Corfu, Ccphalonia, 
 and Zante, are the most considerable. They are under 
 the protection of Great Britian. 
 
 'ITRKKY IN EUROPE." 
 
 Turkey in Europe is divided into 9 province*. It com- 
 prehends ancient Greece, once the finest country in the 
 world. The Greeks, after being many years enslaved 
 by (he Turks, have lately declared for Independence. 
 
 M" The principal mountains are the Ifseinus, 
 
 or Balken mountains, Athos, Olympus, Pindus and Par- 
 nassus. 
 
 Mount Alhos has a number of monasteries and churches 
 on it> tuwei iii'j; ascent, and is inhabited by thousands of 
 monks and hermits, who cultnate the olive and vineyards, 
 1 an austere life, and live to a great age. 
 
 mitbci called t <\ the ancients, 
 
 tar the most considerable river. The other rivers 
 
 are the Prf/i, the Dravr, t 1 n Austria and 
 
 Turk' v. and ;>< /)nir\fn\ between Turkey and Russia. 
 
 l^rmerly called the 
 
 Euxi /' M(irtnt>r(i. or Propt.ntis ; the rfrchi- 
 
 ;!ie Bull's of Salonichi, Engi^, and 
 
 DTRAITS. The Dardanelles, anciently x^alled the 
 Hellespont, between the Sea of Manilla and tlie Ar- 
 
68 
 
 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 chipelago ; the Strait of Constantinople, or Thracian Bos- 
 phorus, between the Sea of Marmora and Black Sea. 
 
 The isthmus of Corinth is formed by the gulfs of Le- 
 panto on the west and Engia on the east i it is 25 miles 
 in length, and 14 in breadth. It was here the ancient 
 Isthmian games were celebrated. 
 
 ISLANDS. The island's are very numerous ; the princi- 
 pal are Candia, Ne'gropont, and Rhodes. 
 
 Morea is a peninsula, connected to the main land by 
 the isthmus of Corinth. 
 
 TOWNS. The chief towns are Constantinople, the cap- 
 ital, Adrianople, Salonichi, Bucharest, and Belgrade. 
 
 RELIGION. The Turks are Mahometans. The Greeks, 
 constituting about one third part of the population, are 
 Christians of the Greek church, at the head of which, is 
 the patriarch of Constantinople. 
 
 GOVERNMENT. The government is despotic. The em- 
 peror is styled Sultan, or Grand Seignior. Next to the 
 Sultan in power is the Grand Vizier. Pachas and Bashaws, 
 are the governors of provinces. The great council in the 
 nation is called the Divan. Soldiers are styled Janissaries. 
 
 Turkey possesses a delightful climate and a fertile 
 soil 5 but is poorly cultivated. The productions are 
 grain, wine, oil, silk, and most of the tropical fruits. 
 
 SUMMARY QF EUROPE. 
 
 Pop. to 
 
 States. Population. 
 
 Sq. miles. Sq. mile. Chief Towns. Population. 
 
 f Eneland. 11,261,000 
 
 50,000 
 
 225 
 
 London, 
 
 1,000,000 
 
 ^2.3 1 Wales, 717,000 
 
 8,000 
 
 89 
 
 Wrexham, 
 
 19,000 
 
 H J Scotland, 2,092,000 
 
 30,000 
 
 69 
 
 Edinburgh, 
 
 82,000 
 
 B5f (Ireland, 6,500,000 
 
 32,000 
 
 203 
 
 Dublin, 
 
 187,000 
 
 Norway, 930,000 
 
 160,000 
 
 6 
 
 Bergen, 
 
 18/500 
 
 Sweden, 2,417,000 
 
 188,433 
 
 13 
 
 Stockholm, 
 
 73,000 
 
 Denmark, 1,565,000 
 
 21,615 
 
 ,72 
 
 Copenhagen, 
 
 105,000 
 
 Russia, 41,773,000 
 
 1,891,542 
 
 22 
 
 St. Petersburg, 
 
 285,000 
 
 Prussia, 9,904,000 
 
 105,770 
 
 9-1 
 
 Berlin, 
 
 182,000 
 
 Netherlands, 5,285,000 
 
 25,565 
 
 206 
 
 Amsterdam, 
 
 230,000 
 
 France, 41,173,000 
 
 1,891,000 
 
 22 
 
 Paris, 
 
 715,000 
 
 S g 4 ( Saxony, 1,200,000 
 
 7,436 
 
 161 
 
 Dresden, 
 
 45,000 
 
 N Hanover, 1,305,000 
 
 15,000 
 
 87 
 
 Hanover, 
 
 25,000 
 
 g } Bavaria, 3,560,000 
 
 21,966 
 
 111 
 
 Munich, 
 
 47,000 
 
 2 rb C Wirtemburg, 1,395,000 
 
 8,118 
 
 172 
 
 Stutgard, 
 
 23,000 
 
 Austria, 28,000,000 
 
 267,674 
 
 105 
 
 Vienna, 
 
 240,000 
 
 Switzerland, 1,750,000 
 
 19,000 
 
 92 
 
 Geneva, 
 
 22,000 
 
 Spain, 10,350,000 
 
 182,000 
 
 57 
 
 Madrid, 
 
 108,000 
 
 Portugal, 3,683,000 
 
 40,875 
 
 90 
 
 Lisbon, 
 
 230,000 
 
 3 I Austrian Italy, 4,014,000 
 
 18,290 
 
 219 
 
 Milan, 
 
 135,000 
 
 "a 1 Saidinia, ' 3,994,000 
 
 27,000 
 
 146 
 
 Turin, 
 
 88,000 
 
 *3 s> J Dulchy of Parma, 377,000 
 
 2,280 
 
 165 
 
 Parma, 
 
 30,000 
 
 3-3 C Motiena, 370,000 
 
 2,060 
 
 180 
 
 Modena, 
 
 20,000 
 
 3 f Lucca, 138,000 
 
 420 
 
 328 
 
 Lucca, 
 
 18,000 
 
 -5 S Tuscany, 1,180,000 
 
 8,500 
 
 139 
 
 Florence, 
 
 75,000 
 
 S Pope's Territory, 2,346,000 
 fcj / Two Sicilies, 6,618,000 
 
 14,500 
 43,600 
 
 162 
 152 
 
 Rome, 
 
 Naples, 
 
 131,000 
 752,000 
 
 Turkey, 9,600,000 
 
 206,000 
 
 46 
 
 Constantinople, 
 
 500,000 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 69 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 Asia is the second of the quarters of the globe in ex- 
 tent, but the first in wealth and population. 
 
 MOINTMSS. The two principal ranges are the 
 Himalt'li, bL'twec-n Hindustan and Thibet, reputed the 
 highest mountain in the world, and the At lav range, be- 
 tween China and Siberia. The other most considerable 
 ranges are the Caucasus, between the Black and Caspian 
 seas ; Taurus in Turkey, and the Gauls in Hindustan". 
 
 RIVKKS. The most celebrated rivers are the Tigris, 
 Euphrates, Jili'in, Si/ion, Indus. Ganges, Ihtrrampooter, 
 Irrawaddy, Japanese, Yangtze Kiapg, Hoang Ho, rfmur, 
 Lena, nisei, and the Ob. 
 
 SEAS, GULFS, and STKAITS. The Red Sea, or Arabian 
 Gulf; tht> Strait of Babe/mandel, the Gulf of Persia ; the 
 Caspian Sfa, and the Jlral ; the Sea of Arabia, and the 
 Bay of lien gal, the Straits of Malacca and Sitnda ; the 
 Gulfs of Siaiu and Tonquin ; the Chinese Sea ; the Yel- 
 low iSYtt ; the Sea of Japan ; and the Sea of Ochotsk. 
 
 PKMNSULAS. Tlie cliif peninsulas are Hindostan, Ma- 
 lacca, Corea, and KamschatKa ^- 
 
 CAIM / Cape, Cape Lopatka, and Cape Comorin. 
 
 The isthmus of Suez juiris Asia to Africa. 
 
 ISLANDS. In the Archipelago, near the Asiatic shore, 
 are Mytileno, Scio, Samos, Rhodes, and Camlin, already 
 noticed in the European description, and Cyprus in the 
 Levant S 
 
 The Maldive and Laccadive islands, and Ceylon in the 
 Indian Ocean. 
 
 In the Bay of Bengal are the Andaman and Nicobar isles. 
 
 To the eastward are Sumatra^ Java, Borneo, the Mo- 
 luccas* or Spice Islands, Celebes, the Manillas, or Philip- 
 pine islands, Hainan. Formosa, Leoo Keoo isles, Japan 
 isles, Jesso, Saghalien, and the Kurile isles. 
 
 Asia comprehends Turkey in Asia, Russia in Asia, In- 
 dependent Tartary, Persia, Arabia, India, divided into 
 Hindustan, or the Peninsula within the Ganges, and the 
 Birman empire, Malacca and other States, (H^tLe Penin- 
 sula beyond the Ganges, the Chinese empffl^Tnd the 
 empire of Japan. 
 
TO GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 TURKEY IN ASIA. 
 
 Turkey in Asia comprises the countries so well known 
 in history by the names of Asia Minor, Armenia, Messo- 
 potamia, Chaldea, and Syria. 
 
 ASIA MINOR, or Lesser Asia, is now called NATOLIA. 
 It lies between the Black Sea and the Mediterranean, 
 and comprehends the ancient Lydia, Pamphylia, Cilicia, 
 and other provinces, in which were the seven churches 
 of Asia mentioned in Revelations. 
 
 SYRIA is bounded north by Natolia, and extends along 
 the shores of the Levant, or eastern extremity of the 
 Mediterranean, to the Isthmus of Suez. It comprehends 
 the ancient country of the Jews, now called Palestine, 
 or the Holy Land. 
 
 MOUNTAINS. The principal mountains are the Taurus, 
 Caucasus, Ararat, Olympus, Ida, and Libanus, all of 
 which have long been celebrated. 
 
 RIVERS. The principal river in Asiatic Turkey is the 
 Euphrates ; next to this is the Tigris. 
 
 The ASPHALTES or Dead Sea, in Syria, is a lake about 
 50 miles in length, on the borders of the ancient Canaan, 
 arid is supposed to occupy the ancient site of Sodom and 
 Gomorrah. No fish can live in its waters. 
 
 ISLANDS. The principal islands are Cyprus, Mytilene, 
 Scio, Samos, and Rhodes. 
 
 TOWNS. The principal towns are JHeppo, Damascus, 
 Smyrna, Bagdad, Prussa and Jerusalem. Balbec and 
 Palmyra, are famous for their ruins. 
 
 Turkey is productive of the most delicious fruits, and 
 particularly of drugs, gums, medicinal herbs, and odo- 
 riferous flowers. 
 
 RUSSIA IN ASIA. 
 
 This is a very extensive country, embracing all the 
 northern part of Asia. The whole of it, except the south 
 western extremity, is called Siberia. It is a dreary coun- 
 try, and is divided into two great, governments, that of 
 Tobolsk, in the west, and Irkutsk in the east, each of 
 large as all Europe. 
 
 portion, lying along the Caspian, the Volga, 
 Sea, includes Georgia and Circassia, and 
 is a fertile country. 
 
 RIV'EIIS. The principal rivers are the Ob, the Enesel, 
 the Lena, and the Irtish, a larger river than the 06, 
 before their junction. 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 71 
 
 LAKKS. The Caspian Sea is properly a vast lake. It 
 receives a number of large rivers, but has no visible out- 
 let. Ihiikal is the next most considerable lake. It is 
 in length, and abounds with *eals and various 
 kinds of iish. 
 
 TOWNS. Astrachan is the principal city in Asiatic Rus- 
 sia. K/iachtais the chief mart of commerce between China 
 and Russia: Nertchimk is famous for its silver mines 
 which are wrought bv exiled criminals from the interior 
 of the empire. The nth'T mo.-t considerable towns are 
 YVW.s/u /. 'husk and Irkutsk. 
 
 PKODUCK. The produce of the north consists of furs and 
 skins ; in the south there is abundance of fruits and wine. 
 
 IM.\NDS. The Kurile Islands belong to Asiatic Russia, 
 several of which are volcanic. 
 
 
 
 I N D K PK N 1 ) K N T T ART AR Y. 
 
 t 
 
 This country is but little known to Europeans. The 
 northern and western parts are mostly a sandy desert. 
 The south-eastern part, including Bucnaria, is represent- 
 ed as a delightful country. 
 
 RIVKRS. The piincipal rivers are the Jihon, ^nd the 
 Sihon. 
 
 LAKKS. The lake or sea of Jlral is about 200 miles in 
 length. Its waters are salt like those of the Ca>pian. It 
 is surrounded with sandy deserts. There are many sa- 
 line lakes in the vicini 
 
 Samarcand is the capital. Balk is also a distinguished 
 city, and is the chief seat of commerce between Great 
 Butharia and Hindustan. 
 
 PERSIA. 
 
 Persia is all that extent of country situated between 
 Turkey and ilindostan. The most distinguishing features 
 are mountains and sandy deserts, with a scarcity both of 
 water and of wood. 
 
 It is divided into W.est and East Persia, under two dis- 
 tinct governments. The tine of separation is marked by 
 a succession of wide deserts extending from the mouth 
 of the Persian Gulf, nearly to the Caspian Sea. 
 
 WEST PERSIA. Teheran is the capital ; Ispahan, the 
 former capif^, is much the largest town. Shiras is situ- 
 ated on a plain of great fertility, and is celebrated for*its 
 wine ; Bushire is the principal seaport. 
 
72 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 The government is despotic ; the religion, Mahometan. 
 Rich carpets, silks, leather, gold and silver lace, are the 
 chief articles of commerce. 
 
 EAST PERSIA. East Persia contains a number of tribes, 
 some of which subsist by plunder, each subject to its own 
 Khan or Chief, who frequently make war upon each other. 
 Of these the Afghans are the most powerful. They in- 
 habit the northern part of East Persia, and have lately 
 established a kingdom, called Cabulor Cabuiistan, which 
 has been enlarged by conquests from Independent Tar- 
 tary, and from Hindustan. 
 
 TOWNS. Cubul is the capital. The other towns of 
 note are Herat, where all the caravans pass going from 
 Persia and Tartary to Hindustan ; Balk in the country 
 which has been conquered from Independent Tartary, 
 and Cashmere* famous for its shawls, in the country con- 
 quered from Hindostan. 
 
 Beloochistan is the southern part of East Persia, so call- 
 ed. It contains a number of tribes under separate chiefs, 
 most of whom acknowledge the sovereignty of a king 
 who resides at Ketat. But litile is at present known of 
 this country. 
 
 ARABIA. 
 
 Arabia is divided into three parts ; Arabia Petrea, or 
 Stony ; Arabia Deserta, or Desert ; and Arabia Felix, 
 or Happy. 
 
 Stony Arabia is a small province north of the Red Sea, 
 between Egypt and Syria. Arabia, the Desert, is the 
 middle part of the country, the inhabited parts of which 
 lie on the borders of the Red Sea. Arabia Happy com- 
 prises the south-west part of the country. 
 
 MOUNTAINS. Horeband Sinai, mentioned in the Holy 
 Scriptures, are the most noted mountains, situated be- 
 tween the narrow branches of the northern extremity of 
 the Red Sea. On these mountains are many chapels and 
 cells, possessed by monks.. 
 
 Arabia is almost wholly destitute both of forests and 
 of rivers. 
 
 TOWNS. The chief towns are Mecca, Medina, Jedda, 
 Mocha, Sana, and Muscat. 
 
 Arabian horses are much esteemed. Camels and drom- 
 e(^ries are the common beasts of burden. * Arabia pro- 
 duces many costly gums, a great variety of fruit, and 
 large quantities of the finest coffee. 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 73 
 
 INDIA. 
 
 India is that extensive tract of country situated be- 
 tween Persia and China. It was anciently divided into 
 India within t MOW called HINDOSTAN, and 
 
 India beyond i v, comprehending the BIKMAIC 
 
 ., and the kingdoms of Sum, Laos, Tonquin, Co- 
 chin-China, Cambodia, and Malacca. 
 
 'i 
 
 lelri 
 
 M)()>T \\. 
 
 Hindostan is divideuinto four sections ; 1. Ganjjetic 
 
 
 Hindustan, comprehending the countries on the Ganges j 
 
 detic. Hindoxtan. including the countries on the In- 
 
 ,3. Central Hindo-tan, comprehending the middle 
 
 provinces ; 4. Siiihern Hindos'an, or DKCCAN, the west- 
 
 ern coast of which is called Malabar, and the eastern 
 
 Coromandd. 
 
 liritush India of certain immense territories on. 
 
 the banks of tin- Ganges, of which Calcutta is the capital ; 
 of other territories on the coast of Coroinandel, of which 
 Madras is the capital ; extensive regions in the south, of 
 which - the capital ; Bombay and the 
 
 island 
 
 Mo The Cants are the most noted mountain* 
 
 in India. The Hinulch mountains, which form the north- 
 ern boundary, are accounted the highest mountains in the 
 world ; Dawalageri, the most elevated summit, being re- 
 puted 27,677 feet above the level of the sea. 
 
 RIVRHS. The principal rivers are the Ganges^ the 
 Burrmnpooter^ and the Indus. The less considerable 
 rivers are the Jumna, a branch of the Ganges, Nerbudda, 
 (iodavery, and the Kristna. 
 
 BAYS, &c. Bay of Bengal^ and the Gulf of Carabaj. 
 
 Cape Comorin is the most noted cape. 
 
 ISLANDS. The principal island is Ceylon. The Mal- 
 dives and Laccadives on the west of Hindostan are nume- 
 rous, but unimportant. 
 
 TOWNS. Calcutta, Benares, Patna, and Allahabad, 
 on the Ganges ; Ara and Delhi on the Jumna ; Lahore, 
 Carnbay, Surat* Bombay^ Goa, Seringapatam, Madra^ 
 Nagpour, and Juggernaut. 
 
 The chief productions are rice, cotton, diamonds, cali- 
 coes, silk, indigo, and saltpetre. 
 G 
 
74 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 FARTHER INDIA, OR INDIA BEYOND THE 
 GANGES. 
 
 India beyond the Ganges extends from Hindostan to 
 China, and includes the Birman Empire, Assam, Malaga, 
 or Malacca, Siam, Cambodia, Cochin China, Tonquin, 
 and Laos. 
 
 BIRMAN EMPIRE. 
 
 The Birman Empire is much the largest of these coun- 
 tries, separated from Hindostan by a very narrow range 
 of mountains ; but the dispositionjof the two people are 
 extremely different. The Birmans are a lively inquisi- 
 tive race, irascible and .impatient Like the Chinese, 
 they have no coin '; but silver in bullion, and lead, are 
 current among 1 them. 
 
 The Jrrawady is the most considerable river, from one 
 to four or five miles wide. 
 
 The forests in this empire are large and numerous 5 the 
 teak tree is lord of them. It is much used in ship build- 
 ing, and is thought superior to the European oak. 
 
 Here are rich mines of gold, silver and precious stones. 
 The rubies of Pegu are particularly celebrated. 
 
 TOWNS. Ummerapoora is the capital. Ava, the for- 
 mer capital, and Pegu, are now going to decay. 
 
 SI AM. The kingdom of Siam is situated in a large 
 vale between two ridges of mountains. 
 
 It is watered by the river Meinam, which signifies the 
 mother of waters. The trees on the banks of this river 
 are finely illuminated with swarms of fire flies, which 
 emit and conceal their light as uniformly as if it proceed- 
 ed from a machine of the most exact contrivance. 
 
 LAOS is a flat country. It furnishes the best benzoin,, 
 and the finest musk ; also gum-lac, gold, silver, rubies, 
 and emeralds of a large size. 
 
 CAMBODIA is celebrated for the Gamboge, or Gam- 
 boge gum. The capital, of the same name, is an incon- 
 siderable city, of. only one street, with a temple. 
 
 MALACCA is a large peninsula, containing several 
 provinces. The inhabitants are called Malays, or Ma- 
 layans. 
 
 These countries produce abundance of rice, and abound 
 .^in wild elephants, tigers, and monkies. 
 CHINESE EMPIRE. 
 
 The Chinese Empire, the most ancient and populoiw 
 in the world, consists of three principal divisions ; viz. 
 China Proper, Chinese Tartary, and the region of Tibet. 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 75 
 
 CHINA PROPER extends from the great wall in the 
 north, to the Sea of China in the south. The chief riv- 
 ers are the Yangtse Kiang and ili^lloang Ho. 
 
 The imperial canal intersects fhina from north to 
 south, and employed 30,000 men forty-three years for 
 its construction. 
 
 CITIES. The chief towns are Pekin, ftankin, and Can- 
 ton. China has rich mines of all the precious metals. 
 It produces abundance of grain, rice, fruit and cotton. 
 Tea is the principal article of export, of which vast quan- 
 tities are sent to England and America. Canton is the 
 chief port for foreign trade. 
 
 CHINESE TARTARY is inhabited chiefly by the 
 Eastern and Western Moguls. The chief river is Amur. 
 Cashgar is one of the most considerable towns. The 
 island Saghulien belongs to Chinese Tartary. 
 
 T1J1ET is an extremely elevated country, but very lit- 
 tle known. It is bounded and intersected by extensive 
 chains of mountains, of a prodigious height, and covered 
 with perpetual snow. Lassa is the chief town. 
 
 SEAS. The seas contiguous to the Chinese Empire, ar 
 the Yellow Sea, the Sea of Japan, and the Sea of Ochotsk. 
 
 ISLANDS. The most considerable islands are Hainan, 
 and Formosa. The isles of Leoo Keoo constitute a civ- 
 ilized kingdom tributary to China. The small island and 
 town of Macoa belong to the Portuguese. 
 
 EMPIRE OF JAPAN. 
 
 The Empire of Japan, situated near the eastern ex- 
 tremity of Asia, consists of three principal islands, Niph- 
 on, KiusiU) and Sikokf, with a number of others of in- 
 considerable extent. 
 
 The principal mountain is that of Fusi, covered with 
 snow throughout the year. There are several volcanoes. 
 
 TOWNS. Jeddo, the residence of the Emperor, and 
 Meaco, in Niphon ; Nangasaki, in Kius-iu. 
 
 The Japanese export copper in bars, laquered ware, &c. 
 
 ASIATIC ISLANDS. 
 
 Between Asia, on the one. side, and New Holland and 
 New Guinea, on the other, is included a great number of 
 islands, which, taken together, have been called the 
 Asiatic Islands. 
 
 They have usually been grouped together, into five di- 
 visions ; 1. The isles of JSunda, of which Sumatra and 
 
76 
 
 GRAMMAR OP GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 Java are the most considerable ; 2. Borneo ; 3. The 
 Manillas, or Philippine islands ; 4. Celebes; 5. The Mo- 
 luccas, or Spice Islands, the principal of which is Gilolo. 
 These islands are rich in spices, such as pepper, cloves, 
 
 einnainpn, and nutmegs. 
 
 AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 Australasia, so called, comprehends New Holland, 
 with all the islands that are or may be discovered within 
 20 degrees to the west, and within 5 degrees to the east 
 of it. They are, 
 
 New Holland.* 
 
 Neiv Guinea, or Papua, and the Papuan isles. 
 
 New Britain^ New Ireland* and the Solomon Isles. 
 
 New Caledonia, and the New Hebrides. 
 
 New Zealand. 
 
 Van Dieman's Land. 
 
 POLYNESIA. 
 
 Polynesia, so called, comprehends those numerous col- 
 lections of islands widely dispersed in the Pacific Ocean. 
 They are, 
 
 1. The Pelew Islands. 
 
 2. The Ladrone Islands, the principal of which are 
 Guan and Tmian. 
 
 3. The Caroline Islands, the largest of which are 
 Hogolen and Yap. 
 
 4. The Sandwich Islands discovered by Capt. Cook, 
 at one of which, Ow/iy/iee, he lost his life. 
 
 5. The Marquesas, which are very numerous. 
 
 6. The Society Islands, about 60 or 70 in number, the 
 largest of which is Otaheite. 
 
 T. The Friendly Islands, and the Fejee Islands. 
 8 V The Navigator's Islands, the principal of which is 
 Maouna. 
 
 SUMMARY OF ASIA. 
 Countries. Population. Sq. Miles. Pop. to 
 
 Chief Towns. Inftalitanis. 
 
 
 
 & 
 
 'q. Miles. 
 
 
 
 Turkey in Aiia, 
 
 11,000,000 
 
 532CCO 
 
 23 
 
 Aleppo, 
 
 250,000 
 
 Russia in Asia, 
 
 10,000,000 
 
 5,972,000 
 
 2 
 
 Astrachan, 
 
 50,000 
 
 Indep. Tartary, 
 
 3,000,000 
 
 760,000 
 
 4 
 
 Samarcand, 
 
 
 Feriia, 
 
 12,000,000 
 
 960,000 
 
 13 
 
 Ispahan, 
 
 4CO.OOO 
 
 Arabia, 
 
 IO,COO,COO 
 
 99', COO 
 
 10 
 
 Mecca, 
 
 18,000 
 
 Hindotun, 
 
 100,000,000 
 
 MSO.coo 
 
 69 
 
 Calcutta, 
 
 C$0,COO 
 
 Farther IndU, 
 
 42,000,000 
 
 800,000 
 
 S* 
 
 Cmmerapoora, 
 
 175OOO 
 
 China Proper, 
 
 I 5O,CCO,COO 
 
 1,300,000 
 
 >I5 
 
 Pekin, 
 
 l.OCO.OOO 
 
 Jtpw, 
 
 1 5,000,000 
 
 l8p,COO 
 
 80 
 
 Jddo, 
 
 I000,COO 
 
 * See Map of the World, 
 
0* GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Africa is a large peninsula connected with Asia by the 
 Isthmus of Suez. In extent it is the third of the grand 
 quarters of the globe, being less than Asia or America, 
 and larger than Europe. Its most striking features con- 
 sist in its immense deserts, devoted to perpetual solitude 
 and desolation. 
 
 MOUNTAINS. The chief mountains are the Jltlas, the 
 Mountains of the Moon, the Mountains of Sierra Leone, 
 and the Table Mountain of the Cape of Good Hope. 
 
 RIVERS. .The principal rivers are the Nile, Niger, 
 Senegal, and Gambia. Africa has no inland seas, and 
 but one lake of any consequence, that of Moravi. 
 
 CAPES. The most noted capes are Bon, Guardafui, 
 Corientes, Good Hope, Negro, 3 Points, Verd and Blanco. 
 
 GULFS and BAYS. The gulfs of Sidra and of Guinea; 
 the bay of Lorenzo, and Table May, near the Cape of 
 Good Hope. 
 
 ANIMALS. The camel is a native of Africa, and is as 
 -ary to man in crossing tin deserts,- as ships are in 
 crossing oceans. Africa produces also the elephant, 
 lion, tiger, and the panther. Crocodiles infest the riv- 
 ers, and serpents of various kinds, the land. 
 
 Africa may he considered under the following divisions ; 
 
 1. Northern Africa, or all the part situated north of the 
 tropic of Cancer, including the Barbary States and Egypt ; 
 
 2. Southern Africa, or that part south of the tropic of 
 Capricorn, including Caft'raria and the Cape Colony; 3. 
 Eastern Africa, or those countries on the EASTERN coast, 
 between the Tropics ; 4. Western Africa, or those coun- 
 tries on the WESTERN coast, between the Tropics; 5. 
 Central Africa. 
 
 HARBARY STATES. These are four ; 1. Morocco; 2. 
 Algiers ; 3. Tunis ; 4. Tripoli; they have capitals of the 
 same name. Their situation is in the north of Africa, 
 between the Mediterranean and the Great Desert. These 
 States are Mahometan, and are noted for their piracies 
 committed on the commerce of Christian nations. 
 
 EGYPT is a narrow vale on both sides of the Nile, 
 bounded by parallel ridges of mountains or hills. It is 
 divided into Upper and Lower Egypt, which last compre- 
 hends the Delta, famed for its fertility. The chief cities 
 G2 
 
78 
 
 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 are Cairo, the capital, Alexandria, Rosetta, and Damielta 
 Rain is a very uncommon phenomenon in Egypt. 
 
 EAST AFRICA is but little known. The Dutch have 
 a few settlements along the coast. The inhabitants are 
 mostly Arabs and Negroes. 
 
 SOUTH AFRICA. This is the land of the Hottentots and 
 of the Gaffers, a very hospitable and docile race of peo- 
 ple, who are receiving civilization and a knowledge of 
 Christianity from Christian Missionaries. 
 
 Cape Colony is a Dutch settlement, on the southern ex- 
 tremity of Africa, now in possession of the English 5 
 Cape Town is the capital. The grand product of this 
 colony is wine. 
 
 WEST AFRICA is inhabited by negroes, of whom there 
 are many kingdoms and states. It is the country from 
 which slaves were introduced into America. 
 
 Sierra Leone, situated on a river of the same name, 
 is an English settlement, formed by the British African 
 Society, as an asylum for slaves recaptured from ships 
 dealing in the slave trade. 
 
 Liberia, a little north of Sierra Leone, is a settlement 
 lately commenced by the American Colonization Society. 
 It is designed as a place of resort for the free Africans 
 and emancipated slaves of the United States. 
 
 ISLANDS. The chief islands belonging to Africa, are 
 Madagascar, Bourbon, Isle of France, the Comoro hies, 
 St. Helena, Ascension, jZnnabon, St. Thomas, Ftrnando 
 Po, Cape Verd, Canary, Madeira, and the Azores, or 
 Western Islands. 
 
 Countries. 
 
 Morocco, 
 Algiers, 
 Tunis, 
 Tripoli, 
 
 Egypt, 
 
 Abyssinia, 
 
 Population. Sq. Miles. 
 
 5,000,000 300,000 
 2,000,000 90,000 
 1,500,000 7,000 
 1,500,000 180,000 
 2,500,000 190,000 
 2,000,000 450,000 
 
 SUMMARY OF AFRICA. 
 
 Pop. toSq.M. Chief Town*. Inhab. 
 
 Morocco, 3 0,0 
 
 Algiers, 150,000 
 
 Tunis, 120,000 
 
 Tripoli, 14,000 
 
 131 Cairo, 250,000 
 
 Gondar, 50,000 
 
 SUMMARY OF THE POPULATION 
 Europe, it has been supposed, contains 
 Asia, 
 Africa, 
 America, 
 Australasia and Polynesia, 
 
 OF THE WORLD. 
 
 180,000,000 
 
 380,000,000 
 
 85,000,000 
 
 35,000,000 
 
 2,000,000 
 
 The World, 682,000,000 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 79 
 
 TO BE ANSWERED BY THE PUPIL 
 
 It will not be sufficient that the pupil for once is able to answer 
 these questions; they ought to be put to him by his Instructor, 
 repeatedly, from time to time, till the answers shall become aa 
 familiar to him, as the numbers of his Multiplication Table. 
 
 Questions on the Map of the World. 
 
 1. Which contains the most land, the Eastern or Western 
 Hemisphere ? 
 
 2. The equator divides the globe into two hemispheres, viz. 
 the Northern and the Southern ; which of these contains the most 
 land ! 
 
 3. Where is it the two continents approach the nearest to each 
 other ? 
 
 4. Which extends farther south, Cape Horn, or the Cape of 
 Good Hope ? 
 
 5. Which of the four general divisions of the earth is the 
 
 6. How is America separated from Europe and Africa? 
 
 7. I \sia ? 
 
 os between Europe and Africa? Between Africa 
 and|Asi t ; Between A.-ia and Europe? 
 
 ;rica united to the main continent' 
 
 10. HOW is Asia situated with respect to Europe ? 
 
 11. Isurope with respect to Africa .' 
 
 12. In what zone is Africa chiefly situated? 
 
 13. Europe ? Asia ? 
 
 14. North "America .'South America ? 
 
 \\ hichris the largest, North or South America? 
 ]>>. \\ Inch is the nth America or Europe ? 
 
 17. What two large bays are those in North Amen 
 
 18. Which is the broadest, Africa or South America > Where 
 crossed by the equator ? 
 
 :hc broadest, the Isthmus of Suez, or the Isthmus 
 of Da; 
 
 20. How is New Holland situated, and what is its magnitude 
 compared with Europe J 
 
 21. How is the Indian Ocean situated ? 
 
 \yirat large island is that situated directly north of New 
 Holland ? 
 
 23. How many degrees is the equator from each pole ? 
 
 24. How is Madagascar situated ? St. Helena ? 
 
 25. Into what ocean does the Bay of Bengal open ? 
 
 26. What part of South America is that called Terra Firma ? 
 
 27. What part of North America is that called Labrador? 
 
80 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 28. How is the Gulf of Mexico situated? What large island 
 is that at the mouth of it ? 
 
 29. What islands are there in the Pacific ocean, situated with- 
 in the torrid zone ? 
 
 30. In the Atlantic ocean, within the torrid zone ? 
 
 31. Are the Azores nearest to Europe, to Africa, or to Ameri- 
 caIn what latitude are they situated? 
 
 32. What gulf, seas, countries and island, does the tropic of 
 Cancer pass ? 
 
 33. Which is farther north, Boston, or Pekin in China ? The 
 island Newfoundland, or Great Britain ? 
 
 34. How are the New Hebrides, the Friendly, the Society, 
 and the Navigator's islands situated with respect one group to the 
 other ? 
 
 35. What large islands are those situated on the equator ? 
 
 36. What is the latitude of the island Owhyhee, where Capt. 
 Cook lost his life, and to what group of islands does it belong ? 
 
 37. Where is Tongatabor>, a highly cultivated island ? 
 
 38. Of what does New Zealand consist, and what are the 
 principal capes ? 
 
 39. In what direction are the Society isles from the Sandwich 
 iflles ? 
 
 40. New Zealand from the Society isles ? 
 
 41. What islands are there in the Indian Ocean ? 
 
 42. Which is the largest island, Borneo or Madagascar ? 
 
 43. In what zone is Nova Zembla? ' 
 
 44. Between what parallels of south latitude is the island New 
 Holland situated ? 
 
 45. What sea surrounds the Norlh Pole ? the South Pole ? 
 
 46. Where is Van Dieman's Land ? 
 
 47. Where is Endeavour Strait ? 
 
 48. Does any part of Europe lie within the torrid zone ? 
 
 49. Where are the Straits of Gibralter? 
 
 50. Where is the isthmus of Darien ? 
 
 51. What ocean flows between Asia and America ? 
 
 52. Where is the sea of Japan, and in what latitude ? 
 
 53. How is the island Newfoundland situated, and in what 
 latitude ? 
 
 54. How are the islands Cuba, Jamaica, and St. Domingo 
 situated with respect to each other ? 
 
 55. How are the Falkland islands situated? 
 
 56. How is the most southerly extremity of Asia situated with 
 respect to the equator ? 
 
 57. How are the Marquesas islands situated ? 
 
 58. How is Spitsbergen situated, and in what latitude ? 
 
 59. Which is the farther north, the Yellow Sea or the Caspian ? 
 
 60. The Persian Gulf or the Gulf of Mexico ? 
 
 61. The Cape Verd or the Sandwich isles? 
 
 62. How are the Ladrone isles situated, and in what latitude ? 
 
 63. What isle is that contiguous to the Isle of France ? 
 
 64. The tropic of Capricorn crosses one large island and that 
 of Cancer another ; what are the names of these islands ? 
 
UK \MMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 81 
 
 65. What isles are (hose situated directly south of the Ladrone 
 hies ? 
 
 66. Where i- '.edonia, and in what latitude? 
 
 67. How are the Pelew Islands situated with ropect to the 
 Caroline Isles ? 
 
 68. lu -what ocean are New Ireb r it;tii), an ! 
 mon's Island ; How are (h other? 
 
 69. How i* (irriit Britain situated with ;>e ? 
 
 70. \M tit, and in what latitu 
 
 71. i-ith parallel "t N. la' 
 Norfolk Island situated with respect to New 
 
 farther west, Boston or Cape Horn? 
 
 the Galapagos Isles sitbated ? 
 76. Where an ua L-les ? 
 
 \>ns on the Map of North America. 
 
 I. I h America bounded ? 
 
 2. V' northwardly, Baffin's or Hudson's Bay? 
 
 what ih HIP latitude of each ? and how do they communicate with 
 the oc- 
 
 .ad situated from Baffin's Bay, and Davis's 
 Strai' 
 
 4. What great lakes or inland seas are there in North Amer- 
 ica ? 
 
 5. Where are the straits of Bellisle ? 
 
 6. Wh.-re is the (Julf of California ? 
 
 7. What sea, bays, and gulfs lie hetween North and South 
 /.merif t 
 
 8. How are the West India islands situated ? 
 
 9. The principal gulfs and bays in North America, counted 
 together, are seven in number, (all without the United States) 
 what a; irnes ? 
 
 10. Five of the large lakes discharge their waters into the At- 
 lantic ; \vh;it are their names, and what ist the name of the river 
 by win ,ters ? 
 
 II. One of the lar^<- lakes discharges its waters into Hudson's 
 Bay by two rivers; what is the name of the lake, and what are 
 the names of the rivers? 
 
 Two of the large lakes discharge their waters' into the 
 Arctic sea 'ho names of the lakes and of the river? 
 
 13. \\ ha' rivers empty into the gulf of Mexico? 
 
 14. How is the bay of Campeachy situa 1 
 
 15. Into what country does the bay of Honduras project? 
 
 16. What island is that which the tropic of Cancer just touches 
 oa the north ? 
 
 17. Which is the g tance, from the island Cuba to 
 Bermuda, or from Bermuda to Newfoundland ? 
 
 18. How are the gulfs of Mexico and California situated with 
 repect to each other ? 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 19. What rivers empty into Hudson's Bay ? 
 
 20. Where is the river Columbia ? 
 
 22. Is Nova Scotia an island or a peninsula, and what direc- 
 tion is it from Bostrtn ? 
 
 22. How is Quebec, the capital of Canada, situated, and 
 which way is it from Boston ? 
 
 23. Which is tho greater distance, from Boston to Quebec, or 
 from Boston to Halifax ? 
 
 24. How is fort Chepawyan situated, where the British trade 
 with the Indians for furs? 
 
 25. How is New Brunswick bounded ? 
 
 26. How for south does East Florida extend ? How is it 
 bounded on the east ? how on the west? 
 
 27. What are the "boundaries of the United States ? 
 
 28. Which is the largest of the West India islands ? the sec- 
 ond in magnitude ? the third ; the fourth ? 
 
 29. How are these four islands situated with respect to each 
 other ? 
 
 30. How are islands St. John and Cape Breton situated ? 
 
 31. East Cape and Cape Prince of Wales, are opposite one 
 to the other ; where are these capes ? 
 
 32. How is the gulf of St. Lawrence bounded towards the 
 Atlantic? 
 
 33. Which of the large lakes is the most southwardly? 
 which the most northwardly . 
 
 34. What rivers form the boundary in part between the United 
 States and Mexico ; 
 
 35. Where does the river Unjigah have its rise ? Where does 
 it empty ? 
 
 36. What Uhnds are there on the Western' Coast ? 
 
 37. How is the city Havanna situated? Kingston? St. Do- 
 mingo ? 
 
 38. How is the city Vcra Cruz situated? Acapulcor what 
 is the distance between these two places ? 
 
 39. How is the city Mexico situated, and in what latitude ? 
 
 40. What river empties into the northern extremity of the 
 Gulf of California? 
 
 41. Where is Nootka Sound ? 
 
 42. What towns are situated on the river Bravo ? 
 
 43. In what latitude are Bhering^s Straits? 
 
 44. What is the southern extremity of Greenland called ? 
 of California? 
 
 45. Where is Cape Sable ? Cape Race ? 
 
 46. Which of the lakes lie north, and which 'south of the 50th 
 parallel of north latitude ?. 
 
 47. Of what country is St. Augustine the capital ? How is it 
 situated ? 
 
 it 48. Where aie the Rocky Mountains? 
 
 f 49. Where are Turk's Islands, so famous for the production of 
 
 50. Name over the principal Caribbee islands. 
 
GRAMMAR OF .GEOGRAPHY. 83 
 
 Questions on the Map of the United States. 
 
 1. What are the boundaries of tl>e United States ? 
 
 2. Between what parallels of latitude is the territory of the 
 United States situated .'. 
 
 3. Which is the largest of the great lakes, and which is the 
 least ? 
 
 4. Which is the most southwardly, and which the most east- 
 
 ? 
 
 5. Which is situated wholly within the territory of the ( 
 States ? 
 
 6. What is that river by which the lakes discharge their super- 
 fluou .to the ocean ? 
 
 What is that river which before the late Spanish treaty, 
 formed UK oumlary ol tin United States? 
 
 8. \\ hat i.- that lake, situated between the States of Vermont 
 
 ..k? 
 
 9. Which is more northwardly, Delaware or Chcsapeak 
 bay? 
 
 1U. Which is more northwardly, Albemarle or Pamlico 
 
 11. I',, tween which of the lakes are Niagara falls ? 
 .re are the Straits of Michillimakkinak ? 
 '-ike St. Clair? 
 
 It II,.w is N. York bounded ? 15 How is Albany, the capital, 
 
 .-ituated .* 
 
 bounded? 17 Harrisburg situated ? 
 
 -led ! 19 Trenton situated ? 
 ()!) .- la ware bounded? ,ted? 
 
 Maryland bounded? 23 Ann:. ted? 
 
 24 Virginia bounded? 25 Richmond situated? 
 
 jrj.N. Carolina hounded? 27 Raleigh situat* 
 
 28 S. Carolina bounded ? 29 Columbia situated ? 
 
 30 Georgia bounded! 1 31 Milledgeville situated? 
 
 32 Alabama bounded ? 33 Cahawba situated ? 
 
 34 Mississippi bounded ? 35 "Hatches situated ? 
 
 36 Louisiana bounded? 37 New Orleans situated? 
 
 38 Tennessee bounded? 39 Nashville situ;, 
 
 40 Kentucky bounded? 41 Frankfort situai- 
 
 42 Ohio bounded ? 43 Columbus situated? 
 
 41 Indiana bounded.' 45 'Vincennes situated? 
 
 46 Illinois boun 47 c Kaskaskia situated? 
 
 48 Missouri bounded ? 49 St Louis situated ? 
 
 50 Michigan bounded? 51 Detroit situated ? 
 
 52. What rivers empty into the Missisippi ? 
 
 53. What two rivers, flowing together, constitute the Ohio ? 
 
 54. What rivers empty into the On 
 
 55. In what State has the Wabash its source, what ii its 
 course, and into what river or sea does it empty ? 
 
 Chief Towns. 
 
84 
 
 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 The same Questions with respect to the folio wing Rivers. 
 
 56 Great Miami ? 
 
 57 Cumberland ? 
 
 58 Scioto? 
 
 59 Great Kanhawa ? 
 
 60 Kentucky? 
 
 61 Genessee ? 
 
 62 Muskingum? 
 
 63 Licking? 
 
 64 Tennessee ? 
 *65 Big Sandy ? 
 
 66 Yazoo? 
 
 67 Susquehannah? 
 
 68 Duck? 
 
 69 Tombecbee? 
 
 70 Holston? 
 
 71 Apala<:hicola ? 
 
 72 Potowmack? 
 
 73 Hudson? ' 
 
 74 Delaware? 
 
 75 Rappahannock ? 
 
 76 James ? 
 
 77 Chowan ? 
 
 78 Flint? 
 
 79 Savannah ? 
 
 80 Roanoke ? 
 
 81 Allamaha? 
 
 82 Tar? 
 
 83 Santilla ? 
 
 84 Pedee? 
 
 85 Ogechee ? 
 
 86 Cape Fear ? 
 
 87 Edisto? 
 
 88 Elk? 
 
 89 Nense ? 
 
 90 St. Mary ? 
 
 91 Dan? 
 
 92 Appomattox ? 
 
 93 Black? 
 
 94 Juniata? 
 
 95 Kaskaskia? 
 
 96 San dusky? 
 
 97 Missouri? 
 
 98 Miami of the 
 
 Lakes? 
 
 99 Clinch ? 
 
 100 Little Miami? 
 
 101 Green ? 
 
 102 Illinois? 
 
 103 Cayaho^a? 
 
 104 Utawas? 
 
 105 Chatidiere? 
 
 106 French Crook? 
 
 107 St. Francis? 
 
 108 Ouisconsin ? 
 
 109 Tippacanoe ? 
 
 110 Fox? 
 
 111 Alabama? 
 
 112. What towns are situated on the Hudson ? 
 
 113. What towns are situated on the Ohio? 
 
 114. W'hnt towns are situated on the Delaware ? 
 
 115. What towns are situated on the Missisippi? 
 
 116. In what State is Chilicothe, and how situated ? 
 
 The same Questions with respect to each of the following 
 Towns. 
 
 117 Louisville? 
 
 118 Nashville? 
 
 119 Athens? 
 
 120 Oswego? 
 
 121 Plattsburg? 
 
 122 Utica? 
 
 123 Lexington ?. 
 
 124 Pittsburg? 
 
 125 Brownsville ? 
 
 126 St. Louis ? 
 
 127 Fredericksburg? 
 
 128 Amboy? 
 
 129 Lewistown ? 
 
 130 Petersburg? 
 
 131 St. Gene vie ve ? 
 
 132 Bangor? 
 
 133 Baton Rouge ? 
 
 134 Montreal? 
 
 135 Fort Maiden ? 
 
 136 Raleigh? 
 
 137 Camden ? 
 
 138 Fayetteviile? 
 
 139 Milledgeville? 
 
 140 Salisbury? 
 
 141 Kingston? 
 
 142 Mobile? 
 
 143 St. Augustine? 
 
 144 Beaufort? 
 
 145 New Madrid? 
 
 146 Machias? 
 
 147 Alexandria? 
 
 148 Castine? 
 
 149 Augusta? 
 
 150 Wilmington? 
 
 151 Rome? 
 
 152 Hudson? 
 
 153 Ticonderoga ? 
 
 154 York? 
 
 155 Kingston? 
 
 156 Crown Point? 
 
 157 Pensacola? 
 
 158 New-Orleans? 
 
 159 Annapolis? 
 
 160 Edeuton? 
 
 161. What States are situated between the 30th and 35th 
 parallels of N. latitude ? 
 
 162. What States are situated between the 35th and 40th 
 parallels of N. latitude ? 
 
 163. What States are intersected by the 40th parallels of N. 
 latitude ? 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 85 
 
 164. What States are west longitude from Philadelphia ? 
 
 165. What States are east longitude from Philadelphia ? 
 
 166. What States arc bounded on the lakes ? 
 
 167. What States are bounded on the Missisippi ? 
 160. What States are bounded on the Atlantic Ocean? 
 
 169. What States are bounded on the Ohio ? 
 
 170. What is the State back of North Carolina .'Virginia ? 
 Pennsylvania ? 
 
 171. What States lie west of the Alleghany mountains? 
 
 172. What lakes lie to the south, what to the north, and which 
 are the lakes bisected by (he 45th parallel of north latitude ? 
 
 173. What way is Philadelphia from Boston ? Detroit ? 
 
 174. What way is Detroit from Philadelphia ? 
 
 175. Which is the most southwardly, Pittsburg or Philadelphia ? 
 
 176. How is the city Washington, the capital of the United 
 States, situated ? 
 
 177. Which is the most southwardly, Cape Fear or C. Lookout ? 
 
 178. What river is that which forms a water communication 
 nearly the whole distance from Lake Michigan to the Missisippi ? 
 
 179. Which is the largest, Chesapeak or Delaware Bay? 
 
 180. In what State is Chesapeak bay chiefly situated? 
 
 181. In what State has it its mouth ? 
 
 182. Where is Cape Hatteras ? 
 
 183. What capes are situated at the mouth of Delaware Bay? 
 
 184. Where is Ihc bay of Apalachy ? 
 
 185. What capes are situated at the mouth of Chesapeak Bay ? 
 
 186. Where is Amelia Island ? 
 
 187. Cape St. Blaise ? 
 
 188. St Helena Sound ? 
 
 189. Into what does Ocrecoc Inlet enter ? 
 
 190. \V here is Muscle Shoals? 
 
 191. What are the rivers which, flow into Chesapeak bay ? 
 
 192. Where is Sacket's Harbour ? 
 
 193. Which is the most southwardly, Ohio or Missouri river? 
 
 194. Which is the greater distance from Pittsburg, Philadel- 
 phia or Baltimore ? 
 
 Questions on the Map of the New England States. 
 
 1. Between what parallels of latitude are the New England 
 States chiefly situated ? 
 
 2. How are they bounded? 
 
 3. Where are the Green Mountains, and in what direction do 
 they run ? 
 
 4. Where are the White Mountains ? 
 
 5. Which is the great or principal river of New-England ? 
 
 6. What rivers empty into the Connecticut? 
 
 7. What large river is that which has its source in New Hamp- 
 shire, and its mouth in Massachusetts? 
 
 8. What rivers from Vermont empty into lake Champlain ? 
 
 9. How is the river Hudson situated with respect to the Con- 
 necticut, and at about what distance from it ? 
 
 10. In what State has Saco river its rise, what is its course, 
 and into what sea or river does it empty ? 
 
 H 
 
36 
 
 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 The same Questions with respect to the following Rivers. 
 
 1 1 Kennebeck ? 
 12 Otter Creek? 
 13 Stratford ? 
 14 Lamoille ? 
 15 Amonoosuck ? 
 16 Contoocook? 
 17 Poosoomsuck ? 
 
 18 Deerfield? 
 19 Michiscoui? 
 20 Passaick? 
 21 Onion? 
 
 22 Androscoggin ? 
 23 Sebasticook? 
 24 Westfield? 
 
 25 Hackinsack ? 
 26 Thames? 
 27 Pawtuxet? 
 28 Nashua? 
 29 Chickapee ? 
 30 Miller's? 
 
 31. What lake is that which lies partly in Vermont, and partly 
 in Canada ? 
 
 32. Where is Umbago Lake ? 
 
 33. What is the largest collection of water in New Hampshire ? 
 
 34. How is lake G eorge situated with respect to lake Champlain ? 
 
 35 How is Maine bounded ? 
 
 37 New-Hampshire bounded ? 
 39 Vermont bounded ? ' 
 41 Massachusetts bounded ? 
 43 Rhode-Island bounded ? 
 45 Connecticut bounded ? 
 
 36 How is Portland, the cap! 
 
 tal, situated ? 
 38 Concord situated ? 
 40 Montpelier situated 
 42 Boston situated ? 
 44 Providence situated ? 
 46 New-Haven situated ? 
 
 47. 
 48. 
 49. 
 50. 
 51. 
 52. 
 
 What towns are situated on Connecticut river? 
 
 What towns are situated on the Merrimack ? 
 
 What towns are situated on Otter Creek river? 
 
 What towns are situated en Long Island ? 
 
 What town is situated at the mouth of the Connecticut ? 
 
 In what State is Windsor, and how situated ? 
 
 The same Questions with respect to the following Towns. 
 
 53 Exeter? 
 
 54 Brattleborough ? 
 
 55 Pittsfield? 
 
 56 Concord? 
 
 57 Hallowell? 
 
 58 Schenectady? 
 
 59 Williamstown? 
 
 60 Worcester? 
 
 61 Gloucester? 
 
 62 New Bedford ? 
 
 63 Litchfield? 
 
 64 Oxford? 
 
 72 
 73 
 74 
 75 
 76 
 77 
 78 
 79 
 80 
 81 
 82 
 83 
 
 65 New York ? (city) 84 
 
 66 Charlestown? 
 
 67 Brunswick ? 
 
 68 Vergennes ? 
 
 69 Hanover? 
 
 70 St. Albans? 
 
 71 Augusta? 
 
 Lansingburg? 
 Greenfield ? 
 Newburyport ? 
 Springfield ? 
 Provincetown ? 
 Norwich ? 
 Holme's Hole ? 
 Patterson ? 
 York ? 
 Keene ? 
 Amherst ? 
 Falmouth? 
 Merrimack ? 
 Middlebury ? 
 Stockbridge ? 
 Wiscasset? 
 Bennington? 
 Deerfield ? 
 Salem ? 
 
 91 Yarmouth? 
 
 92 New London ? 
 
 93 Bristol? 
 
 94 Newark? 
 
 95 Fairfield? 
 
 96 Burlington ? 
 
 97 Rutland? 
 
 98 Walpole? 
 
 99 Haverhill? 
 
 100 Plymouth? 
 
 101 Bath? 
 
 102 Chester? 
 
 103 Ipswich? 
 
 104 New Hampton ? 
 
 105 Barnstable ? 
 
 106 Hartford? 
 
 107 Newbury? 
 
 108 Danbury? 
 
 109. Where is Mont auk Point ? 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 87 
 
 Same Questions with respect to the following Capes. 
 
 110 Pemaquid Point? 114 Sandy Point? 118 East Chop ? 
 
 111 Race Point? 1 15 Cape Poge ? 119 Malabar? 
 
 1 12 Gay Plead ? 1 16 Sandy Hook ? 1 J<) ( :ipe Ann ? 
 
 113 Small Point? 117 Elizabeth ? 1J1 Porpoise? 
 
 122. Where is Plumb Island ? 
 
 123. Which is the most eastwardly, Nantucket or Martha's 
 Vineyard, and which is nearest to the main land ? 
 
 124. Which is most northwardly, Casco or Saco Bay ? 
 
 125. Where is Fisher's Island ? 
 
 126. What two bays are those which, by their near approach, 
 form the peninsula of Cape Cod? 
 
 I J7. Where is Falkner's Island ? 
 
 128. Elizabeth Island ? 
 
 129. What way is New Haven from Boston ? 
 
 130. Narraganset Bay is that in which the islands Canonicut 
 and Rhode Island are situated: How is Narraganset Bay situated 
 with respect to Buzzard's Bay, and which is the largest ? 
 
 131. How is Block Island situated ? 
 
 132. Middlesex canal opens a water communication from a 
 certain river into a certain harbour; what is the name of each ? 
 
 133. Which is the greater distance from Boston, New Bedford 
 or Newburyport ? 
 
 134. Name the towns in their order, situated on the seacoast, 
 proceeding from Newburyport to New-Bedford. 
 
 135. How are New-Haven, Hartford, and New-London situated 
 with respect to each other ? 
 
 138. Where is the Great Oxbow in Connecticut river? 
 137. Are 15 Mile Falls above or below the Great Oxbow ? 
 
 30. Which is the most northwardly, Portland or Middlebury '; 
 
 139. Which is the greater division of Connecticut, that part 
 east of the river, or the part west of it ? 
 
 Questions on the Map of the Middle States. 
 
 1. Between what parallels of latitude arc the Middle States 
 situated ? How are they bounded ? 
 
 2. Which are the two largest of these States .'Which is the 
 least ? 
 
 3. What are the three largest rivers of these States, and what 
 are their courses ? Are they straight or crooked rivers ? 
 
 4. Which is the great river of New-York where does it empty 
 and what are the principal towns situated on it ? 
 
 5. What other rivers are there in New- York ? 
 
 6. What rivers of New- York empty into Lake Ontario ? 
 
 7. Where do the rivers Allegheny and Monongahela unite ? 
 And what river do they form ? 
 
 8. What large river is that which empties into the Hudson ? 
 
 9. What is the great river of Pennsylvania what and where 
 are its sources and where does it empty? 
 
 10. What is that river which forms the boundary between 
 Pennsylvania and New Jersey ? where has it its sources, and where 
 does it fcpty ? 
 
 11. What river runs through the District of Columbia ? 
 
88 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 12. Where is Juniata river, in what direction does it run, and 
 -where does it empty ? 
 
 13. What river is that which forms in part the southern boun- 
 dary of Maryland? 
 
 14. What canals are there in the state of New- York, what 
 waters do they connect? 
 
 15. What lakes are there in the interior of New- York ? 
 
 16. Which of these lakes lie north, and which south of the 
 great Western Canal ? 
 
 17. Proceeding from east to west, on the south side of the ca- 
 nal, what is the order of their succession ? 
 
 18. Where are the Catskill mountains? 
 
 19. What mountains are there in Pennsylvania? 
 
 20. What island belongs to New-Jersey, and how it is situated ? 
 
 21 . Which is most southerly, Pennsylvania or New-Jersey ? 
 
 22. Where is Grand Isle, and how is it situated ? 
 
 23. How are the cities New-York, Philadelphia and Balti- 
 more situated in respect to each other ? 
 
 24. Which is the greater distance across the State of New- 
 York, from east to west, or from north to south ? 
 
 25. Which of these States is the most irregular in its form ? 
 
 26. Where is Chatauque lake situated ? 
 
 27. In what State is Whitehall, and how situated ? 
 
 The same Questions with respect to each of the following Towns, 
 
 28 Brownsville? 34 Havredegrace ? 40 Rochester? 
 
 29 Ithica? 35 Newcastle? 41 Trenton? 
 
 30 Poughkeepsie ? 36 Salina ? 42 Ogdensburg ? 
 
 31 Cooperstown ? 37 Utica ? 43 Buffaloe? 
 
 32 Harrisburg ? 38 New- York ? 44 Baltimore ? 
 
 33 Philadelphia ? 39 New-Brunswick ? 45 Auburn ? 
 
 Questions on the Map of South America* 
 
 1. How is South America bounded f 
 
 2. Which way has its greatest extent, from east to west, or 
 from north to south ? 
 
 3. How many degrees broad is South America at the equator ? 
 
 4. How far south is Cape Horn ? 
 
 5. What part of South America lies in the torrid zone ? 
 
 6. How is Terra del Fuego separated from the main land ? 
 
 7. What is the name of that chain of mountains which runs 
 the whole length of South America? Near which coast are they ? 
 
 8. What river is that, the mouth of which is directly under the 
 equator Where does it rise and through what part of South 
 America does it flow ? 
 
 9. What rivers empty into the Amazon ? 
 
 10. What river is that which forms the boundary between Co- 
 lombia and Guiana ? 
 
 11. Where is lake Parima, and with what large river does it 
 communicate ? 
 
 12. Where is Panama bay? 
 
 13. What islands are those near the straits of Magellan ? 
 
 14. How is Colombia bounded i 1 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 89 
 
 15. How is Quito situated, and what large mountains are those 
 in its vicinity? 
 
 16. How is Carthagena situated, and in what latitude J 
 
 17. Where is the Gulf of Guayaquil ? 
 
 18. How is Caraccas situated ? 
 
 19. In what part of South America is Peru ? Chili ? Patago- 
 nia? Brazil ? Bolivia ? United Provinces? 
 
 20. In what direction does the river Amazon run ? La Plata 
 
 21. Where is the Gulf of Darien ? 
 
 22. How is the city Buenos Ayres situated ? Cobija ? 
 
 23. In what latitude has the Rio de la Plata its mouth, and in 
 what latitude is As?umption, to which this river is navigable ? 
 
 24. Where is Monte Video situated ? 
 
 25. Where Cordova situated, and which way is it from the city 
 Buenos Ayres ? 
 
 26. Where is Cape St. Roque ? 
 
 27. How is Rio Janeiro or St. Sebastian, the capital of Brazil, 
 situated ? 
 
 28. How is Lima, the capital of Peru, situated, and in what lat- 
 itude ? 
 
 29. How \3 Arequipa, the second city in Peru, situated, and 
 what way is it from Lima ? 
 
 30. Where is Cusco situated ? once the capital of a powerful 
 Indian empire. 
 
 31. In what part of South America is the river St. Francisco ? 
 
 32. Where is Chimborazo situated, one of the highest moun- 
 tains in the world, and in what latitude ? 
 
 33. Which way from Chimborazo, and how far distant is Coto- 
 paxi, a famous volcanic mountain ? 
 
 34. Where is Porto Bello situated ? 
 
 35. Where is Cayenne, how situated, and in what latitude ? 
 
 36. How is the island Juan Fernandez situated? 
 
 Questions on the Map of Europe. 
 
 1. What are the boundaries of Europe ? 
 
 2. What is the most southern cape of Europe ? The moat 
 northern ? 
 
 3. Between what parallels of latitude is Europe situated ? 
 
 4. How many degrees of longitude docs it contain > 
 
 5. With which of the other general divisions of the earth is it 
 connected ? 
 
 6. How is it separated from Africa, and in what part doe it 
 make the nearest approach to that continent ? 
 
 7. What mountains separate Spain from France ? 
 
 8. What mountains separate Italy from France and Germany? 
 
 9. What mountains bound Hungary on the north ? 
 
 10. What mountains form the boundary in part between Eu- 
 rope and Asia? 
 
 11. Where is Mount Blanc situated, the highest mountain in 
 Europe ? 
 
 12. Through what country, and in what direction do the Ap- 
 ennines run ? 
 
 H 2 
 
90 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 13. Where is jEtna, a famous volcano, situated ? 
 
 14. Vesuvius, another of the volcanic mountains of Europe, 12 
 situated about six miles from Naples ; what way is it from /Etna, 
 and how far distant .' 
 
 15. The third volcanic mountain is Hecla; where is it situated? 
 
 16. "Where is Mount Findus? 
 
 17. How is the German Ocean situated ? 
 
 18. "What is the entrance into the Baltic called? 
 
 19. How is the Baltic Sea separated from the German Ocean ? 
 
 20. The Baltic branches out into two arms or gulfs ; what are 
 their nam 
 
 21. In what part of Europe is the "White Sea, and into what 
 . does it open ? 
 
 By what country is the Baltic bounded on the east? west 
 south : " 
 
 23. What bay lies between France and Spain ? 
 -4. \\ here is the Sea of Marmora situated . 3 
 
 What Gulf separates Italy from Turkey .' 
 
 26. Where is the Archipelago situated, and with what sea does 
 it communicate ? 
 
 ::. Where is the British Channel ? 
 
 What Strait communicates between the German ocean, 
 and the British Channel i 1 
 
 Through what Strait does the Atlantic constantly flow into 
 the Mediterranean ? 
 
 30. Where is St. George's channel ? 
 
 31. Between what seas is the Strait of Dardanelles ? 
 
 32. Between what seas is the Strait of Constantinople ? 
 
 33. Between what seas is the Strait of Can 
 
 34. In what part of Europe is Lapland ? 
 
 35 How is Norway bounded ? 36 How is Bergen, the capital, 
 
 situated ? 
 
 57 Sweden bounded ? 38 Stockholm situated ? 
 
 39 Denmark bounded : 40 Copenhagen situated ? 
 
 41 Russia bounded ? 42 St. Petersburg situated ? 
 
 43 Germany bounded ? 
 
 44 France bounded? 45 Paris situated ? 
 
 44> Aust. Domin. bounded r 47 Vienna situated? 
 . -pain bounded ? 49 Madrid situated ? 
 
 Portugal bounded ? 51 Lisbon situated? 
 
 52 Switzerland bounded? ; 3 Berne situated ? 
 
 54 ItaJv bounded? 55 Home situated ? 
 
 y (in Eur.) bounded ? 57 Constantinople situated ? 
 
 53. Hov.- are the British Isles situated with respect to the rest 
 of Eur 
 
 59- Where does the Danube have its rise, through" what coun- 
 try; doe? it fiow, and into what sea docs it empty? 
 
 GO. What cities and towns are situated on the Danube ? 
 
 61. What are the principal rivers of Spain ? 
 
 62. Which of the rivers risbs: in Spain flow through Portugal : 
 
 63. In what part of Spain i= the Miuho ? is it a larce or small 
 river ? into what sea doe* it empty? 
 
 Where is the Guadalquiver, what is its course- and where 
 does it empty ? 
 
GRAMMAR OF 6EOGUAPHY. 91 
 
 65. The same questions with respect to the Ebro. 
 
 66. What are the principal rivers of France ? 
 
 67. Which of these rivers empty into the bay of Biscay ? 
 which intothe Mediterranean? and which into the British Channel ? 
 
 68. What is that river which forms the boundary, in part, 
 between France and Germany ? which way does it run, and into 
 what sea does it empty ? 
 
 69. What are the rivers of Germany ? 
 
 70. Which of the rivers of Germany empty into the German 
 Ocean ? 
 
 71. What river forms the boundary between Turkey and Rus- 
 sia, and into what sea does it empty ? 
 
 What river forms the boundary in part between Turkey 
 and the Austrian Dominions? 
 
 73. What are the principal branches of the Danube? 
 
 74. Where does the Dnieper have its rise, what town is that 
 situated near its mouth, and into what sea does it empty ? 
 
 75. What river is lhat which empties into the sea of Azof? 
 
 76. Where is the river Po, and into what sea or gulf does it 
 empty ? 
 
 77. What river is that on which Rome is situated .' 
 
 78. Into what sea does the river Dwina empty, and what town 
 is that situated at its mouth? 
 
 79. Beginning at the Straits of Gibralter and proceeding north- 
 ward, what rivers fall intothe Atlantic ? name them in the order 
 in which they occur. 
 
 80. into the bay of Biscay ? 
 
 81. into the British Channel ? 
 
 82. into the German Ocean ? 
 
 83. into the Baltic ? 
 
 84. into the White Sea? 
 
 85. What towns are situated on the Elbe ? 
 
 86. On what river is Warsaw situated ; Stettin .' Seville ? 
 
 87. On what river is Bourdeaux situated? Saragossa? Lyons ? 
 
 88. How is Oporto situated ?-Archangel, and in what latitude ? 
 
 89. What town? are situated on the Dnieper? 
 
 90. W r hat is the communication by water through France, 
 from the Mediterranean into the bay of Biscay ? 
 
 91. In what country is Toulon, and how situated? 
 
 Same Questions with respect to the following Cities or Towns. 
 
 92 Malaga ? 104 Belgrade ? 1 16 St. Ubes ? 128 Brussels ? 
 
 93 Bayonne ? 105 Nantes ? 117 Carthagena?129 Prague ; 
 Naples? 106 Adrianople ?118 Dantzic ? 130 Hague ? 
 
 95Rochelle? 107 Cadiz? 119 Brest? 1.31 Revel? 
 
 96 Frankfort? 108 Trieste ? 120 Venice ? 132 Rochfort ? 
 
 97 Gotten burg? 109 Hamburg ? 121 Munich ? 133 Smolensk r 
 
 98 Waterford ? 1 10 Upsal ? 122 Leghorn ? 134 Stutgard : 
 
 99 Saragossa ? Ill Riga ? Itnontpeliei ? 135 Carlscrona .' 
 
 100 Florence ? 112 Calais ? 124 Tornea ? 136 Genoa ? 
 
 101 Cork? 113 Valencia? 125 Limerick? 137 Leipsic? 
 
 102 Abo? 114 Tilsit? 126 Konigsbure?l38 Drontheim ? 
 
 103 Athens? 115Cherson? 127 Milan? 139 Cracow ? 
 
92 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 140. Which is most northwardly, Madrid or Constantinople ? 
 
 141. What way is Petersburg 1 from London ? 
 
 142. What islands are in the Baltic > 
 
 143. How are the Hebrides or Western islands situated ? 
 
 144. Which are the most northwardly, the Orkney or Shetland 
 Isles ? 
 
 145. Where are the Feroe isles situated, and in what latitude ? 
 
 146. Is Ivica, Minorca, or Majorca, nearest Spain? 
 
 147. Which is the most southwardly, Sardinia or Corsica ? 
 
 148. How is Sicily situated, and what towns are there upon it ? 
 
 149. In what direction is Malta from Sicily, and how far distant? 
 
 150. The mericUan of 25, and the parallel of 35, intersect 
 each other nearly over tha centre of a certain island ; what is 
 the name of that island ? 
 
 151. Where is the isle Ushant? 
 
 152. What islands are in the Bay of Biscay ? 
 
 153. Describe the course of the Volga; into what sea does it 
 empty ? 
 
 154. Where are the Lipari islands situated ? 
 
 155. How is Negropont situated, and in what sea? 
 
 156. What is the name of that cape to the north of Lapland ? 
 
 157. What is that cape to the south of Norway ? 
 
 158. Where is Cape la Hogue ? Cape Clear ? 
 
 159. What are the principal capes of Spain and Portugal ? 
 
 160. What is the most southwardly cape of Turkey ? 
 
 161. The capitals of three kingdoms are situated very nearly 
 on the parallel of 60 N. latitude ; what are the names of the 
 kingdoms and their capitals ? 
 
 162. Which is the most northwardly, Copenhagen or Konigs- 
 burg ? 
 
 163. Boston is between 42 and 43o N. latitude ; what cities 
 in Europe are situated directly east from Boston, or nearly so ? 
 
 164. By comparing the map of the United States with that of 
 Europe, which of the States does it appear are situated southward- 
 ly of the most southern part of Europe ? 
 
 165. A -very noted strait of Europe, and the mouth of a very 
 distinguished river in the United States, are in the same latitude ; 
 what is the name of the strait and of the river ? 
 
 166. Which of the large lakes in the United States are situat- 
 ed in the same parallels of latitude with the Black sea in Europe ? 
 
 Questions on the Map of the British Isles. 
 
 1. How is Ireland separated from England ? from Scotland? 
 
 2. Where is the Bristol Channel ? The Strait of Dover ? 
 
 3. What river is that which forms the boundary in part be- 
 tween England and Scotland ? 
 
 4. Where is Cape Wrath ? Land's End ? Spurn Head ? 
 
 5. Where is Carnsore Point ? Start, St. Edmands 1 , and Liz- 
 ard Points ? 
 
 6. Where is the river Thames, what is its course, and into 
 what sea does it empty ? 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 93 
 
 The same Questions toith respect to each of the following Rivers. 
 7Humber? 1 1 Tay ? 15 Dec ? 19Medway? 
 
 8 Shannon? 12 Mersey ? 16 Tync ? 20 Barrow? 
 
 9 Clyde ? 13 Trent ? 17 Ouse ? 21 Spcy ? 
 10 Severn? 14 Black water? 18 Don? $2 Tweed? 
 
 23. Where is London, and how situated ? 
 
 24 Plymouth ? 33 Birmingham ?42 Londonderry?50 York ? 
 
 25 Newcastle * 34 Deal ? 43 Bristol > 51 Limerick ? 
 
 26 Wexford ? 3i Windsor ? 44 Manchester ? 5'2 Bath ? 
 
 27 Aberdeen ? 36 Leeds ? 45 Gloucester ? 53 Cambridge ? 
 
 28 Pool ? 37 Dublin ? 46 Glasgow ? 54 Sheffield ? 
 
 29 Dartmouth .? 30 Wakefield? 47 Liverpool f 55 Oxford? 
 
 30 Yarmouth f 39 Shields ? 48 Hull ? 56 Kid-.termin- 
 
 31 Tuubridge ? 40 Wateiford 1 49 Edinburgh ? sler ? 
 
 32 Cork .* 41 Portsmouth ? 
 
 57. Which is the largest, England or Ireland ? 
 
 58. Between what degrees of latitude is Lnglnd situated ? 
 Scotland.? Ireland? 
 
 59. In what sea are the Isles Man and Anglesea situated, 
 and how in respect to each other? 
 
 60. How is the Isle of Wight situated ? 
 
 61. How are London, Bristol, Liverpool, and Hull situated in 
 respect to each other ? 
 
 62. Comparing the latitude of London with that of the Gulf of 
 St. Lawrence on the map of N. America, which is the most 
 northwardly? 
 
 63. What is the latitude of Edinburgh ? Dublin ? 
 
 64. Where is Inverness ? 
 
 Questions on the Map of Asia. 
 
 1. What are the boundaries of Asia ? 
 
 2. What is the name of its most northwardly cape ? 
 
 3. What part of it stretches farthest to the j-outh ? 
 
 4. There are four considerable seas on the east and southeast 
 of Asia. Name them. 
 
 5. Through what sea does the Red Sea communicate with the 
 ocean ? 
 
 6. Where is the Sea of Aral situated ? what way is it from the 
 Caspian Sea ? 
 
 ~i . Between what two countries is the Persian Gulf? 
 
 8. What is that bay which divides India into two peninsulas, 
 the Hither Peninsula, called Jlindostan, and the Further Penin- 
 sula, comprehending the Birman and other empires ? 
 
 1). Where are the Straits of Sunda ? 
 
 10. Where is the Malabar coast ? what islands west of it ? 
 
 11. Where are the Andaman and Nicobar inlands? 
 
 12. HO\T is the island Ceylon situated ? what are ita chief 
 towns ? 
 
 13. What is that cape called which forms the southern ex- 
 tremity of Hindostan ? 
 
 14. Of what island is Manilla the capital f 
 
94 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 15. Where are the Straits of Malacca ? 
 
 16. Of what island is Batavia the capital, and in what lati- 
 tude ? 
 
 17. Where is the island Banca situated, so productive in 
 tin? 
 
 18. How are the gulfs Tonquin and Siain situated with respect 
 to each other ? Into what sea do they open ? 
 
 19. What are those large rivers of Asia, which empty into the 
 Arctic Sea ? 
 
 20. Where is the island Saghalien ? 
 
 21. What is that cape called which forms the southern ex- 
 tremity of Kamschatka ? 
 
 22. What rivers empty into the Aral sea ? 
 
 23. What rivers empty into the Persian Gulf? 
 
 24. What Straits separate Asia from America? 
 
 25. What chain of mountains separates Europe from Asia ? 
 
 26. What chain of mountains extends across the centre of 
 Asia ? 
 
 27. Where are the Caucasus mountains ? Himaleh ? 
 
 28. What is the name of the mountains in Hindostan, and 
 how are they situated ? 
 
 29. Where is Mount Taurus, and how situated ? 
 
 30. What part of Asia takes the name of Siberia, and to whom 
 does it belong ? 
 
 31. Does any part of Asia lie within the Frigid zone ? 
 
 32. What countries of Asia lie within the Torrid zone ? 
 
 33 How is Turkey in Asia 34 How is Aleppo, the capital, 
 
 bounded? situated? 
 
 35 Russia in Asia bounded? 36 Astrachan situated? 
 
 37 Indep. Tartary bounded ? 38 Samarcand situated ? 
 
 39 Persia bounded? 40 Ispahan situated? 
 
 41 Hindoslan bounded? 42 Calcutta situated? 
 
 43 Arabia bounded? 44 Mecca situated? 
 
 45 China bounded ? 46 Pekin situated ? 
 
 47. Which is the principal of the Chinese islands? 
 
 48. How is Jeddo, the capital of the Japan empire, situated? 
 Give the rise and course of the following rivers, and the seas, &c. 
 into which they empty. 
 
 49 Euphrates? 54 Enisei? 59 Yangtse Kiang ? 
 
 50 Amur? 55 Ganges? 60 Lena? 
 
 51 Ob? 56 Jihon? 61 Irrawady? 
 
 52 Tigris? 57HoangHo? 62 Irtish? 
 
 53 Burrampooter ? 58 Indus? 63 Japanese? 
 
 64. Of what country is Mocha, and how situated? 
 
 65 Madras ? 
 66 Smyrna ? 
 67 Suez ? 
 68 Canton? 
 69 Bombay ? 
 70 Tobolsk ? 
 
 71 Cashmere ? 
 72 Bagdad ? 
 73 Ava ? 
 74 Kolivan ? 
 75 Delhi ? 
 76 Goa ? . 
 
 77 Diarbekir ? 
 78 Cambay ? 
 79 Bassora ? 
 80 Nankin ? 
 81 Yakutsk? 
 82 Cashgar ? 
 
 83 Lassa ? 
 84 Irkutsk ? 
 85 Medina ? 
 86 Surat? 
 87 Sana ? 
 88 Palmyra ? 
 
GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 95 
 
 9 Pondicherry ?93 Nangasaki ? 97 Golconda ? 101 Achecn ? 
 
 90 Pegu ? 94 Cambodia ? 98 Siam ? 102 Balk ? 
 
 01 Bencoolen? 95 Lahore ? 99 Jerusalem ? 103 Damascus r 
 
 92 Nagpour ? 96 Rangoon ? 100 Omsk ? 104 Columbo ? 
 
 105. What towns are situated on the Ganges ? 
 
 106. How are Canton, Calcutta, and Pekin situated with re- 
 spect to each other ? 
 
 107. \Vhat large islands are those situated directly under the 
 equator ? 
 
 108. How is the island Sumatra separated from Malacca and 
 Jara ? 
 
 109. What island is that which the tropic of Cancer crosses? 
 
 1 10. How do the Japanese Islands lie from China, and between 
 what parallels of latitude are they situated' 
 
 HI. How do the Spice Islands lie from Java ? 
 
 112. How is Nova Zembla situated, and in what latitude? 
 
 113. Where is East Cape ? 
 
 1 14. How is the Sea of Arabia bounded ? 
 
 115. One of the chief cities in the United States, and one of 
 the chief cities in China, are situated on the same parallel of north 
 latitude ; what are the names of these cities ? 
 
 116. In what latitude is the great wall in China, and what 
 countries does it separate ? 
 
 Questions on the Map of Africa. 
 
 1. How is Africa bounded * 
 
 2. How could it be made an island f 
 
 3. What isthmus unites it to Asia? 
 
 4. How is Sahara or the Great Desert situated 9 
 
 5. Where are the Atlas mountains situated ? 
 
 6. What is that range of mountains which runs almost across 
 Africa ? 
 
 7. In what part of Africa are Algiers, Morocco, Tripoli, and 
 Tunis, called the Barbary States, situated? 
 
 8. Which of these States lie without and which within the 
 Straits of Gibraltar? 
 
 9. Sailing up the Mediterranean, in what order do you ap- 
 proach these States f 
 
 10. What large rivers are those in the west of Africa ? 
 
 11. Where is the river Zaire ? Orange river? 
 
 12. Where is Cape Verd,and how situated with respect to the 
 rivers Senegal and Gambia ? 
 
 13. Where is the river Niger, the mouth of which has not yet 
 been explored ? 
 
 14. \V here has the Nile its rise, what is its course, and into 
 what sea does it empty ? 
 
 15. How is the coast of Guinea divided ? 
 
 16. What towns are situated at the mouth of the Nile ? 
 
 17. Which is the largest of the African Islands ? 
 
 18. Where are the Comoro Isles ? 
 
96 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 19. What are the north and soulh capes of Madagascar ? 
 
 20. Which are the most northwardly, the Cape Verd or the 
 Canary Isles ? 
 
 21. What Islands are in the Gulf of Guinea ? 
 
 22. What islands lay off the kingdom of Morocco ? 
 
 23. Where is St. Helena, and in what latitude? 
 
 24. What two islands are situated east of Madagascar ? 
 
 25. What mountains on the eastern coast of Africa ? 
 
 26. Where is the Mozambique Channel ? 
 
 27. In what zone is Africa chiefly situated ? 
 
 28. In what direction has Africa its greatest extent, from east 
 to west, or from north to south ? 
 
 29. What are the E. W. N. & S. capes of Africa ? 
 
 30. Where is the Lybian desert? Desert of Berdoo ? 
 
 31. W ? here is Cape Three Points ? 
 
 32. How is Egypt situated? 
 
 33. What country is that situated between the Lybian and the 
 Great Desert ? 
 
 34. Which are the most considerable lakes in Africa, and where 
 situated ? * 
 
 35. Where is the Gulf of Sidra? The bay of Lorenzo? Ta- 
 ble Bay ? Gulf of Biafra ? 
 
 36. What part of Africa is it the Hottentots inhabit? 
 
 37. What are the towns situated on the Nile ? 
 
 38. What are the countries on the east coast of Africa? 
 
 39. What are the countries on the western coast? 
 
 Required the situation of the following cities and towns. 
 
 40 Sierra Leone ? 42 Syene ? 44 Tombuctoo ? 
 
 41 Cairo? 43 Algiers? 45 Cape Town? 
 
 Of what countries are the following towns : how situated ? 
 
 46 Tangier? 49 Zeyla ? 52 Oran f 
 
 47 Gondar? 50 Fez? 53 Bona? 
 48Goos? 51 Thebes? 54 Port Dauphin ? 
 
 55. How is Liberia situated in relation to Sierra Leone ? 
 
 56. What is the principal town in Liberia ? 
 
 * The Grammar of this work, page 77, states that there is but one considerable Lake in 
 Africa; but recent discoveries prove this to be a mistake, as will be seen on the new 
 map of Africa, accompanying the present edition. 
 
GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 (j"The u Interrogative system 11 of teaching has now become 
 very general in almost every branch of school education. The in- 
 troduction may be traced to (he Scholar's Arithmetic, in 1801, 
 many years before the appearance of Goldsmith and of Guy in our 
 country. A further improvement in this system is here attempted, 
 and instead of printing th- question at length, which necessarily 
 well* the book, a character (?) is introduced, intimating both to 
 the Instructer and to the pupil, that a question is required, and this 
 character is invariably place. I HI. i on K the word or words intended 
 the question, and to which the answer, FOUND BY READING 
 THE si i- to be a direct reply. For example, take the first 
 
 sentence ; the character is placed before the words "certain knowl- 
 edge f 1 the question then is, Had the ancients any certain knowl- 
 edge of the figure of the earth ? The answer, from reading the 
 sentence, is evident, Xo ; or they had not. 
 
 ^'here the construction of the sentence suggests no particular 
 
 form in which to put the question, it may be, What is said of, Ac. 
 
 as for instance, under the article "Agriculture, 11 in Massachusetts, 
 
 the character is placed before the word, u agriculture ;" the ques- 
 
 . i is said of the agriculture of Massachusetts? 
 
 to meditate answers to the questions to 
 
 be asked on those subjects or words before which the character is 
 placeil r, let those questions be put by the instruct- 
 
 er, and answered by the cla=s in rotation. The exercise will be 
 found both profitable and entertaining. 
 
 THE WORLD. 
 
 THE ancients had no 'certain knowledge of the figure 
 of the earth. But later discoveries, both by astronomy 
 and navigation, demonstrate the world we inhabit to be a 
 large opaque globe or ball, nearly eight thousand 'miles 
 in diameter. In proof of this it is only necessary to no- 
 tice, that various navigators have actually sailed round it. 
 Of these, the 'first was Sir Francis Drake, who, in 1580, 
 completed the circumnavigation of the globe, after an 
 absence of two years, ten months, and twenty days, from 
 England his native land. 
 
 About two thirds of the 'surface of the earth are cover- 
 ed with water. In respect to its universal communica- 
 tion, the ocean may be regarded as one ; but for geo- 
 
98 THE WORLD. 
 
 graphical purposes it has been found more convenient to 
 consider it as distributed into portions or parts. The 
 largest of these parts, constituting nearly one half of 
 the surface of the globe, is the Pacific Ocean, so called 
 from the tranquillity observed by navigators in crossing it 
 in certain directions. Its 'width is generally computed 
 at 10,000 miles. 'Next in extent is the Atlantic, 3,000 
 miles 'wide. The Indian Ocean may be reckoned the 
 ? thircl that is ranked in this class. The seas called Arc- 
 tic, and Antarctic, from their situation near the poles, are 
 properly branches of the Pacific and Atlantic. They 
 are expansions of ice rather than of water, undissolved 
 through successive ages. 
 
 This distribution and proportion of land and water is an 
 incontrovertible evidence of the wisdom and goodness of 
 our adorable Creator ; tor thus the earth is rendered a suit- 
 able and commodious habitation for man ; the blessings 
 and advantages of commerce are augmented ; and those 
 extensive seas, which afford a free intercourse between 
 distant nations, are productive of the most felicitous con- 
 sequences to the land, by supplying a suitable quantity of 
 vapours for the formation of clouds, which, in the elegant 
 language of scripture, drop down fatness upon the wil- 
 derness, while the little hills rejoice on every side. 
 
 Religion. Europe, with the exception of Turkey, is 
 wholly Christian ; but a great portion of Asia, the Ne- 
 groes in Africa, the Indians in America, the inhabitants 
 of New Holland, and of most of the islands in the Pacific 
 Ocean, are still 'Pagan. 
 
 Turkey, Arabia, Persia, Tartary, the Barbary States 
 in Africa, and some parts of India, are 'Mahometan. 
 
 Admitting the whole population of the world to be 
 700 millions, it is supposed that 350 millions, or one half 
 of the 'whole population are Pagans ; the 'Christian pop- 
 ulation may be about 225 millions, the 'Mahometan, 120 
 millions, and the 9 Jews, 5 millions. 
 
 Bible and Missionary Societies. A most wonderful 
 system of measures is now in operation to extend the 
 blessings of Christianity, by means of Bible and Mission- 
 ary Societies, to all parts of the world. The success is 
 already such as to prove highly animating to the hearts of 
 Christians. The inhabitants of the Sandwich^ and of the 
 Society islands, have already renounced their idols. Mis- 
 sionaries are received with great affection by the Indians 
 in America, bv the Negroes in Africa 5 also, in Hindos- 
 tan, Australasia, and in many other parts of the world. 
 
AMKUICA. 99 
 
 Bible Societies h.i. 1 in England, Scot- 
 
 land, Ireland, x a, Netlier- 
 
 ,nanv, Kr ami, and in the United 
 
 whole number, at present in the world, i> 
 at more than ooo. T n Bible So- 
 
 aud, sin- 
 formation in 1810, has issued r>44, % Jr/> r>iMe> and 1 
 
 come for ,000 dollars. The 
 
 - i and Foreign Bible Society ha- i. early 700 'Auxil- 
 
 for 18 : >0,884 dollars, and 
 
 circulated more than ;>,ouo.000 copies of the Bible. 
 
 The Briti>h Russian Bible Society has 200 Auxiliaries. 
 
 It sent from St. Petersburg 23 waggon loads of Bibles in 
 
 one day, to remote provino 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 IN America nature has operated on her largest scale. 
 
 is each of the other quarters of the 
 
 luntains are of astonishing grandeur; its 
 
 lakes and - are unequalled on the globe. Mo>t 
 
 of the metaN, n 3, found on 
 
 met with here, and many of them 
 
 quantities and in higher perfection. 
 
 withstanding its reat extent and abundant fertility, 
 
 America remained unknown to the inhabitants of the other 
 
 hemisphere, until about the close of the fifteenth century, 
 
 when it was 'discovered by Christopher Columbus, a na- 
 
 f Genoa, who, conceiving the bold design of sailing 
 
 !ia by the west, procured three ships from the court 
 
 tin, and heroically ventured his life in prosecution of 
 
 \, in which the inhabitants of two worlds were 
 
 . After a voyage of thirty-three d 
 
 d Atlantic, on the evening of October 11, 
 he discovered land, which proved to be one of the 
 Bahama inlands. In his 'third voyage he discovered the 
 continent of South America. 
 
 At that | as one vast and almost entire 
 
 wilderness, but sparingly inhabited by a people mostly 
 rude and savage, collected together in tribes, thinly scat- 
 tered over its immense territories. To this general char- 
 acter, however, there were two very remarkable excep- 
 
100 UNITED STATES. 
 
 tions ; the one in Mexico, and the other in Peru. Here 
 the Indians had made some progress in civilization and the 
 arts ; and although their manners were still extremely 
 barbarous, they had founded 9 two powerful empires, that 
 of Mexico, under Montezuma, and that of Peru, governed 
 by a race of princes, called Incas, supposed by the Peru- 
 vians to have been descendants from the sun. 
 
 As the Spaniards were the first discoverers, so were 
 they also the 'first European inhabitants who settled in 
 America. Their cruelties to the natives in their first con- 
 quest will never be forgotten. The fame and prospect of 
 wealth acquired by Spain, in consequence of her discov- 
 eries, 'excited the attention of the other European powers, 
 particularly the Portuguese, English, French, and the 
 Dutch, who also made discoveries in different parts, arid 
 planted colonies. Thus was the American continent, soon 
 after its discovery, parcelled out to the different powers 
 of Europe. 
 
 UNITED STATES. 
 
 Mountains. The two principal ranges of mountains 
 are the Rocky mountains in the west, and the Jttleghany 
 mountains in the east. The latter extend from New 
 York to Georgia. Their course is nearly parallel with 
 the sea-shore at the s distance of from 50 to ISO miles 
 from it, dividing the rivers and streams of water which 
 fall into the Atlantic on the east, from those which fall 
 into the lakes and the Missisippi on the west. 
 
 Lakes. There is nothing in other parts of the globe 
 that resembles the prodigious chain of lakes which are 
 met with in America. 
 
 Lake Superior is 1500 'miles in circumference, and is 
 the largest collection of fresh water yet known. It is 
 clear, of great depth, and abounds with a variety of ex- 
 cellent fish ; such as trout, pickerel, bass, &c. It is fre- 
 quently covered with for, particularly when the wind is 
 east. Storms 'affect this lake as much as they do the At- 
 lantic ocean, the waves run as high, and the navigation is 
 equally dangerous. 
 
 Lake Huron is the 'next in magnitude. Its circumfer- 
 ence is about 1000 miles. Its fish are the same as in 
 lake Superior. 
 
 Lake Michigan 'communicates with lake Huron by the 
 strait of Michillimakkinak, 6 miles 'wide. In this lake 
 
UNITED STAI 101 
 
 are several kinds offish, particularly trout of an excel - 
 lent qua!; .ing from and even 90 pounds. 
 
 .ike are large mea< nd to 
 
 -ippi. 
 
 JM!, - 'noted for having its islands and banks, at 
 
 the west end, so infested with rattle-snakes as to render 
 itdanL r i'n>n> to land on tliein. Near the banks of the isl- 
 ands . tred with the large pond lily, (he leaves of 
 which lie > . face of the water so thick as to cover 
 it entiivlv for many acres together ; on these in the sum- 
 mer . riads of water snakes, basking in the 
 sun. On this lako, the American Fleet, under Com. 
 pt. in, 1 8JL 3, gained over the British Fleet, of 
 force, a splendid and important victory. 
 ;> Ontario has in many places Meep bank- 
 southern shore is covered principally with beach, and the 
 land appe.ir-; ^ood. The Oswego bass, weighing from 3 
 to 4 pounds, art- found in this lake. 
 
 Lake Champlain is the largest 'collection of water in 
 
 ml States. 1 1 is about 200 miles in f length, 
 
 and from - :'iteen in width. Its depth is sufficient 
 
 forth- -Is. On these \va! . 11, 1814, 
 
 Com. ' i brilliant and decisive victo- 
 
 of superior force. 
 
 clear aiid most beautiful collection of 
 -mall inlands. The 
 
 of this lake is about 100 feet above the level of 
 lake Champlain. The portage between the two is one 
 mile and a ha'f. 
 
 /<///* of.\iti'jara. Between the lakes Erie and Ontario 
 'are the famous FALLS OF NIAGARA. The river here is 
 more than one quarter of a mile wide, and the 'perpen- 
 dicular pitch of the water about 170 feet, producing a 
 which may be heard 20 and even 40 miles in fa- 
 vourable weather. 
 
 rs. The oi is the 'most distinguished river, 
 
 od States, but of all North America. 
 It i> more than 3000 miles in 'length, from I to 2 miles 
 wide, and of uncommon depth. 1 _ ition is attend- 
 
 ed with many difficulties and dangers, from the sudden 
 crooks and bends in the river, the falling in of its banks, 
 and more especially from the SAWYERS, so called, which 
 are trees, whose roots have by some means become fas- 
 tened to the bottom of the river, in such a manner, that, 
 I 2 
 
102 UNITED STATES. 
 
 from the continual pressure of the current, they receive 
 a regular vibratory motion, from the resemblance of which, 
 to that of a saw-mill, they have derived their name. 
 Their motion is sometimes very quick, and if they strike 
 a boat, it is immediately upset or dashed to pieces. Trees 
 firmly planted in the mud are called PLANTERS. Vessels 
 are from 5 to SO days on their passage up to New Orleans, 
 87 miles ; although with a favourable wind, they will 
 sometimes descend in 12 hours. From New Orleans to 
 Notches, 310 miles, the voyage requires from 60 to 80 
 days. Ships rarely ascend above that place. It is 'navi- 
 gable for boats, carrying about 40 tons, and rowed by 18 
 or 20 men to the falls of St. Anthony. From New-Orleans 
 to the Illinois, the voyage is performed in about 8 or 10 
 weeks. Many of these difficulties, however, now are 
 unhappily overcome, and much time is gained by the suc- 
 cessful introduction of steam boat navigation. This river 
 overflows its banks in the spring, and lays the country 
 for many miles in extent under water. 
 
 The Missouri, usually accounted a tributary to the 
 Missisippi, is however the principal stream. It is longer, 
 broader, and deeper than the Missisippi before their con- 
 fluence, and affords a more entensive navigation. This 
 river is 'remarkable for the muddiness of its waters, 
 which quality it imparts to the Missisippi. 
 
 The Ohio is a most beautiful river 1033 miles in 'length, 
 and about one quarter of a mile in width, 'formed by the 
 confluence of Alleghany and Mohongahela rivers, both of 
 which are navigable. Its current is gentle, its waters are 
 very clear, and its navigation easy arid uninterrupted, ex- 
 cept at the rapids, near Louisville, where the river de- 
 scends about 10 feet in the distance of one mile and a 
 half. In spring tides, vessels pass down these rapids in 
 safety, but cannot ascend. 
 
 The Connecticut is the 'great river of New England. 
 It is 'navigable for sloops to Hartford, 50 miles, and by 
 means of canals, for boats to the foot of Fifteen Mile 
 Falls, 250 miles above Hartford. Its 'whole length is 
 about 400 miles. 
 
 The Hudson is a remarkable straight river. It 'meets 
 the tide at Albany, \ 60 'miles from the sea, and is thus far 
 navigable for sloops. Its length is 250 miles. About 30 
 miles from the ocean, at the mouth of this river, is the 
 island Manhattan, on which stands the city New York. 
 
ITED STATES. 103 
 
 The DC' dde river. It admits 
 
 ships of ' it 1-.H) miles from the 
 
 sea, and small craft to Trenton t'u'U, an 'nirden 
 
 100 miles further. Delaware bay. in!o which this river 
 flows, is 6() ''miles in length, and a >out .iU miles in breadth 
 in its broad.- ule between the 
 
 5, where it opens into the Atlantic ocean. 
 
 e n\er, formed by two main 
 
 brat i lion is diHiruU for the first *l() miles 
 
 on account ol er which it is boatable aim 
 
 \k b.iy, into which this- river 
 
 niles ''\i\ length, and from 7 to 18 miles 
 
 wide. It all'.n-ds many commodious harbours, and is of 
 
 .on. It is 12 miles 9 wide between 
 
 the c;i 
 
 -tic river, 7 miles 
 
 'will u'Mith, and is more than a mile wide, at Alex- 
 
 am! mles from the sea. It is ''navigable to George- 
 
 town, a di-tanre of about SCO miles. The locks and . 
 nal- 'iced in their places, as al- 
 
 ao tli - in the United States. 
 
 -' of the Alleghanv range of 
 
 Is to the Atlantic. 
 
 ^000 
 
 mi! lous. u:ie(|ual, and occasionally 
 
 hilly to- north; but south i .-///, the 
 
 whole co;ist for many mill's back into the country, is a 
 ilat. lain, but little elevated above the level of the 
 
 ocean. West of the mountains, the country is in some 
 parts mnun' -nerally kvel, particu- 
 
 north of the Ohio, or is gently undulating, and a- 
 bounds with natural ut, which arc 
 
 .bject 
 
 to the e -f heat and cold, and to frequent. >udden, 
 
 an< 'he weathrr, and in the temperature 
 
 of the air. Not only the ( <t!d in winter, b-, ,t in 
 
 sumine- .an in tin- Kurope, situ- 
 
 ated uipi irallels of latituile. 
 
 In the North*- in Fan.-nheit's ther- 
 
 mometer - 0, or /.ero, in tlie 
 
 winter. ri with snow 3 or 4 
 
 months, and tl .Imostunh 
 
 In the Middle States, throughout Pennsylvania, Nevr- 
 Jersey and Maryland, the winters are shorter than in the 
 
104 UNITED STATES. 
 
 Northern States, and the snows less abundant and more 
 transient. They rarely last longer than 15 or 20 days. 
 The weather is variable, and subject to continual changes 
 of frost and rain. The cold, however, occasionally, is 
 very severe, but of less duration. At Philadelphia, the 
 mercury sometimes 'sinks to 6 or 8 degrees below zero. 
 The Delaware, notwithstanding its tide of 6 feet, and its 
 breadth of a mile, is sometimes frozen over in 24 hours, 
 and remains thus fixed, almost every winter, 20 or 30 
 days, at one or two intervals. 
 
 In the Southern States the.duration'and intenseness of 
 the cold decrease in the same proportion as the latitude. 
 The parallel of the Potowmack, or more exactly that of 
 the Petapsco, forms a distinguishing line in this respect. 
 The dominion of snow is bounded here ; and he who trav- 
 els southward may notice the sleigh before almost every 
 farmer's door, till he descends the steeps at the foot of 
 which rolls the Petapsco, after which he will see that ve- 
 hicle no more. This quarter, however, is exposed to oc- 
 casional severe frosts, and to snow, which has been known 
 to fall 2 or 3 feet at Norfolk in one night. The mercury 
 at Charleston sometimes descends to 20 degrees, and the 
 earth is frozen to the depth of two or three inches. But 
 these frosts and snows are of short continuance. 
 Warmth predominates, even in winter, and the weather is 
 mostly soft and mild. The country to the westward of 
 the Alleghany mountains is more equable in temperature 
 than the same parallels of latitude on the eastern side, 
 and the mean annual heat is greater. 
 
 Seasons. Autumn in the United States is the 'finest sea- 
 son of the year. The temperature of the air is then most 
 agreeable, and the weather, through September, October, 
 and part of November, is generally settled and serene. 
 In the spring, the weather is variable, and often exceed- 
 ingly unpleasant. Warm days succeeded by cold nights, 
 alternately thawing and freezing the surface of the earth ; 
 bleak westerly winds, followed by warm, humid winds 
 from the south, or damp chilly winds from the. east, mark 
 this season of the year. An American spring differs 
 widely from an European spring. 
 
 Winds. The 'most prevalent winds in the Atlantic 
 States are the north-west, north-east, and south-west. 
 Northwest winds are dry and accompanied with a rapid 
 evaporation ; consequently, in summer, are cool and re- 
 freshing, and in winter yery cold. North winds are not 
 
UNITED STATES. 105 
 
 rery t >s cool, or cold. North-east 
 
 wind- mmm in all - inner 
 
 inoiu' Minpanied with ;i chi, 
 
 south- 
 
 Northern and Mid-, 
 
 m fails to produce rain in twelve hour-, and often 
 uh wind is usually warm, and of- 
 
 i olent and long continued storms, 
 
 in thr Torn tli- norih-r ;-' It is a 
 
 nns 'usually bei;in at the 
 
 south .bout the gulf ol' Mexico, and pro- 
 
 long the American coast, to the north--a>t, at the 
 rates' "Hit 100 miles in an hour. i)r. Frank- 
 
 st who made this observation. The memo- 
 rable - MI in February, 1^ 6 con- 
 
 larleston. in Sout'n Carolina, 
 
 . about 3 o'clock in ihe after- 
 
 : pleasant, 
 
 and c ",ll II at n'^h', \\h"n it ^n-w cloudy. 
 
 g, tlie storm commenced. 
 
 illowell in Manic, tiie Mime morning;, the -un rose 
 
 cloudv in ab.-ul a <if an 
 
 k, and in two hours 
 
 .u ring this 
 
 atom 
 
 Tornadoes in the United States, attended 
 
 with thunder, liu;!Miiiii^, hail, and tempest, are not unfre- 
 
 whirlwinda move in narrow veins, about 
 
 Hid 8 or 10 niik-s in length. Within 
 
 oil' and lay li-vt-i ihe largest 
 
 through a - like that of a 
 
 / rain. The v ipia:ititv of \va- 
 ;iid ram, in th 
 
 ; that in Ivirope i.-. about one third 
 .mated at 24 inches. 
 
 Still t :e mo>t > drought, 
 
 )le dr\ne>s td' our atmosphere. 
 
 Evaporation lii. /:d in America than in 
 
 Europe, and t 3 much more highly charged with 
 
 dectric fluid ; thunder i-, louder. more 
 
 vivid, and accidents from li^htni; i,e(juent. But 
 
 notwithstanding we have nur. ihis country than in 
 
 Europe, we have also, what could hardly be expected, 
 
106 UNITED STATES. 
 
 at the same time, more fair weather. For although the 
 quantity of rain here is greater, the 'number of rainy days 
 is less. The inference is, that rain in this country falls 
 in more copious showers than in the countries of Europe. 
 The superior clryness of our atmosphere, compared 
 vyith that of England, has been 'illustrated by Dr. Frank- 
 lin by a very curious experiment. He had a mahogany 
 box made with the greatest nicety, containing drawers 
 whiclv fitted exactly, and were very tight at London ; be- 
 ing brought to Philadelphia they became too loose, but 
 when sent back to London, they became tight as before. 
 Earthquakes. There are numerous proofs that earth- 
 quakes have been violent in various parts of America. 
 Nearly fifty have been noticed in the New England 
 States, since the settlement of the first English Colony at 
 Plymouth, in 1620. Of these, five have been particular- 
 Years. ly memorable, as being 1 much heavier than the 
 1638 rest. They have all 'commenced with an un- 
 1658 dulatory motion, in a direction from north-west 
 1663 to south-east, the 'central course of which, or 
 1727 place of greatest violence, has been in a line 
 1755 coinciding nearly with lake Ontario and the 
 mouth of the Merrimack river, extending southward to the 
 Potowmack, and northward to the St. Lawrence. The 
 whole country w.ithin these limits has been repeatedly 
 shaken, most violently about the middle, and least to- 
 wards the south-west and north-east boundaries. 
 
 The winter of 1811 and 12 was 'distinguished by the 
 number, frequency, and extent of the earthquakes in all 
 the southern and western parts of the United States, from 
 New York to the Floridas, and from the Atlantic to the 
 Missisippi. Eighty-nine shocks were counted in the 
 course of seven days. New Madrid was so extremely 
 agitated as to be deserted by its inhabitants. 
 
 Soil and Productions. The 9 soil, though of various de- 
 scriptions, is generally fertile. West of the Alleghany 
 mountains it is excellent, the low 'country in the South- 
 ern States is the 'least fertile part. 
 
 New England is a fine grazing country; hence, beef, 
 butter, and cheese, are great products of the Northern 
 iStates. Indian corn is the most extensively cultivated of 
 any kind of grain. The 'grand staples of the Middle States 
 are wheat and tobacco ; 9 those of' the Southern States, 
 are cotton and rice; those of the Western States are 
 wheat and hemp ; those of Louisiana, cotton and sugar. 
 
UNITED STATF.S. 107 
 
 Mineral , Iron abounds in many parts of 
 
 Great quantities of 'copper also have 
 been found in the country horde, ike Superior. 
 
 A lead mine has been wrought in Virginia, and others, 
 still more valuable, on the banks of the Missisippi. 
 
 - been discovered in various parts. Vir- 
 particularly abounds in this valuable mineral ; and 
 the country about Pittsbur^, in Pennsylvania, afford- 
 superior (jualitv. It likewise frequently occurs on the 
 Ohio and the MisM-ippi : and has been found, of late, of 
 iliar quality, in Rhode-Island. 
 
 -prints break forth in different parts 
 
 of the 1'nited > The v most celebrated are those of 
 
 iiid Hallstown in the State of New York. The 
 
 much frequented by gay and fashionable 
 
 people as by invalids. 
 
 Tlu - in New- York, Kentucky, 
 
 and in other parts of tip :i country, from the wa- 
 
 ters of which salt is obtained, by evaporation, in almost 
 ;ble quantity. 
 
 . The manufactures of the United States 
 have b ,ded within a few vears. Their 
 
 value, according to th<- "f the secretary of the 
 
 ) millions of dollars annually. 
 . candles, cut nail.-, hou.-i'hold furni- 
 ture, cani. 'lined su^ar, flaxseed < il, * 
 earthen ware, snuff, chocolate, hair powder, pot and pearl 
 . are manufactured, not only sufficient for home con- 
 -nmption, but considerable quantities for exportation. 
 
 ufai'.tures of hand cards, cards for carding ma- 
 ate to the demand, 
 
 and tho>e of roj and duck, are nearly so. 
 
 liar-iron. 2 !er, window-glass, salt, 
 
 spirituous liquor.-*, cottn: . ;i, and linen cloth- 
 
 s' in some of the S it not 
 
 illicient for the demand. At the clo^e of 
 mills for manufacturing 
 cotton, working SO, 000 spin . Tided by 500 men, 
 
 children. 
 
 COJK produces more than 
 
 a supply ol -. and not enough of other articles, 
 
 for the support ; and this gives rise to 
 
 commerce, \\hich 7 ( ;i the exchange of commodi- 
 
 ties of one country for those of another country. 
 
 Thus, in the I ites, we have more cotton, wheat, 
 
 tobacco, lumber, and rice, than we need ; and therefore 
 
108 UNITED STATES. 
 
 we send these articles to other countries in exchange for 
 woollen cloths, coffee, sugar, and molasses, of which we 
 are in want. 
 
 Those articles or commodities which are carried out 
 of any country, are called 'exports ; and those articles 
 which are brought into any country, are called 'imports. 
 
 When the exports of any country exceed the imports 5 
 that is, when the articles which any country has to spare 
 are more than enough to purchase the articles of which it 
 is in want, then the 'balance of trade is said to be for, or 
 in favour of such country. On the other hand, when the 
 imports exceed the exports, or when the articles any coun- 
 try has to spare are not enough to purchase those of 
 which it is in want, then the balance of trade is said to 
 be against such country. 
 
 Table showing the value of the Imports and Exports, and the bal- 
 ance for and against the United States, from 1821 to 1827 inclusive. 
 
 Years. Vul, of Imports. Vol. of Exports. United States. 
 
 1821 Pols. 62,585,724 64,974,382 for 2,388,658 
 
 1822 83,241,541 72,160,281 against 11,081,260 
 
 1823 77,579,267 74,699,030 2,880,237 
 
 1824 80,549,007 75,986,657 4,562,350 
 
 1825 96.340,075 99,535.388 for 3,535,313 
 
 1826 84,974,477 77,595,322 against 7,379,155 
 
 1827 79,484,068 82,324,827 for 2,840,759 
 Note. Of the above Exports, in the year 1827, $54,921,691 were of the growth, pro- 
 duct, and manufacture of the United States, viz. 
 
 Product of the Sea, .... 1,575,332 
 
 of the Forest, .... 3,343,970 
 
 of Agriculture, .... 47,065,143 
 
 of Manufactures, - 6,937,246 
 
 The 'capital article of export of the United States is 
 cotton, the quantity of which has been rapidly increasing 
 for more than 30 years. In 1790, the quantity was only 
 100,000 pounds In 1800 it was 17 millions of pounds^ 
 in 1804 35 millions ; in 1817 85 millions; in 1822 
 144 millions of 'pounds were exported, 'amounting to 
 more than 29 millions, and in 1827 294 millions of 
 dollars. 
 
 The 'other most considerable* articles of export, the 
 
 * Table showing the value of the principal articles of Export in, 
 1827, being the Growth, Produce, and Manufacture of the United 
 States, arranged according to their value. 
 
 Articles exported. Value. Articles exported. Vahct. 
 
 Cotton, $29,359,545 Indian Corn and Meal, 1,022,464 
 
 Tobacco, 6,577,123 Dried and Pickled Fish, 987,447 
 
 Wheat, Flour, and Biscuit, 4,645,784 Soap and Tallow Candleg, 901,751 
 
 Rice, 2,343,908 Beef, Tallow, Hides and Cattle, 772,636 
 
 Lumber, (viz. Staves, Shingles, ) Rq _ _ n Pot and Pearl Asheg, 643,171 
 
 Boards, Masts, &c. 5 i,o/,nu Househo ld Furniture, Coaches, > ,,., 
 
 Pork, Bacon, Lard and live Hogs, 1,555,698 and other Carriages j .*, ' 
 
 Manufacture of Cotton, 1,159,414 Leather, Boot*, and Shoes, 388,526 
 

 109 
 
 same vear w o, flour, rice, lumber, inanufac- 
 
 . Indian corn. ,<lles, beef, 
 
 pot 
 
 ''principal 'imports are manufactured goods chiefljr 
 from (ireat Britain, and iii-ar, rum, wine, molasses, 
 brandy. 
 
 Inhabitants ami /'n/tuhifuin. The U. States are settled 
 
 their descend ints from most of the nations 
 
 of Europe, liv far the proportion of the inhabi- 
 
 J.md particularly was 9 settled 
 \ fe w 
 
 ! and IrUh. as we; Jniu, the Carolinas, and 
 
 rk and N -v were originally 
 
 ,'enn-vlvuiiia had a lario- mixture of 
 
 hi latter tim - 
 
 ni-ra^-d from Scotland. Ireland, France, 
 and < principally to the back 
 
 M and \\ 
 
 Tin- - in this country wen? 'brought original! j 
 
 They have been wickedly torn from their 
 
 - inhuman 
 ily in this country, 
 
 but aUo in Kn^land and in ! The Indians, or 
 
 th.-''ori^iii:il inhabitants 
 
 peang. 
 
 Indian n e still 
 
 i \\iihin the territory <>: 'ed States. 
 
 te 'ruling passion of the 
 The avidity of becoming 
 
 rich. 3 not render them avaricious. With- 
 
 i of their fami- 
 
 Mper times to be liberal, and are 
 
 -t the unfortunate. Tlie numerous 
 
 utions in our country, and the abundant 
 
 r unfortu- 
 i 1 other calamities, in our large 
 
 
 p>il articles of import, in 1827, arrang- 
 
 :., DoU. 
 
 -ilk, 
 
 ... e, of Iron ad Steel, 
 
 2,818,982 
 
 imported. 
 f Flax, 
 1'igi, ban, fcc. 
 
 Hidw and Skins, raw, 
 
 .rcjoflL-inp, 
 
 i/llicu, aadStoae 
 ladigv, 
 
 2,656,786 
 1,718,422 
 J,71 4,882 
 
 1,316^53 
 Ware, 1,131,047 
 
110 
 
 UNITED STATES, 
 
 seaport towns, are examples of the generosity of the peo- 
 ple of the United States, greatly honourable both to the 
 nation, and to individuals. 
 
 A spirit of enterprise, and a boldness in the execution 
 of their designs, are also 'remarkable characteristics of 
 the people of the United States, in almost every situation 
 in life. Inured to toil from their infancy, having for the 
 most part made their fortunes by their own industry, 
 fatigue and labour, with but few exceptions, are not yet 
 become repugnant even to those in the most easy circum- 
 stances. While they wish to enjoy the ease and sweets 
 ef life, they do not regard them as absolute wants, and 
 can dispense with them, whenever a reverse of fortune 
 takes them away. 
 
 The people of the United States are extremely jealous 
 of their liberties. They are intelligent, eager to investi- 
 gate, and disposed to instruction ; and many examples of 
 men might be mentioned, who, without education, have 
 invented and constructed works, particularly in mechan- 
 icks, worthy, the best workmen in Europe. 
 
 The women in general possess in a high degree, the 
 domestic and other virtues. Good wives and good moth- 
 ers, their husbands and their children engage their chief 
 attention, and their household affairs occupy most of their 
 time and care. 
 
 Militia. The 'defence of the United States in time of 
 peace is intrusted to a well disciplined militia, consisting 
 of above 900,000. 
 
 Navy. By the Navy Report in 1827, the vessels of 
 war, of the United States, were 7 ships of the line, 7 
 frigates of the 1st class, 4 of the 2d class, 12 sloops, 
 and 7 schooners, &c. The navy yards were % 'situated 
 at Portsmouth, N. H. Charlestown, Mass. New York 
 city, Philadelphia, Washington city, Gosport in Virginia, 
 and Pensacola in Florida. 
 
 Mint. In the year 1827, were coined to the value of 
 $131,565 in gold ; $2,869,200 in silver; and $21,910 
 in copper, amounting to $3,022,675. The total value of 
 coinage, from the commencement of the establishment to 
 the end of the year 1827, was SO millions of dollars. 
 
 Post Offices. The number of post offices in 1827, was 
 7,003 ; and the mail was carried in stages, sulkies, and 
 on horseback. 10,915,598 miles. 
 
 Public Debt. The 'public debt in 1810 was 53 mil- 
 lions of dollars. In consequence of the late war, it,was 
 
NEW-ENGLAND. 
 
 Ill 
 
 increased in 1816. which time its 
 
 reduc ^dually taking 
 
 ..f Jan. 1S-2S, it had 
 
 . T e c >:;~ T !tution of - ites leaves 
 
 choice of his own religion. 
 ire the 'most numerous denomination. The 
 
 other principal denominu'i 
 
 < ierm.in l.ut:. 
 Dutc . It -man Catholics, anc 
 
 itution, the 'legislative power is 
 
 'he United S ! 4 of a 
 
 and II atives. The Senate is 
 
 'composed of two members from each State, chosen by 
 
 their legislatures for 6 years. The representatives are 
 
 . the people for two years. Kvery 40,000 are 
 
 entitl representative. The executive power is 
 
 ' evident, chosen for four years bij electors 
 
 >itcs. 
 
 NEW-ENGLAND. 
 
 dim /.'. N. . !.!. f. i is generally rocky, hilly and 
 
 mountainous, and < healthy climate. The 9 ei- 
 
 ii-at and cold, according to Fareuheit's ther- 
 
 > 100 above 0. Frosts 
 
 commonly cease about the last of May, and come on again 
 id middl- --udjer. Cattle re- 
 
 in the course of this 
 . and continues 
 ind beco 
 to tin: 
 
 whole 
 
 COUP.?- .. January often 
 
 prod' frost. 
 
 ;ne ral- 
 ly in l s commonly cleared 
 of snow in April. About the beginning or middle o> 
 the *- a tie to live abroad. 
 
 <-t barren sand 
 to the rich' The interval lands on the 
 
112 MAINE. 
 
 large rivers are accounted the 'best, particularly for 
 grain. The 'highlands are esteemed for grass. Drained 
 swamps have a deep, mellow soil, and the vallies between 
 hills are generally very fertile. 
 
 Productions. The most 'important production of 
 New-England is grass. Beef, mutton, pork, butter, and 
 cheese, are very abundant. Wheat is cultivated in cer- 
 tain parts, but generally does not succeed towards the 
 sea-shore. Indian corn is the 'most cultivated of any 
 kind of grain. Orchards are general, and cider is the 
 'common drink of the inhabitants. 
 
 Inhabitants. New-England is the 'most populous part 
 of the United States. The inhabitants are almost wholly 
 of English extract. The 'first permanent settlement in 
 the New-England States was begun at Plymouth in Mas- 
 sachusetts, November, 1620, by 101 English emigrants, 
 of whom 46 died before the opening of the next spring. 
 
 Occupations. The inhabitants are much engaged in 
 commercial pursuits, and great numbers find employment 
 in the fisheries. The landholders are generally cultiva- 
 tors of the soil which they possess. Slavery, that bane 
 of morals, and reproach of free governments, is hardly 
 known in New England. 
 
 Circumstances and Education. The distribution of wealth 
 is more equal here than in any other civilized country. 
 The institutions of religion are well supported, and pub-' 
 lie schools, except in Rhode Island, are maintained by law, 
 in every town. There is not another country on the globe 
 perhaps, where education is so generally diffused among 
 all classes and orders of citizens as in the New-England 
 States. 
 
 MAINE. 
 
 Face of the Country, Soil and Productions. Maine is 
 generally hilly, but not mountainous. West of Andros- 
 coggin river the 9 soil is light and lean, being mostly pine 
 plain. 9 0n the Kennebeck, and between that river and 
 the Penobscot it is excellent, being well adapted either 
 for tillage or pasturage. 'East of the Penobscot it is less 
 productive. ^Along the coast it is mostly barren. Lum- 
 ber is the 'chief source of wealth to the inhabitants. Ap- 
 ples flourish in the interior, but not on the coast. Peach 
 trees will not bear the climate. Corn grows to a good 
 
MAINE. 
 
 113 
 
 wheat, rye, barley, oa' rul flax, are also ex- 
 
 Lime'.tone, and mountain and bog 
 -.I in many places ; at- -ne in 
 
 Lebanon, which yields copperas and sulphur. There are 
 i acts of land here, yet a wilderness, belonging to 
 tte, which, collectively, are called the EA> . 
 , ..s. 
 
 Towns. Portland, the capital, situated on a peninsula 
 - the f most commercial town. The hai hour 
 and seldom tro/.en over. Forty- 
 re built here in IS 10. The number of in- 
 ttitth is a nourishing com- 
 mercial town, at the 'head of winter navigation on Ken- 
 nebeck river, 10 miles from the sea. 
 
 3, I That town is that situa- 
 ted at the, it ion on Jfenntbcck river? 
 
 Halluwdl and Slugusta are on the >am<> river, the latter 
 at the 'head of tid. is a flourishing 
 
 commercial town, on Sheepscot river, ten 'miles from the 
 sea. Tin- Mere navigable for the largest ships. 
 
 Vicli is navigable for 
 
 - the 'place 
 
 part of the lime 
 
 i tctured in M IMP'. I 'pward- of 70. 000 ca>k> were 
 i t<> different parts of the United States 
 valued at from ' .''(). There are also a num- 
 
 ber of flourishing towns on the Penob-cot. 
 
 Truth-. The princijtal article of export is lumber. 
 
 quantities of boani-. . -pars, and the 
 
 d to the .neighbouring States, to the 
 
 nd to Kuropf. Much of the fire wood con- 
 
 ">\\ is brought from Maine. Lime, dried 
 
 ilmon. are ai>o considerable articles of 
 
 commerce. 
 
 power is vested i:i two 
 
 branclu s, a II . and a Senate, styl- 
 
 ed The J. ho, with the governor, 
 
 and nnuallv. 
 
 Indiana. On an island in IVnobscot river, there are 
 still the remains of the Penob>cot tribeof Indians. They 
 consist of about 100 families, are Roman Catholicks, and 
 have a church and a priest. 
 K 2 
 
114 NEW-HAMPSHIRE. 
 
 Religion. Congregationalists, Baptists, and Methodists, 
 are the prevailing denominations. Many of the towns 
 and plantations are destitute of any settled minister. 
 
 Literature. In Brunswick is 5 Bowdoin College, so call- 
 ed after the late Hon. James Bowdoin, whose benefac- 
 tions amounted to 10,000. The legislature has endow- 
 ed it with 5 townships of land. The buildings are two 
 colleges and a chapel. The situation is pleasant, and the 
 institution flourishing. Its Library contains 5^000 vol- 
 umes. In Waterville the Baptists have established Wa- 
 terville College. At Bangor is a Literary and Theological 
 Institution. Academies at Portland, Hallowell, Berwick, 
 Fryeburg, Bath, Hampden, Farmington, and Machias. 
 Schools are maintained in most of the towns, and in 
 many of the plantations. 
 
 NEW-HAMPSHIRE. 
 
 Face of the Country. New-Hampshire has but about 
 18 ? miles of sea coast ; the only harbour is that at the 
 entrance of Piscataqua river. The shore is mostly a 
 sandy beach. Twenty or thirty miles back from the sea 
 the country becames hilly or mountainous. 
 
 Soil and Productions. The *soil is various, but gener- 
 ally fertile. The intervals on the margin of rivers are 
 the richest and the best adapted for wheat and other 
 kind of grain ; the uplands for pasture. Winter rye 
 thrives best on the new lands ; Indian corn, oats, barley, 
 and flax on the old. Apples are produced abundantly : 
 No good husbandman thinks his farm complete without 
 an orchard. Other fruits are not much cultivated. 
 Peaches particularly, do not thrive well ; the apricot is 
 scarcely known. 
 
 Towns. Portsmouth is the 'largest town in New-Hamp- 
 shire, 'situated on the south bank of Piscataqua river, 
 about two miles from its mouth, 63 9 miles from Boston, 
 and 540 from the city Washington. It is the only sea- 
 port in the State. Its 'harbour is accounted one of the 
 best on the continent, having a sufficient depth of water, 
 never frozen, and being so fortified by nature as to be 
 easily rendered impregnable. A fire in 1802 destroyed 
 a considerable part of the town, which has since been re- 
 built 5 and in December 1813, another tremendous fire 
 took place which destroyed nearly 200 buildings. The 
 number of inhabitants, in 1820, was 7,327. 
 
1PSHIRE. 115 
 
 Exeter^ at the 'head of navigui -wamscot river, 
 
 a bra i .'tuth, 
 
 and a 
 
 due k 
 . ;i pa- 
 
 '' -mill, at)' It is 
 
 tor ship building. The number 
 of inhabiianN in : \ -I. 
 
 outh, 
 
 'own. and has a b >at comin 
 
 lion \. ;md Mid- 
 
 the upper country 
 ment, and 
 
 : Fall* Manufactu; 
 
 . laily noted. There are 
 Ipswich. Feterbo- 
 
 Milford. and oilier places. Franconia is particu- 
 - works in irui 
 
 ;port are ships, lumber, 
 
 eep, naxseed, pot and pearl 
 
 i to\\ us is, by 
 
 'Hinectic': York. In 
 
 e inhabitants trade 
 
 princi. ..dilie and 
 
 nortl. .iuth : 
 
 ir north, with F.rt 
 
 in Hanover i- beautiful- 
 in, about half a mi Connecti- 
 
 in length, 
 th Hall and Thornton Hall, iwo lar;e and cotn- 
 
 I'iie library contains about -JOUU vohiun's. The 
 
 A- 
 
 ; HV\ ich, Atkin- 
 son, ( >rd, and New Hampton. ! 
 town i hool. 
 
 neral 
 C()U' '. .'ill a llou-e of K.CJ 
 
 tati\' are all chosen annually 
 
 Curiuvi' , called the Devil's 
 
 den, i: and 4 feet 
 
 high. In Atkinson meadow, which is overflowed by an 
 
116 
 
 VERMONT. 
 
 artificial dam, there is an island of 6 or 7 acres, which 
 rises and falls with the water. Bellows' Falls are also 
 noticeable, as a bold and beautiful cataract, over which 
 is thrown a handsome geometric bridge. 
 
 VERMONT. 
 
 Face of the Country. Vermont is generally mountain- 
 ous. The Green mountains are a continued range or 
 collection of mountains, extending in a direction nearly 
 from north to south, through the whole length of the 
 State. The 9 two highest summits are Camel's rump and 
 Mansfield mountain, estimated at about 4000 feet each, 
 above the level of the ocean. These mountains are from 
 ten to fifteen ? miles in width, intersected with vallies, and 
 are crossed in several places by roads. They abound 
 with springs and streams of water, and are every where 
 covered with wood. 
 
 Soil and Productions. The 9 soil is very fertile, and 
 fitted for all the purposes of agriculture. It is generally 
 deep, of a dark colour, rich, moist, warm, loamy, and sel- 
 dom parched with drought. ? VVheat is extensively culti- 
 vated on the west, side of the mountains, but does not 
 thrive so well on the east side. Barley, oats, peas, and 
 flax flourish in all parts of the State ; of the latter from 
 four to five hundred pounds are sometimes produced from 
 a single acre. The pastures of Vermont are excellent, 
 and the beef and mutton very fine. 
 
 9 Minerals. Iron ore in large quantities and of a good 
 quality is found in a number of the towns west of the 
 mountains. A rich lead mine has been discovered in 
 Sunderland, and a fine vein of pipe clay in Shrewsbury. 
 At Bennington a quarry of marble has been opened of 
 peculiar fineness and beauty. 
 
 Manufactures. The 7 inost useful and extensive manu- 
 facture at present in Vermont, is that of pot and pearl 
 ashes. That of iron from native ore is also considerable, 
 and may be expected to be annually increasing. There 
 are already twenty-two furnaces and three forges in the 
 State. There are several distilleries of spirits from grain, 
 and a porter brewery at Middlebury on an extensive scale. 
 Large quantities of maple sugar are manufactured annu- 
 ally for home consumption, and some for exportation. 
 
 Trade. The 'exports of Vermont are pot and pearl 
 ashes, wheat and other grain, bar-iron, nails, beef, pork, 
 
117 
 
 butter, c!i peltry, flax and 
 
 inapli 
 
 .\ irli Hart to iv 
 partly v u ami ol; 
 
 mountar 
 
 ml by 
 
 that river S "--York ; or to the north with Canada 
 
 by i mplain. 
 
 i are no lar^e towns in Vermont, 
 
 man\ 
 in th< UM| in the revolution . 
 
 nit v. called 
 
 ton ii Tin .iiisiderab 
 
 SOT on Connecticut ri\er, a place of considerable trade : 
 Rutltt ' I .MI it- mouth in 
 
 lake ChampL: // on the same rivet 
 
 from the lake, in \\hich is court-house, a 
 
 jail, a brewery, a ;un and card lactorv, a to'-r, jirint- 
 mgoflice, and a nut; ,\ mills : / 
 
 on the same river, .) rnile^ from it- mouth ; Burli/igtonQTl 
 lake Champlaii there is a iKtbic view of 
 
 the lak% and in which there is a colle-e. Montpe.lier on 
 Onion om the lake, is the si*at of gov- 
 
 /;// >M! are n. 
 
 their 
 descendant jilovment. 
 
 ajul particularly attentive ucation oftlu-ir children. 
 
 I tu o lot- 
 
 of land for the support ol t!,i one for a perpetu- 
 
 al pai led minUhT. The 
 
 inhab --|y of the liapti-; and .'ional 
 
 : one 
 
 at Hir JIM! another at 
 
 Midd \ cad- 
 
 em ie- ,!>ans, 
 
 Rutland, \ l MII, and Franklin, 
 
 and com n 
 
 Goi JVC pO\\r: 
 
 in a Ilou> . with the governor, 
 
 are chosen annually on the 1 -.lay in September, 
 
 by the people. 
 
118 MASSACHUSETTS. 
 
 MASSACHUSETTS. 
 
 q Face of the Country. Massachusetts presents a great 
 variety of surface. Along the sea-shore it is mostly lev- 
 el ; advancing into the country, it becomes hilly and un- 
 even ; and in the upper end of the State, rough and 
 mountainous. 
 
 Mountains. There are no lofty mountains in Massa- 
 chusetts. A continuation of the Green Mountains passes 
 through the north west corner of this State. Saddle 
 Mountain is the 'most elevated summit in this range, be- 
 ing 4.500 feet above tlie level of the sea. The hills in 
 Worcester and Hampshire counties are a continuation of 
 the mountains between the Connecticut and the Merri- 
 mack. Wachusett, in Princeton, is a conspicuous moun- 
 tain, 1657 feet above the level of the town, and 2,989 
 feet above that of the sea. 
 
 Rivers. The Connecticut crosses this State in Hamp- 
 shire county, and 'receives in its course Deerfield, Wtst- 
 fidd* Chicapee, and Millers rivers. The Merrimack runs 
 through the north-east corner of the State, and 'receives 
 Concord and Nashua rivers. Taunton river is 'navigable 
 about 20 miles to Taunton, arid empties into Narraganset 
 bay. Charles is 'navigable 7 miles to Watertown, and 
 empties into Boston harbour. Neponset is 'navigable 4 
 miles to Milton, and empties into Boston Bay. 
 
 Soil. The south-east part of the State, distinguished 
 by the name of the Old or Plymouth Colony, including 
 the counties of Barnstable, Duke's, Nantucket, Bristol, 
 and Plymouth, is the 'least fertile part, being mostly a 
 sandy plain, interspersed, however, with many excellent 
 tracts of land. The northern, middle, and southern parts 
 have, in general, a strong, good soil, well adapted to til- 
 lage and pasture. 
 
 Productions. Indian corn is universally cultivated ; 
 rye, generally ; wheat, but partially. Hops are raised 
 for exportation. Beef, pork, butter, and cheese are 
 great products. 
 
 Agriculture. The 'agriculture of Massachusetts sur- 
 passes that of any of the States, except Connecticut and 
 Pennsylvania. 
 
 N. B. The question above may be, What is said of the agricul- 
 ture of Massachusetts ? and in other instances, where the construc- 
 tion of the sentence suggests no particular form in which to put the 
 question. 
 

State House in Boston Page 119. 
 
 Capitol at Washington Page 140. 
 
MASSACHUSETTS. 
 
 The : ' resemblance 
 
 to Old iltivation, and 
 
 adorn- i val 
 
 ;r river are the largest in 
 Is \ield. wiien \\ell cultivated, iron. 
 
 i 11. from J5 to 35 of w'. 
 2 to !iav to i! 
 
 The ''. irt of the fisheries of the 
 
 on by tli. tchu- 
 
 - Bedford, and 
 
 MII the 7 \shale fishery. The>e fish, 
 rate about the Cape, although 
 forni' i .t there in threat numbers. 
 
 il of Massachusetts, and of 
 
 iiid. i* the. srcond commercial city in r 
 
 nited - d contains many enierprUin^, opulent, and 
 
 .nd i> noted for its literary and benevolent 
 
 I military >pirit. It isp! -miated on 
 
 he head of Massachusetts liav.and is joined 
 
 to the main land, at the south end, by a narrow isthmus, 
 
 called the neck. The. 'harbour is ^pacious enough for 500 
 
 'u ride at anchor in a i^ond depth of water, while the 
 
 entra: . narrow as - to admit tuo ships 
 
 ast. 
 
 publick build, . Faneuilhall, 
 
 4 mai kei Hos- 
 
 Mu-cuin, Atheneum, and .M ln: 
 pnblick v.oi>hip. Th i s !ale-hou-' 
 
 '1'he dome is 50 feet in d ermi- 
 
 nated rcui&r lantern, at an elevation of id 
 
 from the foundation. The prospect from the top is the 
 i iche- . An equestrian s1 
 
 in marble, of hi^h workina 1 ,n Kurope, has 
 
 ".ithin the area oi the hou-e. 
 
 Kaneuil Hail Marl- i magnificent struc- 
 
 ture of lianiiiK . and is not 
 
 equalled bv any tl, kind in A The new 
 
 Court-hot i lord gran- 
 
 ite st foundries are here 
 
 in su 
 
 On the Common, bounded 
 
 on the north and t | i.ill, the most elegant 
 
 and exten-r. e publick walk in the United States, orna- 
 mented with ro\\s of trees, and commanding a delightful 
 and enchanting prospect of the country. 
 
120 MASSACHUSETTS. 
 
 Six bridges, the great Western Avenue, and the 
 Neck, connect the town and country. In the harbour are 
 a great number of islands, on one of which, Castle Island, 
 three miles from the city, stands 9 Fort Independence, be- 
 longing to the United States, where strong fortifications 
 have been erected, for the defence of the city, by direc- 
 tion of the general government. On Governor's Island is 
 5 Fort Warren, flanked and supported by two crescent bat- 
 teries of heavy guns, on a level with the channel. 5 Fort 
 Strong is on Noddle's Island, one mile from Boston, and 
 was erected by the voluntary labours of the citizens of 
 Boston and the adjacent towns, in the summer of 1814. 
 Boston is situated 482 9 miles from the city Washington, 
 347 from Philadelphia, and 252 from the city New- York. 
 Its population is 60,000. 
 
 The 'next most considerable town is Salem, 13 miles 
 from Boston by an excellent turnpike road. It is situated 
 on a peninsula formed by two inlets of the sea, and con- 
 tains 1 1,346 inhabitants. It is reputed the wealthiest town 
 of its size in the United States. Beverly is a commercial 
 town, largely concerned in the fisheries. It is situated 
 to the north of Salem. A handsome toll-bridge connects 
 the two towns. Marblehead\s 4 miles south-east from Sa- 
 lem. The inhabitants are 5 t 630, occupied almost wholly 
 in the bank fishery. Newburyport, on Merrimack river, 
 two and a half miles from its mouth, is the 'third commer- 
 cial town in the State. This town suffered very severely 
 by fire in 1811 , more than 100 houses, besides many 
 shops and stores, were reduced to ashes in one night. 
 New-Bedford is a flourishing commercial town 58 miles 
 southward of Boston. Plymouth is the 'oldest town in the 
 State. It was here our pious ancestors first landed on 
 coming to America. The rock on which they disem- 
 barked has been drawn up, and is now exhibited in the 
 town. 
 
 Charlestown liesN. of Boston with which it is connected 
 by Charles river and Warren bridges. Bunker, Breed's, 
 and Cobble (now Pleasant) hills, celebrated in the history 
 of the American Revolution, are in this town. One of the 
 principal navy yards in the United States, the Massa- 
 chusetts Insane Hospital, and the State Prison, 200 feet in 
 length, 3 built of stone, 5 stories high, are also in this town. 
 The foundation of the prison is of rocks weighing two 
 tons each. On this is laid a tier of hewn stone, 9 feet 
 
MASSACHUSETTS. 121 
 
 :md 20 inches thick, forming the Hi- The 
 
 1 and the ji- thick of 
 
 I. In this 
 
 , noble Town Hall. ;s Alm-1. 
 
 Hunker-hill Bank, and ."> hou-e> of publick woi 
 . in which 1 rin. llo-pit:/ 
 
 situa'i Hi. Concord, // 
 
 mainland town-. Lowell is a 
 
 I n\-tnrd, and is 'greatly 
 
 ed for its numerous I particularly of 
 
 Vferrimac'fc Avith 
 
 rbour. It. i> about .)') -'mile- in length, and is 
 fed with water from Concord river. Kssex canal conducts 
 round Patucket falls in the M.-n imack. Blackstone canal 
 contit .ation of Paw tucket river from / 
 
 dence to Worcester. Locks a nil canals have also been 
 ucted on the. Connecticut, round Miller's falls, in 
 .d round the falls in South Hadley. 
 
 M;>- - holds a conspicuous 
 
 point of manufactures. 
 
 1 accoi'din^ to their esti- 
 
 ots and shoes, 
 
 . leather, con! and cast iron, 
 
 paper, nil, and 
 
 muskets. The establishments at Lowell, and Waltham, 
 
 are t lUionn; the woollen and cotton manufacto- 
 
 ,n H tlie principal seal of the shoe 
 
 manu \Vest Cambr :-.!'. 1- and Bos- 
 
 ton of the card manufactories. Wire is manufactured at 
 
 tm ; cut-nails at Maiden and various other places ; 
 
 \irth' 1 Lynn : -tone ware and mo- 
 
 window iioston and at 
 
 Chelmsford, >uperi<r io any imp -ilk and tliread 
 
 lace at Ipswich. There is a ''national armoury at Spring- 
 field : and tlie tarn, Northampton is said to be the 
 
 largest in the Unite 
 
 ^Common. Ma-sarhu-etts is the most commercial 
 State in the Union. Her ships visit the remotest shores 
 of the habitable globe. The 'chief exports are fish, beef, 
 lumber, pork, ardent spirits, llax-seed, whale oil, sperma- 
 ceti, and various manufactu 
 L 
 
122 MASSACHUSETTS. 
 
 Religion, Almost every town has its settled minister, 
 The Congregationalists are the most numerous denomi- 
 nation ; the next in number are the Baptists. 
 
 Literature. The University in Cambridge, is the highest 
 literary institution in the U. States. The library is the 
 largest in America, and 'contains above 25,000 volumes. 
 The buildings are 5 colleges, 2 halls containing publick 
 rooms, and a chapel. Williams College, at Williamstown, 
 and Jimherst College, near. Northampton, are respectable 
 and flourishing institutions. The Theological Seminary at 
 Andover, founded in 1808, is 20 miles north of Boston. It 
 has four professors, and is richly endowed, having receiv- 
 ed by donations more than 300,000 dollars. The Newton 
 Theological Institution, 7 miles west of Boston, instituted 
 in 1826, is under promising circumstances of success. Lit- 
 erary, religious, and benevolent societies are numerous. 
 Academies are established at Andover, Newbury, Leices- 
 ter, Taunton, Hingharn, Plymouth, Sandwich, Dedham, 
 Lynn, West(ord,Groton, Deerfield,Framingham and Lex- 
 ington. In every town provision is made for publick schools. 
 
 Government. The legislature is styled the General 
 Court, and consists of a Senate and House of Represen- 
 tatives, who, with the governor, are chosen annually by 
 the people. A council of nine members to advise with 
 the governor, is chosen by the legislature. 
 
 Curiosities. At Dighton, on Taunton river, is a rock 
 about 10 feet in length and 4 feet wide, which contains a 
 very remarkable hieroglyphical inscription, of which no 
 satisfactory explanation has yet been given. 
 
 In Wrentham is a curious cavern, called Wampoon's 
 Rock, from an Indian family of that name. 
 
 Lynn beach may justly be reckoned a curiosity. It is 
 one mile in length, and 'connects the peninsula, called 
 Nahant, with the main land. This is a place of resort 
 for parties of pleasure from Boston, Charlestown, Salem, 
 and Marblehead, in the summer season. 
 
 Islands. Nantucket island, which constitutes Nantuck- 
 et county, containing only one town, Sherburne, is ? 15 
 miles long, and 11 broad. Most of the land is held in 
 common : 500 cows feed in one herd, and 14,000 sheep 
 in one pasture. The- 'soil is mostly light and sandy. 
 The number of inhabitants is about 7,000. 
 
 Martha's Vineyard is about 21 'miles in length, and 6 
 in breadth, and of a good soil. Here is a safe harbour, 
 and very useful in winter, when ships bound to Boston 
 
RHODE-ISLAND. 1 ~:> 
 
 cann.< of Xantucket and 
 
 in the whale 1: ire aboul 
 
 number, of a , ! extend in a 
 
 . The 
 
 : the adjacent inland-, constitute Duke's 
 county. Edgarlown is the principal town. 
 
 RHODE-ISLAND. 
 
 The 'climate of Rhode-Island is more tem- 
 e than that of; . -w En^I;i 
 
 particularly on the : where the hi >.n the 
 
 sea have the effect not only to mitigate tlie heat in Mim- 
 iner. but to moderate the cold in winter. Many | 
 from to Rhode-Island to spend 
 
 on account of the salubrity of the air. 
 > of the. Country. This State is mostly level, ex- 
 cept the north ;<art, which is hilly and rocky. 
 Moii! inconsiderable eminence, noted for 
 
 famous Indian 
 where he was killed. 
 
 This State is better 'adapted for 
 
 pastu: 'portion of the land 
 
 d barren. 1 of which are 
 
 id particularly 'celeb; their 
 
 fine cattle, and abundance of thei and the excel- 
 
 butter and cheese. Some of the towns on 
 c( bay are aUo of a good rich soil. The north- 
 id th.e most thinlv 
 
 inhabited. Corn, rye, barb- une places 
 
 lor home consumption. 
 adle in N found in 
 
 i:u 1 1> to 1 s hundr.'d \s 
 
 and cheese 
 - lor expor- 
 tation. Cider i attention 
 
 d of an excel- 
 'es to 
 'few-England. 
 
 this 
 
 State. . There i- abundance of lime- 
 
 stone in V, able coal mine has 
 
 lately b.-en di- M! O f Rhode-Island. 
 
 a iniod fjualitv are man- 
 ufactured extensiM-lv in this State. More than 200 9 tons 
 
124 RHODE-ISLAND. 
 
 of cotton yarn are spun in the several factories annually. 
 One of these factories at Providence carries 10,000 spin- 
 dles. There are two woollen factories in the State, and 
 a number of paper mills. Hats are manufactured exten- 
 sively 5 linen and tow cloths in considerable quantities 5 
 rum, cards, chocolate, and some iron. 
 
 Commerce. The 5 chief exports are flax-seed, lumber, 
 horses, cattle, beef, pork, fish, butter, cheese, grain, 
 spirits, cotton, and linen goods. 
 
 Towns. Providence, at the head of Narraganset bay, 
 about SO miles from the sea, is the 'capital, and is the 
 third town in New-England in point of population. It has 
 an extensive commerce, and contained in 1820, ll,767in- 
 habitants. There are several large cotton factories in 
 this town, a number of distilleries and sugar houses, and 
 two spermaceti works. Among the publick buildings are 
 a college, court house, and 13 houses of publick worship, 
 some of which are remarkably elegant. 
 
 Newport, on the south-west part of the island of Rhode- 
 Island, is much 'celebrated for the beauty of its situation, 
 the salubrity of its climate, and is no less remarkable for 
 the great variety and excellent quality of fresh fish which 
 the market furnishes at all seasons of the year. Its pop- 
 ulation in 1820 was 7,319. The publick buildings are a 
 state-house, and 10 houses of publick worship, one of which 
 is a Jewish synagogue. Bristol is a thriving town, on the 
 east side of the bay, containing 3,197 inhabitants, and 
 carries on a considerable commerce. 
 
 Religion. The Baptists are the 9 most numerous de- 
 nomination. The clergy are supported wholly by the 
 voluntary contributions of the people, no contract for a 
 salary in this state being valid in law. 
 
 Literature. There is a college in Providence, founded 
 by the Baptists, called * ; Brown University," in honour of 
 its principal benefactor. Academies have been estab- 
 lished at Providence, Newport, Bristol, Warren, East- 
 Greenwich, and South Kingston. Common schools are 
 too much neglected, there being no provision by law for 
 their support. 
 
 Government. The legislature consists of a council of 
 12, including the governor, and deputy governor, all 
 chosen annually, and a house of representatives chosen 
 twice a year. Judges and other civil officers are ap- 
 pointed for no longer time than one year, 
 
i [CUT. 1J 
 
 K i r. 
 
 Country, illy hilly. 
 
 iimerticut ha- 
 
 soil, with but very little thin nr barren land. I 
 ally in a - hij;h cuUi\ ation. re>emb!in- in many 
 
 .;.mleii. Indian corn i- 
 
 abundant crop, next to Wheat i^rows remark- 
 
 cultivation lias been i 
 
 3 of i !ie Ilosian ily. -Mulberry 
 been planted in some parts of the State, and 
 silk WOM: 1 with considerable success. This 
 
 11 watered, and is a In, 
 coun' '!>e fanners to feed large numbers 
 
 Inm a'xiuniU in many parts of the State. 
 on Connecticut river, is a va>t quarry of 
 d in building, called "Connecticut stone." 1' 
 and round to Boston, where 
 v for foundations; of buildings, door- 
 id various oilier purposes. At Stal- 
 tl in the New- 
 
 and linen 
 
 ired in laiuilie*. A \voollrn f, 
 i lartford, and another at 1 ' 
 
 by the late ('o!. 11 -cale. Lin- 
 
 en, cotton, and button i 
 
 \ machine for bending and cutting card teeth, 
 teeth in an hoi: Pom- 
 
 fret em pl 
 
 null", 
 
 :!lord : cannon, at 
 a town v, -'ible m'n. 
 
 lord, sufficient 
 iper, 
 
 is ex!' . :i-d and -ent into all parts of the 
 Unit 
 
 Coin is princi- 
 
 pallv with the \Yest-lm! 'inu; trade 
 
 is the mos \|)orts consist of beef, 
 
 pork, cattle, horses, mules, butter, cheese, mai^e, 
 L 2 
 
126 CONNECTICUT* 
 
 . 
 
 
 
 flax-seed, fish, candles, and soap. Almost all the produce 
 of the western part of the State, is 'carried to New-York. 
 
 Towns. New-Haven is a neatly built city, containing 
 about one square mile, and is a place of considerable 
 commerce. It is laid out in squares ; the streets are 
 wide, and many of them adorned with rows of trees. 
 The central square is an open green, and is a very beau- 
 tiful publick walk. The publick edifices, are the buildings 
 belonging to Yale College, 4 churches, a court house, 
 gaol and alms-house. The population in 1820 was 7,147". 
 
 Hartford on the west bank of Connecticut river, 50 
 miles from its mouth, is the seat of government, and is 
 distinguished, not only for its commerce, but for its agri- 
 culture, and a variety of manufactures. The population 
 in 1820, was 6,901. The township is nearly 6 miles 
 square ; but the incorporated part, or city, is bufc little 
 more than one mile. The publick edifices are a hand- 
 some state-house, bank, six churches, and an asylum for 
 the deaf and dumb. 
 
 New-London, on the river Thames, is a place of con- 
 siderable trade. The river here is one mile 9 wide, and 
 forms a safe, spacious, and commodious harbour,one of the 
 best in the U. States. Its population, in 1820, was 3,330. 
 
 Religion. Congregational ists are the most numerous 
 denomination of Christians in Connecticut. In no one of 
 the States are the institutions of religion more generally 
 respected, or the morals of the people more pure. 
 
 Literature. Yale College, so called from its principal 
 benefactor, is the only one in the State. It 9 is at New- 
 Haven, and is a highly respectable institution. The ''li- 
 brary contains about 8,000 volumes. It has also philo- 
 sophical and chemical apparatuses, which are handsome 
 and complete. The buildings are three colleges, a chap- 
 el, lyceum, and a large dining hall. Academies are es- 
 tablished at Colchester, Cheshire, Canterbury, Plainfield, 
 Fairfield, Danbury, Litchfield, Ellsworth, Windsor, Hart- 
 ford, Norwich, New-London, Woodstock, and various 
 other places. Ample provision is made for common 
 schools in every town, and education is no where more uni- 
 versally diffused amongst all orders and classes of people. 
 
 Foreign Mission School. At Cornwall is an institution 
 established by the Board of Foreign Missions, in 1816, 
 called the "Foreign Mission School," the 'object of which 
 is to educate heathen youth, and fit them for missionaries 
 to their countrymen. There were in 180, nine from 
 distant heathen countries, and seventeen Aboriginal 
 
Ml DM -YORK. 
 
 Amci . ml Clioct:. 
 
 ir interest on account of 
 their knowledge. The scholars 
 
 irv in til-- 
 itter jjart of each < 
 
 ml dumb was establish* 
 u'd in ISH). This interesting and useful in 
 tiou contained, in whose j 
 
 know. !v wonderful. 
 
 The legislature is styled the (leneral 
 
 nbly, and con- >uncil, who with the governor 
 
 . and a house of representatives chosen 
 
 d publick officers are appoint- 
 
 \olil their places during pleasure. 
 
 MIDDLE STATES. 
 
 'ie ^Middle States, or rather that of 
 
 .uia, whii similar, lias been elegantly 
 
 ttc Dr. Rush, as a compound of nm-r 
 
 world. It has the moisturii of 
 
 . in summer, the 
 
 . I line, the - vpt in autumn, 
 
 the cold a: the ice of Holland in 
 
 r, the tempesi - -t In- 
 
 variable weather and winds 
 'nth of the year. 
 
 ; Indian corn is also exten- 
 ,d fruit is aidant The num- 
 
 small. 
 
 ilture, and the 
 . par- 
 ticularly in P 
 
 NEVV-YOR1 
 
 / N - of inoun- 
 
 ^72*. ^ taii 
 
 in a . On the 
 
 'rally 
 
 hilly: f the mountain iaand 
 
 lake Onhi .fa rich - ed in 
 
 its natural state with beech and sugar maple. i 
 esseeFlatts, so called, are lands Iving both sides of Gen- 
 
128 NfeW-YORK. 
 
 essee river, about 20 miles in length, and 4 in breadth, ex- 
 ceedingly rich, producing 100 bushels of Indian corn to 
 the acre. The lands between Seneca and Cajuga lakes, 
 and along the Mohawk, are represented as very excellent, 
 and are settling rapidly. The 'climate west of the moun- 
 tains is more temperate than in the same latitudes on the 
 eastern side. The snow there seldom falls more than 
 one foot in depth, and cattle are sometimes kept in pas 
 turcs till January. The fever and ague is the ^common 
 disease of this country ; bilious fevers are frequent, par- 
 ticularly in the flat, level country west of the mountains. 
 
 Wheat is the 'most extensively cultivated of any kind 
 of grain 5 next to this, Indian corn. Rye is chiefly 'raised 
 for the distilleries, and 'barley for the breweries. Beer 
 is the 'common drink of the inhabitants. 
 
 Rivers and Cabals. The Hudson is a noble river of 
 this State, and is 'remarkable for its smooth, gentle cur- 
 rent through a hilly, rocky country, and even through 
 .ridges of some very high mountains, which have been 
 cleft of their foundations, and a free, profound, and suffi- 
 cient channel opened to the ocean. Its passage through 
 the Highlands is peculiarly wild and romantic. The river 
 exceeding two miles in width, narrows its stream to pass 
 between the mountains, in a channel whose breadth is not 
 more than half a mile. The mountains through which it 
 forces its way, though not very lofty, exhibit the most 
 beautiful, the most variegated,' and the most majestic forms. 
 In some places, masses of rock, towering in perpendicu- 
 lar altitude, seem to threaten every moment to crush by 
 their fall whatever passes beneath them. In other parts 
 their form is more inclined, in the narrowest part of this 
 passage, which is 16 miles in length, is West Point, on 
 which there was built in the time of the revolution, a for- 
 tress, which is so strongly, fortified by nature and by art, 
 as sometimes to have been called the Gibralter of America. 
 This is the post that General Arnold intended to betray to 
 General Clinton. It commands the navigation of the riv- 
 er, which at this place is not more than one quarter of 
 a mile in breadth. The 'tide flows up this river a few 
 miles above Albany, to which place it is 'navigable for 
 sloops 160 miles from the sea, and for large vessels to the 
 city Hudson, 124 miles. Steam boats now run upon 
 this river between Albany and the 'city New-York, each 
 of which will accommodate 100 passengers. The voyage. 
 
129 
 
 160 14 ; med in about twenty .<! i> 
 
 th- n, 
 
 a<lv;i ion of tin- State. 
 
 liles from 
 : .il-nn is a remark 
 
 E the water fall* nil Teet p.- 
 
 diculurlv. is place i- HM) yards 
 
 broad. A bri<: . ' wide, n 
 
 mi 1.- .1 'about three quarters of a 
 
 mile below the \\ which it exhibits a uraml 
 
 eks and a canal have 
 
 d at 1/itt! Miles further up the 
 
 full loaded now j>a>- them. 
 
 il the Miihav.k i^ a Mnall stream 
 
 called \\ V k, whicii etnjities into Oneida lake. 
 
 These s are now united by a canal which takes 
 
 the v, ; i the Mohawk, and communicates it to 
 
 \Yooi! . low, in dry seasons, as 
 
 to lloat a boat without the aid of 
 
 the M . Wood Creek into the Onei- 
 
 da tl; 
 
 t charming and beautiful lake, 
 
 m this lake i-< Onon- 
 
 till it unites \vilh 
 
 ieir junction is called Three 
 
 Point. i i. uniting, 
 
 une that of () 
 M lake Ontario. Tlie n;.-. of thi^ 111 
 
 ! ith. Ex- 
 
 / in ll:e Mohawk, a boat 
 
 and canaU,is now opened the 
 
 lVo:u lak-r Ontario to the Atlantic Ocean. 
 
 /.inc and < 
 
 plai> nit. 
 
 1 th of 
 Albat -town, 
 
 Denied on 
 account 01 
 
 those are three 
 
 other nott I'l-.-sident, the 
 
 Columbian, an < k, the water- of which are 
 
 of a tonic qualr ir to those at Ballstown. 
 
130 NEW- YORK. 
 
 Not only the sickly and the infirm, but the fashionable 
 and the gay from every state in the Union, resort to these 
 springs, some for amusement, and others for health, to 
 spend the summer months. 
 
 Salt Springs. Suit springs are frequent in different 
 parts of the State. The most noted are those between 
 Oneida and Seneca lakes, arising in a marsh near Seneca 
 river, called the Onondaga salt springs, of which 90 gal- 
 lons of water .will produce a bushel of salt. Here are 
 ? two towns, Liverpool and Salina, wholly occupied in male- 
 ing salt. 140 kettles at Liverpool and about 300 at Sali- 
 na, are kept in constant operation day and night, and pro- 
 duce about 2400 9 bushels of salt per day. The water is 
 drawn up from wells by hand and horse pumps. A great 
 part of the States of Pennsylvania, Virginia, Ohio, and 
 Michigan Territory, as likewise Upper and a considera- 
 ble part of Lower Canada, are 'supplied from these 
 works. These springs are the property of the State. 
 Boats come within 4 rods of the works. 
 
 Manufactures. In the year 1810, according to returns 
 made to the Secretary of State, there were made in this 
 State more than 9 millions of yards of cloth, principally 
 linen and woollen, and about 525,000 bushels of salt 
 The same year there were in this state, 28 paper mills, 
 6 glass-works, 2 powder-mills, 11 blast-furnaces, 10 air- 
 furnace?, 44 cut-nail factories, 48 forges, and 26 cotton 
 factories. Great quantities of pot and pearl ashes, and 
 of maple sugar, are manufactured annually ; some silk, 
 and probably one million barrels of flour. 
 
 Commerce. New-York carries on a very extensive 
 commerce. Her exports in 1810 amounted to more than 
 17 millions of dollars, of which -nearly 11 millions were 
 of domestick produce, and more than 6 millions of for- 
 eign. Her principal exports are flour, Indian corn, beef, 
 pork, lumber, butter, cheese, pot and pearl ashes. 
 
 Towns. The city New-Fork, 'situated on the south- 
 ern extremity of Manhattan island, at the mouth of the 
 Hudson, is the most commercial place in the United 
 States. The island is 15 'miles in length, and about one 
 in breadth. The channel on the eastern side is called 
 East river. The three principal streets of the city run 
 nearly parallel with the rivers. These are intersected, 
 though not at right angles, by streets extending from 
 river to. river. All the houses lately built are of brick. 
 
M:\V-YOUK. 131 
 
 and many of t'n nt. The principal publick build- 
 
 incrs ;; ''t 111 lei. ' new 
 
 I noble edifice, of whi 
 
 publick worship, and The 
 
 l inhabitant ii 
 
 on Hudson river, 100 miles from the cits 
 d city in the Slate, both in point 
 of population and d is the - 
 
 inent. It is a handsome well built place. A majority of 
 the inhabitants are Dutch. The city is well supplied 
 with il1 aqueduct from a spring 5 miles distant. 
 
 5 of' pubjick worship. The number of 
 inhabitants in l - 1 1.G30. 
 
 A of sloop navigation, C> miles above 
 Albanv ; and Ihnlxon is at the head of ship navigation, 
 30 in'. Albany j both flourishing cities, in trade 
 
 and manuf.icti, 
 
 , flourishing village on the site of Fort Schuyler. 
 iiU intruded for the saltworks arc loaded 
 
 a distance of .~iO n 
 
 noted for its college, is situated 'on the 
 northwest of Albany. 
 
 he falls of the Genessee, 
 e river, and is a very 
 . n. 
 
 . contain!' son, is a flourishing town 
 
 at the north end of Owa^co lake. 
 
 Kuffulo, situated at the point where the canal meets 
 
 ;id of lake Erie, is a thriving place. 
 lulu- New- York was 'first settled by the Dutch, 
 
 a people much celebrated for their industry, neatness, 
 and economy. Of the present inhabitants besides the 
 Dutch, there are manv Irish and (ierinans, and some 
 i, but by far the greater proportion are emigrants 
 !! upland > 
 
 us inhabit the 
 west 
 
 . The denominations of christians in this State 
 are very numerous, and ministers are maintained by vol- 
 untary contributi<> 
 
 Govcrninrnt. The Governor of thfs State is chosen for 
 5 years ; the Senate hold their seats 4 years, and a fourth 
 part are elected annually ; the Representatives are chosen 
 by counties annually. 
 
2 NEW-JERSEY. 
 
 Islands. Long Island is 140 'miles long, and from 1 to 
 15 broad, well cultivated, and contains about 57,000 in- 
 habitants. It is divided into 3 counties, (King's, Queen's, 
 and Suffolk) ancl 21 townships. Brooklyn and Hemp- 
 stead are the 'principal towns. 
 
 Staten Island is about 18 ? miles in length and about 6 
 in breadth. It contains about six thousand inhabitants, 
 and constitutes the county of Richmond. 
 
 NEW-JERSEY. 
 
 '.Face of the Country. The northern part of this State 
 is hilly and mountainous. At Saridy Hook commences 
 that *long range of flat, sandy land, which lines the coast 
 of the Middle and Southern States. 
 
 Soil and Productions. The hilly and uneven parts of 
 .the State have generally a strong soil, and are a fine 
 grazing country. The farmers raise multitudes of cattle,, 
 keep large dairies, and make great quantities of butter and 
 cheese. Fine orchards, and peaches in great perfection, 
 abound in all the northern parts. In the southern parts, 
 the soil being mostly light and sandy, the inhabitants 
 subsist principally by feeding cattle on the salt meadows, 
 and by lishing on the shores and in the rivers. 
 
 5 Minerals. Iron ore abounds in this State. Near 
 Newark bay, between Hackinsack and Passaick rivers, is 
 a rich copper mine of which 100 pounds of the ore yield 
 75 pounds of pure copper, about 7 ounces of silver, and 
 a little gold. A lead mine has been discovered near 
 Trenton ; coal is found on the Raritan. Plaister of Paris 
 has also been discovered in this State ; quarries of free- 
 stone are very numerous, and of an excellent quality for 
 building. 
 
 Manufactures. Of manufactures, that of iron is by far 
 the most considerable. Two furnaces, two rolling and 
 slitting mills, and about 30 forges, produce annually 1400 
 tons of bar and pig iron, besides hollow ware, sheet iron, 
 and nail rods. Leather of an excellent quality is like- 
 wise made in this State, in large quantities, and is manu- 
 factured into shoes. Beach and cider brandy are distill- 
 ed for exportation. 
 
 Commerce. New-Jersey has but little foreign com- 
 merce. The produce of the 'eastern part of the State is 
 carried to New-York ; that of the 'western part to Phil- 
 adelphia. These two cities import almost all the foreign 
 merchandise consumed in the State. 
 
PENNSYLVANIA. 133 
 
 Towns, rfmboy has a fine harbour, and but for its vi- 
 cinity ;elphia and New-York is well situated for 
 commerce. There are three other small ports in the 
 -torn houses ; Burlington, on the 
 river Delaware, liridetown on the bay of that nam<- 
 
 Harbour on ; last These, however, 
 
 are places of very little trade. 
 
 ark, 1) miles from the city New-York, is the 
 -nit town in the State, and con- 
 inhabitants. The publick buildings are a 
 court-house, jail, and o h.mses of publick woi - 
 
 uiles N. K. of Philadelphia, is the y seat of 
 'iment, on the east bank of the Delaware, op- 
 the falls. Iti-ion the ^i eat road between Philadelphia and 
 ^ ork. I: > population, in IS i.94^2. An ele- 
 
 gant br'h -en built here across the Delaware. 
 
 . Presbyterians are the most numerous de- 
 , ition. The expense of publick worship is defrayed 
 bv volunta iption ; no person nays who does not 
 
 choo.-e, and there are manv \\ r ho contribute notliing. 
 
 XNSYLVANIA. 
 
 lVnn*vlvania exhil- at va- 
 
 il anil o! - portion of the lar. 
 
 . and !>an be unlit for cultivation. 
 
 The mountains, which are numerous are not confusedly 
 scatif liie country, but extend in lon^, uniform 
 
 -, scarcely half a mile perpendicular in any place 
 above the iutei mediate valiies. Some of these ridj 
 narrow on the top ; some are two or three miles broad ; 
 p on one side, and extend with a lori slope 
 on the other. Thev are mostly covered with wood. 
 
 -oil in thi- 'lited 
 
 ain than for ; . Kxce])tini; the borders of 
 
 and rivulets, it doe-> not yield j^rass either in 
 ir(|uali:\ I . pared with the New-Hi 
 
 f land are, one in the 
 
 south !ori the g iinah, 
 
 the other in the north-west corne n lake Erie and 
 
 the Alle^hany river. Lime stone almost every where 
 abounds in this country, which enables the farmer to 
 keep up the strength of his land by the use of that pow- 
 erful and most excellent manure. 
 
 9 Productions. The same kinds of grain are cultivated 
 here as in New-York. Hemp is raised extensively in the 
 M 
 
134 PENNSYLVANIA. 
 
 western part of the State. The Germans cultivate spelts 
 for their horses. Peaches flourish remarkably well. 
 Wine is made to some extent from wild grapes, and large 
 quantities of maple sugar are annually manufactured. 
 
 Minerals, fyc. Iron ore is found in considerable quan- 
 tities in this State. A valuable lead mine, said to yield 
 70 per cent of pure lead, has been discovered near the 
 Schuylkill. Various quarries of marble have been open- 
 ed, and lime-stone is common. Coal abounds on theSus- 
 quehannah, and about Pittsburg, and in some other parts. 
 About 100 miles above Pittsburg is a spring, on the sur- 
 face of which floats an oil similar to Barbadoes tar, which 
 is esteemed serviceable in rheumatism, bruises, and weak- 
 ness of the stomach. 
 
 5 Manufactures. Pennsylvania excels all the other 
 States in the variety of her manufactures ; some of them 
 are of superior excellence, particularly the articles of pa- 
 per, leather, arid brick. Printing and engraving likewise 
 are executed at Philadelphia inavery superior style. Va- 
 rious articles of medicine are manufactured in this State. 
 Almost every species of iron casting- is performed here. 
 Screws for paper mills are cut from solid cast iron. The 
 manufactures in wood, leather, iron, stone, copper and 
 brass, are numerous. 
 
 Commerce, Pennsylvania carries' on an extensive com- 
 merce with all parts of the world. Her 'exports are 
 flour, grain, iron, utensils of all kinds, mahogany furni- 
 ture, carriages, and other manufactured articles. The 
 trade with the Eastern and Southern States is chiefly by 
 barter. Wheat, flour, and bar iron, are exported to 
 Maine, New-Hampshire, and Massachusetts, for whale- 
 oil, \vha!e-bone, spermaceti, sealskins, mackerel, cod-fish, 
 and salmon ; to Rhode-Island and Connecticut for cheese; 
 to North Carolina for tar, pitch and turpentine ; and to 
 South Carolina and Georgia for live oak, cedar, cotton, 
 and rice. 
 
 Towns. Philadelphia, a very regular and opulent 
 city, 'situated between the Schuylkill and the Delaware, 
 110 miles from the ocean, 347 miles from Boston, 95 
 from New- York, and 144 from Washington, is a place 
 of great commerce, and with regard to manufactures, 
 exceeds every other city in the United States. The 
 principal streets are straight, and cross each other at 
 right angles. The houses are mostly of brick, three 
 stories high. There are 60 'houses for 'publick worship, 
 
1 :>." 
 
 some of whirh arc remarkabK 
 
 pub- 
 lic lin 
 
 i I a fourth 
 quantii 
 
 half' mill]' 
 
 nitcd 
 
 all tip 
 
 land 
 
 ' 
 
 - 
 Middl 
 
136 DELAWARE. 
 
 and Canal, from Philadelphia to Pittsburg, about 290 
 miles, is not yet completed. 
 
 Inhabitants. The inhabitants of this State are of vari- 
 ous descent. About half are English, a fourth part Ger- 
 man, the rest are Irish, Scotch, Welsh, Swedes, and 
 Dutch. The Germans are ^particularly distinguished for 
 their temperance, industry and economy. Some of them 
 are curious artizans, and some very important improvements 
 in agriculture have been introduced by them into this 
 State. The Germans, Dutch, and Catholic Irish, retain 
 their own languages. 
 
 Religion. In this State are about 600 congregations of 
 almost all the various denominations, including two Jewish 
 synagogues. 
 
 Education. Connected with the University of Pennsyl- 
 vania, at Philadelphia, is a medical school, the most re- 
 spectable in the United States. The celebrated Lancaster 
 plan of education has been introduced into Pennsylvania, 
 and, it is said, attended with considerable success. 
 
 Government. The legislature consists of a senate cho- 
 sen for four years, and a house of representatives, who, with 
 one fourth part of the senate, are chosen annually. The 
 governor is chqsen for three years, but cannot be elected 
 above nine yea>s out of any twelve years. 
 
 DELAWARE. 
 
 Face of the Country, Soil, and Productions. Excepting 
 the northern part of the State, which is hilly, Delaware 
 is mostly a low, level country, abounding in natural and 
 artificial meadows, containing a great variety of gr: 
 On the eastern side it is indented with numerous creeks 
 and rivers, which generally have a short course, and are 
 skirted with extensive marshes. The spine or height of 
 land between Delaware and Chesapcak bays is in this 
 State, on the summit of which is a chain of swamps, cover- 
 ed with stagnant waters some parts of the year, which have 
 an unfavourable effect on the health of the inhabitants, hi 
 the northern parts of the State, and along the Delaware, 
 from 8 to 10 miles back into the country, the 'soil is gener- 
 ally a rich clay, well adapted to the purposes of agricul- 
 ture. Thence to the swamps on the high lands it is light, 
 sandy, and of an inferior quality. 
 
 Wheat is extensively cultivated in this State. It is of a 
 very superior quality, and is much sought for, not only 
 through the United States, but in foreign markets. 
 

 DELAWA 137 
 
 The manufacture of flour is Carried to 
 
 'ii in tli Numerous mills are, 
 
 i Brand vwine i i\e:. call- 
 ed the Brandywine mil/*, are particularly fame 
 
 jer. All tlu-ir 'operation- are performed 
 .oops it) which the 
 
 :'ie mill-. 'd in- 
 
 ;lour is ground, cooled, and bolted ; 
 all without ihe if. One of the.-e mills 
 
 )() 'bushels of wheat in a 
 
 . tobacco, sawing, and fulling mills, in all 
 .tilv one liundred. 
 
 le 'principal article of export, 
 of lumber, procured chiefly from 
 
 oried to foreign coun : 
 ami ' _id)wmnu 
 
 . is the 'largest town, situated 
 on an 'tween the l>randywine:>.ml l 
 
 - from the i> . ' from 
 
 Population about 5,000. It is a place of 
 .::id manuhict'i 
 
 .;it town, 
 icipallv of brick. 
 
 ;ntlv 
 3 the 
 i the Phi!. i 
 
 drop down thither 
 their poultry and \ 
 iiadelphi 
 
 land, 
 -ail wiih the lirst fair wind. 
 
 -. the 
 ill lemai 
 
 nt of 
 
 Tne legislature - of a senate 
 
 atives c 
 
 and 
 
 M ^2 
 
138 MARYLAND. 
 
 can hold that office only three years in six. He has no 
 council. Judges are appointed by the governor, and 
 hold their office during good behaviour. 
 
 MARYLAND. 
 
 Face of the Country, Soil and Productions. In Mary- 
 land, as in all the Southern States, the ^country east of the 
 mountains is generally a sandy plain, in many places low 
 and covered with stagnant waters, by which the climate is 
 rendered sickly in the summer and fall months. The 
 'northern ami western parts of the State are hilly and 
 mountainous, and of a much better soil than the low coun- 
 try, being generally a red clay or loam. 
 
 Here commences the tobacco country. Wheat and to- 
 bacco are. the 'staple commodities. Ten bushels of wheat, 
 and 15 bushels of Indian com, are considered average 
 crops. Some cotton of an inferior quality is raised here, 
 and manufactured in families. Hemp and flax are con- 
 siderable products of the high lands. The forests abound 
 with nut-bearing trees, which feed many swine in the 
 woods. These swine run wild, and when fatted, are 
 killed, barrelled, and exported in great quantities. 
 
 Manufactures. The 'most considerable manufacture is 
 that of flour. Vast quantities of rye are distilled into 
 whisky. Glass and iron works have been established in 
 different parts of the State. 
 
 Commerce. The 'most considerable export from this 
 State is that of flour ; 'next to this is that of tobacco. 
 The other exports are iron, lumber, maize, pork, and 
 flax-seed. 
 
 Towns. Baltimore, 'situated at the head of Petapsco 
 bay, is the third city in population, and the fourth in point 
 of commerce in the United States. Its increase has been 
 more rapid than that of any other town on the continent. 
 It is divided into that part called the town, and into that 
 called Fell's Point, by a small arm of the Petapsco, called 
 the Bason. The situation of the town is low, and but 
 moderately healthy. It is very secure from any attack 
 of a foreign enemy, by sea. A formidable attack was 
 made on this place by the British in the late war, and 
 was bravely repelled. Most of the inhabitants are engag- 
 ed in trade, among whom many are English, Irish, Scots, 
 and French. Great numbers of French people have emi- 
 grated here since the revolution, both from France and 
 from the West India islands. Baltimore possesses apart 
 
DISTIUCT OF COLUMBIA. 139 
 
 of tlu> trails <>f the back country of lY:m-vlvania. and of 
 
 the Wo- 1 a publick buddings aro an 
 
 excha- '-ft lonii, a penitentiary, a h.i^piiaL a the- 
 
 - liii^ton monument. >'ructure, 
 
 -lands tin- stiiiui' ol ^fon, 
 
 a battle n.ontimenf, in commemoration of the successful 
 defence a^ain^t the attack of the Hriti>h, the 13th of 
 I 31 houses <f piiblick wor-hip. Its pop- 
 ulation in ls:o. \\ a- l'r.2.738, of whom 4,3(37 wt . 
 and 10,3 < oloured persons. 
 
 5. S. K. of Baltimore, containing 
 
 inhabitants, is ih*- .ovornment, and is the 
 
 usual re-ilence of the <^reat oll'uci's of the State. In the 
 
 of the city is the slate-hou-e, a mo>t noble edifice. 
 
 . ;>o!a with a lantern at the top, from whence 
 
 ther ' ir a> the Atlantic bevond the Ches- 
 
 apeak the >ti eots diver-o in every 
 
 direction like the radii of a circle. The other publick build- 
 
 churche-, ;l theatre. 
 
 11 i> a tine, lloun^hin^, inland town, of 
 
 Vuilt piincipally of bnrk and stone, 
 
 and mostly on one broad ^trcct. it carries on a consid- 
 
 ;ntry, which it supplies with 
 i;iti'liM' tli awn from Baltimore. 
 
 itho- 
 
 iu Ireland. The other denominations are Episco- 
 palians, Pre^b\ Calvin'^ 1 -, I,u ! !ior;ins, Friends, 
 <l Method "f government are 
 od to profess their belief in the Christian religion. 
 
 nt. The legislature consists of two branches, 
 . and liou- -. The senate are cho- 
 
 irs ; tlie (\ - are chosen an- 
 
 people. 'I'lu- !i on t!e sec- 
 
 Novembri-. anii'ially, by a joint ballot of 
 both ho isesl II cannot < mtinue in oifu-i- lonu 
 
 IIA. 
 The 
 
 It 9 lir- '. m.ick. i JD 'iiules 
 
 from its mouth, and - \\ ashing ton, 
 
 Georgetown, and Alexandria. 
 
140 SOUTHERN STATES. 
 
 The city Washington, situated on the Maryland side 
 of the Povvtomack, about 300 miles by the river from the 
 Atlantic, and 37 S. W. of Baltimore, is the seat of gov- 
 ernment of the United States. It is laid out on a plan, 
 which, when completed, will render it one of the hand- 
 somest and most commodious cities in the world. The 
 streets north and south are crossed by others at right 
 angles; these are transversely crossed by 15 other streets, 
 named after the different states. The^'houses are most- 
 ly brick. The capitol, with a front of 364 feet, is built 
 of white free stone, and is the most magnificent edifice in 
 the United States. It is pleasantly situated on an emi- 
 nence, commanding a view of every part of the city, and 
 of a considerable portion of the country around. The 
 'President's house is 170 by 85 feet, two stones high, of 
 white free stone. It stands on a rising ground, possess- 
 ing a water prospect, together with a view of the capitol, 
 and of the most material parts of the city. The number 
 of inhabitants in 1820 was 13,247. 
 
 Alexandria, 6 miles from Washington, is built on the 
 plan of Philadelphia. It contains 8 churches, has a flour- 
 ishing commerce, and bids fair to be one of the most 
 thriving places on the continent. Population, 8,218. 
 
 Georgetown is pleasantly 'situated on a number of small 
 hills, on the northern bank of the Poknvmack, 'separated 
 from the city Washington by Rock Creek, distant from 
 the capitol 4 miles, and 8 miles from Alexandria. It is 
 a place of some trade, and has 6 churches. Its popula- 
 tion in 1820 was 7,360. 
 
 Literature. The Roman Catholic College, in George- 
 town, has a library of 7,000 volumes, and a valuable 
 philosophical apparatus. 
 
 The Columbian College in the District of Columbia, at 
 Washington City, was incorporated in 1821. It is divided 
 into two departments the Classical and the Theological. 
 
 SOUTHERN STATES. 
 
 Face of the Country. Along the coast or eastern part of 
 the Southern States, for 100 or 130 miles inland, to the 
 head of tide waters in the rivers, the 'country is a sandy 
 plain, without a stone or scarcely a hill, but little elevated 
 above the level of the ocean, 'covered in its natural state 
 with pitch pine, called PINE BARRENS, and is 'supposed to 
 have been made of sand accumulated from the ocean, to- 
 gether with the soil washed down from the mountains. 
 
VIRGINIA, 
 
 141 
 
 This plain, or LOW coi - frequently called, 
 
 is 'limited on the west by a remarkable rerf or vein of 
 illy a little higher than the adjoining 
 land, Mipj jic-riod, to h;ive been the 
 
 boundary of the ocean. It is now the In-ad ofti 
 Over this n-cf of rocks all the rivers fill. ''lleyond these 
 falls tin' land is hilly and generally of a good -oil. This 
 is the tobacco country. v Further back it become- moun- 
 tainou-. It i- called the UII>KK rorvruv, and much ie- 
 semblcs the Ka-te; 
 
 About one third 'part of the whole num- 
 ber of the inhabitants in the low country are nrgro .-laves. 
 Labour here is thought disreputable for a white man. It 
 is other\\i-ein the upper country. There, havi g but 
 slaves, labour is thought no disgrace, and the \\hite 
 people cultivate and manage their farms much as in the 
 
 Wheat and maize are cultivated in all 
 
 The 'staple productions in Virgin- 
 
 : N'Ti'i Car.ilina, are wheat and tobacco ; in the 
 
 M, cotton and rice, and in the '.State 
 
 Hut little attention is paid to manufac- 
 ites. for this ''iva-.on ; that agri- 
 culture, particularly the cultivation of cotton, is so much 
 mure profitable. 
 
 e. There is but little shipping owned in the 
 Southern ^ Much of the produce is 'exported in 
 
 vessels belonging to merchants in the Eastern States. 
 
 VIRGINIA. 
 
 i mild climate. In the east- 
 ern 31 ii-t>, in oidinarv \\ il 
 abroad through the season. Snow sometimes fall.-, but 
 seldom lit", Ion-. Tin- VVilliaiiisburg, 
 in tin- licit. 
 
 re and the margin 
 
 of rivc-i -, in ilu; lov. i-.-n-d with ma: 
 
 which are ferti! ::-iderable numbers 
 
 of cattle. 
 
 mountainous |>art of this Stale, corn poehend ing all 
 the western part, is a fi: g country, which enables 
 
 the farmer to keep large numbers of cattle. The vallies 
 between the mountains are generally fertile, and produce 
 I 
 
142 VIRGINIA. 
 
 excellent wheat. The forests abound with nuts, on which 
 swine, running at large, are fattened in great numbers. 
 Hemp is extensively cultivated west of the mountains. 
 Almonds, tigs and pomegranates are cultivated in gardens. 
 Virginia is particularly 'celebrated for its excellent breed 
 of horses. 
 
 ^Minerals. Lumps of gold have been picked up near 
 the falls of the Rappahannock. It has been found also on 
 the surface of the ground at a place between James and 
 Appomattox rivers, where there are indications of a gold 
 mine. Valuable lead mines have been discovered on the 
 KtinhaWO.) about 25 miles from North Carolina line, 
 which are wrought, and yield about 60 pounds of pure 
 metal to 100 pounds of the washed ore. These mines are 
 thought inexhaustible, and are supposed capable of sup- 
 plying all the United States with lead and shot Mines 
 of copper have been opened on James river, but are now 
 discontinued. Iron mines are wrought in many parts of the 
 State. The country on James river for many miles in ex- 
 tent, above Richmond, abounds in coal of an excellent 
 quality. It is very abundant also west of the mountains. 
 Marble of good quality is found on James river, and 
 lime stone every where west of the Blue ridge. 
 
 Canals. Several improvements of this kind are pro- 
 gressing in Virginia. The most considerable are those 
 on the Potowmack. This river is 7i miles wide at its 
 mouth, and 1| at Alexandria, 290 miles from the Capes. 
 Thence to the head of tide waters is 10 miles, above 
 which the navigation of this river is obstructed by five 
 considerable falls, around all which locks and canals 
 have been constructed, so that it is now navigable for 
 boats to Fort Cumberland, 188 miles above tide' water. 
 
 The Shenandouh, in the last eight miles of its course, 
 before its junction with the Potowmack, falls eighty feet. 
 Here six canals have been constructed, by which this river 
 is rendered navigable nearly 200 miles. Round the falls 
 in James river is a canal which terminates in Richmond. 
 A company has been incorporated to clear the river 
 through the mountains. Appomattox river is 'navigable 
 naturally to Petersburg. Thence to the lower falls is 5 
 miles. Round these and others above, are canals, by 
 which this river is now rendered navigable from Peters- 
 burg nearly to its source. 
 
 A canal has been constructed 24 feet wide, 6 feet deep, 
 and 22 miles long, which opens a navigation from James 
 
VIRGINIA. 143 
 
 river into JHbcinarle sound, by uniting; Elizabeth river, 
 which into the .! \nrfulk* with the Pas- 
 
 (juetank, which empties into the sound. This canal passes 
 within one mile of lake Drummoml, in the middle of the 
 Dismal, from which it is supplied with w 
 
 Richmond, on James river, just at the foot of 
 :!!s, the present V vernment, contained in 
 
 .habitants. Its publick buildings are a pen- 
 itentiary, armorv, 8 houses of publick worship, ahaudxime 
 
 e, and jail. It had a th< 
 
 in December, 1811, took lire during an exhibition, 
 and v. -ned, \\ith seventy persons in it. 
 
 Norfolk is the Vhief commercial port, and has a good 
 harbour. Its population iu 1820 was 8.478. 
 
 :4 miles S. by E. of Richmond, just be-low 
 the full- in Appomattox river*, has a thriving back country, 
 and i 'erable trade. 
 
 \Villian.- miles E. by S. of Richmond, is hand- 
 
 somely laid I'lii in squares. It contains a college, a court - 
 
 ;1, and a hospital for lunatic-. 
 ctov\n, is noted for the surrender of the British ar- 
 .nd-r Lord Cornwallis, in 1781. It is situated on 
 
 Norfolk'. 
 
 \ Alexandria is ''Mount Vernon, the 
 
 i the illustriiiii" WASHINGTON. The 
 
 area > i-mnt is two hundred : > the sur- 
 
 r, which is hero nearly two miles wide. 
 
 The house, green-house, school-house, oilices, 
 
 and - ialls, when seen from the land side, have 
 
 the appearance of a vili 
 
 J\lit "c.. 'I'm' v mot considerable 
 
 :un and lead. 
 
 \port are tobacco and Hour. 
 . ;md coal areal- 
 
 . The peoj)lf are much attached to 
 
 'oiuinercc and manufactures. 
 
 d by the Eng- 
 
 ~'ly divided 
 
 iantadons, cnlti\ s. The proprietors 
 
 .Led planters, and usually reside on their plantations. 
 Rdt 'imerous denomina- 
 
 ;iu-se, Methodists and Episcopalians. 
 
 les tin- ffilrtrnilij of I 'irginia, incor- 
 porated in 1819, and established at Charlottesville, Albe- 
 marle county, there are three colleges in this State ; 
 William and Mary college, at Williamsburgh, Hampdea 
 
144 VIRGINIA. 
 
 Sidney college, in Prince Edward county on Appomattox 
 river, and Washington college at Lexington, west of the 
 Blue ridge, near James river. Academies and common 
 schools are also established in several towns. This state 
 has produced a number of eminent characters, of whom 
 WASHINGTON, the Great and the Good, is of most illus- 
 trious memory. It has furnished four of the presidents 
 of the Union. Education is, however, generally much 
 neglected particularly among the lower classes. 
 
 Government. The legislature is called the General As- 
 sembly, and consists of a senate chosen for four years by 
 districts ; and house of representatives chosen annually. 
 The governor is chosen annually by joint ballot of both 
 houses, and can hold the office but three years in seven. 
 
 Curiosities. The kt Natural Bridge," over a small 
 stream called Cedar Creek, emptying into James river, 
 a little west of the Blue Ridge, is justly regarded a great 
 curiosity. It is on the ascent of a hill, which seems to 
 have been cloven asunder by some violent convulsion. 
 The chasm or cleft, is about two miles long, from two to 
 three hundred feet deep, and is 48 feet wide at the bot- 
 tom. Over this extends a solid arch of limestone, from 
 40 to 50 feet thick, at the amazing height of 2 210 feet 
 from the water, which is passed as a bridge. It is about 
 90 feet in length, and 60 in breadth, some part of which is 
 covered with a coat of earth which gives growth to a num- 
 ber of trees. The very edge of the bridge may be ap- 
 proached with safety, being protected by a parapet of 
 fixed rock, yet few persons have the courage to approach 
 it, and to look down into the profound abyss below. 
 
 The passage of the Potowmack, through the Blue 
 ridge, is perhaps one of the most stupendous scenes in 
 nature. The Potowmack and the Shenandoah, having 
 ranged along the foot of the mountain, the latter more 
 than 100 miles, both in quest of a passage, at length meet 
 together, and, in the moment of their junction, rush 
 against the mountain, rend it asunder, and pass off* to the 
 sea. A road on one side of the river leads through the 
 beach ; also locks and canals have been constructed here, 
 so that now boats ascend through the mountain. 
 
 Near Bath^ at the foot of Jackson's mountain, are the 
 "Warm and Hot Springs." The former issues in a 
 large stream sufficient to turn a grist-mill, and is of a 
 temperature about blood heat. The other is smaller, but 
 so hot sometimes, it is said, as to have boiled an egg. Its 
 usual temperature is about 110 or 112 of Farenheit. 
 
Falls at Niagara Page 101. 
 
 Natural Uridge Page 141. 
 

NORTH CAROLINA. 145 
 
 In the low grounds on the Great Kanhawa, about 67 
 
 mile> r h. is a hole in the earth, the vapour 
 
 from whii current, takes fire on 
 
 nting ali eh or candle, and continues to 
 
 burn - - lor two or three days. 
 
 \\Y-t of the Blue rid^e, near the source ofShenandoah 
 
 which extends nearly hori- 
 
 et into the side of a mountain, and finally 
 
 laces, at basins of water of unknown 
 
 d li.'iu.' -stone from 20 to 30 feet 
 
 :iu;'i which water is continually percolating. 
 
 from the top of the vault generates on that 
 
 se below, stalactites, like icicles, some of 
 
 which have met and formed massive columns. 
 
 In the county of Monroe, near the Kanhawa, there is a 
 entirely through the base of a 
 
 iHiuntuin, a di- -2 miles, through which per- 
 
 -<<! iron; one side of the mountain to the 
 other. T l n- earth on the bottom affords saltpetre. 
 
 In the Panther gap ridd en North and Jackson's 
 
 in the side of a hill, is what is called the 
 
 bout 100 feet in diameter, which emits 
 
 i rent of air of such force as to keep the 
 
 of twenty yards. This 
 
 currc-: .rosty weather, and weakest 
 
 in Ion - of rain. 
 
 NORTH CAROLINA. 
 
 nafe. The weather is generally moderate till after 
 . when \\ , nences, and continues varia- 
 
 ble till the middle of February, sometimes warm and 
 er times rainy, with occasional frosts 
 and s ; but the ice is seldom strong enough 
 
 Cattle require no other fodder 
 than the Ir; 
 
 its, flax and hemp, 
 
 thrive in the 'back hilly country ; Indian corn and pulse 
 in all pa ively cultivated in the 
 
 'middle of the State ; some of the swamps in the low 
 country produce rice. The I ' supposed to contain 
 
 one of tii ''uable rice estates in America. 
 
 No country produces finer white and red cak for staves. 
 The live oak, so called from it* being green all the year, 
 and which is so valuable in ship-building, grows iu this 
 
146 NORTH CAROLINA. 
 
 State. The ? medicinal plants are ginseng, Virginia 
 snake-root, Seneka snake-root, and Carolina pink. 
 
 Minerals. A little south of Salisbury, in the bottom of 
 Meadow Creek, a small stream emptying into the Pedee 
 river, gold has been picked up to the amount of many 
 thousand dollars. It was 'discovered first in 1803, by a 
 boy, exercising himself in shooting small fishes with a 
 bow and arrow. The masses were of different sizes, 
 from very small grains to the unexampled bulk of a lump 
 weighing 28 pounds. In the year 1804, ELEVEN THOU- 
 SAND dollars of the gold coin issued from the mint of the 
 United States were of this native gold. 
 
 Towns. In this State, as in Virginia, there are no 
 large towns. Newbern, the 'largest town in the State, in 
 1820, contained 3,663 inhabitants, of whom 1,921 were 
 slaves. The publick buildings are an Episcopal church, 
 a court-house, a theatre, and a jail. It carries on a con- 
 siderable trade with the West Indies. 
 
 Raleigh is the 'seat of government. It is pleasantly 
 situated, divided by four spacious streets into as many 
 squares, and contains about 3000 inhabitants. 
 
 The 9 other principal towns are Fayettevitle, the best 
 situated inland town for commerce in the State, inhabited 
 by Scotch highlariders, who speak their native language ; 
 Wilmington, a place of considerable trade ; Edenton, well 
 situated for commerce, but not for health ; Hillsborough, 
 in a healthy and fertile country ; Washington, in which 
 more shipping is owned than in any other town in the 
 State. 
 
 Commerce. There is no great mart or trading place in 
 this State, owing probably to the difficulty of entering 
 the rivers, by reason of bars of sand, and the want of 
 safe, sufficient harbours. Most of the produce of the back 
 country, consisting; of tobacco, wheat and maize, is 'car- 
 ried to Petersburg in Virginia, and to Charleston in South 
 Carolina. The 'exports of the low country, are lumber, 
 pitch, tar, turpentine, and rice. The 'imports are apples, 
 cider, cheese, potatoes, furniture, hats and shoes, From 
 New-England 5 and foreign merchandise chiefly from 
 New-York. 
 
 Roads and Canals. The roads in this State have been 
 much neglected, and are illy accommodated with bridges. 
 Canals have been constructed around the lower falls in 
 Cape Fear River, and at the falls above. Chesapeak and 
 Albemarle canal is partly in this State. 
 
SOUTH CAROLINA. 147 
 
 Ink The inhabitants, as in Virginia, mostly 
 
 plantations, at tin n half 
 
 a mile to three or four miles from each other. Most of 
 the labour in the low country is done by slaves. 
 
 . The chief religious denominations are Meth- 
 
 -, Presbyterians, Quakers, and Moravians. 
 
 The most numerous are the Methodists and Haptists. 
 
 No person denying the being of God, or the truth of the 
 
 scrip I any civil office. 
 
 On Chapel Hill in an elevated situation, 
 gh, 4 is >~orth Carolina University, 
 
 the only one in the ^tate. Academies are established in 
 a number of the towns, and schools in many places. The 
 \ian Academy for ladies, at Salem, has a good rep- 
 utation. 
 
 uicnt. The legislature is styled the General 
 Assembly, and consists of a senate and house of represen- 
 tatives chosen annually by the people. The governor is 
 n annually by a joint ballot of both houses, and is 
 i)le to office three years in six. 
 
 h ; r Salisbury there is a remarkable sub- 
 terra] 11 of stone, laid in cement, plastered on 
 hum t \\elve to 14 feet in height, and 22 inches 
 thick. The length yet discovered is about 300 feet. 
 The top of this wall approaches within about one foot of 
 the surface of the ground. When built, by whom, and 
 for what purpose, is left wholly to conjecture. A si mi- 
 til has lately been discovered about six miles from 
 the first, from 4 to 5 feet high, and 7 inches thick. 
 
 SOUTH CAROLINA. 
 
 Winter is scarcely known in South Carolina. 
 r the ground, is a rare occurrence 
 a the mountains. The ''greatest cold in a 
 course of Mtion 
 
 > it the middle of 1) -ually 'sus- 
 
 pended about four aiddle of January. 
 
 The 'plan rh aud April, and 
 
 continues till June. 
 
 "ins. Interspersed among the pine 
 barrens in thi^ tracts 01 land free of timber and 
 
 every kind of growth but that of grass, called savannas, 
 good for 3 other kind of soil is that of the 
 
 marshesand swamps, and the low ground, on the margin of 
 
148 SOUTH CAROLINA. 
 
 the rivers, which have a rich, fertile soil, and are the 
 'seat of the rice plantations. 
 
 The pine barrens are 'chiefly valuable for their lumber 
 and for the pitch, tar, and turpentine which they yield. 
 Boxes are cut in the trees in which the turpentine collects. 
 When full, the turpentine is gathered and put into bar- 
 rels. A thousand trees will yield at every gathering about >. 
 two barrels and a half of turpentine. It maybe gathered 
 about once in fourteen days. SPIRITS OF TURPENTINE are 
 'obtained by distillation. ROSIN is the 'remainder of tur- 
 pentine after distillation. % TAR is 'obtained by cutting 
 down the trees, which being split are piled, when dry, in 
 heaps on floors of clay. The heaps are then covered with 
 earth, and being set on fire, the tar collects in trenches, 
 by which it is conveyed into cisterns. PITCH is nothing 
 more than the solid .part of the tar, separated from the 
 liquid by boiling. 
 
 Cotton is the 'great staple of this State. It is of 'three 
 varieties. First, that which grows upon the islands, call- 
 ed BLACK SEED or SEA ISLAND COTTON. It has a long fine 
 staple, and is of the first quality. Second, that which 
 grows in the middle and upper country, called GREEN SEED 
 or UPLAND COTTON, of a quality inferior to the first. Third, 
 NANKEEN COTTON, as it is called. This is likewise the 
 produce of the middle arid upper country, but is of a 
 Duality inferior to the second. It is never exported, but 
 is cultivated only for family use. 
 
 Cotton 'grows in pods. The seeds are sown annually 
 about two feet and a half asunder. An acre will 'yield 
 from 700 to 1000 pounds. The pods, when ripe, burst 
 open. The cotton is then gathered and separated from 
 the seeds by a machine which cleans 1000 pounds in a 
 day. Before this invention, the upland cotton was not 
 thought worth cleansing, and none of it was exported. 
 Since that time it has become the great article both of 
 cultivation and of export. 
 
 The next 'great staple of this State is rice. This is 
 cultivated on the swamps and marshes, and on the margin 
 of rivers. The lands where it grows require to be occa- 
 sionally flooded with water. The 'cultivation is wholly 
 by negroes. No work can be imagined more laborious 
 or more prejudicial to health. They are obliged to stand 
 in water oftentimes mid leg high, exposed to the scorch- 
 ing heat of the sun, and breathing an atmosphere poison- 
 ed by the unwholesome effluvia of an oozy bottom and 
 
SOUTH-CAROLINA. 149 
 
 stagnant water. After being thrashed and winnowed, it 
 is ground in mills made ot wood, to free it from the husk. 
 Then it is winnowed again and put into a wooden mortar, 
 and beat with lar^e wooden pestles, which labour is so 
 oppressive and hard, that the firmest nerves and most vig- 
 orous constitutions often sink under it. After this opera- 
 tion, it U ^ifted and put into barrels. 
 
 Tobacco and indigo were formerly much cultivated in 
 very little attention is paid to 
 The apple does not thrive in this and the oilier 
 southern climate-. Melons are raised in great perfec- 
 tion. They have oranges which are chiefly sour, some 
 ,1 few limes and lemons, olives, promegranates, 
 - and peaches. 'Live oak grows upon the islands. 
 
 >-e. The 'most considerable article ot'export is 
 
 cotton ; 'next to this is rice. The ''other articles are lum- 
 
 itch, tar, turpentine, beef, pork, indigo and tobacco. 
 
 Ion is the 'largest town in the State, 
 
 and the sixth in M/.C, in the United States. It is 'situated 
 
 8 miles from the sea, on a peninsula between Ashley and 
 
 . which uniting immediately below the 
 
 form the harbour. The streets extend from river 
 
 i b\ others nearly at right angles. 
 
 The publick build ii exchange, a state- house, an 
 
 i orphan-house, and 18 houses of 
 
 publii ;> The population in 1820 was 24,780, of 
 
 whom H,65\! were slaves. This city carries on an ei- 
 \v commerce, and is esteemed one of the most 
 healthy towns in all the low country. 
 
 N". N. W. of Charleston, is the 
 \ernment. It contains about 100 houses, and 
 tlourishinic town. Beaufort^ 7- miles S. W. of 
 pleasantly situated on Port Royal Island. 
 inland to\\ n in the State, has an easy' 
 communication with Charleston through the Santee canal. 
 The denominations mi prevalent are 
 Meth"iiiM-. l,i|iti-i-. aini . in the upper 
 
 part of the State, and Episcopalians in the lower part. 
 
 Literature. There are se\. -^es in this State. 
 
 The most flourishing is South Carolina college atColumbia. 
 Formerly many wealthy parents sent their sons to Eng- 
 land for their education ; at present many are sent to 
 Yale college in Connecticut, and to Cambridge University 
 in Massachusetts. Free Schools are now patronized by 
 the State. 
 
 N2 
 
150 GEORGIA. 
 
 Government. The legislature is called the General 
 Assembly, and consists of a senate chosen for four years, 
 and a house of representatives chosen for two. The gov- 
 ernor is also chosen for two years by a joint ballot of both 
 houses. 
 
 GEORGIA. 
 
 Climate. The 'winters in Georgia are mild and pleas- 
 ant ; snow is seldom seen, nor is vegetation interrupted 
 by severe frosts. The thermometer usually 'fluctuates 
 between 40 and 60 degrees. 
 
 Face of the Country* Soil, and Productions. The 'coast 
 of Georgia for 4 or 5 miles inland, is a salt marsh, at pres- 
 ent mostly uninhabited. In front of this, towards the 
 sea, there is a chain of islands, of a grey rich soil, cover- 
 ed in their natural state, with pine, hickory, and live 
 oak, and 'yielding on cultivation sea-island cotton. Back 
 of the salt marsh there is a narrow margin of land, nearly 
 of the same quality with that of the islands ; immediately 
 back of which commence the pine barrens. The rivers 
 and creeks are every where bordered with swa-nps or 
 marsh, which at every tide, for 15 or 25 miles back into 
 the .country, are either wholly or partially overflowed. 
 These constitute the rice plantations. 
 
 The great 'staples of this State are cotton and rice. In- 
 digo was formerly considerably cultivated. It is the 
 product of a plant, 'obtained by maceration in water about 
 SO hours, after which the liquor is drawn oft' into vats, 
 where it undergoes an operation somewhat similar to that 
 of churning. After this process, lime water is poured 
 into the liquor, which causes the particles of indigo to 
 settle to the bottom. 
 
 The pine barrens produce grapes of a large size, and of 
 an excellent flavour. The sweet oranges of Georgia are 
 inferior to those of the West Indies. The lemon, citron, 
 pomegranate, Indian fig and sugar cane, find here a genial 
 climate. The rivers of Georgia are infested with alligators 
 and numerous reptiles, many of which are venomous. 
 
 Manufactures. The manufactures of this State are 
 cotton cloths, some woollen, rum, peach brandy, whiskey, 
 leather, bar iron, gun powder, soap, and candles. 
 
 Commerce. Georgia owns but little shipping. Savannah 
 is the only sea-port of consequence. Most of the foreign 
 merchandise used in this State is 'obtained from Charles- 
 ton and New-York. Cheese, fish, potatoes, apples, cider 
 
GEORGIA. 151 
 
 and - procured chielly from the Jaud 
 
 e, lumber. 
 
 vanish river, 17 miles from 
 
 the sea, is th- town, h contains ien publick 
 
 'ed \\ith rows 
 -i) luive rows of ti e 
 publick buildings are a court-jiu , 
 
 on, a -id 7 
 
 houses for pu>) . the south nde 
 
 of the ri\ L'r cau-nUh'd for I '2 _;IM- dcfemU (lie town. 
 
 ee blacks ; in all, 7..uSu. The fairest part of this 
 
 i tremendous lire, .l,m. I |, 
 iitribuiio ompdv made 
 
 . a llouii- town, on the 
 
 Oconee, 300 miles by the river from the sea, is the 'seat 
 
 vernment. Tiie siate-ho loal in the 
 
 Unions for the quantity and 
 
 a i*. 
 
 400D inhiibitants, is a place of 
 
 nl other produce, which 
 
 i river, 3 J'i - tvan- 
 
 .i'ds wide. D.irien 
 
 iie mouth of the Altamuha. 
 
 ieek Indians 'inhabit the wotern half 
 
 i id the e.' i, and are 
 
 ;ribe in the Union. T made 
 
 - of civilised life. They 
 
 and have 
 
 ir women spin 
 
 and liny;, writ- 
 
 Vthens, is 
 i KiMiiklin i 
 
 -'jhools ai-e also 
 no\v t 
 
 The 5. ^ are Baptists 
 
 and V L'here 
 
 ^'ate. 
 
 Govern, neral 
 
 Assembly, and co: md house ot repre- 
 
 sentatives, chosen annually nor is chosen 
 
 for two years by a joiat vote of both houses. 
 
152 ALABAMA.... MISS1SIPPI. 
 
 ALABAMA. 
 
 Face of the Country. The 'southern parts are low and 
 level, gradually rising towards the interior. In the 
 'northern parts it becomes elevated, and in some places 
 mountainous. 
 
 Towns. Cahairba, at the junction of Caha\vba river, 
 with the Alabama, is the seat of government. Mobile on 
 the west side of Mobile river, is a place of increasing 
 trade, and contains a Roman Catholic church, and a print- 
 ing office. Blakely, 10 miles east of Mobile, is well sit- 
 uated fur commerce, and has a good harbour of easy ac- 
 cess. St. Stevens is a flourishing town, situated on the 
 Tombecbee', 120 miles above Mobile. Huntsville, the 
 chief town of Madison county, is situated in a fertile 
 country, at the head of Indian Creek, 110 miles south of 
 Nashville. 
 
 Soil and Productions. This State has the advantage 
 of many rivers, and its soil is, in general, very fertile. 
 Its 'productions are cotton in abundance, Indian corn, 
 rice, wheat, rye, &c. 
 
 Education. Congress has granted two townships con- 
 taining 0,000 acres, for the support of a college; and 
 given, for the support of publick schools, a section of 
 land in each township. 
 
 MISSISIPPI. 
 
 Climate and Soil. This State has a temperate climate. 
 White frosts, and sometimes thin ice, have been known, 
 but snow is very uncommon. The ? soil is very superior. 
 The savannas or natural meadows are covered with a black 
 rich mould, about one foot and a half deep, beneath which 
 is a stift'clay, which hardens, on being exposed to the sun ; 
 but when wet by a light shower of rain, it slackens like 
 lime, after which it is found excellent for vegetation. 
 
 Productions. Cotton, rice, Indian corn, hemp, flax, 
 indigo, and tobacco, grow in great abundance. Oranges 
 and lemons are plenty ; hops grow wild 5 all kinds of Eu- 
 ropean fruits arrive to great perfection, and no part of the 
 world is more favourable for raising every kind of stock. 
 
 Rivers. The 'rivers most worthy of notice are the Ya- 
 zoo, 100 yards wide at its mouth; Pearl river, navigable 
 100 miles ; the Mobile and its branches. 
 
 Chief Towns. Hatches, 350 miles above New-Orleans, 
 by water, and 150 by land, is the 'centre of commerce, and 
 
LOUISIA 153 
 
 contains 2,184 inhabitants. It has a bank, and is pleas- 
 
 antlv - u an eminem I above the level of 
 
 r, which is here one mile wide and about 
 
 ep. Ships sometime* a-cend to nils pl;ice, but 
 
 they rarely attempt it', as the sudden and fiequent turns 
 
 of the river render the fairest wind of very little use. A 
 
 vessel in ordinary cases will make a voyage to Kutope and 
 
 back anain, in less time than she will ascend the river 
 
 from ^ to Natches. 
 
 .ticello, the seat of government, on Pearl river, is 
 90 n vttches. 
 
 lin^ton and Shiehlsborough, col- 
 leges have been incorporated. In several towns acade- 
 mies are established. 
 
 Indian*. The remains of the Creeks, Cherokees, 
 
 Choctaws, and Chickasaws have well cultivated fields, 
 
 jreat numbers of horses, cattle, hogs, and sheep. 
 
 of them are mechanics, and their women spin and 
 
 make cloth, 
 
 LOUISIANA (PURCHASE.) 
 
 The whole counti -ippi river and the 
 
 Pacific Ocean, formerly 'belonged i^ and was 
 
 \\hom it was 'purchased, in the 
 the United Slate-. f dol- 
 
 lars. Its limits between the United id Spain, 
 
 as defined in the late treatv, are, the western bank of 
 Saline river, from its mouth in the Gulf of Mexico to the 
 32 north latitude ; thence by a line due north till it 
 strikes Red river ; thence following the course of this 
 ward to the decree of longitude 100 west from 
 thence by a line due north till it strikes the 
 u ; thence by the southern hank of this riv- 
 ->>uixe in latit 1 .- <rth ; and thence by that 
 
 Mel of latitude to the Pacific ()c> 
 M u:h of thi- unexplored. The 
 
 7 parts best kit other 
 
 principal 
 
 The foundations, the wa- 
 
 ll the spri > to the "height 
 
 of 40 feet. The banks oft! unewhat higher 
 
 than the adjacent count ,u these inunda- 
 
 tions, the waters, which many miles in- 
 
 undate the country, particularly on. the western side, 
 never return again into the river, but seek other outlets 
 into the ocean. 
 
154 LOUISIANA. 
 
 The ^inhabitants in Louisiana formerly were mostly 
 French, except the native Indian tribes, "which are nu- 
 merous. But emigrants from the northern States will 
 soon form the majority of the population. 
 
 This country at present is 'divided into four parts ; 
 1. the State of Louisiana ; 2. the State of Missouri ; 3. 
 the Territory of Arkansaw ; 4. all the remaining part 
 of the country extending to the Pacific Ocean, called the 
 Territory of Missouri. The name, LOUISIANA, is now 
 applied only to the first of the divisions. 
 
 THE STATE OF LOUISIANA 
 
 Lies so flat and low, that more than one fifth 'part of 
 its whole surface is covered with water, by the overflow- 
 ing of its rivers in the spring of the year. 
 
 New Orleans, the capital of this State, is Vituated on 
 the Missisippi, 87 miles from its mouth. The country 
 here is lower than the surface of the river, which is con- 
 fined within its channel by artificial banks, called the 
 'LEVEE, raised at an enormous expense by order of the 
 Spanish government". It is directly in front of the town, 
 and affords a very pleasant walk, which in the evening is 
 crowded with company. All the 'water used in this city 
 is brought from the river, which must be filtered or set to 
 settle before it is fit for use. The expenses of living here 
 are very high. The city is unhealthy, particularly to 
 strangers. The number of inhabitants in 1820, was 
 27,176, of whom 13,592 were slaves. There are also 
 a number of Indians in the vicinity who frequent the 
 town. The formation of a Presbyterian church, and the 
 rapid introduction of emigrants from the north, are said 
 to have produced a favourable change in the morals of 
 the place which formerly were deplorably low. This 
 city is advantageously situated . for commerce, at the 
 mouth of one of the noblest rivers in the world, whose 
 branches extending many hundreds of miles in almost ev- 
 ery direction, waft to this port the products of various 
 climates. The British naval and land forces attacked 
 this place at the close of the late war, and were repulsed 
 with immense loss, by the brave army under the gallant 
 General Jackson. The enemy lost 700 killed, 1400 
 wounded, and 2600 prisoners ! The American army lost 
 seven killed, and six wounded! 
 
 The island of New Orleans is 'formed by theMissisippi 
 on one side, and the lakes Ponchartrain and Maurepas, 
 
FLORIDA. 155 
 
 together with an outlet from the Missisippi called the 
 river Iberville, on the other. T 'tit against 
 
 the n -, and ex 
 
 to the he-ad of the island, l.i() miles, making an '-xcellent 
 the whole distance, about 20 feet wide, and dry at 
 
 - of the year. Below this fort the land rapidly 
 :ito swamps ; within a few mile* further, 
 
 entirely disappear, and nothing remains but an im 
 collection of a marsh, a distance of about 30 miles to the 
 
 \andria are on Red River ; the 
 
 forme: n with the Missisip- 
 
 pi, and th. uchitoches. liaton 
 
 the K. bank of 
 
 ppi, and St. Francisville, 30 miles above Ba- 
 ton Re 
 
 <rs. The Missisippi discharges its waters by a 
 
 great number of mouths, the principal of which, or that 
 
 which affords the best navigation, is called Balixe, where 
 
 -mall fort and or the accommodation of 
 
 . The 'other principal rivers are the lied, Wa- 
 
 chitt a 
 
 Pri .tton, sugar, and rice, are the 'staple 
 
 commodities. The island ot New-Orleans produces lem- 
 ons, i 
 
 FLORIDA (TERRITORY.) 
 
 This valuable acquisition to the territory of the United 
 States is about 400 miles in length, and 340 in breadth in 
 ilest part. The eastern is the 'least fertile part, es- 
 pecially near and about A 1 /. Augustine. The coasts. are 
 ., and barren ; but the banks of the rivers are 
 rich and i'ertil- . II adapted to the culture of rice 
 
 and corn. Ti or country is high and pleasant, 
 
 of a fertili- .-Mids with wood of almost every 
 
 kind, particular ik. The warmest -i fer- 
 
 tile parts of this'coi. luce two crops of Indian 
 
 corn i:i one year. I 5, lemons, figs, 
 
 and grapes. The coasts fun .d amber; the 
 
 rivers abound in fish, but are molested by alligators. 
 
 St. Augustine, the chief to it Florida, contain- 
 
 ing 3,000 inhabitants, is situated on the Atlantic coast. 
 
 Pensacola, in West Florida, has an excellent harbour, 
 and contains 2,000 inhabitants. 
 
156 WESTERN STATES. 
 
 WESTERN STATES. 
 
 The Western States 'comprehend all the States which 
 lie west of the Alleghany mountains. 
 
 The 'climate in these States is much milder in the 
 same parallels of latitude than in those eastward of the 
 mountains; the quantity of snow is considerably less ; 
 vegetation is several weeks earlier, and as much later. 
 The north-east wind, so distressing, particularly in the 
 Northern States, is hardly known here. Though the 
 climate is milder, the weather, if possible, is more un- 
 steady, and the atmosphere more replete with moisture. 
 Rheumatism, pleurisies, consumptions, and bilious com- 
 plaints, are the most common diseases. 
 
 The 'soil generally is of remarkable fertility. The 
 flat lands on the rivers, in New-England called intervals, 
 are here ^called BOTTOMS. At some distance from the 
 rivers the land often suddenly rises 6 or 8 feet, when 
 there is another flat, and so on ; after this a third, called- 
 first, second, and third bottoms, counting from the rivers 
 upwards. 
 
 Prairies, or natural meadows, in the Southern States 
 called savannas, are frequent in this country. They are 
 extensive, level tracts of ground, some of which are low 
 and wet, others are elevated and dry, stretching often- 
 times further than the eye- can reach, for the most part 
 entirely destitute of trees, of a deep rich soil, covered 
 with a kind of coarse grass and cane. On these prairies 
 buffaloes are often seen grazing together in herds of 
 more than a hundred head. 
 
 The 'productions of this country in the most southerly 
 parts are cotton, indigo, and some rice. Hemp, Indian 
 corn, and tobacco, are produced in great perfection both 
 in the southern and middle parts. In the 'northern parts, 
 wheat, oats, barley, rye, Indian corn, hemp, and flax, are 
 mostly cultivated. 
 
 The sugar maple abounds in all parts of .this country, 
 from which it is supposed, with sufficient hands, a supply 
 of sugar mioht be made for the whole United States. 
 Ginseng grows abundantly in the woods, and likewise 
 wild grapes. Also, a species of grass, called wild rye. 
 It has a head and beard resembling rye, and sometimes 
 produces a small slender grain. 
 
WESTERN STATES. 157 
 
 The 'wild animals are buffaloes, elk, deer, bears, 
 wolves, panthers, wild -cats, foxes, beavers, and otters. 
 The bu Haloes are very domestic and harmless, and their 
 ilesh is excellent food. Pheasants, partridges, and wild 
 turkies, are frequent in the woods. 
 
 The rivers afford plenty of fish. Those 'most common, 
 particularly to the waters of the Ohio, are the buffalo- 
 fish of a largu si/.e, and the cat-fish, sometimes exceeding 
 100 weight. Trout have been taken in Kentucky weigh- 
 i pounds. On these waters, and especially on the 
 Ohio, geese and ducks are very numerous. 
 
 Fossil coal is found in various parts. It is remarkably 
 pure and burns with a fine lambent llame, gives out great 
 heat, and leaves but a small quantity of ashes. There 
 are many springs called oil springs, where Petroleum or 
 Seneka oil is gathered in great abundance. Salt springs 
 are very numerous, from which salt is manufactured for 
 the supply of the whole country. These springs by the 
 inhabitants are called LICKS, from the earth about them 
 beini; furrowed out in a most curious manner by the 
 buffaloes and deer, which lick the earth on account of the 
 saline particles with which it is impregnated. 
 
 The remote >if nation of this < o-infry from the sea board 
 ''renders it unfavourable to commerce. 9 This inconve- 
 nience, hov, ever, is in some degree remedied by its numer- 
 ous, large and navigable rivers, the principal of which is 
 the MisMsippi, the 9 great outlet of the exports of these 
 States. But such is the difficulty of ascending this river, 
 that most of the foreign goods imported into this country 
 have been brought from Philadelphia anil Baltimore, in 
 wagons over the mountains, until the invention of steam- 
 boats, by which this country now begins to be 'supplied 
 with foreign goods from New-Orleans. 
 
 There are many indications that the whole of this west- 
 ern country, at some remote period, must have been 
 covereil with water. One 'circumstance which particu- 
 larly corroborates this opinion is the vast quantities of 
 marine shells frequently found in the hills at the height 
 of 4 or 500 feet above the present bed of the rivers. 
 Likewise bones, lo^s, and various petrified substances, 
 are frequently found, in digging wells and roads. 
 
 Remains of ancient forts and fortifications, and mounds 
 of earth which are found to contain human bones, hence 
 
 
158 TENNESSEE. 
 
 supposed to be graves of some inhabitants more ancient 
 than the present Indians, are found scattered over all this 
 Western Country. 
 
 TENNESSEE. 
 
 Climate. Tennessee enjoys a mild and temperate cli- 
 mate. 'Vegetation commences 6 or 7 weeks sooner here 
 than in Vermont or New-Hampshire, and continues as 
 many \veeks later. Snow is seldom seen, and never 
 continues for any length of time. 
 
 Face of the Country, Soil, and Productions. Some parts 
 of this State are so mountainous as to be incapable of 
 cultivation. The y soil is clayey, and on the rivers es- 
 pecially, is generally of a superior quality. 
 
 The productions are those both of the Northern and 
 Southern States. Indian corn is produced in abundance. 
 It is excellent for hemp. Cotton thrives well, and so do 
 wheat and other small grains where the land is not too 
 rich. It is tolerable for flax and sweet potatoes. To- 
 bacco and indigo are produced in great perfection, and it 
 will answer for upland rice. 
 
 Manufactures. The 'manufactures are chiefly those of 
 iron, maple-sugar, salt-petre, copperas, whiskey, and 
 peach brandy. There are machines for spinning cotton, 
 and several for the manufacture of hemp. 
 
 Commerce. The 'produce of this State* in order to get 
 to market, is carried ir^ boats down the Cumberland and 
 Tennessee to the Missisippi, and down that river to 
 New-Orleans. Cotton and tobacco have hitherto been 
 the most considerable articles exported ; but lately hemp 
 has been much cultivated, and probably will become the 
 staple commodity of the State. The Cumberland affords 
 the same advantages for ship-building as the Ohio, and 
 during the rainy season, the water is of sufficient depth 
 to float vessels of the largest size. 
 
 Towns. Murfreesborough, pleasantly situated about 
 the centre of the State, is a thriving town. 
 
 Knoxville is situated on Holston river, 658 miles from 
 Philadelphia; 543 from Baltimore ; arid 458 from Rich- 
 mond ; to each of which places there is a good wagon 
 road. 
 
 Nashville, on Cumberland river, is a flourishing town, 
 and the 'largest in the State. Cumberland College is in 
 this town ; it contains also a factory of hemp and ma- 
 chinery for spinning cotton. 
 
KENTUCKY. 159 
 
 Brainenl, on a creek which runs into the Tennessee, is 
 a 'mistsionarv station amon^ the Cherokees, who are pro- 
 nrr-^ing in civilization. Here the Indian children are 
 taught to read and write, and receive religious instruction. 
 
 Inhabitants. Tennessee was first settled by emigrants 
 from the western parts of Pennsylvania and Virginia, a 
 little before the commencement of the revolution. 
 
 Religion. The Methodists, Baptists, and Presbyterians, 
 are the most numerous denominations. 
 
 Literature. Acts of incorporation have been obtained 
 for no less than four colleges in this State. Greenville 
 college is the most flourishing. 
 
 Government. The legislature is styled the General As- 
 sembly, and consists of a senate and house of represen- 
 tatives, who, with the Governor, are chosen for two years. 
 
 KENTUCKY. 
 
 'Climate. Snow seldom falls deep or lies long in this 
 State. Winter begins about Christmas, and continues till 
 February, so mild that cattle subsist with very little or no 
 fodder. By the beginning of March several shrubs and 
 trees begin to shoot forth their buds, and by the middle 
 of April the foliage of the forest is completely expanded. 
 
 Face of the Country, Soil, and Productions. A tract of 
 about 20 miles wide, along the Ohio, is hilly, broken land; 
 the rest of the country is agreeably uneven, gently as- 
 cending and descending at no great distances. Scarcely 
 any such thing as a marsh or swamp is to be found in the 
 State. In the vallies the soil is thin and of an inferior 
 quality, but on the swells it is sufficiently deep, and of 
 abundant fertility. The inhabitants 'distinguish its quality 
 Us first, second, and third rate lands. Lands of the first 
 quality will not bear wheat ; nor the second to advantage, 
 till having been reduced by two or three crops of corn, 
 hemp, or tobacco. At the deptli of 6 or 8 feet from the 
 surface there is a bed of lime-stone, which extends near- 
 ly over the whole State. From this circumstance, the 
 springs and streams of water soon fail unless supplied by 
 continual rains. The scarcity of water in the summer 
 season is often very great. People are obliged to sink 
 wells to the depth of 60 or 80 9 feet through the lime- 
 stone, in order to come at it for themselves and cattle. 
 
160 KENTUCKY. 
 
 Many streams which in the spring have 20 or SO feet 
 depth of water, in August and September become so re- 
 duced as to be insufficient to carry a mill. 
 
 The 'high lands produce abundant crops of wheat, 
 maize, tobacco, hemp, barley, oats, rye, and flax. Hemp 
 for several years past has been the 'capital article of 
 culture. From 700 to 1000 weight per acre is an 'ordi- 
 nary crop. Indian corn yields on first rate lands 100 
 bushels to an acre. A company formed for the purpose, 
 in 1803, had 10 acres in grapes, under the superintend- 
 -ance of a Swiss gentleman. There are some private 
 vineyards in different parts of the State. Cotton is sel- 
 dom and with difficulty brought to perfection. Apples 
 and peaches are abundant. Hogs are very numerous. 
 Some of the inhabitants keep 1 50 or 200. They general- 
 ly go in herds, and seldom leave the woods, where they 
 almost always find a supply of food. The salt licks fur- 
 nish salt, the maple supplies sugar, spirits are distilled 
 from grain, the rivers abound with fish, and the woods 
 with buffaloes and deer. 
 
 Manufactures. In 1810 there was manufactured in 
 this State, 324,870 bushels of salt, nearly 2 millions of 
 pounds of maple sugar, and more than 2,000,000 gallons 
 of spirits, distilled chiefly from rye, besides considerable 
 quantities of cloth in families. 
 
 Towns. Frankfort is the 'seat of government, situ- 
 ated on Kentucky river about 60 miles above its junction 
 with the Ohio. 
 
 Lexington is much the 'largest town in the State. 
 The inhabitants are devoting themselves to the manufac- 
 turing system. Here are 7 rope walks ; 5 factories of 
 coarse linen, in which upwards of 500 workmen are em- 
 ployed ; and three establishments for cotton spinning, 
 one of which is on an extensive plan. A mill for the 
 manufacture of flour to go by a steam engine has also 
 been erected. The business dependent on Kentucky 
 river is principally done here, as well as a great part of 
 the whole commercial business of the State. The town 
 contains an academy, university, two printing-offices, a 
 theatre, and 7 churches. The number of inhabitants in 
 1820, was 5,279. 
 
 Louisville, 'situated at the rapids of the Ohio, carries on 
 an extensive trade with Natches, New Orleans, and St. 
 Louis, and bids fair to become a large manufacturing 
 town. It is 50 miles west of Frankfort. The passage 
 
OHIO. 161 
 
 down the rapids in boats is perfectly safe under the con- 
 duct of a skilful pilot. 
 
 Religion. The most prevailing denominations are 
 Baptist*, Presbyterians, and Methodists. 
 
 Literature. There is a. college at Lexington, called 
 TiMM-vlvunia I'niversity, and one at Danville, lately es- 
 tablished. Something has been done by the legislature 
 for the support of common schools, but as yet to very 
 little effect. Respectable private schools, however, are 
 fast increasing in the State. 
 
 Government. The legislature is styled the General 
 Assembly, arid consists of a senate, chosen bydittricts for 
 4 years, and a house of representatives chosen annually. 
 The governor is chosen by the people for 4 years, and is 
 ineligible again for 7 years. 
 
 Curiosities. At Big Bone Lick, near the Ohio in this 
 State, have been found, at the depth of about 1 1 feet be- 
 low the surface, a great number of bones, of most enor- 
 mous size and weight, supposed to be of the mammoth, 
 now extinct. One of the tusks found here was 16 feet 
 in length, 21 inches in circumference, and weighed nearly 
 100 pounds ; teeth or grinders have been found from 5 
 to 12 pounds weight, and other bones in proportion. 
 
 OHIO. 
 
 ^Climate. The winters in Ohio are mild. Snow never 
 falls deep, and seldom remains more than S or 4 days on 
 the ground. Fever arid ague, and bilious remitting fevers 
 are prevalent diseases on some of the low, wet lands ; 
 otherwise the State is healthy. 
 
 Face of the Country, Soil, and Productions. This State 
 is agreeably diversified with swelling eminences and fer- 
 tile plains. There are no elevations which deserve the 
 name of mountains. The hills, though frequent, swell 
 gently, are of a deep rich soil, and well adapted for the 
 production of grain. The upper or northern part is the 
 'most uneven. From the Scioto westward, it is mostly a 
 level country. In several parts are extensive plains, call- 
 ed prairies, or natural meadows, covered with wild grass 
 and cane, but destitute of trees or shrubbery. These are 
 pastures for large herds of buffaloes, which fatten on the 
 herbage. The flat or bottom lands, as they are called, 
 on the Ohid, and other rivers, are remarkably fertile. 
 The 'productions are wheat, oats, barley, rye, Indian 
 2 
 
162 OHIO. 
 
 corn, hemp, and flax. The country in its natural state is 
 covered with vast and majestick forests. A sycamore tree 
 in the neighbourhood of Marietta is said to measure 60 
 feet in circumference, and being hollow will contain 18 
 or 20 men. Bears, deer, and turkies, are the principal 
 game, and the rivers are well stored with fish. 
 
 ^Minerals. Inexhaustible mines of pit coal are found 
 from Pittsburg many miles down the river, and in other 
 parts of the State. Free stone and iron ore are abundant 
 on the banks of the Hockhocking. There are also valu- 
 able salt springs on the Scioto and near the Muskingum, 
 which at% the property of the State. 
 
 Rivers. The Ohio is the boundary of this State on the 
 south. In common winter and spring floods this river 
 affords from 40 to 50 feet of water. The only serious 
 'obstruction to its navigation are the rapids at Louisville, 
 where the river descends 22| feet in the distance of two 
 miles. Large vessels pass down these rapids in high 
 spring tides in safety, but cannot reascend. A canal is 
 here contemplated, which, when completed, will render 
 this noble river navigable its whole extent. The freshets 
 sometimes ? rise in this river to the astonishing height of 
 40 feet. Various kinds of boats are used in its naviga- 
 tion ; some are boarded up at the sides, and roofed some- 
 thing like a ropewalk. It may be proper in this place to 
 notice the floating mills for grinding grain, which are fre- 
 quently seen upon this river. The mill is ''supported by 
 two large canoes, with the wheel between them ; this is 
 moored wherever they can find the strongest current, 
 nearest to the shore, by the force of which alone the mill 
 is put into operation. In this manner the mill is floated 
 up and down the river wherever a customer calls. 
 
 The Muskingum is a gentle river, confined by high 
 banks. It is 250 yards wide at its confluence with the 
 Ohio, 180 miles below Pittsburg. It is 'navigable for 
 small batteaux to its source, from thence by a portage of 
 7 miles a communication is opened to lake Erie, through 
 the Cayahoga, which is navigable its whole length, with- 
 out any obstruction from falls. 
 
 The Scioto is a large, navigable river. A canal is in 
 progress to connect this river with lake Erie, which, when 
 completed, will exceed SOO miles in length. 
 
 T'^e Great Miami has a very stony channel, a swift 
 streaio, but no falls. It is SOO yards wide at its mouth. 
 This river interlocks with the Scioto, and has severa.1 
 
OHIO. 163 
 
 boatable branches, one of which, approaches within 4 
 miles of a branch of the Miami of the Loktf, while anoth- 
 er branch by a portage of 7 miles communicates with the 
 Stndaskj. 
 
 nnerce. The 'exports from this State consist of 
 flour, corn, hemp, flax, beef, pork, smoked hams of veni- 
 son, whiskey, peach- brandy, and lumber. 
 
 Lately the building of ships has been commenced in 
 this State for the purpose of carrying its produce to mar- 
 ket. These are laden at spring flood, and descend the 
 rivers in perfect safety to the Atlantic, whence they pro- 
 ceed to the West-Indies, or other parts, where they are 
 disposed of, both vessel and cargo. The first ships built 
 here were in 1802, at Marietta. Their frames were al- 
 most wholly of black walnut, which is said to be as dura- 
 ble as the live. oak. All the materials for ship-building 
 abound in this country timber, hemp, and iron. Of black 
 walnut, white oak, and locust, there are almost inexhaus- 
 tible quantities, besides yellow pine for masts and spars; 
 and there is no country which can produce the article of 
 hemp in greater abundance, or at a more moderate price. 
 
 Towns. Columbus, 45 miles N. of Chilicothe, situat- 
 ed on the east bank of the Scioto, is the seatof govern- 
 ment, and contains about 1600 inhabitants. 
 
 Marietta is the 'oldest town in the State, and delight- 
 fully situated at the confluence of the Muskingum with 
 the Ohio. The streets are spacious, and cross each other 
 at right angles. It has a jail, court-house, academy, and 
 S rope walks, 850 feet in length. The number of inhab- 
 itants in 1810, was 1463. 
 
 Chilicothe is 'situated in a fertile country on the Scioto, 
 about 100 miles from its mouth. It is laid out on the 
 plan of Philadelphia, and contains a jail, state-house of 
 hewn stone, and 2,426 inhabitants. 
 
 Cincinnati is the largest town, 300 miles below Mari- 
 etta. It contains about 12,000 inhabitants. In this town 
 is fort Washington, which commences the chain of forts 
 extending to the westward. Here are 10 houses of pub- 
 lick worship. 
 
 Athens^ the 'seat of the I'liiversity in this State, is de- 
 lightfully '.situated in a healthy and fertile country, on 
 the Hockhocking, 40 miles by water from the Ohio, and 
 commands an extensive prospect of the river and the sur- 
 rounding country. Its population is about 1,000. 
 
] 64 INDIANA. 
 
 Literature. Ohio University, at Athens, was incorpo- 
 rated in 1801. Miami University was incorporated in 
 1809. In Ohio are also 11 academies; and schools are 
 general throughout this growing State. 
 
 Government. The legislature is styled the General 
 Assembly, and consists of a senate chosen for two years, 
 and a house of representatives chosen annually. The 
 governor is chosen for two years, and is eligible only 6 
 years in any term of 9 years. 
 
 2 Antiquities and Curiosities. Vast mounds and walls of 
 earth have been discovered in various parts of this State, 
 particularly at Marietta, which have excited the astonish- 
 ment of all who have seen or heard of them. When, and 
 by whom they were constructed, and for what purpose, 
 are matters wholly of conjecture. The present race of 
 Indians have no tradition, which can lead to any discov- 
 ery. They are however ^supposed to be the remains of 
 ancient forts. Those at Marietta are in squares. One 
 of these contains 40 acres, encompassed by a wall of 
 earth from 6 to 10 feet high, with three openings on 
 each side, resembling twelve gates. 
 
 Similar works have lately been discovered on one of 
 the banks of the Muskingum, the ramparts of which, in 
 some places, are 18 feet in perpendicular height. 
 
 Near these forts there are ever discovered mounds of 
 earth thrown up in the form of a sugar loaf, supposed to 
 be Indian graves. One of these at Marietta is 115 feet 
 in diameter, and 30 feet in perpendicular height. An 
 opening being made into the top, it was found to contain 
 human bones. 
 
 A copper coin has been found on the bank of the Little 
 Miami, 4 feet under ground. The characters on the coin 
 are Old Persian. In digging a well at Cincinnati, the 
 stump of a tree was discovered, 94 feet below the sur- 
 face, which had evident marks of the axe. 
 
 INDIANA. 
 
 Neither the climate, face of the country, soil, or pro- 
 ductions of the State of Indiana, differ materially from 
 those of the State of Ohio, already described. 
 
 Pilkava prairie or plain, is a high, level ground, in this 
 State, seven miles long and three broad, of a rich soil, on 
 which there was never a tree, since the memory of man. 
 Two hundred acres of wheat were seen growing here at 
 
ILLINOIS. 165 
 
 one time a lew years since, yielding 50 bushels on an 
 acre. These prairies are 'covered naturally with grass 
 from 4 to 8 feet high. 
 
 The maple tree affords a supply of sugar, and the salt 
 springs an abundance of salt A silver mine is said to 
 have been discovered on the Wabash, 28 miles above 
 Ouiatanon. Coal is found in plenty on all the rivers 
 emptying into the Ohio. 
 
 rincennes, about 200 miles from the mouth of the Wa- 
 bash, is the 'largest town in the State, situated in a fer- 
 tile country. It contains about 2,500 inhabitants. Here 
 most of the commerce of the State centres. The com- 
 munication with Detroit is by the Wabash, and Miami 
 rivers, the carrying place between which is about 15 
 miles. 'Goods from Canada are brought down the Illi- 
 nois ; from New Orleans up the Missisippi 5 and from 
 the eastern States down the Ohio, and up the Wabash. 
 
 Indianopolis, 110 miles N. of Louisville, in Kentucky, 
 is the 'seat of government. 
 
 ILLINOIS. 
 
 The State of Illinois is mostly a level country. The 
 meadows on the river Illinois in some places extend as far 
 as the eye can reach. This river is 'navigable 450 miles 
 with a gentle current, and is 400 yards wide at its mouth. 
 
 The lands situated on the principal rivers, called bot- 
 toms, are of the -first quality and of inexhaustible fertility, 
 having been cultivated, in some places, for more than a 
 century without manure. Oak is the 9 most common tree 
 of the forest Black walnut, sugar-maple, beech, mul- 
 berry and white pine, are found in their proper soils. 
 
 The military bounty hinds, granted to the soldiers, who 
 enlisted into the army of ihe United Slates, in the late 
 war, are situated in this State, on the peninsula formed 
 by the Missisippi and Illinois rivers. 
 
 * More than 200.000 bushel.- of Suit are said to be made 
 annually at the salt works belonging to the United States, 
 on Saline river. 
 
 Buffaloes, elk, deer, turkies, ducks, and geese, are 
 numerous in Illinois. 
 
 Kaskaskia is the largest town. Vandalia, 65 miles 
 N. E. of St. Louis, is the seat of government, which was 
 organized in 1818. 
 
166 MISSOURI.. ..MICHIGAN TERRITORY. 
 
 MISSOURI. 
 
 St. Louis, the centre of the fur trade in this country, 
 is beautifully 'situated on the west bank of the Missisippi, 
 and contains 4,598 inhabitants. A brisk commerce is 
 kept up between this place and New-Orleans, distant 
 1300 miles, by means of steam-boats. 
 
 Jefferson, the seat of government, is situated on the 
 Missouri, a few miles above the mouth of Osage river. 
 
 About 50 miles west from St. Genevieve, by a good 
 wagon road, are the 'famous lead mines, including a dis- 
 trict 70 miles in length, and 45 in breadth, the whole of 
 which abounds with lead ore, so exceedingly rich, that 
 100 pounds of the ore will 'yield from 70 to 80 of fine 
 lead. The produce is more than 1300 tons annually, and 
 from the inexhaustible state of the mineral, it is supposed 
 the quantity might be increased sufficient to supply the 
 world. Herculaneum, on the Missisippi, 30 miles be- 
 low St. Louis, and St. Genevieve, 30 miles below Her- 
 culaneum, are the ^principal depots of the mines, to which 
 places the lead is transported, and from whence it is 
 sent up the Ohio as far as Pittsburg, and down the 
 Missisippi to Neiv-Orleans. 
 
 On the banks of Saline creek, 10 miles below St. Ge- 
 nevieve, are a number of salt springs. 
 
 Wheat, maize, hemp, tobacco, cattle and swine, are 
 the 'chief productions. 
 
 MICHIGAN TERRITORY. 
 
 The 'climate is cold and healthy. Very little snow 
 falls here, but the ice on the rivers and lakes affords good 
 travelling. The 'soil of this level and well watered coun- 
 try, is generally fertile. The 'productions are wheat, 
 maize, oats, barley, peas, apples, pears, peaches and grapes. 
 The ^forests consist of oak, black walnut, sugar-maple, 
 beech, ash, elm, sycamore, cedar and pines. The rivers 
 and lakes abound with fish, and the woods with bees. 
 
 Detroit, the 'chief town, situated on Detroit river be- 
 tween Lake St. Clair and Erie, 9 miles south of the for- 
 mer, .contains about 1400 inhabitants, is well laid out, 
 the streets crossing each other at right angles. It is a 
 place of considerable trade, which consists chiefly in a 
 barter of coarse European goods with the natives for furs. 
 The streets are generally crowded with Indians in the 
 day time ; but at night they are shut out of the town. 
 
TERRITORIES. 167 
 
 NORTH-WEST TERRITORY 
 
 Lies between Missisippi river and Superior and Mich- 
 igan Lakes ; the British Possessions being on the north, 
 and Illinois on the south. On Green Bay, which extends 
 100 miles from the N. VV. side of lake Michigan, the U. 
 State have a fort and garrison, at the mouth of Fox riv- 
 er. Its other rivers are St. Mary's, which connects lake 
 Superior with lake Huron, Ouisconsin, Fox, Black, Chip- 
 paway and St Croix. 
 
 ARKANSAW TERRITORY. 
 
 This country is flat from the Missisippi westward for 
 150 miles, when it becomes broken and hilly. The 'dis- 
 eases most common are the ague and slow bilious fevers, 
 which few new-comers escape. 
 
 On the rivers the 9 soil is abundantly rich and fertile ; 
 back from the rivers it is poor, for two or three hundred 
 miles, when it becomes good. There is a great want of 
 water in many parts of this country. The 'produce of 
 cotton, where the land is well tended, is about 1000 
 pounds in the seed to the acre ; Indian corn, from 50 to 
 60 bushels. This country is well adapted for raising cattle. 
 On a branch of Arkansaw river there is a salt prairie, 
 which, in a dry season, is said to be covered for several 
 miles with fine, white, crystallized salt. 
 
 The principal rivers are rfrkansaw, White, St. Fran- 
 cis* and Wachitta. 
 
 Arkopblis, 300 miles above the Missisippi, on the Ar- 
 kansaw, is the seat of government. Dwight, a mission- 
 ary station among the Cherokees, is situated about 400 
 miles from the mouth of the Arkansaw river. 
 
 MISSOURI TERRITORY 
 
 Extends from the Missisippi on the E. to the Pacific 
 ocean on the W. and from the British Possessions on the 
 N. to the Spanish Possessions on the South. The great 
 rivers Missouri, Missisippi and Columbia, have numerous 
 branches in the Territory, the least of which are more 
 than 500 miles long. Near the mouth of Columbia river 
 is a wide settlement, called Astoria, where the fur trade 
 is carried on with the Indians. Numerous tribes of In- 
 dians inhabit this vast Territory ; the Sioux, the Osages, 
 the Kansas, and the Pawnees, are the principal ; of the 
 others little is known. That part of the Territory, west 
 of the Rocky Mountains, which divide it, is called the 
 TERRITORY OF OKEGON, or WESTERN TERRITORY. 
 
168 NEW-BRITAIN.... CANADA. 
 
 BRITISH POSSESSIONS 
 
 IN NORTH AMERICA. 
 
 The British Possessions, taken in their widest extent, 
 exhibit a great variety of aspect and of climate, nine- 
 tenths of which are in possession of the Indians. 
 
 NEW BRITAIN. 
 
 That part called Labrador is full of frightful mountains, 
 many of which are of a stupendous height. The vallies 
 present numerous lakes, and produce only a few stunted 
 trees. In the parallel of 60 north latitude, all vegetation 
 ceases. Such is the interiseness of the cold in the winter, 
 that brandy and even quicksilver freezes into a solid mass; 
 rocks often burst with a tremendous noise, equal to that 
 of the heaviest artillery. At Nain, Okkak, and Hopedale, 
 the Moravian missionaries have settlements. 
 
 In New North and South Wales the face of the country 
 has not quite the same aspect of unconquerable sterility 
 as that of Labrabor, and the climate, although in the same 
 parallel of latitude, is a little less rigorous. But it is only 
 the coasts of these immense regions that, are known, the 
 interior having never yet been explored. The 'natives 
 are called Esquimaux. Some factories and forts for the 
 purpose of carrying on the fur trade with the Indians, are 
 established by the Hudson's bay, and North-west com- 
 panies. 
 
 CANADA. 
 
 Canada was taken possession of and first settled by the 
 French, from whom it was afterwards conquered by the 
 English. 
 
 Between Quebec and the Gulf of St. Lawrence, the 
 country is mountainous and a few scattered mountains 
 also occur between Quebec and the mouth of the river 
 Uttawas ; but higher up the St. Lawrence, the 9 face of the 
 country is flat. The'soil is various, but generally fertile. 
 In Lower Canada it consists mostly of a blackish earth of 
 about a foot deep, on a bed of clay. The island of Or- 
 leans near Quebec, and the lands on the St. Lawrence 
 and other rivers are remarkable for the richness of their 
 soil. The meadow grounds, or savannas, are for the most 
 part exceedingly fertile. 
 
 The seventy of the climate, however, counterbalances 
 the fertility of the soil. Though Canada is situated in 
 
CANADA. 169 
 
 the temperate latitude of France, the climate corresponds 
 with that of the parallel of GO- iu Siberia. The 'extremes 
 of heat and cold are astonishing ; Farenheit's thermome- 
 ter in the months of July and August, rising to 96, and 
 yet in winter the mercury generally freezes. Changes 
 of weather, however, are less frequent, and the seasons 
 more regular than in the United States. Snow not un- 
 frequently begins to fall in October, and increases in No- 
 vember ; in December the clouds are generally dissolved, 
 and the sky assumes a bright hue, containing for weeks 
 without a single cloud. 
 
 Petersburg, winter is the season 
 
 for amusement, and the sledges drawn by one or two 
 3, afford a speedy and pleasant conveyance in trav- 
 elling; but on going abroad, all parts of the body, ex- 
 cept the eyes, must be thickly covered with furs. 
 
 In Mav tlte 9 thaw comes on suddenly, and in its pro- 
 
 the ice in the river St. Lawrence bursts with the 
 
 noise of cannon, and passes towards the ocean with 
 
 tremendous rapidity and violence. The 'progress <>f 
 
 ition is astonishing. Spring has scarcely appeared 
 
 receded by summer. In a few days the 
 
 trees regain their foliage, and the fields are clothed with 
 
 the richest verdure. September, generally, is one of 
 
 the i: able months. 
 
 -ed lor exportation ; a little tobacco for 
 private use ; Indian corn in Upper Canada ; rye, barley, 
 and oats. The sugar maple affords a supply of sugar; 
 the meadows yield excellent grass, and feed great num- 
 bers of cattle. 
 
 The 'Canadian horses are mostly small and heavy ; but 
 
 very brisk on the road, travelling at the rate of 8 or 9 
 
 miles an hour. The calash, a sort of one horse chaise, 
 
 i;c of holding two persons and the driver, is the 
 
 9 carr. ^'-nerally in use. 
 
 The Canadian-* have a species of large 'dogs which arc 
 used in drawing burdens. They are yoked into little 
 carts : in this way people frequently go to market. 
 Sometimes they perform long journies in the winter sea- 
 son, on the snow, by half a dozen or more of these 
 animals yoked into a cariole or sledge. 
 
 Quebecis the 'capital, not only of Canada, but of all 
 British America. It is 'situated on a lofty point of land 
 at the confluence of the river St. Charles with the St. Law- 
 rence, 320 'miles from the sea, and 364 'from Boston. 
 P 
 
170 CANADA. 
 
 Nearly facing it on the opposite shore, there is another 
 point and between the two, the river is contracted to the 
 breadth of nearly three quarters of a mile ; but after 
 passing through the strait, it expands to the breadth of 5 
 or 6 miles. The wide part of the river immediately be- 
 low the town is called 4k The Bason," and is sufficiently 
 spacious to float a hundred sail of the line. 
 
 Quebec is 'divided into two parts ; the Upper Town, 
 situated on a rock of limestone, on the top of the point, 
 and the Lower Town, built round the bottom of the point 
 close to the water, and at high tides nearly on a level 
 with it. The rock whereon the Upper Town stands, in 
 some places towards the water, rises nearly perpendicu- 
 larly, so as to be totally inaccessible ; in other parts it is 
 not so steep, but that there is a communication between 
 the two towns. 
 
 The Upper Town is a place of immense strength. To- 
 wards the water it is strongly guarded by nature, and on 
 the land side by stupendous fortifications. The houses 
 are mostly of stone, but small, ugly, and inconvenient. 
 The streets are irregular, uneven, narrow, and unpaved. 
 The number of inhabitants in both towns, in 1818, was 
 estimated at 15,257. The environs of Quebec present a 
 most beautiful scenery. 
 
 Montreal* the 'second city of Canada, is 'situated on the 
 east side of an island in the river St. Lawrence, 200 miles 
 below lake Ontario, and 180 above Quebec. This is 
 the head of ship navigation on the St. Lawrence. The 
 number of inhabitants is about 20,000. The 9 chief trade 
 of this city is in furs. The North West Company, so 
 called, is composed mostly of Montreal merchants, who 
 employ more than 1200 men in this trade. A great num- 
 ber of canoes, formed of the bark of the birch tree, and 
 loaded with coarse cloths, blankets, ammunition, and spir- 
 ituous liquors, are sent off every spring up the river Uta- 
 was, about 280 miles, thence across by land to lake Nip- 
 issing into lake Huron and lake Superior, to the Grand 
 Portage, and from thence by a chain of small lakes and 
 rivers to Fort Chepawyan^ the 'place of rendezvous, where 
 the Indians of that country resort to barter their furs. 
 
 Trois ftivieres, or Three Rivers, is pleasantly situated 
 about half way between Quebec and Montreal. This 
 town is a place of great resort for several Indian nations, 
 vrho come here to dispose of their furs. Two islands at 
 the mouth of a small river which here empties into the 
 
NEW-BRUNSWICK AND NOVA-SCOTIA. 171 
 
 rirer St. Lawrence, produce the appearance of three riv- 
 ers ; hence the name of the place. 
 
 The 'most considerable towns in Upper Canada are 
 York) the seat of government ; Kingston, at the head of 
 the St. Lawrence, in which the king's shipping on lake 
 Ontario winter ; Newark, Queenstown, Chippeway, situ- 
 ated on Niagara river, the latter directly opposite the 
 falls. These falls form one of the greatest natural curi- 
 osities of this or any other country. The earth is per- 
 ceived to tremble for several rods round, and a heavj 
 cloud of f> is constantly ascending, in which the rain- 
 bow is always visible when the sun shines. 
 
 Queenstovvn, sometimes called " The Landing," about 
 seven miles below the falls, is the 'head of ship navigation- 
 From this place there is a portage of 9 miles to the near- 
 est navigable part of Niagara river above the falls. 
 
 Most of the inhabitants in Lower Canada are of French 
 extraction, who retain, in a great measure, the manners 
 and customs of their ancestors, and profess the Roman 
 Catholic religion. They live, for the most part, in log 
 houses, which being well and compactly built, and planed 
 and white-washed on the outside, have an agreeable ap- 
 pearance. 
 
 Nearly all the settlements in Lower Canada are ? sito- 
 ated close upon the rivers. For several leagues below 
 Montreal the houses stand so closely together as to have 
 the appearance of one continued village. 
 
 In Upper Canada there are many emigrants from the 
 United States. 
 
 NEW-BRUNSWICK AND NOYA-SCOTIA. 
 
 -BHUNSWICK and NOVA-SCOTIA, in most particu- 
 lars, are very similar. The 'face of the country is neith- 
 er mountainous nor quite level. There are several riv- 
 ers, amnnu; which those of Annapolis and St. John's are 
 the most considerable. The 'soil is in general thin and 
 barren, particularly on the coasts. In some parts there 
 are very extensive tracts of marsh, which are rich and 
 productive. Both the soil and the climate are unfavoura- 
 ble to the cultivation of grain, and the inhabitants do not 
 raise provision sufficient for their own consumption. The 
 fisheries, however, ^compensate in some measure for the 
 sterility of the soil. The coast abounds with cod, salmon, 
 mackerel, haddock, and herring. Their 9 chief exports, 
 
127 NEWFOUNDLAND. . . . CAPE BRETON. 
 
 are fish and lumber. Coal is found in Nova-Scotia ; and 
 plaster of Paris, particularly at Windsor, from whence 
 large quantities are imported into the United States. 
 
 The ^capital of Nova-Scotia is Halifax, on Chebucto 
 bay. The town is commodiously situated for the fishery, 
 and for a communication, both by land and water, with 
 the other parts of the province and with New-Brunswick. 
 It has a good harbour open at all times of the year, when 
 almost all other harbours in these provinces are locked 
 up with ice. A small squadron of ships of war is sta- 
 tioned here. At the northern extremity of the town is 
 the king's navy-yard, well built, and amply supplied with 
 stores. Halifax is well situated for a seat of government, 
 and contains about 15,000 inhabitants. 
 
 Frederickstown, about 90 miles up St. John's river, is 
 the present ? seat of government in New-Brunswick. 
 
 St. John's is the 'largest town, at the mouth of St. 
 John's river, and contains about 10,000 inhabitants. 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND. 
 
 The island Newfoundland possesses a steril and bar- 
 ren soil. The interior has never yet been explored. 
 The ? climate is cold, and the coasts extremely subject to 
 fogs, attended with almost continual storms of snow and 
 sleet. The only ^vegetable production of any importance 
 is timber, of which there is a great abundance. 
 
 This island is 9 chiefly valuable for the great cod fishery 
 carried on upon the Banks of Newfoundland. Great 
 Britain and the United States, at the lowest computation, 
 annually employ 3000 sail of small craft in this fishery, 
 on board of which, and on shore to cure and pack the 
 fish, are upwards of 100,000 hands. 
 
 St. John's, the capital, containing about 12,000 inhab- 
 itants, was nearly destroyed by three dreadful fires in 
 1816 and 1817. Boston and New-York, in the severity 
 of winter, sent the sufferers provisions, which were grate- 
 fully received by the distressed inhabitants. 
 
 CAPE BRETON. 
 
 This island is about 100 miles in length, and separated 
 from Nova-Scotia by a narrow strait, called the Gut of 
 Canso. It is considered the key to Canada. Both the 
 soil and climate are unpropitious to the purposes of ag- 
 
PRINCE EDWARD'S ISL. &o MEXICO. 173 
 
 riculture. The inhabitants are chiefly 'dependent on the 
 fisheries for their support. The population is about 3,000. 
 Sydney is the capital town. 
 
 PRINCE EDWARD'S ISLAND, FORMERLY CALLID 
 ST. JOHN'S. 
 
 This island is 1 10 miles long, and has a rich soil. Char- 
 lottetown, containing about 1,200 inhabitants, is the prin- 
 cipal town. The whole number of inhabitants upon the 
 island is estimated at about 5000. 
 
 BERMUDAS. 
 
 The Bermudas, or Somer's Islands, as they are some- 
 times called, are four in number, besidesmumerous small- 
 er ones uninhabited. They 9 lie off against the Southern 
 States, about 600 miles from the Carolina shore. The 
 'houses are built of a soft porous stone, which being fre- 
 quently white-washed to resist the rain, exhibit the most 
 beautiful contrast with the greenness of the cedars and 
 pastures. The Bernuidians are mostly sea-faring people, 
 and few of the men are ever at home. However indus- 
 trious they may be abroad, at home they are indolent, 
 greatly addicted to luxury and gaming. The women 
 are generally handsome, aii their husbands 
 
 and children, and fond of dress. Population, about 10,000. 
 
 MEXICO. OB NKNV SPAIN. 
 
 In 1521, Mexico was subdued by the Spaniards, under 
 it continued a province of Spain till 1821, when 
 it declared itself independent. This immense territory 
 i iu-(l between 16 and 42 north latitude, and ex- 
 froiii the (i'.ilf of Mexico and the United States on 
 the east, to the Pacific Ocean on the v, 
 
 The 4 land> on both coasts are low. Thence there is a 
 gradual ascent till the country attains an elevation of 6 or 
 8000 feet above the level of the ocean, when it spreads 
 out into a broad extended plain called Table Land. Thus 
 the city Mexico is on a plain or table land ; but this 
 plain or table land has a greater elevation above the level 
 of the ocean than most ot our mountains ; and in fact it 
 is considered as a vast mountainous range like the Allegha- 
 ny mountains in the United States, and is called the Cor- 
 dillera or Andes in Mexico, with this difference, that the 
 tops of the Alleghany mountains consist of steep, narrow 
 P 2 
 
1T4 MEXICO, OR NEW SPAIN. 
 
 ridges, with vallies between them, whereas the top of the 
 Cordillera is a broad plain, and the best inhabited part 
 of the country. On this plain, mountains occasionally 
 rise, whose tops are covered with perpetual snow. 
 
 In so extensive a country as that of Mexico, one half 
 of which is in the torrid and the other in the temperate 
 zone, there must necessarily be a great diversity of soil 
 and climate. In the tropical regions the year is divided 
 into only two seasons, called the rainy and the dry. The 
 rainy season commences in June or July, and continues 
 about four months, till September or October, when the 
 dry season commences and continues about eight months. 
 On the low lands upon the coast, the ? climate is hot and 
 unhealthy. On .the declivity of the Cordillera at the 
 elevation of 4 or 5000 feet, there reigns perpetually a 
 soft spring temperature, which never varies more than 8 
 or 9 degrees. At the elevation of 7000 feet, commences 
 another region, the 'mean temperature of which is about 
 60. Mexico is in this region, and the thermometer there 
 has been known in a few instances to descend below the 
 freezing point. It never rises above 75. 
 
 The 'soil of the table land is remarkably productive. 
 It is however exposed to droughts in the spring. Maize 
 is the 9 most important object of culture. In the most 
 warm and humid regions it will yield two crops in ayear. 
 In the different elevations of this country may be found 
 a climate suited to almost every production either in the 
 torrid or temperate zone. The shores of the bays of 
 Honduras and Campeachy have been long 'celebrated 
 for their immense forests of logwood and mahogany. A 
 great commerce is carried on in these articles ; likewise 
 in cocoa and cochineal, which are also 'products of this 
 country. Here likewise grow those trees which produce 
 the balsams copaiva and tolu. But what 'most distin- 
 guishes this country are its immensely valuable mines of 
 gold, silver, and precious stones. 
 
 Mexico, the 'capital, is undoubtedly the most expensive, 
 populous, and opulent city of the New World. It is 'situ- 
 ated on the banks of a lake, and the houses are all ? built 
 upon piles. The streets are very wide, perfectly 
 straight, and intersect each other at right angles. The 
 most sumptuous buildings are the churches, chapels, and 
 convents. The cathedral, especially, is 'remarkable for 
 its splendid and costly decorations. The railing round 
 the altar is solid silver; there is also a silver lamp so 
 capacious, that three men get into the inside to clean it. 
 
GUATIMALA.... GREENLAND. 175 
 
 This city is the abode of all the most opulent merchants, 
 and the centre of the commerce carried on with Europe, 
 through the 'ports of /'era Cruz and .'Av//m/rt>. It con- 
 tains a university, composed of 150 doctors in all the 
 faculties. The population is about 140,000. There is a 
 road, 15-4'.) mile* long, from Mexico to New-Orleans. 
 
 fz and Acapulco) the former on the coast of 
 the Mexican gulf, and the latter on that of the Pacific 
 ocean, are the 'two ports to the city Mexico, th 
 which the trade of the capita! is carried on with Spam 
 and the Philippine islands. 
 
 Santa J being the most northern >et- 
 
 tlement of any note in Spanish America. Population 3600. 
 The inhabitants are distinguished into six ''classes or 
 casts; 1. The Whites ; 2. The'Indians 5 3. The \\ 
 
 - : 4. The Mestizoes, or descendants of Whites and 
 Indians ; .1. The Mulattoes, or descendants of Whites 
 and N-'-roes; G. The Samboes or descendants of In- 
 
 oes. 
 
 The Whites are a^ain subdivided into two 'classes; 
 .ropeans, or such as were born in Europe, and emi- 
 grate into America; 2. Creoles or -Whites of European 
 i tion, but born in America. The religion is Ro- 
 man Catholic. 
 
 GUATIM AL V. 
 
 Guatimala, now indupcnc ''tids from Mexico 
 
 nearly to the Isthmus of D.u ien, and i> divided into six 
 provinces, viz. Chiapa, Vera Pay., Guatimala, Honduras, 
 Nicaragua, and Costa Rica. This country is divided by 
 the b iv of Honduras, into two peninsula-. Its soil is gen- 
 erally L r <">d, audits productions are grain, grapes, honey, 
 ;1, dye-woods, \.c. Its p^pulati-m, principal- 
 ly lii .bout 1,800, 000. (inatimala, the capital, 
 :ic ocean, has a nm\ harbour, contains a 
 university, and has about 30,ooo inhabitants. 
 
 GREENLAND, 
 
 Greenland, belnnuini; to Denmark, is the farthest 
 north, and one of the coldest countries in the world. 
 Except in the low lands and vallie- near the sea, it is 
 nearly destitute of trees, and generally of vegetation, be- 
 ing in most parts covered with eternal snows, which nev- 
 er melt, even in summer. The seas about Greenland 
 are filled with immense quantities of ice, which are said 
 to remain even for ages undissolved. Huge pieces are 
 
176 WEST-INDIES. 
 
 often seen floating in these seas, not only as big as the 
 largest houses, but which even resemble small mountain*. 
 These are sometimes dashed against each other by the 
 force of the winds and waves, with such violence as to 
 crush the strongest ships to pieces when caught amongst 
 them, and with a noise that exceeds the report of a can- 
 non. White bears of an emormous size are sometimes 
 seen floating upon these pieces of ice. 
 
 This inhospitable country, notwithstanding, is said to 
 be inhabited as far north as 76. In some of the more 
 southern parts the ground becomes so thawed in June and 
 July as to yield some herbs and a little grass. The in- 
 habitants, however, are obliged to 'depend for their sub- 
 sistence wholly upon hunting and fishing. They are of 
 short stature, with long black hair, small eyes and flat 
 faces. They seem to be a branch of the American Es- 
 quimaux, and greatly resemble the Laplanders and Sam- 
 oides of Europe. In lat 64 and 68 are two Danish 
 settlements, named Good Hope and Disco. The Mora- 
 vians have missionaries at New-Hernnhut, Lichtenfels, 
 and Lichtnau. 
 
 The seas about Greenland 'afford a peculiar species of 
 animal, called the SEAL, 9 or 10 feet in length, with two 
 small feet before, on which he is able to walk a little upon 
 the shore. This animal is the constant prey of the Green- 
 lander, and furnishes him with almost every thing he 
 wants. The flesh he eats ; with the oil he feeds his lamp; 
 the skin serves him for clothes, or is used to line the in- 
 side of his tent. 
 
 A considerable whale fishery is carried on in the seas 
 adjacent to Greenland, principally by the British and the 
 Dutch. 
 
 WEST-INDIES. 
 
 There is so great a similarity in the situation, climate, 
 product and commerce of these islands, that some gener- 
 al observations are applicable to them all. 
 
 9 Climate. Situated under a vertical sun, the heat on 
 these islands woul'j be almost insupportable, but for the 
 sea and land breezes, which blow regularly every day and 
 night, almost the whole year. The sea breeze, or trade 
 wind, 9 sets in from the sea towards the land about 10 
 o'clock in the morning, and blows till night, when the 
 land breeze 'commences from the centre of the island, 
 and blows to every point of the compass till morning. 
 
 The chief 'distinction of seasons in these hot countries 
 
WEST-INDIES. 
 
 ITT 
 
 is into DRY and RAINY ; snow and frost are entirely un- 
 known. The rainy seasons are two, the spring and the 
 autumnal. The spring periodical rains 'commence about 
 the middle of May, and commonly fall every day about 
 noon attended with thunder, and break up towards even- 
 ing, creating a bright and beautiful verdure, and a rapid 
 and luxuriant vegetation. 
 
 After these rains have continued about a fortnight, the 
 weather becomes dry, settled and salutary; not a cloud 
 is to be perceived, and the sky blazes with irresistible 
 fierceness. At this season, before the setting in of the 
 sea breeze, at about 10 o'clock in the morning, the heat 
 is scarcely supportable ; but no sooner is the influence 
 felt of this refreshing wind, than all nature revives, and 
 the climate in the shade not only becomes very tolerable, 
 but pleasant. This weather continues till about the mid- 
 dle of August, when the diurnal breeze begins to remit, 
 and the atmosphere becomes sultry, incommodious and 
 suffocating. Towards the last of summer, large towering 
 clouds, fleecy and of a reddish hue, are seen in the morn- 
 ing in the south and south-east. The tops of the moun- 
 tains at the same time appear free from clouds, wear a 
 bluish cast, and si-pm nearer than usual. In the begin- 
 ning of autumn, when these vast accumulations of vapours 
 have risen to a certain height, they commonly move hor- 
 izontally towards the mountains, proclaiming their pro- 
 gress in deep and rolling thunder, which is answered by 
 the distant but load roar of the ocean. These are pre- 
 ludes to the second periodical or autumnal rains, which 
 'commence in September or the beginning of October, 
 and descend with such impetuosity, that they resemble 
 more the pouring of water out of buckets, than rain. It 
 is now that hurricanes, those dreadful visitations of Prov- 
 idence, are apprehended. They are furious storms of 
 wind, attended with the most violent rain, thunder and 
 lightning, sometimes with an enormous swelling of the 
 sea, and not unfrequently with an earthquake. The vio- 
 lence of the blast is such that nothing can resist its force. 
 The largest trees are torn up by the roots, the sugar 
 canes are scattered through the air, houses are blown 
 down, the boilers and stills of many hundred weight are 
 removed .from their places and dashed to pieces. 
 
 In December the atmosphere becomes clear, the 
 weather pleasant and serene, and the temperature cool 
 and delightful. This season lasts till May, and is to the 
 sick and the aged, the climate of paradise. In the sum* 
 
11T8 WEST-INDIES. 
 
 mer and fall months, malignant fevers are prevalent, 
 which often prove fatal to foreigners. 
 
 Productions. Sugar, produced from the sugar cane, is 
 the 'capital article of exportation from these islands, to 
 which molasses and rum are appendages. The sugar- 
 cane is a jointed reed, usually from 83 to seven feet in 
 'length, and from half an inch to an inch in diameter, 
 containing a soft pithy substance which affords a copious 
 supply of juice, of a sweetness the least cloying in nature. 
 The plant is propagated by cuttings, usually selected 
 from the tops of the canes that have been ground for su- 
 gar. These are placed in holes and covered with mould 
 about two inches deep. The canes, when grown, are 
 ground, and the expressed jaice being boiled down to a 
 thick syrup, is laded into proper vessels, where, as it 
 cools, it runs into sugar. MOLASSES are the refuse or 
 drainings of the sugar, from which, with the addition of 
 the skimmings of the hot juice, and the lees of former dis- 
 tillations, RUM is distilled. A plantation of 300 acres of 
 sugar-cane is allowed to 'produce on an average, 200 
 hogsheads of sugar, and 130 puncheons of rum, of 110 
 gallons each, annually. 
 
 The 'labour is performed by negro slaves, who are 
 subsisted on the plantations at a very easy rate. Their 
 'allowance from some masters is only a certain portion of 
 land, which they suffer them to cultivate for their subsist- 
 ence, on Saturday and Sunday ; others are allowed a cer- 
 tain portion of Indian corn, a salt herring, or a small poiv 
 tion of salt pork a day. They have over them an over- 
 seer, a driver, and commonly a physician to attend upon 
 the sick. The negroes constitute much the greater pro- 
 portion of inhabitants on most of the West-India islands. 
 The 'other principal productions of the West-Indies, are 
 cotton, indigo, coffee, cocoa, ginger, pimento or allspice* 
 arnotto, aloes, cloves, cinnamon, bees-wax, and honey. 
 
 'COFFEE is the fruit of a small tree, planted out in 
 squares of about 8 feet, producing from 1 to 3 or 4 pound* 
 each tree, and from 3 to 700 weight per acre. 
 
 ? CocoA, or the chocolate nut, is also the fruit of a small 
 but very tender tree, which begins to bear the fifth year 
 after it is planted, and yields two crops of fruit in a year. 
 The cocoa tree delights in water, and the ground where 
 it is planted must be reduced to a mire, and carefully sup- 
 plied with water, otherwise it will die. It must also be 
 planted in the shade, or defended from the perpendicu^ 
 lar rays of the sun. 
 
WEST-INDIES. 179 
 
 'GINGER is a root planted like the potato, and dug once 
 a year. 
 
 A HNOTTO is 'derived from a shrub 7 or 8 feet high, bear- 
 'onu hairy pods, which contain the seeds, envelop- 
 ed in a pulp of a bright red colour. 
 
 'AI.OKS are the product of a small plant, propagated by 
 suckers. A strong decoction is made, which is boiled to 
 the consistency of honey, and then suffered to harden. 
 
 'Pi.MKvi o, or Allspice, is the fruit of a tree which grows 
 spontaneously in Jamaica, where it forms the most deli- 
 cious groves. A single tree has been known to ''yield 100 
 pounds of the spice. The berries are gathered by the 
 hand while green, and exposed to the sun about 7 days, 
 when they become of a reddish brown. 
 
 To this general account will now be added a few par- 
 ticulars concerning some of the most considerable of the 
 India islands. 
 
 CUBA. 
 
 Cuba is the 'largest of the West-India islands. It is 
 about 700 miles in length, and is celebrated for the supe- 
 rior flavour of its tobacco. Ebony and mahogany arc 
 amontc its trees. The forests abound with wild cattle, 
 which are hunted for their hides and tallow. Some gold 
 is found in the sand of its streams ; but its most valuable 
 'mineral product is copper of an excellent quality, with 
 which, in the form of utensil-, it supplies the other Span- 
 ish colonies. Its population in 1804 was 234,000 whites, 
 90,000 free blacks, and 108,000 slaves. Its whole popu- 
 lation is now about 600,000. 
 
 capital, the Havanna, is a place of great note and 
 importance, on account of its harbour, and is the usual 
 station of the principal maritime force of Spanish Ameri- 
 ca, and the place of rendezvous for the ships laded with 
 ".eulth 'of all the settlements on their homeward 
 _e. The city is strongly fortified and well built. It 
 contains about 70,000 inhabitants, and carries on a great 
 trade with foreign countries. 
 
 HISPANIOLA, OR ST. DOMINGO. 
 
 This is the 'next in size and one of the most fertile of 
 all the West-India islands. It was the first settlement 
 of the Spaniards in the new world. Its forests 'abound 
 with wild cattle, which, as on the island of Cuba, are 
 hunted for their hides. Population about 650,000. 
 
180 WEST-INDIES. 
 
 So lately as the year 1790, this island was divided be- 
 tween France and Spain. The year following an alarm- 
 ing insurrection of the negroes broke out in the French 
 colony, which deluged half of the northern provinces in 
 blood. In 1793 about 3,000 negro slaves, supported by 
 themulaltoes, entered Cape Francois, the capital city, and 
 perpetrated an universal massacre of the white men, wo- 
 men and children. After various attempts at subjugation 
 on the part of France, all of which proved unsuccessful, 
 the blacks at length succeeded in expelling their masters, 
 the French, and have established an independent govern- 
 ment under the administration of Buyer, who is styled, 
 President of Hayti, a name they have given to the island. 
 
 JAMAICA 
 
 Is the. 'chief of the British West India islands. It is 
 highly cultivated, but in 'natural fertility, is far inferior 
 to Cuba and St. Domingo. Its population in 1811 was 
 590,000, of whom only 40,000 were whites. 
 
 The 'principal commercial town is Kingston, a sea-port 
 on the southern coast. It is opulent and populous, and 
 the merchants live in a style of great splendour. St. Jago 
 or Spanish Town, is the 'seat of government. Port-Royal, 
 situated on a fine bay, was accounted the best harbour 5 
 but has been reduced by repeated earthquakes, and other 
 calamities. It still contains the royal navy-yard, arse- 
 nal, and barracks. 
 
 PORTO-RICO 
 
 Is the 'next of the larger islands, and 'belongs to Spain. 
 It is reckoned a fertile and beautiful country, but is only 
 partially cultivated. There are a few sugar plantations 
 here, arid the proportion of slaves is less than that of free- 
 men, which is the reverse of what prevails in most of the 
 other islands. Population 130,000. St. Juan, its capital, 
 on the north side of the island, contains about 30,000. 
 
 THE CARIBBEE ISLANDS 
 
 Is the general appellation of that group or range, which 
 stretches in a curve line from Porto-Rico to the coast of 
 South- America. Most of these islands are nearly plain in 
 their surface ; some of them labour under a total want of 
 springs of fresh water. They are, however, extremely 
 fertile, and 'yield abundantly the usual products of the 
 
WEST-INDIES... 'SOUTH AMERICA. 181 
 
 tropical n ( >f the whole group, Gaudaloupc and 
 
 Barbadots are the 'most important. Martinico is also a 
 valuable island. Dominica contains several volcanoes. 
 These M;m<ls are particularly 'subject to hurricanes, 
 more so than the larger West-India Islands. 
 
 THE BAHAMA ISLANDS, 
 
 Called by the Spaniards, Lucayas, Comprehend in gen- 
 eral all tin uba and St. Domingo. They 
 are very numerous, but being narrow strips of land, and 
 mostly barren, few of them are inhabited. Their princi- 
 pal 'products are cotton, salt, turtle, oranges, pine-apples 
 and dyeing-woods. Several vessels, called wreckers, 
 frequent these islands, attracted by the numerous wrecks, 
 of trailing ships in their passage along the channels be- 
 tween the - and the coast of Florida on one side, 
 and that of Cuba on the other. 
 
 TURK'S ISLANDS, 
 
 f Situa(ed directly north from St. Domingo, are 'celebrat- 
 
 t!ie production of suit obtained from salt ponds, 
 
 which on these Early in the 
 
 tit in the- 'allizes, and subsides in 
 
 solid cakes to the bottom, from whence it is raked out, 
 
 and exported in large quantities to the United States. 
 
 SOUTH AMERICA. 
 
 In a description of South America, our attention is first 
 most naturally led to a consideration of its mountains. 
 These are the famous Andes, intermingled with volca- 
 noes of the most sublime and terrific description. They 
 follow the direction of the western coast, at the distance 
 of about 100 'miles and extend from the strait of Magel- 
 lan, to the isthmuo of Darien. Chimborazo, the f most el- 
 evated summit in this r.m^e, and one of the highest moun- 
 tains in the world, is about 100 miles south of Quito. Its 
 height his been estimated at 21,440 'feet, nearly four 
 miles above the level of the ocean. No human being 
 has ever yet ascended to its top. The region of perpet- 
 ual snow 'begins at about 2,400 feet from its summit 
 
 Q 
 
182 SOUTH AMERICA. 
 
 The 'next in elevation is supposed to be C-otopaxi, a tre- 
 mendous volcano, -which is said to eject stones of eight or 
 nine feet in diameter, to the distance of some miles. Its 
 height is 18,890 feet. It is, however, to be observed, 
 that these summits rise from the high plain of Quito, 
 which is itself of far greater elevation than the Alleghany 
 mountains. The Andes here form a double chain, which 
 extends about 500 miles. It is between this double ridge 
 the high plain of Quito is 'situated. 
 
 There are many other summits between three and four 
 miles high, but that called Pichincu, whose top is exactly 
 three miles above the surface of the sea, is the most re- 
 markable, on account of its having been the residence of 
 the French mathematicians for some time in order to 
 measure a degree of longitude. .Though this mountain 
 is situated almost directly under the equator, they found 
 the cold excessively severe, the wind at the same time 
 being so violent, that they were in danger of being blown 
 down the precipices. They were also frequently involv- 
 ed in such a thick fog, that they could not distinguish ob- 
 jects at the distance of six or eight paces. When the fog 
 cleared up, the clouds descended towards the earth, and 
 surrounded the mountain in such a manner as to represent 
 the sea. with the rock on -which they were situated, like 
 an island in the centre of it. When this happened they 
 heard the horrid noises of the tempests, which then dis- 
 charged themselves on Quito and the neighbouring coun- 
 try. They saw the lightnings issuing from the clouds, 
 and heard the thunder rolling far beneath their feet. 
 
 But what 'most attracts attention in these mountains, is 
 the mineral treasures contained in their bowels. The in- 
 calculable riches in gold and silver, which they produce 
 surpass the conception of the most insatiable cupidity. 
 The celebrated mountain of Potosi, in Peru, is particu- 
 larly 'famous as containing one of the richest silver mines 
 in the world. This mountain, which rises jn a conical 
 form, is about 20 miles in circumference. It is perforat- 
 ed by more than SOO shafts. Its surface presents neither 
 trees nor herbage, all vegetation being blasted by the nu- 
 merous furnaces. This celebrated mine was accidentally 
 'discovered in 1545, by one of the natives, who, in pursu- 
 ing a chamois, pulled up a bush on the side of the moun- 
 tain, when, to his astonishment, the breach made in the 
 surface, laid open this immense vein of silver, the rich- 
 est that the world had ever afforded. 
 
SOUTH AMERICA. 183 
 
 The rivers in South America are on a scale no less 
 grand than its mountains. The .Amazon is justly consid- 
 ered the 'largest river in the world. It is 3300 miles in 
 
 length, and of very great depth ; but what most distin- 
 s thi* river, is the sea-like expanse with which it 
 meets tin* ocean, it being of the astonishing 'width of 150 
 miles at its mouth. The streams, which, uniting, consti- 
 tute this mightv river, descend with amazing impetuosity 
 from the eastern declivity of the Andes. Its waters are 
 muddy, denoting the richness of the tract through which 
 In the rail it overflows its banks. The 
 
 MeiTcptiOle at 1)00 miles from its mouth. 
 
 The Kin dc la TV'/ /a, or River of Silver, is, in magni- 
 tude and extent of course, the 'second river in South A- 
 merica. It i; chiefly composed of two great streams, the 
 :iiay and Parana. The breadth of the estuary is 
 such. ip in the middle of it cannot be seen from 
 
 the land. of burden can navigate up the Para- 
 
 iiilion* which is 1200 .riles from the sea. 
 The channel of La Plata is so obstructed by shoals, that 
 the 'navigation is very difficult and dangerous. 
 
 The 'third great river of South America is the Orinoco. 
 
 Then- iking peculiarity observable in regard to 
 
 this river, which is, th;r the lake Parima^ it 
 
 is with the Amazon ; a noble pro- 
 
 . for extensive inland navigation, if this country should 
 
 ever be fully settled by a civilized and active people. 
 
 The whole interior of South America, comprising all 
 the countr es watered by these noble and majestic rivers, 
 is an immense plain, of which many extensive districts 
 are annually inundated by their redundant waters. 
 
 Among the animals peculiar to South America, the 
 'most extraordinary is the Sloth, or, as it is called by way 
 of deii>ion, the Swift Petre. It is about the size of an 
 ordinary monkey, but of a most wretched appearance. 
 It never stirs unless impelled by hunger ; it is said to be 
 il minutes in moving on- r Every effort 
 
 is attended with a mo-t dismal cry. \Vhen this animal 
 finds no wild fruits on the ground, he looks out with a 
 great deal of pain for a tree well loaded, which he ascends 
 with great unea >ving and crying, and stopping by 
 
 turns. At length, having mounted, he plucks off all the 
 fruit and throws it on the ground, to save himself such 
 another troublesome journey ; and rather than be fatigued 
 in coming down the tree, gathers himself in a bunch, and 
 with a shriek drops to the ground. 
 
184 SOUTH AMERICA. 
 
 Monkies are very numerous in South America. They 
 herd together, 20 or 30 in company, rambling through 
 the woods, leaping from tree to tree, and if they meet 
 with a single person will sometimes attack him ; they 
 suspend themselves by the tail on the boughs, and seem 
 to threaten him all the way as he passes ; but when two 
 or three persons are together, they usually run off at 
 their approach. 
 
 The 'animals, which produce the wool of this country, 
 are to be met with no where else. They are of two kinds, 
 the LLAMA, and the VICUNA, sometimes called PERUVIAN 
 SHEEP, being most frequently met with in that part of 
 South America. The Llama, in several particulars, 're- 
 sembles a camel, as in the shape of its neck, head, and 
 some other parts; but it is smaller, has no bunch, and is 
 cloven footed. Its upper lip is cleft like that of a hare, 
 through which, when enraged,, it spits a venomous juice 
 that inflames the part on which it falls. It is about the 
 size of a stag, is used as a beast of burden, being very 
 swift, and is capable of bearing vast fatigue. The Vicuna 
 is much smaller than the Llama, and produces finer wool. 
 
 The JAGUAR, called the American Tyger, is the 'most 
 ferocious, dreaded animal in South America, and attains a 
 great size. The PUMA, by some called the American Li- 
 on, is a much inferior animal, and rarely attacks mankind. 
 
 Among the feathered tribes, the CONDOR, a species of 
 vulture, is the 'most celebrated, and is undoubtedly the 
 largest bird that pervades the air. Its size is so enor- 
 mous, that the wings when extended, measure nine, 
 twelve, or even sixteen feet from tip to tip. The body 
 is of a black colour, with a white back ; the neck is sur- 
 rounded with a fringe of longish white feathers ; the 
 head is clothed with brown down or wool. The Condor 
 builds its nest on the highest mountains, under the shel- 
 ter of some projecting rock, in which the female lays two 
 white eggs. It 'preys on calves, sheep, goats, and such 
 animals, and when very much pressed by hunger, it has 
 been known to carry off children of ten years of age. 
 
 The OSTRICH is likewise an inhabitant of South Amer- 
 ica. It is equal in 'height to a man, its neck being about 
 two feet eight inches in length, and its legs as long as its 
 neck. 
 
 In Surinam river, in Guiana, is 'found that remarkable 
 fish called the GYMNOTUS ELEOTRICUS, or Electric Eel, 
 which gives a strong electric shock to any person who 
 
REPUBLIC OF COLOMBIA. 185 
 
 touches it in a certain manner with both hands. The 
 Gym -vs to a very large size; some are said to 
 
 in length, the shock of which would instantly 
 kill a man. 
 
 UKIM BLIC OF COLOMBIA. 
 
 Face of the Country. The 'northern and western parts 
 are mountainous. Tin* 9 country watered by the Orinoco 
 and its Ijr.mchi's is low and flat ; and is annually inundat- 
 ed in ma:iv p.irt>, bv tin- overflowing of the rivers. 
 
 Clt |ie onlv 'dUtinctiim of seasons here, is into 
 
 the dry and the rainy : the former called Mimuu-r, and the 
 
 Oivadtul tempests of thunder and lightning 
 
 ut unlrequrnt in the rainy seasons. The low country 
 
 is hot and unhealthy- Amon; the mountains may be found 
 
 T climate in the world. Their lop*, al- 
 
 ;ical sun, are covered with perpetual 
 
 nding, one meets successively with spring, 
 
 summer, and uutinnti. The plains near them are temper- 
 
 (I delightful. At Quito the inhabitants are never 
 
 1 to make any dill'-rence in the warmth of their 
 
 ..count of the reasons. 
 
 nit'l /'rinhtctivnx. The '.-oil is remarkably fertile, 
 
 cotton, coftee, 
 
 -e, the olive, almond, Seville 
 
 lina orai ;:''tTection. The pine-apple 
 
 lere. It i- the fruit of a plant about three feet 
 
 The flower is at the top formed like a lily, 
 
 and o! :it a crimson as to day.y.le the eye. Here 
 
 . ihU, and the banana, which makes a good 
 
 ;iite for bread. The tropical trees are full of folos- 
 
 viid fruit all the y 
 
 p'.iin^ of the Orinoco furnish immense pastures, 
 
 and numberless herds of cattle are dispersed over their 
 
 /.il wood and filmic are 'common in 
 
 the forests ; likewise tle (|uin(|uina which yields the 
 
 >ark, ebonv u urn. 
 
 The woods aboum. U'ild boars, tigers, 
 
 leopards, and deer, are common in the ! 
 infest the i d veno no^fl -erpents the land. The 
 
 Niou.v is a most trouble- ct, which inserts itself 
 
 through the skin into the flesh, and unless speedily re- 
 moved, lays numerous eggs, which in a few days become 
 young niguas, and spread in the flesh, and are very 
 troublesome. 
 
 Q2 
 
186 REPUBLIC OF COLOMBIA. 
 
 ^Minerals. Gold, silver, copper, and lead mines are 
 found in various parts of the country. Platina, a very 
 valuable metal, is found at Choco. The emerald mines 
 at Muzo, 50 miles north of Santa Fe, are the most 
 celebrated in the world. 
 
 Cities. Santa Fe is beautifully situated on a spacious 
 plain. The streets are regular, and the houses generally 
 hand ome. This city formerly contained 30,000 inhabi- 
 tants, but is now reduced to a small settlement. 
 
 Quito* the most 'populous town, is situated on a plain of 
 remarkable elevation, between two branches of the Andes. 
 The houses are all one story, on account of the earth- 
 quakes, and built of unbaked brick. The population is 
 about 65.000 of whom only a sixth part are whites. 
 
 Carthagena^ 'situated on an island joined to the conti- 
 nent by two artificial necks of land, contains 20,000 in- 
 habitants. The houses are mostly built of stone, with 
 balconies of wood. Tnis place has severely suffered by 
 the conflicts between the Royalists and Independents. 
 
 Panama is situated on a bay of the same name. In the 
 harbour is a fine pearl fishery. Porto Hello has been a 
 place of considerable note, but at present is on a decline. 
 
 Curaccas is 'situated on a plain, at an elevation f 2,593 
 feet above the le\el of the ocean. It is several leagues 
 from the sea, from which it is separated by mountains, and 
 rendered difficult of access- The houses generally are 
 well built and richly furnished. Some of the publick 
 buildings are elegant. The population is estimated at 
 40,000 twelve thousand of whom were destroyed by 
 an earthquake, in 18 12. Beggars throng the .^treets. 
 Thefts, and even assassinations, are not unfrequent. The 
 climate here is delightful, owing to the elevation of the 
 place. La Guira, the 'port of Caruccas, 7 miles distant, 
 is more frequented than any other on the coast. 
 
 Curtiana is the most ancient city, and is 'celebrated for 
 the industry ami enterprize of its'inhabitants. The pop- 
 ulation is estimated at 24,000. Maracaibo contains about 
 the same number, of whom 5,000 are slaves, 5,000 are 
 freed persons, and the rest are whites. The only water 
 to be had here, is that of the lake. 
 
 St. Thomas, the capital of Spanish Guiana, situated on 
 the Orinoco, is the 'seat of government. 
 
 There are many tribes of Indians in this country still 
 unsubdued. Such as have been conquered are treated 
 by the Spaniards with great lenity and kindness. They 
 live in villages, arid are governed by their own caciques. 
 
PERU. 187 
 
 PERU. 
 
 The western ridge of the Andes penetrates this coun- 
 try its whole extent, and divides it into two different cli- 
 mates. That part situated between the mountains and 
 the Pacific oc-an, is a sandy plain. Neither rain, thun- 
 der, or lightning, is ever known here. A thick fog, 
 however, in the winter, covers the country, which, dis- 
 solving into small mist or dew, moistens the earth and 
 renders it fertile. 
 
 Ki-t of the western ridge of the Andes, and between 
 that and the eastern ridj^e lies a high valley, or elevated 
 Table Land, generally from 8 to 10,000 feet above the 
 level of the ocean, which enjoys a perpetual spring at a 
 temperature of about 65 or 66 degrees of Farenheit, with 
 scarcely any variation throughout the year. Its width 
 is from 100 to 150 miles. The fields are perpetually 
 verdant. All the grains, wheat in particular, wave in 
 golden harve>ts ; and the fruits of Europe blush amidst 
 those <if the torrid zone. 
 
 The tree which affords the Peruvian bark is a native 
 of this country . It is about the size of a cherry tire, and 
 bear- a fruit re>emblin5 the almond. The most remark- 
 able animals are the Llama and the Vicuna. 
 
 There a -.1 ;uld irines in Peru ; but those of 
 
 silver are found all over the country. The treasuie de- 
 rived annually from these mines is immense. 
 
 Peru is the only part of South America that produces 
 quicksilver, so necessary in extracting gold from its ore. 
 In this point of view, Peru has the advantage over Mexi- 
 co, which imports its quicksilver from Spain The 'prin- 
 cipal mine U at a place called Guancavelica, discovered in 
 151J7, where it is found in a whitish mass, resembling 
 brick illy burnt. This substance is volatili/,ed by fire, and 
 received in vapour by a combination of nl.i-- ves 
 where by means of water it is condensed at the bottom 
 of each vessel, and forms a pure heavy liquid. 
 
 Lima is the 'capital, not only of Peru, but of all South 
 America. It is 'situated in the midst of a spaciou* valley, 
 about six miles from the sea, surrounded with brick walls, 
 with ramparts and bastions, and is excellently watered 
 by the river Rimac. The number of inhabitants in 1790, 
 was estimated at 52,627. The streets are handsome and 
 straight, but the houses are generally only one story high 
 on account of the earthquakes. There are, however, 
 
188 PERU. 
 
 many magnificent structures, particularly churches, in 
 this city, anil all travellers mention with admiration their 
 excessively rich decorations within, even the walls being 
 ornamented with a profusion of gold, silver, and precious 
 stone*. An instance of the vast wealth of the inhabitants 
 was given iii 1682, when the streets through which the 
 Viceroy made his public entry into the city, were paved 
 with ingots of silver. Lima carries on a very extensive 
 commerce. 
 
 Callao serves as a 'port to Lima, about 5 miles distant, 
 near the Pacific ocean Its harbour is the largest, most 
 beautiful, most convenient, and most secure, upon the 
 western coast. I-n 1747, this port was completely over- 
 whelmed by a mo.st terrible earthquake. In this instance, 
 as is u e ual in the case i>f earthquakes, the sea first retiring 
 a great wny from the shore, suddenly returned and buried 
 the whole town under water. Out of nearly 4000 inhab- 
 itants, only 200 escaped ', of 23 vessels which were in 
 the harbour, 19 were suddenly sunk, and the other four 
 were carried by the force of the waters a great distance 
 up the country. Nothing of the town was left standing, 
 except a piece of the wall of the fort. This port has since 
 been rt-built a little further back from the sea. 
 
 Jlrequipa is the 'second city of Peru in point of popu- 
 lation. The number of inhabitants is estimated at 24,000. 
 Near it is a dreadful volcano. It has been four times laid 
 in ruins by earthquakes. Truxillo contains a population 
 of 6,000. Guamanga\s handsomely situated in a wide 
 and extensive plain. Its buildings are of stone, and are 
 thought to be superior to any in Peru. 
 
 Cusco is the most ancient city in Peru, 'founded by the 
 first Inca for the seat of his empire. On a contiguous 
 mountain was a fortress, built by the Incas for their de- 
 fence. This mountain they had begun to enclose by a 
 wall of most prodigious strength. The palaces of the In- 
 cas were spacious and magnificent, built of stone, the 
 seams of which were closed up with melted gold. Most 
 of the apartments were decorated with the figures of men, 
 animals, plants, and flowers, all of cast gold. The In- 
 cas set on a stool of gold. The waters of the palace 
 were from cisterns of gold ; even the utensils of the kitch- 
 en were all gold. The magnificence of the palaces, 
 however, was far inferior to that of the Temple of the 
 Sun, which was the utmost display of earthly grandeur. ' 
 It was of free-stone, lined with gold. In the principal 
 
CHILI. 189 
 
 apartment was the image of the sun, consisting of a gold 
 
 Blate, \\hichcovered the whole breadth of the chapel. 
 ich side were the embalmed bodies of the Incas on 
 thrones of gold. The gates of the temple were covered 
 with gold, and round the top was a cornice of gold, three 
 feet deep. Its population is about 30,000. 
 
 Such was this splendid capital at the time of the inva- 
 sion of this country by the Spaniards under Pizarro, who 
 overturned the Peruvian monarchy. The city wa al- 
 most wholly demolished by the Spaniards in their eager 
 search after gold, silver and hidden treasures. 
 
 CHILI. 
 
 The 'climate of Chili is most delicious. Though bor- 
 dering on the torrid zone, it never feels extreu.e heat, 
 being screened on the east by the Andes, and refreshed 
 on the west by cooling breezes from the sea. The order 
 ofth> here is inverted from what it is in the 
 
 United States. Spring begins in September, summer in 
 December, autumn in March, and winter in June. From 
 the beginning of spring to the middle of autumn, the sky 
 is always serene, chietly between 24 and 56 degrees of 
 latitude ; showers seldom fall during that period. The 
 rain-^ begin about the middle of April, and continue till 
 the end of August. Thunder is scarcely knoun, except 
 on the Andes. Snow does not fall in the maritime prov- 
 inces ; but on the mountains, from April to November, 
 it is perpetual. 
 
 The fertility of the soil corresponds with the benignity 
 of the climate, and is wondei fully accommodated to Eu- 
 ropean productions. The most 'valuable of these are 
 corn, wine, and oil. The 'northern provinces produce 
 the >ugar-cane, the sweet potato, and other tropical plants. 
 Maize is common and abundant. The lar^e white - 
 berry of Chili is now known in English gardens. Many of 
 the plants are valuable as dvt->, and others ai medicines. 
 The gentian is peculiar to Chili. The beautiful flowers 
 and shrubs are almost infinite. The trunk of the puvi 
 supplies excellent cork. Of 97 kinds of trees, which di- 
 versify the forests, only 13 lose their leaves in winter. 
 
 Bees abound in the southern provinces. Reptiles are 
 rare. The sea supplies various kinds of excellent fish. 
 Ostriches are numerous in the vallies of the Andes. The 
 c e s > of which the female lays from 40 to GO in the sand, 
 
190 UNITED PROVINCES OF SOUTH AMERICA. 
 
 yield, each of them, about two pounds of good food ; and 
 the feathers are used for plumes, parasols, and fans. The 
 condor is also known in tins country. Most of the Eu- 
 ropean animals have improved in this delicious climate. 
 The celebrated Spanish sheep have not loss any of their 
 distinguishing qualities ; the horned cattle are larger than 
 those of Spain; and the breed of horses surpasses, both 
 in beauty and spirit, the famous Andalusian race, from 
 which they spring. 
 
 Ol all the metals, gold is the most 9 abundant in Chili. 
 There is hardly a mountain or a hill but produces more 
 or less of it. It is found in the soil of the plains and in 
 the sum! of all the rivers. 
 
 St. Jago is^'the capital. It is situated on a delightful 
 plain, 90 miles from the ocean. Near the middle of the 
 city is the grand quadrangular piazza or public square, 
 450 feet on each side, with a beautiful fountain of bronze 
 in the centre. Here are 11 convents, 7 nunneries, 4 
 parochial churches, 3 hospitals, and a royal university. 
 The number of inhabitants is about 46,000. 
 
 Fa/jjaraizo, containing 7,000 inhabitants, is the 9 port 
 of St. Jago, and is the most commercial city in Chili. 
 Conception is the 'second city of Chili. The inhabitants 
 are about 15,000. The houses are only one story, that 
 they may be able more effectually to resist the shocks of 
 earthquakes, which occur here almost every year. 
 
 Tv\o roads lead from Chili to Peru ; one by the sea- 
 coast, which is destitute of water and provisions, and the 
 other by the mountains. There are eight or nine roads 
 which cross the Andes, which cannot be passed in less 
 than eight days. These roads in many places are so 
 steep and narrow, that travellers are obliged to quit their 
 mules, (the only animal, that can be employed,) and go 
 on foot. 
 
 UNITED PROVINCES OF SOUTH AiMERICA. 
 
 The Vice-royalty of Buenos Ayres, on proclaimingitself 
 independent, in 1816, took the name of The United Prov- 
 inces of South America. It is mostly a level country, 
 ^abounding with plains, by the Spaniards called PAMPAS, 
 some of which are many hundred miles in extent, for the 
 most part uninhabited, and destitute ot trees, or any object 
 to interrupt the sight, covered in their natural state, with 
 high grass, which waves and tosses in the wind like a sea. 
 
UNITKD PROVINCES OF SOUTH AMERICA. 191 
 
 These plains are 'infested with wild Indians, which ren- 
 ders travelling in many places dang- 1'hey are 
 also the resort of innumerable herds of wild cattle', and 
 
 B, which feed on gi 
 
 The 'climate is remarkably salubrious. In the summer 
 the air is serene ; but in the winter, which hen* com- 
 mences in June, storms often occur, attended with rain 
 and dreadful thunder and lightning. At this sea-on, like- 
 the vehement west winds, which blow from the 
 is or plai; ry troublesome to the inhabitants. 
 
 , \iiid, pa-- a plain of 8 or 900 miles in ex- 
 
 .uid not mee in.;- with any thing in its course, to 
 check its impetuosity, acquires additional strength ; till, 
 by running straight along the channel of the 1 1\ er La 
 Plata, it blows with such fury that ships, in order to 
 withstand it, are obliged to throw out all their am hors, 
 and to strengthen their cables with strong chains of iron. 
 The approach of this wind is indicated by violent thun- 
 der and lightning. 
 
 The 'productions are maize, potatoes, cotton, sugar, 
 
 indigo, pimento, ipecacuanha, and, above all, the herb 
 
 illed. It is the leaf of a middle -i'/.ed tree, 
 
 an infusion of which is drank for tea, almost every where 
 
 icularly in Peru and Chili. 
 
 Immense quantities of wild cattle are killed lure every 
 year solely for their hides, which constitute a principal 
 article of trade in this country. About 20 hunters pro- 
 ceed on horseback, where these animals ai known to 
 herd, having in their hands a long stick shod 'with iron, 
 and very sharp, with \\hich th^y strike the ox they pur- 
 sue on one of the hind legs ; and they make the Mow so 
 adroitly, that they almost always cut the sine\\ s above 
 the joint. The animal soon afterwards falls, and cannot 
 tgain. The hunters, instead of stopping, p'u>ue on 
 alter the herd at full gallop, with the reins loo-.e, striking 
 in the same manner a. I the\ ; and tin: 
 
 men will with i-a-e fell 7 or 800 cattle in an hour. When 
 they are tired of t *e, thay dismount to rest, and 
 
 afterwards knock on the head those they have wounded. 
 After taking the skin, and sometimes the tongue and 
 suet, they leave the rest lor bird* of prey. 
 
 Great numbers of wild dogs, which descended from the 
 domestic kind, infest the pampas, particularly in the 
 country near the city Buenos Ayres. They live under 
 ground in holes, which may be easily discovered by the 
 quantity of bones heaped round them. 
 
192 BRAZIL. 
 
 The horses of this province are excellent. They pos- 
 sess all the spirit of the Spanish horses, from which they 
 have descended, and they travel with great rapidity. 
 The inhabitants make no provision either of hay or straw 
 for the support of these animals, the mildness of the cli- 
 mate allowing them to graze in the fields all the year. 
 
 Serpents are numerous, some of which are of enor- 
 mous size. The jacumama is from 30 to 50 feet in 
 length. It 'conquers its prey by crushing it to death in 
 its folds. 
 
 Buenos dym, so called from the salubrity of its cli- 
 mate, situated on the river La Plata, is 'the capital. The 
 river here is 30 miles wide, but of difficult navigation. 
 The publick buildings are mostly elegant, being built of 
 beautiful white stone. The houses are of brick, and 
 about 6,000 in number. The city carries on a very ex- 
 tensive commerce. Its population is 62,000. 
 
 Monte Video has a good harbour, and is well fortified. 
 The population is diminished to about 10,000. 
 
 Potosi is in the vicinity of the celebrated silver mines 
 of that name. The churches are remarkably magnificent, 
 and profusely decorated with utensils and ornaments of 
 gold and silver. The houses are generally well built, 
 and sumptuously furnished. The number of inhabitants 
 is supposed to be 100,000. The adjacent country is re- 
 markably barren. 
 
 JMendoza carries on a considerable trade. Population, 
 21,000. 
 
 There i? an uninterrupted post road across the conti- 
 nent, from the city Buenos Ayres to Peru. The 'mode 
 of travelling is in covered carts or caravans, drawn by 
 oxen. A communication is kept up in the same way with 
 Chili. In crossing these extensive pampas or plains, how- 
 ever, great danger is incurred from the savage Indians, 
 which inhabit them. It is necessary that sentries be set 
 every night, and that the utmost precautions be taken to 
 prevent being surprised by them ; in which case only, or 
 when greatly superior in numbers, their attacks prove 
 successful. 
 
 BRAZIL. 
 
 Brazil is mostly a level country, in some parts covered 
 with impenetrable forests, and in others frequently flood- 
 ed by the annual inundations of its principal rivers. In 
 the 'northern parts the climate is hot and insalubrious. 
 
BRAZfL. 193 
 
 proceeding towards the south, it is more agreeable ; 
 south 9 of the tropic of Capricorn, it is temperate, pleas- 
 iiul healthful. 
 
 - country generally possesses the most luxuriant 
 
 fertili nost important 'vegetable productions are 
 
 . tobacco, and indigo. Great quantities of sugar are 
 
 produced and exported. The tobacco is excellent. Its 
 
 vegetable productions are Indian corn, wheat, rice, 
 
 ,u>, pepper, cactus, on which is 
 
 nsect fumis-hing cochineal, and the red or Bra- 
 
 lich so much is imported into different 
 
 for the purpose of dvri;;-. and from which the 
 
 countrv <1> na:ne. Various species of melons 
 
 likewise thrive here ; also the plantain, the banana, the 
 
 palm, the \ :d tumeric. The 'principal fruits 
 
 are the pine apple, mango, tamarind, oranges,' limes and 
 
 .-.I medicinal plants of high estimation grow 
 
 . and in great abundance, such as con- 
 
 trayerva, Indian pink, jalap, and guaiacum. 
 
 i wood, this country 'furnishes log- 
 in wood. 
 
 ire small, and incapable of much 
 
 labour; in the run wild in vast droves, and 
 
 merely caught to per- 
 
 or the journey is over, 
 
 i wild cat- 
 
 !i America, are hunted for their 
 hid' 
 
 'il breeds a variety of serpents and venomous rep- 
 Irich are the Indian Salamander, with four 
 1 to be fatal ; the ibiboboca, a spe- 
 ;t seven yards long ; the rattle snake, 
 : and the liboya, or roe-buck - 
 lid to extend to the length of between 20 and 
 30 feet, and to be two yard- in circumferenc . and wMPi 
 -onie authors have reported, of swallowing 
 a roe-buck \v' 
 
 Ura/.il i- 1 for its gold and diamond 
 
 mines. The latter are near Ville Nova de Principe, 
 about 17 degrees south latitude. The diamonds of Brazil 
 are not so fine as those of Hindostan. Thes- n e the only 
 countries yet known to afford the diamond. One of the 
 largest yet discovered was sent from Brazil to the king 
 of Portugal. It 'weighed 12| ounces, and has been valued 
 at56,787,500/. or 252,388,886 dollars. The most minute 
 R 
 
194 BRAZIL. 
 
 precautions are taken in Brazil to prevent the conceal- 
 ment of diamonds, by persons of every description com- 
 ing from the mines ; they are not only stripped naked, 
 and minutely searched, but even their horses and mules 
 are purged. 
 
 The commerce of Brazil is of great importance, and is 
 continually increasing. The ^exports consist chiefly of 
 the produce of .the mines, sugar, tobacco, hides, indigo, 
 various drugs and materials for dyeing. The ^imports 
 are grain, wine and several other European productions, 
 with almost all the various articles of European manufac- 
 ture. .The Brazilians, however, have begun to manufac- 
 ture several of the most necessary articles for home con- 
 sumption. 
 
 Rio Janeiro, or St. Sebastian, is the 'capital of Brazil. 
 It is situated about 4 miles within the entrance of a bay 
 of the same name. The entrance is less than a mile wide, 
 and crossed in every direction by heavy batteries, being 
 commanded on each side by high rocks, on one of which 
 is the castle of Santa Cruz. The streets are in general 
 straight ^nd well paved. The squares are adorned with 
 fountains supplying water from a magnificent cistern. 
 Many of the houses are well built of hewn stone. All is 
 bustle and activity in this city, in the various pursuits of 
 business, devotion, and pleasure. Every hour in the day 
 bells and other signals announce some religious ceremo- 
 ny 5 after sunset, the streets are crowded with proces- 
 sions ; and at every corner is stuck up in a glass case, the 
 image of the Virgin Mary, which receives a regular hom- 
 age from passengers. The population is estimated at 
 150,000, of whom nearly four fifths are black, or mixed. 
 
 The other chief cities are St. Salvador, and Pernambuco. 
 The latter is not of any considerable magnitude ; but the 
 former is but little inferior to Rio Janeiro. It stands in a 
 lofty situation on the coast, and has an excellent harbour. 
 Till the middle of the last century, it was the chief city 
 of Brazil, and the seat of the Viceroy. 
 
 Luxury, ostentation, and indolence, are the 'general 
 characteristics of the Portuguese in Brazil. AH 'labour is 
 chiefly performed by slaves, of whom 20,000 are import- 
 ed from Africa annually. In some of the towns the num- 
 ber of the blacks exceeds that of the whites in a ten-fold 
 proportion. The condition of the slaves, however, not 
 only in Portuguese, but also in Spanish America, is great- 
 
ENGLISH, DUTCH, AKD FRENCH GUIANA. 195 
 
 1 y preferable to what it is on the West India Islands, or 
 int (1 States. The negroes here are a sort of 
 
 tenants, or undertakers of work. In the I) i-iip--s of col- 
 lecting u r <ld and jewels, the master supplies his slave 
 i tain quantities of provisions and tools, and the 
 \e is obliged to return a certain quantity of gold and 
 jewels. All that remains over this fixed ratio, how zi 
 
 due, is the property of the slave. 
 
 negro who may happen to be 
 
 mdertakings. may sometimes acquire a 
 
 perty. The rich pearl li-'u-rk-.s of 
 
 1 other parts, are in the same manner in the 
 
 hands, as it were, of negro tenants. The slaves in the 
 
 towns are allowed to hire themselves out to different 
 
 kind', of employment, on condition of paying to their m 
 
 a certain proportion of their wages. Alter a slave 
 has, by any of these means, acquired property, and wish- 
 es to purchase his freedom, if the master's demands be 
 exorbitant, the laws enable him to have the price lixed 
 by sworn appraisers, appointed by the magistrate. On 
 all occiiMons in case of ill treatment, the slave can, on 
 
 ^istrate, procure immediate 
 ;ico of these regulations, the slaves 
 re numerous, 
 in<! 
 
 ment. The <>f the arti.' negroes, 
 
 and of this c: en some of tin- i Spanish 
 
 and Portuguese America are com])'. 
 
 The Roman Catholic is the universal religion in Brazil. 
 
 liLISII, DUTCH, AND FRENCH GUIANA. 
 
 ish, Dutch, and French Guiana extends on the coast 
 fron :> >o to the Owyapoke, son m, 
 
 'face of this ext< untry is ll it to u great 
 
 distance into the interior, and 'subject to inundations. It 
 
 is the Es- 
 tiith. 
 
 Tli three quarters of a mile in 
 
 width. No country prhajjs on the globe has a richer 
 soil, or -\ MI. Al<>n_r the 
 
 coast the air is damp and sultry, and the waters arc brackish 
 ' unwholesome. The sea breeze from the north-east, 
 however, contributes to refresh the atmosphere. Sugar, 
 coffee, cocoa, indigo, ginger, rice, maize, and tobacco, are 
 
196 ENGLISH, DUTCH, AND TRENCH GUIANA. 
 
 the articles ^chiefly cultivated. All the tropical plants 
 and fruits thrive here, except such as require a dry and 
 sandy soil. 
 
 Among its forest 'trees may be reckoned the red man- 
 grove tree, which sends forth from its branches and trunk 
 avast number of filaments, like a ship's ropes, which fall 
 into the ground, take root and rise again ; the guaiacum, 
 40 feet high ; the cassia fistula, between 40 and 50 feet 
 high, bearing brown, cylindi'ic pods, 18 inches in length ; 
 and the camphor tree. The silk-cotton tree, which 
 grows to the height of 100 feet, is free from branches 
 about 70 feet. It yields triennial crops of silky cotton, 
 and is the favourite tree for the Indian canoes. The cab- 
 bage tree grows to the height of 120 feet with the cab- 
 bage on the top of the trunk. It has the taste of an al- 
 mond, and is boiled or eaten raw. 
 
 A plant of this country, called troolies, is a very sin- 
 gular production. Its leaves lie on the ground, and 
 sometimes attain the almost incredible dimensions of 30 
 feet in length and 3 in breadth. These leaves are 9 used 
 as a covering for houses, and will last several years with- 
 out any repair. 
 
 Among vegetable productions may likewise be reckon- 
 ed a variety of drugs of great potency in medicine, as 
 qi:3fesiii, t-he uui'or uil-bean, ipecacuanha, and uJ.s.v.,1 copai- 
 va 5 likewise somettf the most mortal poisons, both ot the 
 slow and rapid kind, but equally fatal in their operation 
 Ebony, fustic, and Spanish cedar, abound near the riv 
 ers, as well as many other kinds of valuable timber. 
 
 Tigers infest the woods, and alligators the rivers. 
 Serpents are exceedingly numerous some of which are 
 of enormous size, and others extremely venomous. 
 
 Paramaribo, the capital of Dutch, and the largest town 
 irrall Guiana, is 'situated on the river Surinam, 15 miles 
 from its mouth. The streets are all paved, and planted 
 with orange, lemon and tamarind trees. The population 
 is estimated at 20,000, of whom 3,000 are Jews. The 
 town is defended by a fort, called New- Amsterdam, near 
 the mouth of the river. 
 
 Cayenne, the 'capital of French Guiana, is situated on 
 a marshy and unhealthy island", about 30 miles in circum- 
 ference. The town is small, and the houses badly con- 
 structed with wood. The number of white inhabitants, 
 exclusive of the garrison, is about 1,200. This dreary- 
 spot was the place of exile to which many of the French 
 royalists were expelled in the time of the revolution. 
 
UNCONQUERED COUNTRIES.... ISLANDS. 197 
 
 The white inhabitants of Surinam are mostly English 
 and Dutch ; those of Cayenne are chielly French. The 
 morals of all are wretchedly depraved. All 'labour is 
 i med by slaves. Their v treatment in the Dutch 
 colony is excessively severe, so that bands of negroes, 
 impelled bv despair to revolt, have retired into the interi- 
 or parts of the province, and, under leadei 
 own, have formed themselves into a distinct community. 
 They are called Maroons, and having increased in num- 
 'rtins from the settlement, have 
 now bet- idable to their former masters. 
 
 UNCONQUERED COUNTRIES. 
 
 The Independent Indian Nations 'inhabit principally 
 all the central part of South America, particularly Ama- 
 and Patagonia ; which are unconquered countries 
 entirely in their possession. 
 
 Spanish and Portuguese America have likewise a nu- 
 merous Indian population. The same may be said of 
 French and Dutch Guiana, of which a small part only is 
 subdued and colonized. 
 
 ISLANDS. 
 
 The islands contiguous to South America, are TRINI- 
 DAD, 2 included among t lately 
 ceded to Great Britain by Spain. It is represented a 
 fertile, and well ''adapted to the cultivation of coll'ee. It 
 .arkably free from those hurricanes which so often 
 ion in the West India Islands. This isl- 
 and i- 'noted for a remarkable lake of Petroleum, or fossil 
 oil, which atlords a valuable object of exportation, as 
 being the best preservative of the bottoms of ships from the 
 worms, which are so destructive to them in the West In- 
 dies, and the warm climates of America, The FALKLAND 
 Islands, near the southern extremity of South America. 
 ids belong to Spain. They are situated in a 
 very inclement climate, with a barren 'soil. 
 
 TERRA DF.L FUECJO, separateil from the southern ex- 
 tremity of South America by the strait of Magellan, is 
 wholly in 'possession of the natives, a wretched and 
 squalid race, shivering with perpetual cold, and support- 
 ing life on a scanty supply of shell fish, or whatever else, 
 capable of being eaten, the ocean may throw on their 
 shores. On this island there is a very celebrated volcano. 
 R 2 
 
198 EUROPE. 
 
 The island CHILOE, off the coast of Chili, is 'settled 
 tyy the Spaniards, and is remarkably fertile. More re- 
 mote from the coast is the small island JUAN FERNANDEZ, 
 uninhabited, but 'noted for the refreshment which it has 
 afforded to navigators from its wi!d goats and vegetables. 
 A sailor by the name of Alexander Selkirk, being left on 
 this island by his captain, lived here a number of years in 
 solitude, which gave rise to the celebrated romance of 
 Robinson Crusoe. 
 
 The GALLAPAGOS are a group of uninhabited isles. 
 They 'abound with turtle, on which account they are 
 sometimes visited by ships. 
 
 F, 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 I 
 
 Europe, though the least extensive quarter of the 
 lobe, yet, in many respects, is that which most particu- 
 arly deserves our attention. 
 
 Here it is the human mind has made the greatest pro- 
 gress towards improvement ; and here the arts, whether 
 of utility or ornament, the sciences, both military and 
 civil, have been carried to the greatest perfection. If we 
 except the earliest ages of the world, it is in Europe we 
 find the greatest variety of character, government, and 
 manners, and from hence we draw the greatest number of 
 facts and materials for our entertainment and instruction. 
 
 Europe possesses natural 'advantages for commerce, 
 superior to those of any other quarter of the globe, 
 scarcely any place on the continent being more than 400 
 miles from some navigable water or sea. The highest 
 mountains are towards the south, nearly opposite to the 
 centre of the Mediterranean, where they constitute the 
 Alps of Savoy and Switzerland. The 'eastern side, for 
 the most part, consists of one vast plain extending from 
 the Black sea to the Frozen ocean. 
 
 Within such a range of latitude, great diversities of 
 climate must necessarily exist j but the 'prevalent char- 
 acter of Europe is that of moderate temperature. Of the 
 two extremes that of cold alone is felt 5 the heat in no 
 part can be compared with that of the torrid regions. 
 
 The productions of the European continent are rather 
 useful than splendid. Gold, silver, and precious stones 
 are indeed found in some countries, but by no means in 
 
ENGLAND. 199 
 
 such quant -upplv tin- demand even in the coun- 
 
 tries when- ' found, much tpaci- 
 
 ty of their neighbours to invade them on tint account. 
 All the countries of Europe, howe\ er, ''abound wilh the 
 necessaries of life, though in none of them . to be 
 
 had without a considerable decree of labour on the part 
 of the inhabitant' ; the nee of which i-, and al- 
 
 ways has been, a derive of activity superior to th 
 
 -. \!;i. ins, or perhaps Americans : \vho, by 
 sive plenty, are prompted to trust to ii -neous 
 
 prod u the soil, neglecting agriculture and the 
 
 rte. 
 
 in religion prevails throughout Europe, 
 except in some parts of Turkey. Wherever the Christian 
 faith has penetrated, knowledge, industry, and civiliza- 
 tion, have followed. 
 
 The language- 'ern parts retain a consider- 
 
 able resemblance to the Greek and Latin ; the inhabitants 
 of modern Greece to this day use the same alphabet 
 with their ancestors. The Turks retain the language 
 .Jit with them from Asia. The Ian MI iges of 
 ire dri i\ed from the Lat- 
 ie other of the nations who 
 overrun the western part of the Roman empire. 
 
 ENGLAND. 
 
 imate of England i ,'iMied for 
 
 its moUture, and for sudden and frequent in the 
 
 weather. In no country is the atmosphere more fre- 
 , cloud*.. Tii indis- 
 
 tinctly marked. FIOM v nights are not uncommon in June, 
 and the month of 1) is not UD frequently tinctured 
 
 with the mildne-> of May. Thi- !8 of heat and 
 
 cold are les.-, than any other country in the same lati- 
 tude. The cold in 3 not sue i 
 tation, nor the heat in summer u . bring Indian 
 corn 
 
 The lien commences in February, sometimes 
 
 not till April. Darley and oat-, are frequently ''-own in 
 
 March, and reaped in September or October. The'pro- 
 
 .ion in England is much slower than in 
 
 the United States. 
 
 Face of the Country. The 'face of the country in gene- 
 ral is variegated and beautiful. Such regard has been 
 
200 ENGLAND. 
 
 paid to agriculture, that no country in the world equals 
 the cultivated parts of England in beautiful scenes. The 
 mutual communication of the different parts is promoted 
 by turnpike roads in every direction, and by inland navi- 
 gation. 
 
 Soil and Productions. Of soil, there is almost every 
 variety. Stiff clay and loam predominate in some of the 
 counties most noted for fertility. Sand prevails in some 
 tracts, chalk and calcareous earth in others. The pro- 
 portion of waste land, which, from the unpromising quali- 
 ties of its soil, is left uncultivated, is also considerable. 
 
 In no countrv is agriculture more thoroughly under- 
 stood, or pursued in a grander style ; and it is to this cir- 
 cumstance, perhaps, more than to the natural fertility of 
 its soil, that England owes much of its abundance. 
 
 Wheat is extensively cultivated, but the quantity of 
 rye produced is inconsiderable. Oats grow in great quan- 
 tities, and constitute almost the only 'bread of the lower 
 classes in many parts. Barley is extensively Cultivated 
 for the breweries, beer being the 'common drink of the in- 
 habitants. Beans are raised in very considerable quanti- 
 fies, principally for horses ; turnips for cattle and sheep. 
 The produce of grain, however, in late years, owing to 
 the increase of population and other incidental causes, is 
 insufficient for the supply of the inhabitants without con- 
 siderable importations. 
 
 Apples for cider, in Hertfordshire and Devonshire, are 
 both plentiful and excellent. Rapeseed, hops, hemp, and 
 flax, are also successfully cultivated. 
 
 England, from the nature of its climate, is peculiarly 
 'adapted to pasturage, and there is no point of rural econ- 
 omy in which the British nation more excels than in the 
 breeding of domestic animals, such as horses, cattle and 
 eheep, every species of which has been brought to a de- 
 gree of excellence scarcely to be met with in any other 
 country. 
 
 Of savage animals, the most ^fierce and destructive is 
 the wild-cat, bears and wolves having been totally de- 
 stroyed. The 'largest bird in England is the bustard, 
 some of which weigh 25 pounds 5 the only 'venomous ser- 
 pent is the viper. 
 
 The oak, chestnut, beech, birch, maple, ash, sycamore, 
 box, pine, and yew, are the 'most usual trees of the for- 
 est. Pit coal is the 'common fuel of the country. 
 
ENGLAND. 201 
 
 Minerals. Among the mineral^, the tin mines of Corn- 
 wall are the 9 most noted. Thev \\ ere known to the Greeks 
 and Phoenicians before the Christian era, and are suppos- 
 ed to be the richest in kind in the world. The 'number 
 Mush inin 1 to amount to 100,000. Iron i* 
 
 extensively diffused ; lead, copper, /.inc, and rock 
 
 ind in certain parts. Pit coal is exceeding y abund- 
 ant. The mines of Northumberland, it is said, furnish 
 London annually with 600,000 chaldrons, the transporta- 
 tion of which 'employs 1500 vessels. These min< 
 
 ,'ilar curioMtv. Those in the vicinity of White- 
 haven, particularly, are sunk to the depth of 800 feet, 
 and have been extended to the distance of a mile and a 
 half under the sea, where the water above them is of 
 sufficient depth to Hoat the largest ships. 
 
 rs. The hot wells of Bath, Bristol, Bux- 
 ton, and the mineral waters of Tunbridge, Harrowgate 
 and Kp~o;n, are the y most celebrated. 
 
 _r< -v. The bridges in this country are worthy the 
 superiority of the roads. Some of them are of cast iron, 
 an invention unknown to all other nations. One of these 
 ie harbour at Sunderland, is at the height of 100 
 feet. '1'h hen \iewed from below, appear 
 
 as if pacing among the clouds. 
 
 'Canals. Canals are numerous, many of which have 
 been executed with amazing labour and expense. The 
 Grand Trunk, so called, connecting Liverpool with Hull, 
 is 99 miles in length ; it is carried over the river Dove, by 
 an aqueduct resting on 23 arches, and through the hill of 
 Harecastle by a subterraneous passage, a mile and three 
 quarters in Length, and more than 00 feet below the 
 surfac- .round. Works of a similar nature are to 
 
 be met with in various parts of the kingdom. 
 
 funs. One of the 'principal sources of the 
 wealth of Great Britain coiisUt* in her manufactures, 
 which have been recently estimated at the annual value 
 of 63,600,000, and supposed to employ 1,58.), (.00 per- 
 ; that of cotton alone employs more than half a mil- 
 lion ; to supply which, 70 million pounds of cotton are im- 
 ported annually. The woollen manufacture attords the 
 'greatest net profit, and is considered the most important 
 to the kingdom. The next is that of leather ; after which 
 are those of tin, iron, and lead. Indeed there is hardly 
 a manufacture can be mentioned, which is not here 
 brought to the highest degree of perfection. 
 
202 ENGLAND. 
 
 s Commerce. The commerce of Great Britain is im- 
 mense, and has never been equalled by that of any other 
 nation, ancient or modern. The number of vessels em- 
 ployed in trade, in 1813, was 23,676, manned by 165,657 
 men. This immense commerce is principally 'supported 
 by her numerous manufactures. 
 
 Principal Cities. London, the capital, though not the 
 most magnificent and populous, is undoubtedly the most 
 commercial and the richest city in the world. It is 'situ- 
 ated about 60 miles from the sea, on the river Thames, 
 which is here one 'quarter of a mile wide. Its circumfer- 
 ence is about 16 miles. The streets are paved and well 
 lighted, and the houses generally of brick. The most 're- 
 markable buildings are St. Paul's, 34Q feet in height to 
 the top of the cross ; Westminster Abbey, where the Brit- 
 ish kings and other illustrious personages are interred 5 
 the two houses in Parliament, and Westminster-Hall, a 
 vast room, 230 feet long and 70 wide, supposed to be the 
 largest in the world whose roof is not supported by pillars; 
 the Tower, 'remarkable for the curiosities it contains 5 
 the Monument, a pillar 93 feet in height, 'erected in com- 
 memoration of the great fire in 1666. London is also the 
 seat of numerous manufactures ; that of porter is carried 
 on upon a most extensive scale. In one of the breweries 
 is a vat or tub, 70 feet in diameter and 30 feet deep. It 
 holds 20,000 barrels. Many of the hoops weigh 3 tons, 
 and cost ^300 each. 
 
 The 'number of inhabitants is 1,225,000, which is 
 about twice the number of inhabitants in the whole 
 State of Massachusetts. To supply so vast a population, 
 it is computed that no less than 10,000 'acres of ground 
 are cultivated in the vicinity for vegetables, and 4,000 
 acres for fruit. The environs of London are inexpressi- 
 bly beautiful, all the streets and every avenue leading in- 
 to the city being bordered with villas and elegant houses, 
 to the distance of many miles into the country. 
 
 Liverpool 'ranks next to London in trade and popula- 
 tion, though only a village at the commencement of the last 
 century. The West Indies, United States, and Irish 
 trades, are the 'principal branches of its commerce. Popu- 
 lation 119,000. Bristolis a large, flourishing, commercial 
 city, although much of its commerce with the West-Indies 
 and America has passed to Liverpool. Hull on the Hum- 
 ber,is a port of great commerce, principally with the Baltic, 
 in the centre of the great coal mines. 
 
ENGLAND. 203 
 
 This town exhibits the novel view of large carts loaded 
 \vith i ; acted a- : rom the mines 
 
 to the port on inclined planes, and aficr bcin^ unloaded, 
 return a^ain, without t 
 
 Jhith is 'celebrated for its waters. It is the seat of 
 
 lid fashion, and the great resort (if ; 
 ml fortune, both for pleasure and health. 1'ork is 
 13 the capital of the north of En-land, being; 
 the winter residence of a great number of the gen: 
 the^e pa. 
 
 , its. The English appear to possess a mien be- 
 Gerinan, and the liveliness of the 
 lid and ] natu- 
 
 ral inclination I With 9 respect to learn- 
 
 ing and literary character, England stands conspicuous 
 and unrivalled among surrounding nations. The <y prin- 
 
 of Oxford and Cambrit' 
 -tablished religion is that called the 
 Church of ! ipal Protestantism ; but all 
 
 other relL olerated. 
 
 \- of Great Britain consists of more 
 
 which arc of the line. 
 The U'lvernmen! is a limited mon- 
 ror^e t\'. who \vas pro- 
 
 am'iquities < 1 are British, 
 
 :isli. Tl. i arc. those 
 
 NN'iltshire, and Stonehenge, supposed 
 
 to ha\ - of worship in the time of the Druids. 
 
 The Roman antiquities uon^i.-i chiefly of altars, monu- 
 
 .1 inscriptions, and military ways. The Saxon are 
 
 chiefly ecclesiastical ediii <-s and f- 
 
 the 'most important, 
 
 about -, in lenL iely pure, 
 
 and the soil remarkably fertile, particularly ii 
 
 Guernsey and Jersey are next in importance. The 
 
 le, but the ai. 
 
 lubrlu . tile, and i> 'noted for its 
 
 butter aii< i 4,000 h< 
 
 cider are produced In The 
 
 inhabitant ther with Stark and Al- 
 
 derney, t 1 t about 40,000. 
 
 Their lan^uai: ir 9 principal manufacture 
 
 and staple commodity U knit stockings. 
 
204 WALES.... SCOTLAND. 
 
 The Isle of Man, in the Irish sea, is about SO miles in 
 length. It is ? well stored with cattle and sheep. The 
 inhabitants are about 30,000. They 'export wool, hides, 
 and tallow. 
 
 Jlnglesea, a little south of the Isle of Man, is 'remark- 
 able for its fertility. It also contains a rich copper mine. 
 Packet-boats proceed daily from this island to Ireland. 
 The passage requires about 12 hours. 
 
 The Scilly hies are little else than a cluster of danger- 
 ous rocks, to the number of about 140, some of which 
 are inhabited, and contain about 1400 inhabitants. 
 
 WALES. 
 
 Wales is a mountainous country. Snowdon, the most 
 ? elevated summit is 3,456 feet above the level of the sea. 
 The inhabitants are called Welch. They are choleric, 
 but honest, brave and hospitable. Wales, in general, 
 carries on a great trade in coals, and has several woollen 
 manufactories, arid iron foundries. It ? aboundsin cattle 
 and goats. This country was united to England under 
 Edward I. whose eldest son was declared Prince of Wales. 
 The number of inhabitants is above 700,000. 
 
 SCOTLAND. 
 
 Face of the Country, fyc. The 'face of the country is 
 extremely diversified. The mountainous part, called the 
 Highlands, is bleak and generally barren, except the val- 
 lies, which every where intersect the mountains ; the 
 Lowlands are a champaign rather than a flat country, in 
 general fertile, and bearing a strong resemblance to Eng- 
 land. One 'striking feature of Scotland is the almost to- 
 tal absence of wood, which gives the country a kind of 
 forlorn aspect. 
 
 ^Climate. The atmosphere in the eastern partis drier 
 than that of England, as the mountains on the west arrest 
 the vapours from the Atlantic. On the other hand, the 
 western counties are drenched with long continued rains, 
 an insuperable obstacle to the advancement of agriculture. 
 
 q Productions. In the Lowlands the productions are 
 nearly the same as in England ; and in some places the 
 crops of every kind of grain are abundant. A very con- 
 siderable part of Scotland, however, displays but little 
 improvement, and the husbandman barely lives on the 
 
SCOTLAND. 205 
 
 scanty produce of his farm. In those places, the cattle 
 t !l, the houses exceedingly mean, and 
 the ['the country exhibits the most deplora- 
 
 ble marks of pi\ city. 
 
 v. Edinburgh, the 'capital of Scotland, is situated 
 inds on an eminence, and mak< 
 
 I appearance. The castle is built on a solid rock of 
 Xeat hei. look- down upon the city, command'; 
 
 Mid beautiful view. That part cai 
 
 the New Town i- "j;ant and well laid out. At 
 
 Kdinburgh t' niversity and several other publick 
 
 buil including Keith, its seaport, con- 
 
 tains 138,000 inhabitants. 
 
 itcd on the Civile, is now the 'first city 
 ipulatioM, commerce, and manufactures; 
 and, coiiM'tcrm:: is perhaps one of the first in Eu- 
 
 rope for its elegance and regularity. It is also distin- 
 guished for its literary institutions. Here are consider- 
 
 manufacture-* of cotton, glass, earthen ware, stock- 
 
 ;ind c.ord,i_ -. T..e university is spacious, 
 built. '1 a few fine publick buildings. 
 
 number of inhabitant* is 147,000. 
 
 is the 'third city for trade, extent and beauty. 
 hi- . Population 45,000. 
 
 Inhuhltn. The inhabitants are called SCOTCH, 
 
 and th'-ir hi;. ISK, which is much the same as that 
 
 ch are temperato, industrious, hardy and val- 
 iant, and are ^reat lover- of learnin land has pro- 
 dih characters. In no country in Ku 
 
 11 taught, as in Scotland, 
 i inerly two kingdoms, 
 
 but . when James 
 
 the VI. of Scotland, IM-C .. d in 
 
 ider ([ueeii Anne, 
 -lands are the J! 
 
 \V and the Shetland islands. 
 
 luce c;r cue grain. 
 
 The in!, subsist, mostly by 
 
 fishing and t In the months of June and July, the 
 
 twilight is sufficient to enable them to see to read at mid- 
 night ; but during the grea'c-t part of the year, thev are 
 literallv involved in fogs and darkness. 
 S 
 
206 IRELAND. 
 
 IRELAND. 
 
 Face of the Country. The 'face of the country in gen- 
 eral, is level, its hills, or mountains, if they can aspire to 
 that name, being only in short detached ridges. One of 
 its 9 most striking features is the quantity of bog by which 
 its surface is deformed, and which are a great obstruction 
 both to travelling and agriculture. 
 
 Climate. In climate, Ireland 'differs from England 
 only in being more directly exposed to the influence of the 
 Atlantic ocean, and its prevailing winds: Hence it still 
 more abounds with moisture, and its atmosphere is more 
 enveloped in clouds and fogs ; at the same time, it is pro- 
 portionably less subject to the severity of frost. 
 
 Soil and Productions. The 9 soil is stony; but in natural 
 fertility it exceeds that of England, and only requires the 
 hand of industry to render its superiority every where 
 visible. Agriculture, however, has laboured under many 
 disadvantages from various circumstances of internal reg- 
 ulation. Tillage is little understood, and the turnip ami 
 clover husbandry is almost wholly unknown. The wet- 
 ness of the climate renders the growth of grain somewhat 
 precarious ; and it is fortunate that its place is so well sup- 
 plied by the abundance of potatoes, which were first intro- 
 duced hither from America, and became a common arti- 
 cle of food when they were little known in any other Eu- 
 ropean country. This root and oats 'constitute the chief 
 farinaceous food of the poor. The soil and the climate 
 are particularly ''favourable to the breeding and feeding of 
 cattle; hence the lower classes are usually well supplied 
 with milk; and butter, salted provisions, and live cattle, 
 are exported in large quantities. Much wool is also pro- 
 duced from the numerous flocks of sheep kept in certain 
 districts. Flax is a common crop in the soil suited to 
 it. Ireland is quite destitute of forests; turf is the 'com- 
 mon fuel of the country. 
 
 Manufactures and Commerce. The 'staple manufac- 
 ture of Ireland is that of white linens. These are made 
 in quantities sufficient for a large exportation, chiefly to 
 England and America. A very considerable portion of 
 the 'commerce of Ireland arises from the abundance of 
 cattle, the moisture of the climate being so exceedingly 
 favourable to pasturage. 
 
 Chief Cities. Dublin, the capital, is 'reckoned the sec- 
 ond city in the British dominions. The number of in- 
 habitants is 227,300. It contains a university, the only 
 
LAPI. 207 
 
 one in Ireland. The barracks here are said to be the larg- 
 est and most complete in Europe. The houses are ot 
 brick ; many of the streets are not inferior in elegance 
 
 ! London. 
 
 4, the second city of Ireland for magnitude, wealth, 
 
 Miimero-, is the chief 'port in the kingdom for the 
 
 exportation of beef, butter, and tallow. It is -uppo-ed to 
 
 contain about 90,000 inhabitants. The haven ranks 
 
 among the most capacious and safe in Europe. Limerick 
 
 is next to Cork in importance. It is well built, is a com- 
 
 il city, and contains about 66,000 inhabitants. 
 
 the next claim to attention. Its 'exports, 
 
 like those of Cork and Limerick, consist principally of 
 
 -alted provisions. Population -26.000. 
 
 Inhabitant*. The 7 preent inhabitants of Ireland con- 
 M.-t of three distinct elates of people; descendants of 
 i, who inhabit Dublin, Cork, and Waterford, 
 and are the wealthiest part of the nation ; Scottish emi- 
 -, established principally in the northern districts; 
 and the posterity of the ancient Irish, poor, ignorant, and 
 sod, who* barely exist in the interior and western, 
 provinces. The higherorders of people differ but little 
 in language, dress and customs, from those of Great Brit- 
 ain J b . the Irish language, and 
 ant ; they 'live in mean cabins, built 
 of cla and preserve the old customs of con- 
 vivial mee Sunday afternoon, hideous bowlings at 
 . !>, and other barbarous ceremonies. 
 
 . The Church of England is the establish- 
 ?d religion, but two thirds of the people are supposed to 
 be Roman Catholics. Ireland was united with Great 
 Britain into one kingdom in 1801. 
 
 LAPLAND. 
 
 A great part of Lapland, the whole^ of Norway, and 
 Sweden Proper, are now under the government of Sweden. 
 In this and all the northern countries round the Pole, the 
 sun remains hidden in the winter for several weeks to- 
 gether, and never rises above the horizon ; but the reflec- 
 tion of light from the snow, together with the aurora 
 borealis, or northern lights, in a ^reat measure 'compen- 
 sate for the long absence of day light. No sooner are the 
 short days closed, than fires of a thousand figures light 
 up the sky. 
 
208 LAPLAND. 
 
 Face, of the Country. La plant! is 'divided into two dis- 
 tricts, the mountainous and the woody. The mountainous 
 part of the country is at best barren and bleak, exces- 
 sively cold, and uninhabited during the winter. The 
 wood v part is still more desolate and hideous. The whole 
 face of nature here presents a frightful scene of trees with- 
 out fruit, and fields without verdure. This part of the 
 country, moreover, in the summer, is so infested with 
 swarms of gnats and flies, that like clouds -they obscure 
 the light of the sun, and darken the sky. 
 
 Inhabitants, fyc. The 'Laplanders are a diminutive race, 
 generally about four feet high, with short black hair, nar- 
 row dark eyes, large heads, high cheek bones, a wide 
 mouth, thick lips, and of a swarthy complexion. They 
 live in huts scarcely six feet high. Their tire is made 
 upon stones in the middle, around which they sit upon 
 their heels. When they are inclined to eat, a carpet of 
 skins is spread down, and the food placed thereon, around 
 which both men and women sit close to the ground. 
 
 These people in general are 'divided into two classes, 
 the fishers and the mountaineers. The former are settled 
 in villages near the sea or lakes, and are chiefly occupied 
 in fishing. The latter reside on the mountains in the sum- 
 mer, where they keep vast herds of rain-deer, which, 
 'constitute their principal uealth. Without- this most 
 wonderful animal, the Laplander would find it extremely 
 difficult to subsist. Its milk and flesh afford a very whole- 
 some food - y its skin is converted into clothes ; and being 
 harnessed to a kind of sledge, it serves the purpose of a 
 horse in conveying him and his goods, with almost incred- 
 ible velocity over the frozen snow, to the fairs held at 
 distant towns during the winter. 
 
 Thomson has given a beautiful description of this ani- 
 mal in his Seasons. 
 
 The rain-deer form their riches. These their tents, 
 Their robes, their beds, and all their homely wealth, 
 Supply their wholesome fare, and cheerful cups. 
 Obsequious at their call, the docile tribe 
 Yield to the sled their necks, and whirl them swift 
 O'er hill and dale, heap'd into one expanse 
 Of marbled snow, as far as eye can sweep, 
 "With a blue crust of ice unbounded glaz'd. 
 
 In the summer these animals 'feed on grass and leaves, 
 and in the winter on a kind of moss which they find out 
 with wonderful sagacity, and get at it by scraping away 
 the snow with their feet. Population 60,000. 
 
SOU WAT. 200 
 
 NOHWAY. 
 
 Norwav, till lately a province of Denmark, is now 
 inited to Sweden, by the treaty of Keil, 1814, and enjoys 
 a distinct administration. It is a vast mass of mountain.- 
 irregularly crowded together. The 'principal range is 
 the Dofrateld, between Norway and Sweden. These are 
 passable in certain places, but not without great danger 
 in the winter from the severity of the cold, a remarkable 
 instance of which happened in 1719, when an army of 
 7000 Swedes perished in these mountains in attempting 
 to cross over to attack Drontheim. To prevent accidents 
 of this nature, government is at the expense of providing 
 houses, or, as they are called, mountain stoves, at suitu- 
 ble distances, where travellers may be accommodated 
 with lire, lodging, and kitchen furniture. 
 
 The 'roads in this country, in general, are the most dan- 
 gerous in the world. In some places they are sustained 
 along the sides of steep and craggy mountains, by iron 
 bolts driven into the rocks below, or suspended from above, 
 without any railings on the side, it being impossible to fix 
 any. The rivers and cataracts which roar among these 
 mountains, make the scene still more awful, and the slight 
 tottering bridges thrown over them, render travelling 
 very terrible as well as dangerous. 
 
 The sea-coast is singularly broken and torn, through its 
 whole extent, into numberless creeks and islands, gener- 
 ally faced with high rocky dirts, having deep water at their 
 ba-i>. Few of the inlets are lit for the purpose of navi- 
 gation, and the streams which run into them are mountain 
 mpeded by frequent shallows arid cataracts. 
 
 'Lakes are numerous, particularly in the southern part. 
 if them contain floating islands, which having 
 been formed by the cohesion of numerous roots, are clothed 
 with trees and herbage, hi the vear 1702, a noble fami- 
 - -at in the vicinity of FrederickMadt was swallowed up 
 with all its towers and battlements ; and its site instantly 
 converted into a lake, nearly two miles long, and about a 
 mile broad. Tins dreadful accident, by winch 14 persons, 
 and 200 head of cattle perishe to have been oc- 
 
 casioned by the subterraneous v er. 
 
 At Bergen^ tl. day con hout 19 hours, 
 
 and li.e i,f aljjut live. In summer the inhab- 
 
 itants can read and write at midnight by the light of the 
 sky 5 and in the more northerly parts, about mid-summer, 
 ! 
 
210 NORWAY. 
 
 the sun is continually in view ; but in the depth of win- 
 ter, in these parts, there is 'only a faint glimmering of 
 light at noon, for about an hour and a half; yet in the 
 midst of their darkness, the sky is so serene, anil the moon 
 and the aurora borealis so bright, that they can carry on 
 their fishery, and work at their several trades, in the open 
 sky. The air is generally salubrious, and the inhabitants 
 in some of the interior parts, it is said, live till weary of 
 life. 
 
 Soil and Productions. The 'character of this region, in 
 general, is that of a rude and steril land ; yet its south- 
 ern portion has a large admixture of pleasant and fertile 
 country. The 'harvests are precarious, and the quantity 
 of grain produced is far from being adequate to the con- 
 sumption. In the 9 hilly parts the rearing of cattle is pur- 
 sued with considerable advantage. But the most Valua- 
 ble production of Norway is that of its forests, consisting 
 of different species of pines and firs. Tar and pitch are 
 valuable articles of exportation. 
 
 q Animals i <^c. Wild animals are found in great abund- 
 ance, particularly bears, wolves, lynxes, elks, rain-deer, 
 gluttons, beavers, foxes, ermines, and martins ; fowls, both 
 of the land and aquatic kind, are almost innumerable. 
 There are persons who subsist by catching them. These 
 people display the most astonishing dexterity in ascend- 
 ing the cliffs of the rocks, where the eagle and other large 
 birds deposite their eggs. 
 
 The sea coast of Norway is frequented by shoals offish 
 of various species, which greatly contribute to the suste- 
 nance of the inhabitants, and afford employment to a num- 
 ber of hardy mariners. The rocky shores are particular- 
 ly 'favourable to the breeding of shell fish : large quanti- 
 ties of fine lobsters are exported to supply the luxury of 
 the English metropolis. 
 
 Minerals. Norway is rich in minerals. Gold has been 
 discovered, but not to any considerable amount. The sil- 
 ver mines ol Konigsburg were formerly reckoned the rich- 
 est of that metal in Europe, and employed 4000 men; but 
 now it is supposed they barely defray the expense of work- 
 ing. Copper is yielded in large quantities by mines in 
 the district of Drontheim ; but of all the Norwegian mines, 
 those of iron are esteemed the ? rnost profitable. Norway 
 also produces magnets, and the asbestos, which may be 
 woven into cloth that will resist the action of fire. 
 
 Chief Towns. Btrgen is the 'capital, defended on the 
 land side by high mountains, constantly overhung with 
 
DENMARK. 211 
 
 clouds which descend upon the town in. frequent rains. 
 All the churches and public edifices, as well as many of 
 the private houses are built of stone. This city carries 
 on a large trade in all kinds offish, tish-oil, tallosv, hides, 
 tar and timber. The population is computed at about 
 18,000. The harbour is one of the best in Europe. 
 
 nV/Hw/, situated in a fertile and most delightful 
 country, contains about 1 1,000 inhabitants, and is un- 
 questionably the most beautiful city of Norway. The 
 view from The hills above the town is described as the 
 most beautiful that can be conceived. This city being 
 situated almost in the centre of the iron and copper 
 mines, the export of metals is considerable ; but tar, 
 planks, and boards, are its 'staple commodities* 
 
 Dronlheim, the mo-t northern town of any note in the 
 world, except Torneo and Archangel, was the residence 
 of the ancient kings of N.n-way. It contains two churches, 
 iiunher of other public buildings. The number 
 of inhabitants is computed at about 9000. Its exports 
 and imports occupy from 4 to 5000 ships annually. In 
 the month of July, 1685, the king of Denmark, Christian 
 i few davs in this place, and supped at mid- 
 night without candle-lights, the twilight being suflicient- 
 ly lumin 
 
 In/i' }, in general, are strong, 
 
 robust, and brave, but quick in their resentments. Their 
 usual dress olour with red button-holes, and 
 
 white metal buttons. Their 'bread con-ists of Hat cakes, 
 of oatmeal, and in times of great scarcity it is mingled with 
 the white, inner bark of tie-s. They have but few fields, 
 - to cultivate, and for their living are obliged 
 much of their time in hunting and fishing. 
 They are justly ''famed for honesty and industry, an J re- 
 tain their 1 lon^thata Norwegian i-> not supposed 
 incapable of labour, till lie is upwards of 100 years old. 
 
 DENMARK. 
 
 Soil and Face of the Country. The 'soil in general is 
 rathei clearance of the country low and 
 
 flat, except the eastern part, which is somewhat hilly. 
 The roads in general are not very -mul. All the streams 
 -mall; th E i- tlse most 'considerable, river. 
 
 In the norti.ern part ti.- creek of th 
 
 called Ly m ford, which is navigable, and of more than 
 70 miles extent into the land. The country is by no 
 means remarkable for its fertility. The 'least productive 
 
212 DENMARK. 
 
 tracts are in the northern parts of Jutland. The islands 
 of Zealand and Funen are represented as fertile and pleas- 
 ant, consisting of fields separated by mud walls, and in- 
 terspersed with cottages of brick, and finely diversified 
 with vales and gently swelling hills, interspersed with 
 woods of beach and oak. The isle of Funen, in particu- 
 lar, is well cultivated. Holstein, which is that part of 
 Denmark situated between the river Eyderand the. Elbe, 
 'abounds in rich marshes, on which are fatted great num- 
 bers of cattle. 
 
 Climate. The 'climate of Denmark Proper is variable 
 and moist, but rather temperate on account of the vapour 
 of the surrounding sea. In the northern parts, however, 
 the winter is often very severe, and the entrance of the 
 Baltic through the Sound has been at times so completely 
 frozen over as to be crossed by heavy loaded carriages. 
 Spring and autumn are seasons scarcely known in Den- 
 mark, on account of the sudden transitions from cold to 
 heat, and from heat to cold. The country being flat and 
 abounding in bogs and morasses, it is extremely 'subject 
 to fogs and damp air. 
 
 q Productions. Wheat, rye, barley, and oats, are pro- 
 duced in such abundance as to supply Norway, and fre- 
 quently to export to other countries in considerable quan- 
 tities. Hops are cultivated in Funen ; tobacco in Jut- 
 land, Zealand, and Falster ; rape-seed in Sleswick and 
 Holstein. Madder thrives very well near Copenhagen. 
 But the Danish farmers are 'chiefly known as excellent 
 graziers. The horses, especially those of the Holstein 
 breed, are large and fine. The king is said to have 
 above 2000, among which is a breed remarkable for be- 
 ing of a milk white colour. The horned cattle are alsp 
 large and numerous. 
 
 Manufactures. The most 'extensive manufactures in 
 Denmark are those of leather, calicoes, cotton and worst- 
 ed stockings. The Danes also manufacture woollen and 
 linen cloths, but not in sufficient quantities for home con- 
 sumption ; likewise all sorts of silks, chiefly ribands, lace, 
 earthen and China ware, paper, muskets, and gunpowder. 
 
 Commerce. Denmark has an extensive sea coast, which 
 affords uncommon conveniences for trade. Her principal 
 'exports are grain to Norway and other countries ; horses 
 to Germany, France, Russia and Sweden ; oxen to 
 Holland and Germany 5 live hogs and bacon to Norway 
 and the Baltic. The *i in ports are chiefly wine, brandy, 
 oil, tobacco, salt, sugar, spices, silk and woollen cloths. 
 
DKNMUIK. 220 
 
 Chief V< < pital, is beautifully 
 
 tnd. and mak v mag- 
 
 nificent a; -mbeUiahed with several pal- 
 
 ! roval juris or < 
 It contains IS 
 
 which are t'u. ni-iied \\ith canals; a harbour capable of 
 containing 50 . and a naval arsenal, pronounced 
 
 super of Venice. The public place> are tilled 
 
 with officers either in the land or sea service : the police is 
 extremely regular: and the road for. shipping, \\hich be- 
 
 the ton iu is delendt d by 90 
 regularly fortified, and 
 coin inliabitai. 
 
 A small ;- led Amack, joined to Copenhagen bjf 
 
 a bridge, supplies this city twice a \\eek with all s 
 
 - > with milk, butter, and cheese. It ife 
 ed by the descendants of a colony from the north 
 le particular privileges, and 
 retain ti,. 
 
 About V 2() mi the met: iruls the 
 
 e and splendid 
 build; consumed by fne in I7 1 J4. 
 
 other p! . of notice are Klsineur 
 
 and ( Altona on the 
 
 from Ha ..| '1'onin- 
 
 its mouth in \ 
 
 q Inhabit i : .il tall, and well 
 
 made; t!u . jilar, their complexions ilor- 
 
 id, and their hair inclinini; to yellow and red. In gener- 
 al, th. us without beinn superstitious, and 
 their i ,; ( on the whole, tolerably pure. The 7 pre- 
 - of the lower classes are la/.iness, gluttony, 
 and a .e fondues.-, for spirituous liquors ; that of 
 the higher orders, the love of show and pleasure. All 
 rank. - are equally attentive to . aliiy and 
 afVability 9 cUaracieriy.e all < 
 
 The 'favourite di\ I the Danes arc the theatre, 
 
 card-, IIIUMC ; and in winter, drivin. :i the 
 
 snow. French dn v adopted by both 
 
 sexea in summer, but the severity of winter obliges them 
 to wrap themselves up in wool and fur like their'neigh- 
 bours, 
 
 Languages* $c. Their language is Teutonic; but 
 French and High Dutch are spoken by the nobility, and 
 English is publickly taught at Copenhagen, as an essential 
 
214 DENMARK. 
 
 part of a superior education. The established religion 
 is Lutheranism, but other sectaries are tolerated. 
 
 Literature. The arts and sciences flourish to a consid- 
 erable degree in Denmark, although their introduction 
 cannot aspire to much antiquity, having followed as usual 
 the introduction of Christianity, which was not establish- 
 ed till the .1 1th century. There is a university at Copen- 
 hagen, and another at Kiel ; two or three schools are pro- 
 vided in each parish, where children are taught reading, 
 writing, and the common principles of Arithmetic. A 
 number of Latin schools are also maintained at the royal 
 expense. 
 
 Foreign Possessions. These are Greenland, Iceland, 
 and the Feroe Islands. 
 
 ICELAND. This island is about 260 miles in length, 
 and about 00 in breadth; but its inhabitants are supposed 
 not to exceed 50,000. Ridges of lofty mountains traverse 
 the country, and give it a most desolate appearance. 
 Many of them are. volcanic, the most 'famous of which is 
 Mount Hecla, about one mile high, whose summit is cov- 
 ered with perpetual snow, except where it is melted by 
 the subterraneous heat. Its craters are numerous, al- 
 though the eruptions are not frequent, none having hap- 
 pened from 1693 to 1766, when it emitted flames accom- 
 panied with a torrent of lava. The most dreadful erup- 
 tion, of which we have a particular account, was in 1783, 
 which, however, appears not to have proceeded from any 
 mountain. The lava broke out from the earth in three 
 different places, and is said to have covered an extent of 
 3,600 square miles, in some places to the depth of 100 
 feet The whole country was filled with smoke, great 
 numbers of cattle were destroyed, and 240 persons lost 
 their lives. 
 
 In this island are many hot and ''boiling springs, which 
 spout up their water to an almost incredible height. One 
 of these called GEYSER, makes a noise like the roaring of 
 a cataract. The aperture from which the water issues is 
 19 feet in diameter. Through this aperture the water 
 spouts up with great violence several times a day, it is 
 said, to the height of 90 feet. 
 
 The 'climate of Iceland is stormy 5 but the cold, being 
 mitigated by the vapours of the sea, is less intense than 
 might be expected from its situation. Grain cannot be 
 cultivated to any advantage. There are some tolerable 
 pastures 5 but the cattle are of diminutive size, and the 
 
DENMARK. 215 
 
 horses, in particular, are remarkably small. Sheep are 
 numerous, so that a single person son three 
 
 or four hundred. Wood doe- not thrive, and very tew 
 
 ofanv kind are to be seen on the island, though the 
 quantities found in many places under ground indicate 
 - onre much more abundant. The 'common 
 fuel of th is turf. 
 
 The Icelanders are of a middle size, and well made, but 
 
 notvc; Their living is poor, ? cons milk, 
 
 . uith some meat, but very lilt le bread. 
 
 Their ma- uplc and inoffensive : they are 
 
 :lv attached to their country, and never think of 
 or travelling. They 9 manufacture woollen 
 stockings and some coarse woollen cloths, which they sell 
 to the Danes for bread, shoes, brandy, wine, iron, and 
 tobacco. Their other 'exports are dried fish, salted mut- 
 ton, beef, butter, train-oil, feather and quills. Iceland 
 has inof. than once been exposed to all the horrors of 
 famine. These calamities have been caused from the 
 immense quantities of ice drifting; on its shores from 
 
 .'and; which s< - remaining untha wed during 
 
 many months or even the whole summer, not only pre- 
 vent all supplies from abroad, by rendering the coast of 
 difficult and d , it put an entire stop to 
 
 the li- time generate a cold - 
 
 cessive a-> to destroy all vegetation, and prove fatal to 
 animal life. The numerous white bears which arrive 
 with the \tremely destructive to cattle. 
 
 The FKI.I DS have the. appearance of mountains 
 
 or hills bold! v emerufmji; from the sea, separated from one 
 .iiels swept by rapid currents. About 
 17of ' ds are habitable. Their shallow, but fruit- 
 
 ful soil, 'yields lut ', ood pasturage !( >r >heep, with 
 
 which und. Tiie rocky cliff* are the resort of 
 
 great flock- ; f'o\\l, which tempt the inhabitants 
 
 to extraordinary exertions for the sake of their eirgs, Hesh, 
 and ft intry is the hazardous business of 
 
 fowling conducted with more skill and intrepidity; and the 
 most tremendous precipices are either scaled from below, 
 by men rai-ed by tin- polo of their companions, or are 
 reached from above bv those who are let down by means 
 of ropes fa-trued about their The delicate EIDER 
 
 DOWN, produced from what is called the eider duck, is one 
 of the most 'valuable articles of these island*. 
 
216 SWEDEN. 
 
 SWEDEN. 
 
 q Face of the Country. Sweden is, in general, a moun- 
 tainous country. Its surface is greatly diversified with 
 numerous lakes, clear rivers, rushing cataracts, gloomy 
 forests, rugged rocks, verdant vales, and well cultivated 
 fields. A 'striking characteristic of the country in many 
 parts, is the frequency of detached masses of rock, start- 
 ing out of the ground, and imparting a singularly wild 
 and rugged appearance to the landscape. 
 
 ^Climate. Sweden enjoys a much milder temperature 
 than those countries of Asia and America, which have the 
 same latitude. It is, however, a cold country ; and the 
 winter, particularly in the northern part, is long, and ex- 
 tremely severe. The gulf of Bothnia becomes a vast 
 field of ice, and is crossed by travellers in sledges. 
 
 Spring and autumn are seasons hardly known in this 
 country ; summer bursts suddenly from winter, and vege- 
 tation is quick and rapid. The labours of agriculture are 
 crowded-into the short 7 space of ab.ut three months, and 
 in this season * ne inhabitants both sow and reap. But 
 the summer, though short, is rendered hot by the length 
 of the days, and the reliections of the sunbeams from the 
 numerous hills and mountains. 
 
 Soil and Productions. The soil is not the most propi- 
 tious. Incredible pains, however, have been taken by the 
 Swedes of late to correct its natural sterility ; and the in- 
 stitution of agricultural societies has be^n 'attended with 
 such success, that Some of the vallies have become ex- 
 tremely fertile. It is supposed, that in the south of Swe- 
 den, by draining, and other improvements, a sufficient 
 quantity of wheat might be raised to supply the whole 
 kingdom. The ^produce of grain, however, is not suffi- 
 cient for the supply of the inhabitants. Hemp and flax 
 are considerable products, and in the vicinity of Stock- 
 holm, tobacco. 
 
 Sweden ^abounds in forests, principally of pine and fir. 
 These afford an inexhaustible supply of masts for ship- 
 ping, and planks for various uses ; while the tar, turpen- 
 tine, and pitch, extracted from the trees, are almost of 
 equal value wiih the timber. Wild cherry and plum trees 
 grow up to the 60th degree of latitude. Strawberries and 
 whortle-berries are in plenty over the whole country, and 
 currants are found even in Lapland. The rivers of Swe- 
 den are rapid, and supply abundance of fish; but the nurne- 
 
SWEDEN. 217 
 
 rous rocks and shoals which are found in them, render 
 most of them unlit for the purpose of navigation, 
 
 t. The principal 'sources of wealth in Sweden 
 
 are her mines, chiefly of copper and iron. Only one gold 
 
 mine has yet been discovered, and that very inconsidera- 
 
 inine of silver is more profitable, its annual produce 
 
 valued at 20,000 crowns. A Coppermine near the 
 
 f Falun is supposed to have been worked nearly 
 
 1000 The mouth of this mine presents 
 
 chaMiu nearly three quarters of a mile in circumference, 
 
 of which the perpendicular depth is about 1,0-20 feet. 
 
 Some of the mountains consist of almost one* entire mass 
 
 of iron ore. Nearly 500 forces are said to be employed 
 
 in the manufiLUire of this -metal. The whole number of 
 
 miners in S wed (Mi is computed at 25,000. 
 
 The hiii'h Voads in Sweden are remarka- 
 bly good, being made of stone and gravel, and are not 
 turnpikes in our own country, although no 
 toll is exacted from the traveller. 
 
 There are many seats scattered over the face of the 
 count: *lemen reside on their estates in rural 
 
 plenty K-ing an assemblage of wooden 
 
 buildings painted red, make a neat appearance, and con- 
 tribute f the country. 
 
 lish manufacture.-* are not nu- 
 merous. Those of iron and the most 'consider- 
 able. The manufactures of copper and brass, and the 
 buiidirigof ships likewise, emplov a great number of hands. 
 -omealso of cloth, hats, watches, and sail cloth. 
 In lr5 it was supposed that 14,000 persons were em- 
 ployed in the manufactures of wool, silk, and cotton. 
 Coin. The commerc Sen is far from be- 
 }iortani. Ii 'consists chietly in the cxpoii-, of her 
 productions, iron, timber, pitch, tar, hemp, and 
 copper. I have long formed a considerable arti- 
 cle, but the li.-hery has much declined. The 'principal 
 import -.in of various kinds, particularly rye, to- 
 bac< . coifee, drugs, silk, and wi 
 
 Chief Town*. Stockholm, the capital, contains 76,000 
 inhabitant-. It is 'situated at the junction of lake Malar 
 with the Baltic, on 7 small islands, united by bridges. 
 The harbour, though de ..-what difficult of access, 
 
 and during four months in the year is blocked up with 
 ice. The buildings are mostly of stone, or of brick stuc- 
 coed, and stained of a white or yellowish colour. At 
 T 
 
218 SWEDEN. 
 
 the extremity of the harbour, the streets rise one above 
 another in the form of an amphitheatre, and the palace, a 
 magnificent building, crowns the summit. There are Hwo 
 superb statues is this city, one of Gustavus Adolphus, 
 and another of the late Gustavus III. in bronze, erected 
 by the citizens, at an expense of 144,000 dollars. Its ar- 
 senal is famous, and contains a long line of the effigies of 
 the kings of Sweden, in the armour which they actually 
 wore, all arranged in chronological order ; here also are 
 to be seen the very clothes which the famous Charles XII. 
 had on when, he was killed at Frederickstadt. 
 
 Upsal is ^famous for its university. Most of the 
 houses, except the colleges, are of wood, painted red, with 
 high grass growing on the tops, a tiling very common in 
 Sweden. The cathedral is a vast pile of brick, with two 
 square towers. The interior is handsome, and is adorn- 
 ed with a most magnificent organ. Population, 4,500. 
 
 Gottenburg is the 5 second city for trade and population. 
 It is the seat of the Swedish East India Company, and 
 carries on a great trade in iron, and a very extensive her- 
 ring fishery. A water communication between this place 
 and the capital has been opened. Population, 22,000. 
 Carlscrona is 9 noted as being the station of the royal 
 navy ; its docks, hewn in the rock, are works of 
 vast magnitude. Flax, iron, and linen cloth, are its 
 chief ^exports. Tornea has a good harbour. Here the 
 Laplanders, Norwegians, and Russians, resort to barter 
 their furs for other articles. 
 
 Inhabitants, Manners, and Customs. The Swedes, in 
 general, are well formed, and of a graceful appearance. 
 They are cheerful, healthy, and courageous, and particu- 
 larly hospitable and kind to strangers. Thefts, murders, 
 and atrocious crimes are very uncommon among them. 
 Disputes are rare in country places, and generally finish- 
 ed without the aid of lawyers. The only vice which 
 may in some degree be called national, is an intemperate 
 use of spirituous liquors, which is common with most 
 northern nations. 
 
 Fondness for convivial pleasure, music, and dancing, is 
 a 'leading feature in the Swedish character. Two days 
 in the year, the first of May and midsummer, are in Swe- 
 den particularly consecrated to publick mirth and joy. 
 
 The peasants are frugal and industrious, and live in the 
 plainest manner. They are well clad in strong cloth of 
 their own making. Their cottages, though built of wood, 
 and only one story high, are comfortable and commodious. 
 
RUSSIA. 219 
 
 The nobility and gentry of both sexes are for the most 
 part well educated and highly accomplished, many of 
 them speaking Kny;lih, French, and German, with fluen- 
 cy. Thev luivc very much the manners of the French, 
 and are addicted to luxury. 
 
 Education. Schools are provided in alimt every par- 
 ish. Nearly all the Suedes can read, arid the greater 
 part can write. The universities are three. There are 
 literary academies, most of which publish me- 
 moirs of their transact!' 
 
 RUSSIA. 
 
 Mountains. The 'principal mountains are the great 
 Tralian Chain, about 1400 miles in length, of moderate 
 ;on, forming a marked boundary between Europe 
 anl Asia. The-e mountains are rich in metals, chiefly of 
 :ul iron, and are adorned with woods most- 
 ly of pine, fir, birch, cedar, and larch. 
 
 '? of the Country. Russia is mostly a level country. 
 That part west of the Uralian mountains is, in general, a 
 lain, elevated towards (lie centre, and thence gently 
 descendi: da the north and w> 
 
 -,v. Of these, the 'principal is the Volga, comput- 
 ed at 1700 miles in length, and navigable nearly to its 
 source. The Don, by the ancients called (he Tanais, is a 
 
 tor its violent inundations. 
 Awards the east, it approaches so near the 
 VuLa, that Peter the Great had undertaken to form a 
 communication between them by means of a canal, which 
 was reported to be in contemplation under the late em- 
 peror Alexander. The Dnieper* another large river of 
 Kunij. igable from timoltnxk near its source, to 
 
 where there is a bridge of boats, 1638 feet in length. 
 Below this phu nm* distance is im- 
 
 peded by < ,ich it is airain navigable to 
 
 :th. Ti. ..ir Southern l)\\ina, as it i some- 
 
 whole extent. Its 
 
 width at Riga^is about 9< Here a bridge of 
 
 pontoons is thrown nually in April, and 
 
 taken away a^ain in e Northern Dwina 
 
 e course of about 500 miles. The Neva 
 is that river through which the Ladoga lake discharges 
 its waters into the gult of Finland, and on which Peters- 
 burg is situated. It is about 40 miles in length, of con- 
 siderable width and depth, and 'subject to great floods. 
 
220 RUSSIA. 
 
 Climate. Russia, extending from the Frozen Ocean to 
 the Black Sea, necessarily exhibits a great diversity of 
 climate. In all the ^northern parts, the cold in winter is 
 very terrible. Birds, in the act of flying, have sometimes 
 been known to drop down dead from the atmosphere in con- 
 sequence of it. The peasants, who usually wear their 
 beards in Russia, have them hanging to their chins like sol- 
 id lumps of ice ; drivers of carriages are frequently frozen 
 to death upon their seats without being able to change 
 their position ; and boiling water, thrown up with an en- 
 gine, so as to spread, has been known to freeze before it 
 fell to the ground. At Petersburg only two months in the 
 year are entirely free from snow. Violent storms are fre- 
 quent, and when these come from the south-west, they 
 cause great inundations by the overflowing of the Neva. 
 At Moscow the winter sets in about the middle of Novem- 
 ber, and lasts till the middle of March, attended with co- 
 pious falls of snow. Even in the southern parts, the win- 
 ters, though short, are somewhat severe. From some de- 
 grees to the south of Moscow, all northern Russia has only 
 two seasons, the transition from winter to summer, and 
 again from summer to winter, being so sudden, that spring 
 arid autumn are unknown. Russia in general has a dry 
 ^atmosphere, and the ? air is pure and salubrious. 
 
 Soil. The soil in this extensive empire is as various 
 as the climate. All the 'northern. coast to a great extent 
 inland, is an immense swamp, wholly grown over with 
 moss, destitute of wood, and almost perpetually frozen, 
 being thawed in summer only to a very small depth. 
 The 'middle provinces have a much better soil, while the 
 southern parts display the greatest fertility. Between 
 the Don, and the Volga, from Voronelz to Simbruk, the soil 
 consists of a black mould, strongly impregnated with salt- 
 petre, and is extremely fertile, producing the most luxu- 
 riant vegetation. This is generally esteemed the ? best 
 portion of Russia. 
 
 Productions. Grain and pasturage are the ^general 
 features of Russian fanning. In the northern parts, so far 
 as the latitude of Petersburg, rye is cultivated 5 in the 
 middle and southern regions, wheat. Taurida, which is 
 the most southern province, comprehending the penin- 
 sula of Crimea, produces some Indian corn , the culture 
 of the vine and the olive also succeeds here. Barley is 
 a general product. Hemp and flax constitute an import- 
 ant object of Russian agriculture. Tobacco has lately 
 
RUSSIA. 221 
 
 been cultivated ; potatoes bear the cold of Archangel, 
 
 and yield from thirty to fifty fold. Rhubarb, madder, 
 
 /and honey, are also considerable products. In the 
 
 idle and southern parts are large orchards. Apples 
 and pears are found as far north as <-es ; cherries 
 
 and plums as far as 55. Agriculture, however, as yet 
 is but little understood in this country. 
 
 Throughout the whole empire, much excellent pasture 
 is found, and horses, cattle, and sheep, are in tolerable 
 plenty. Goats and swine every where abound. Of the 
 ; \\ild animals, particularly valuable for their furs, are the 
 black fox, the sable, the martin, and the ermine. 
 
 The 'principal mines of Russia are in Sibe- 
 ria. These are a great source of wealth to the nation. 
 The Uralian mountains and their vicinity are the centre 
 of the mining country. Gold, some silver, copper and 
 iron, are the metals chiefly extracted there ; and the 
 foundries for the two latter are very numerous. 
 
 Canals. The canals of this empire are of great impor- 
 tance. By means of that of Vttni Volotchok, goods may 
 be conveyed up the Volga from Astrachan to Petersburg, 
 a distance of 1434 miles. The navigation requires for its 
 performance a fortnight, three weeks, or a month, accord- 
 ing to the season of the year, and nearly 4UOO vessels are 
 supposed annually to pass this way. A canal also leads 
 from Moscow to the Don, opening a communication with 
 the Hlack sea. There is likewise a water communication 
 by means of rivers from the frontiers of China to Peters- 
 burg, with the interruption of only about 60 miles. 
 
 Man it possesses a variety of manufac- 
 
 tures. That of izinglass, which is a preparation of the 
 sounds or air bladder of the sturgeon, 'flourishes on the 
 ^ "1-a. nufactures of oil, soap, and candles at 
 
 Petersburg, are very considerable, and contribute in no 
 small degree to its exports. There are also in various 
 parts manufactures of salt-petre, paper and tobacco. Lin- 
 en is manufactured in abundance ; the best comes from 
 the government of Art hansel. Cotton is little wrought; 
 but the manufactures of silk are numerous. Coarse 
 cloths, carpets, hats, porcelain and earthen ware, are 
 made in .nd leather has long been a staple com- 
 
 modity. Russia produces vast quantities of wax : iron 
 foundries abound every where : cannon are cast at Pe- 
 tersburg ; at Tula there is a va>t manufactory of tire and 
 side arms, which employs upwards of 4000 workmen. 
 
222 RUSSIA. 
 
 Commerce. Russia has an extensive commerce. That 
 with Europe and America is carried on principally through 
 the BcUtic^tM the White Seas,by way of Petersburg, Riga, 
 and Archangel. The 'articles exported are chiefly hemp, 
 flax, different kinds of grain, tallow, hides, sail-cloth, tim- 
 ber, tar, iron, anniseed, train-oil, hemp-oil, linens, wax, 
 and fur. In return for which, they 'import woollen cloths, 
 silk, cotton, brandy, sugar, wine and coffee. 
 
 The commerce of Russia with Persia and China, 'carried 
 on by the way of Astrachan through the Caspian Sea, is 
 also very considerable, as is likewise that with Turkey 
 through the Black Sea. Russia likewise carries on a com- 
 merce over land, by caravans, to China, chiefly in furs ; 
 and they bring back from thence, tea, silk, cotton and gold. 
 
 The various productions of this vast empire, in order 
 to get to market, are first brought from different places 
 to fairs established in different parts of the country, where 
 the merchants buy them up, and forward them to differ- 
 ent ports or other trading towns for exportation. 
 
 Cities. St. Petersburg, the capital, is a beautiful and 
 extensive city, 'founded by Peter the Great in 1703, upon 
 an island in the middle of the Neva, between the gulf of 
 Finland and the lake of Ladoga. It contains a university, 
 a military academy, a convent for the education of young 
 ladies, a foundling hospital, five palaces, thirty-five hand- 
 some churches,besides many other magnificent structures. 
 The houses are mostly 'four stories high, built of brick, 
 stuccoed ; the streets are long and broad. In this city 
 there is a famous statue in bronze of Peter the Great. 
 The rock which serves for its pedestal weighs, by calcu- 
 lation, 1,428 tons, and was transported to Petersburg, 9 
 miles, partly by land and partly by water. The number 
 of inhabitants is 285,000. 
 
 Petersburg is frequented by a great number of trading 
 vessels from other nations, especially from Great Britain. 
 Large ships, however, cannot get over the bar of the Neva, 
 but remain at Cronstadt, a port oa an island in the gulf, 20 
 miles below, which is also the 'station of the men-of-war. 
 
 Moscow, the ancient capital, situated on a river of the 
 same name, is 26 miles in circumference. On approach- 
 ing the city, its gilded domes and glittering spires make 
 a most striking and splendid appearance. It is the centre 
 of trade for all the interior of Russia. About three fourths 
 of this city was burnt in 1812, when the French invaded 
 Russia, since which time it has been. rebuilt. In this city 
 
RUSSIA. 223 
 
 there is a famous bell, the largest in the world. It is 19 
 feet in height, and 21 yards in circumference at the bot- 
 tom. Its greatest thickness is 21 inches, and it weighs 
 432,000 pounds. The beam on which it hung, being 
 burnt, it fell, and a large piece was broken out of it, so 
 that it now lies in a manner useless. The ^climate of 
 Moscow is extremely salubrious. The number of its in- 
 habitants is about 250,000. 
 
 Odessa is a new city, situated on the Black Sea, and is 
 the 'second in point ot" commerce in the empire. 
 
 , the y third* town, in a commercial view, is much 
 nti'd bv toicM-u merchants, who export from it 
 quantities of naval stores, grain and other products 
 of the country. Its population is estimated at 36,000. 
 
 Archangel, notwithstanding the short period of th-. 
 in which it is accessible, carries on a considerable trade 
 in the exports and imports of that part of the Russian do- 
 minions. Very large ships built of fir and larch at a great 
 distance up the Duina, are among its exported articles. 
 100 miles N. E. of St. Petersburg, and contains 
 7,200 inhabitants. 
 
 Tula contains 30,000 inhabitants. Cherson, on the 
 Black Sea, has greatly declined. Caffa, in the Crimea, 
 is a free port, and a principal commercial town. 
 
 Inhabitants, $-c. Russia includes a variety of nations, 
 although subject to one government, whose language, 
 manners and habits of life are totally distinct, and many 
 of which are yet in a state of extreme barbarism. 
 
 The 'Slavonic Russians, of which the great mass of the 
 population consists, are a hardy and vigorous people, well 
 Featured, of a jrood stature, cheerful, patient of fatigue, 
 and implicitly submissive to discipline. The ladies have 
 fine complr iturally, which however they ruin by 
 
 paint. The higher classes an- 'distinguished by their 
 magnilicei ibility, and hospitaJity. A strong pro- 
 
 pensity for keeping numerous retinues and brilliant equi- 
 pages is e\ nt; and splendid entertain- 
 ment-. 'inMi^, are much in fashion. 
 
 The peasants, or boors, as they are called in this coun- 
 try, in winter, wrap themselves in sheep-skins, with 
 the wool turned in. The lower classes have no beds, but 
 sleep on the floor, or on a platform of boards : and in 
 summer very often in the open air. Intoxication is a 
 common vice. 
 
224 RUSSIA. 
 
 The Russians are extremely fond of vocal music. No 
 where is the song more jovial or more universal. Next 
 to singing, dancing is the most general amusement. The 
 ringing of bells is also a recreation in which they take 
 great delight. Of all the Russian customs, none merits 
 greater attention than the universal use of the hot vapour 
 bath, which they consider as a remedy or preventive of 
 almost every disease. 
 
 Religion. The established religion is the Greek 
 church, little differing from Popery $ but all others are 
 permitted and protected. 
 
 Literature. The literature of Russia is yet in its infan- 
 cy 5 it is, however, advancing in improvement, and much 
 attention is paid to popular instruction. 
 
 Government. This extensive country is under the gov- 
 ernment of one monarch, called the emperor of all Rus- 
 sia. Alexander, the late emperor, who died in Nov. 
 1825, was born in 1777. Under his efficient and mild 
 reign, Russia extended her dominions, rapidly rose to mil- 
 itary greatness, and increased in improvements, popula- 
 tion, and national importance. His brother Nicholas is 
 his successor. Russia in 1808, conquered Finland from 
 Sweden, and incorporated it with herempire. 
 
 Jirmy. The whole amount of the Russian army, in 
 1819, was 778,000. About 150,000, it is supposed, are 
 necessary in the garrisons scattered over this vast empire. 
 
 Navy. The Russian navy in 1820, besides small 
 ships and gallies, consisted of 30 ships of the line, and 
 20 frigates. It is now rapidly increasing. 
 
 Curiosities. Among the natural curiosities of Russia, 
 J most deserving of notice, are the mountains of ice which 
 float in the Frozen Ocean. Some of these are many miles 
 in extent and of an astonishing height, being formed by 
 the aggregation of vast fields of ice forcing one under 
 another, and thus raising the immense mass higher out of 
 the water, where it receives an additional increase from 
 the successive falls of snow. Some of these floating 
 mountains are 10 or 1200 feet in height, resembling vast 
 cathedrals, adorned with pinnacles, presenting a thousand 
 fantastic shapes, and reflecting a thousand colours from 
 the rays of the sun, or the aurora borealis. 
 
 In 1740, the empress Anne built a palace of ice on the 
 banks of the Neva, which, when illuminated, had a sur- 
 prising eifect. 
 
POLAND.... PRUSSIA. 225 
 
 POLAND, 
 
 PUIXCIPALLY BELONGING TO RUSSIA. 
 
 Poland was once a formidable kingdom. In 1773 sev- 
 eral of its provinces were dismembered from it by the 
 empress of Russia, the emperor of Germany, and the king 
 of Prussia. A similar act of violence again took place in 
 1793. Jn 1795, the unfortunate sovereign, Stanislaus 
 Augustus, was cruelly deposed, his kingdom annihilated, 
 and the whole country incorporated into Russia., Austria, 
 and Prussia. By the treaty of 1815 Poland now enjoys 
 her otm laws under the crown of Russia. 
 
 Poland is generally a level country, productive in grain 
 and in grass. 
 
 ll'tii'xawi the capital, is a large city, surrounded by a 
 moat and a double wall. It has a melancholy appearance, 
 exhibiting the strong contrast of wealth and poverty, 
 luxury and distress, which pervade every part of this un- 
 happy country. Population 66,000. 
 
 Cracow, an independent city, now contains many spa- 
 cious and handsome streets, but almost every building 
 bears the marks of ruined grandeur. Here most of the 
 sovereigns of Poland were both crowned and interred. 
 Population 25,000. 
 
 The ''Poles are fair in their complexion, well propor- 
 tioned and handsome ; active, brave, honest, hospitable, 
 and enterprising; but rash and unsteady. There are 
 many Jews in Poland. 
 
 Near Cracow are 'the famous mines of rock salt, said 
 to be the most extensive of the kind in Europe. They 
 are wrought under ground to a vast depth and compass, 
 pre.M !i 'in^ spacious chamber.-, lon^ galleries massy 
 pillars and even whole edifices hewn in the -olid rock, 
 which, when illuminated by lamps, alVord scenes of ex- 
 traordinary splendour. 
 
 PRUSSIA. 
 
 The kingdom of Prussia, which commenced with the 
 eighteenth century, by gradual accessions became so ex- 
 tensive, as deservedly to rank among the first powers 
 of Europe. But in 1807, this kingdom was greatly 
 reduced, the king, Frederick William IV. having been 
 compelled to surrender, in obedience to the dictates of 
 
226 
 
 PRUSSIA. 
 
 France, nearly half of his possessions, and about the same 
 proportion of his subjects. 
 
 In the great struggle, however, against the power of 
 France, for the independence of Europe, Prussia acted 
 a very distinguished part. Her arms, together with those 
 of the Allies, having been crowned with the most perfect 
 success, the late treaty at Vienna, which settles the state 
 of Europe, restores to Prussia most of her lost, together 
 with other territories, by which she has regained her for- 
 mer consequence among the nations of Europe. 
 
 9 Face of the Country. Prussia displays no grand fea- 
 tures of nature, nor any great variety of aspect. The 
 whole country, except a part of Silesia, is generally level, 
 and in many places covered with thick forests. 
 
 Climate. The ^climate of all the countries bordering on 
 the Baltic, is in general cold and moist. Prussia Proper, 
 is deluged with rain in the autumn, and has about eight 
 months of winter. Pomerama-and Brandenburg are some- 
 what more free from humidity. Silesia excels all the 
 other Prussian provinces in the purity and wholesomeness 
 of its air, but the western and southern parts, which lie 
 near the mountains, are exposed even in summer to sharp 
 freezing winds. 
 
 Soil. The 'soil of the Prussian provinces varies between 
 the two extremes of barrenness and fertility. Branden* 
 burg is a sandy, barren country ; Prussia Proper is also 
 sandy, but more fertile. The northern extremity of Sile- 
 sia partakes of the sandy soil of Brandenburg; but the 
 greatest part of the province displays a remarkable fer- 
 tility. Silesia is, on the whole, the 9 most fertile and 
 healthful, as well as the most diversified and agreeable 
 province of the Prussian dominions. 
 
 Productions. The 'vegetable productions of the Prus- 
 sian dominions consist chiefly of grain and- pasturage. 
 Vines are produced in Silesia, and some wine is made, but 
 of an inferior quality. 
 
 The most distinguished mineral production of Prussia 
 is amber, found on the coasts of the Baltic. Coal is found 
 in various parts of Silesia. 
 
 Manufactures and Commerce. The Prussian manufac- 
 tures produce a variety of articles for home consumption, 
 such as glass, iron, paper, woollen cloth, and some silk. 
 There is also a china manufacture at Berlin. But the 
 most 'important of all the Prussian manufactures are the 
 linens of Silesia, of which a considerable quantity is ex- 
 ported. The 'chief commerce of Prussia is in grain* 
 
NETHERLANDS. 227 
 
 Chief Towns. Berlin, the capital, is a beautiful and 
 magnificent city, 'situated on the river Spree, containing 
 about 188,000 inhabitants. It has a free communication 
 by canals with the Oder and the Elbe. The streets are 
 spacious and well paved, although the country for 30 miles 
 scarcely produces a single stone. Its numerous gardens 
 and plantations of trees give it a rural appearance. The 
 houses are generally large and well built of brick stuccoed. 
 The royal palace is an enormous square pile of stones. 
 
 Konigsburg, on the river Pregel, contains 59,000 inhab- 
 itants. It is well fortified, and carries on a considerable 
 trade, lireslaw, in Silesia, is a beautiful city, and has sev- 
 eral manufactures, especially of linen, and a university. 
 Its population is about 76,000. Elbing* situated on an arm 
 of the river Vistula, called the river Elbing, contains a- 
 bout 19,000 inhabitants and carries on an extensive com- 
 merce. Vessels of 100 tons come up to the town. It is 
 also the seat of several manufactures. Stettin carries on 
 an extensive commerce. Its population is about 22,000. 
 Potsdam, about 6 miles from Berlin, is a recent city. It 
 contains the royal palace of Sans Souci, a most noble 
 structure, and was lately the favourite residence of the 
 PrusMun monarchs. No expense has been spared in its 
 decorations. Its population is about 23,000. hranden- 
 burgj on the IKivel, has several manufactures, of cloth, fus- 
 tian, and canvass, and contains about 13,000 inhabitants. 
 
 Daiitzic is the 'principal port for the exportation of the 
 grain and other products of Poland, and contains a popu- 
 lation of about 49,000. 
 
 Inhabitants. Military bravery is the most distinguish- 
 ing feature of the national character. 
 
 juage. The language of Prussia is the German ; 
 but French is universally spoken bv the nobility and gen- 
 try. 
 
 Religion. The predominant religion of Prussia is the 
 Protestant ,* but almost all other sects are tolerated. 
 
 Education, <$*c. There are several universities and 
 schools ; but popular education is generally neglected in 
 Prus>i .-11 us in most other countries of Europe. 
 
 The government is an absolute hereditary monarchy. 
 
 NETHERLANDS, 
 
 Face of the Country, The 7 face of the country is re- 
 markably level and low. In the northern provinces, or 
 
228 NETHERLANDS. 
 
 Holland, it has the ^appearance of a large marsh that has 
 been drained, its surface in many places being lower than 
 the level of the ocean, from the inundations of which it is 
 secured by dykes or dams, raised at vast labour and ex- 
 pense, some of which are 15 feet in height, and wide 
 enough on the top for two carriages to go abreast. 
 
 Climate. The ^climate of this country is cold and hu- 
 mid, and the air foggy and unwholesome, except when it 
 is purified by the frost, which in winter blocks up the har- 
 bours and canals for about 4 months. The moisture of the 
 atmosphere causes metals to rust, and various other sub- 
 stances to mould, more than in any other country of Eu- 
 rope. 
 
 Productions. The 'northern or Dutch provinces afford 
 rich pastures, and are distinguished for their numbers of 
 large and fat cattle, and the abundance and excellence of 
 their butter and cheese. The southern or Belgic provin- 
 ces are 'noted for the production of grain, and the im- 
 proved state of their agriculture. Flax, hemp, madder, 
 and tobacco are general products. Here are no forests $ 
 turf is the ^common fuel of the country; all the timber, 
 particularly in the northern provinces, is imported. 
 
 Canal. Canals are almost as numerous here as roads 
 are in other countries, and they serve for the same pur- 
 poses ; but in the summer their waters become putrid, and 
 emit offensive and unwholesome vapours, very prejudicial 
 to the health of the inhabitants. The ^general method of 
 passing from one town to another is by water. The pas- 
 sengers embark in a kind of covered boat drawn by horses, 
 which proceed at a slow and uniform trot. As the canals 
 communicate with the Rhine and other large rivers, all 
 the commodities of the world are thus conveyed at a tri- 
 fling expense, into Germany and France. In the neigh- 
 bourhood of the capital, the canals are lined for miles to- 
 gether with elegant country houses, seated in the midst of 
 gardens and pleasure grounds, adorned to the very edge 
 of the water with temples and statues. 
 
 Commerce and Manufactures* With respect to com- 
 merce, these provinces at a former period were aptly 
 styled "the grand magazine of Europe," as scarcely a 
 manufacture could be mentioned, which was not here 
 established, or a nation pointed out upon the globe, with 
 which the inhabitants had no connexion. Tnieir numer- 
 ous population, the cheapness of labour, and the inland 
 navigation, together with the important fisheries, publick 
 
111EKI.ANDS. 229 
 
 trading companies, various exports,and an East India fleet, 
 which annually brought them a rich carj;.> of ;old, dia- 
 monds pearls, ivory, and spices, combined to elevate 
 these people to a hi^h rank in the commercial world. 
 But since the revolution, much of their foreign commerce 
 ha-, been cut oft". Their inland trade with France and 
 Germany, by means of the Rhine and canals, is still con- 
 siderable. One of the most profitable articles of this 
 trade consists in the vast floats of timber, which arrive at 
 Dort from Andenac, and other places on the Rhine, and 
 from the German forests. The length of these rafts is 
 from 700 to 1000 feet, and the breadth from 50 to 90 feet 
 About 500 'labourers are employed in navigating one of 
 these floats, the top of which is covered with a little vil- 
 lage of timber huts for their accommodation. 
 
 The 'chief manufactures are those of linen, pottery, 
 painted tiles, leather, wax, starch and paper; also some 
 articles of woollen, cotton, and silk. 
 
 Citiev. Amsterdam, the capital, is an elegant, rich and 
 highly commercial city, containing about 220,000 inhab- 
 itants. The ground on which it is situated is entirely a 
 morass, and the whole city is 9 buiU on piles of wood, 
 which consist of the trunks of huge trees, driven down 
 endways, by the force of engines, into the boggy soil. 
 The stadthouse, one of the principal ornaments of this 
 city, is ''supported on 14,000 of these wooden piles. The 
 great disadvantages of this city are the want of whole- 
 some water and of good air. 
 
 JJrusscls, the largest city in the Belgic provinces, and 
 one of the most splendid in Europe, is 'celebrated for its 
 lace, camblets, and carpets. Population 80,000. 
 
 Rotterdam ranks next in trade and opulence, though 
 not in extent and population. It is situated on the Maese, 
 and is the birth-place of the famous Erasmus. Its popu- 
 lation is 56,000. 
 
 Middleburg^ on the island Walcheren, is a commercial 
 town, containing a population of about 17, 000 inhabitants. 
 
 The though considered only a village, was long 
 
 the seat of government, and the residence of all the for- 
 eign ambassadors and strangers of distinction. It has no 
 commerce 5 but is 'celebrated for the magnificence and 
 beauty of its buildings, and the politeness of its inhabit- 
 ants, who are computed at about 43,000. 
 
 Ley den and Utrecht are fine cities, 'famous for their 
 universities. Haerlem is 'remarkable (or the beauty of 
 U 
 
230 FRANCE. 
 
 its flowers, in which it carries on a great trade ; for its 
 bleacheries of linen ; and for the stupendous sounds of 
 the great organ in one of its churches, supposed to be 
 the largest in the world. 
 
 Inhabitants, fyc. The Dutch are somewhat low of stat- 
 ure and of a heavy make. The complexion of both sexes 
 is almost invariably fair. Their ruling passion is the love 
 of money. They are remarkably neat in their furniture 
 and houses, and are particularly noted for their industry 
 and frugality. Skating is their 'favourite amusement, in 
 which they are uncommonly expert, and the canals in 
 winter are covered with all ranks, and of both sexes. 
 
 Their language is Low Dutch, which is a corrupt dia- 
 lect of the German ; but the people of fashion speak Eng- 
 lish and French. The established religion is Calvinism, 
 but other sects are tolerated. Among their ^learned 
 men, Erasmus, Grotius, and Boerhave are particularly 
 celebrated. Their universities are those of Leyden, 
 Utrecht, Groningen, Harderwich, and Franker. Their 
 navy, once so powerful, is now greatly reduced. 
 
 FRANCE. 
 
 9 Face of the Country. France is mostly an open cham- 
 paign country, very little encumbered with mountains or 
 marshes, but beautifully diversified with hill and dale, 
 wood and enclosure, streams, lakes, and scattered farms, 
 mingled into a thousand delightful landscapes. 
 
 Mountains. The Cevenncs are an extensive chain of 
 mountains in the 'interior of the country, 'remarkable for 
 the artificial fertility conferred upon some of their barren 
 sides by the industry of the inhabitants. This is 'effected 
 by walls of loose stones built up, first at the foot of the 
 mountain, against which the loose soil brought down by 
 the rains being deposited, gradually forms behind them a 
 level and fertile space. By a succession of similar opera- 
 tions, other platforms are produced, and thus the moun- 
 tains, which formerly presented to view a scene of deso- 
 lation, are made to exhibit amphitheatres of vegetable 
 ground capable of the richest cultivation, almost to their 
 very summits. 
 
 These mountains in winter are exposed to dreadful hur- 
 ricanes and falls of snow, which in a few hours reduce the 
 ravines and precipices to a level, and descending to the 
 villages, confine the inhabitants to their houses, which are 
 
FKANOK. 231 
 
 sometimes so completely buried, that a communication is 
 obliged to be opened in the form of an arch, under the 
 enormou^ mass of snow. In summer, thunder storms are 
 frequent and terrible, being accompanied with torrents of 
 hail stones of an enormous size, which not only destroy 
 the fruits, but do great damage to the Hocks, which for 
 six mouths pasture on the mountains. 
 
 These mountains rise on the west of the Itb'tne, and ex- 
 tend in a direction nearly from north to south. The 
 most elevated summit is that of the Puy de Sansi, which 
 rise- t'.-et above the level of the sea. 
 
 ''(Tumiir and Suil. The air in France is mild and salu- 
 brious and the weather much more clear and settled than 
 in Great Britain. The ? soil in general is excellent, pro- 
 ducing the necessaries, and especially the luxuries of life 
 in great abundance. In some places, however, the 
 ground is subject to be burnt and parched up by the sum- 
 mer drou 
 
 If France be divided from east to west into four nearly 
 equal parts, the most northern will bear a strong resem- 
 blance to the south of England. The principal difference 
 observable in the second division consists in the display of 
 a few vineyards thinly scattered. The third is Distin- 
 guished by the first appearance of maize or Indian corn ; 
 and in the southernmost, groves of olive trees are inter- 
 mixed amnnu; cornfield-, and luxuriant vineyards. 
 
 ^Productions. Grain i for exportation in con- 
 
 siderable quantities. Wine and brandy are also great 
 products ; five millions of acres being supposed to be cov- 
 ered with vines. Silk is likewise one of its valuable pro- 
 ductions. Lemons, oranges, figs, olives, madder, saffron, 
 hop-, and tobacco, are also successfully cultivated, and at- 
 recently been made to introduce the culture 
 of indigo and cotton. But the agriculture of this coun- 
 try, ill improvement is considera- 
 bly behind that of Kn^land. 
 
 France is 'deficient in cattle, botli as to their number 
 and size. Sheep are still less improv d, and worse man- 
 aged. There is consequently a scarcity of animal food, 
 and the poor live chiefly on bread. Forests are numer- 
 ous, and wood is the'common fuel of the country. Cider 
 is produced in certain parts. The most remarkable fe- 
 rocious animals are the wolf and wild boar. The hunt- 
 ing of the latter has long been a favourite diversion. 
 
 Iron, antimony, quicksilver, manganese, and pit-coal, 
 &re found in Franco in great abundance ; several kinds of 
 
232 FRANCE. 
 
 earth, used in manufactures, and all kinds of stony sub- 
 stances, from the massy rock that forms the stately col- 
 umn, to the gem that sparkles on the neck of beauty. 
 
 Roads. The 'roads of France are generally spacious, 
 straight, well paved, planted on both sides with chestnut 
 or other trees. There are 28 principal roads from Paris 
 to the boundaries of France. 
 
 Canals. The internal communication and commerce 
 of France is greatly augmented by navigable canals, the 
 most 'considerable of which is that of Languedoc. The 
 grand canal extends from the bay of Languedoc to the 
 city of Toulouse, where it enters the Garonne. It is 180 
 miles in length, 144 feet in width, and 6 feet deep. 
 
 Cities. Paris, the capital, exceeds London in magnifi- 
 cence and splendour, but falls short of it in cleanliness, 
 convenience, and in the extent of its population, which is 
 715,000. Paris has long been the seat of voluptuousness 
 and dissipation, and although one of the dirtiest, certainly 
 one of the gayest, noisiest, most splendid, and luxurious 
 cities in the world. It is 'situated on each side of the 
 river Seine, and abounds in grand public institutions and 
 sumptuous edifices. The houses are mostly five or six 
 'stories high, built of free-stone, taken from quarries 
 which run in various directions under the city, so that 
 many of the streets are completely undermined. A vio- 
 lent shock of an earthquake, it is thought, would be pe- 
 culiarly destructive, and might sink a considerable part of 
 the city into those immense subterraneous caverns from 
 which it has arisen. The staircase and the walls of their 
 houses, are also of stone, without any wainscotting, and 
 the floors of brick ; hence the city is very secure from 
 the calamity of fire. 
 
 Zi/on5,accounted the 'second city in France, 'celebrated 
 for i'ts rich silk, and gold and silver stuffs, suffered great- 
 ly in the revolution, nor has it yet recovered its former 
 prosperity. Population nearly 120,000. 
 
 The ? chief commercial ports of France are Bourdeaux 
 and Marseilles; the former containing 92,000 inhabitants, 
 is the centre of the West India trade, and is the 'princi- 
 pal place for the exportation of wine j thes latter, with a 
 population of 110,000, is in 'possession of most of the 
 trade of the Mediterranean. 
 
 The other most considerable cities are Nantes, 'famous 
 for its fine brandy, and Rouen for its woollen and linen 
 manufactures. Atonlpelier is a place much visited by in- 
 
FKANCH. 
 
 233 
 
 valid* on account of the salubrity of its air. The *prin 
 
 cipal >f the navy ai >n and 1> 
 
 /rtures and Commti-n: France has extensive 
 nianul particularly of silk, woollen and linen 
 
 cloths, lawn, cambrics, muslins, and thread lace. Her 
 .pal exports are manufactured silks, woollens, linens, 
 wines and brandy ; her 'imports are chieily wool, hemp, 
 . raw s'lk. "tallow, tobacco, sugar, tea, and coffee. 
 Inhabitant** ^'C. The French are in general lo-. 
 stature than the Knglish, but active, well proportioned, 
 and free from bodily delects. In their 'dispositions they 
 are lively, polite, witty, amiable and brave; but vai 
 rious, inconstant, volatile, and easily discouraged. The 
 ladies, though not remarkable for their beauty, are much 
 'celebrated for their sprightliness and wit. The common 
 people in ^eneral are very ordinary. Personal and do- 
 mestic cleanli: irded in France than in 
 England. Paris has long afforded models of dress to all 
 ,d the fantastic fashions of that brilliant me- 
 tropolis have not yet lost their s\\ay, although London 
 now boasts a rivalship in fixing the m<> 
 
 The French are observed to bear a-ainst the vicissi- 
 f fortune with a better y;rare than most other peo- 
 ple, it iai >pri^htly vivacity so 
 chara ("the nation. K\en du: ing the horrors of 
 the revolution, Paris continued to be the centre of dissi- 
 pation : and while in one part of (he cil.y the revolution- 
 nolating its numerous victims, in another, 
 the theatres were crowded, and every thing wore the as- 
 pect of joyous : 
 
 . The Roman Catholic religion is the estab- 
 
 : but other sects are tolerated. 
 n. The publick education has lately been pro- 
 vided for by the establishment of an Imperial ' 
 at Paris, which charged with the publick in- 
 
 struction, and coot i school and seminary of edu- 
 
 cation in the empire. It yet remains to be seen what 
 may be tin- this institution. At present, but few 
 
 of the lov. ., of people can either read or write. 
 
 Lint French language is now the most 
 
 universal of all living languages ; it is chiefly composed 
 of words radically I .an derivatives. 
 
 Army. The French army, in : 3 stated by the 
 
 minister of the interior to have amounted to 800,000 men. 
 It has since been greatly reduced. 
 U2 
 
234 GERMANY. 
 
 Navy. The French navy has been much reduced since 
 the commencement of the revolution ; but active exertions 
 have been making to increase the number of her ships, 
 which at present amounts to about 40 ships of the line, 
 and 40 frigates. By the late war France lost 43 ships of 
 the line, 82 frigates, and 76 corvettes. 
 
 Government. The former government was that of an 
 absolute monarchy. In August, 1792, a dreadful massa- 
 cre took place at Paris. Louis XVI. was dethroned, and, 
 contrary to every principle of humanity or justice, in Jan- 
 uary, 1793, was beheaded. The chief nobility were in- 
 humanly slaughtered; then the new rulers themselves were 
 chiefly intent on each other's ruin, till at length Bonaparte 
 contrived to get himself elected First Consul, and soon 
 Emperor, with unlimited powers. Having under his con- 
 trol immense armies and a mighty population, he had near- 
 ly subjugated the whole European continent, Russia ex- 
 cepted. It was here his proud course was stayed ; for, 
 having advanced into Russia in 1812, with a mighty army 
 so far as Moscow, which was pillaged and burnt, he was 
 driven back to his own capital with disgrace. He was 
 compelled twice to abdicate the throne. In 1815, he 
 surrendered himself to the English, and was sent a pris- 
 oner of the allied powers of Europe, to St. Helena, where 
 he died May 5th, 1821. 
 
 Louis XVIII. died in 1824. Charles X. now fills the 
 throne of France ; the government is a limited monarchy. 
 
 GERMANY. 
 
 Face of the Country. The 'northern parts of Germany 
 present a continuity of sandy plains. ? The southern parts 
 may be regarded as rather mountainous. Most of the prov- 
 inces in the neighbourhood, and to the south of the Mayn, 
 which is a river emptying into the Rhine, are finely diver- 
 sified. Many parts of Germany pr esent extensive forests. 
 
 Climate. The 7 climatc is in general temperate, yet it 
 is considerably milder in the southern than in the northern 
 parts where the water is sometimes extremely severe, 
 and of long duration. The 9 air, however, is every where 
 serene and healthy, except in a few low marshy places 
 towards the North Sea. The vine 'thrives well on the 
 banks of the Mayn, and in most of the countries to the 
 south of that river. 
 
 9 Soil. There is perhaps no country in Europe, in which 
 the soil varies more than in Germany. Sandy plains and 
 
GEHMANV. 235 
 
 barren heaths predominate in the north-east, and swamps 
 and marshes in the north-west; but some of the interior 
 and south- western parts have an uncommonly good soil, 
 and -jreat attention is generally paid to its improvement. 
 
 9 'Productions. Germany yields all the various kinds of 
 grain in great abundance ; likewise flax of an excellent 
 quality, hemp, hops, tobacco, madder, saffron, rape 
 rnubarb, excellent garden vegetables, orchard fruits, -and 
 wine in most of the southern provinces. The famous 
 vine called Old Hock, U produced in a district scarcely 
 a mile in id half a mile in breadth. In some 
 
 years this spot affords :'()') ln>_-!i' 
 
 In the ''rearing of cattle and sheep, Germany is, how- 
 ever, greatly deficient. The number of oxen is not 
 sufficient either for agricultural purposes or consump- 
 tion. The breed of horses, in most parts, is indifferent; 
 that of hoiis is much neglected. Goats, asses, and mules 
 are reared in the mountainous parts. 
 
 The forests are stocked with wild boars, stags, deer, 
 and hares. Poultry is abundant. Salted and smoked 
 geese, and goo-e quills, are exported from Mecklenburg 
 and Pomei - .me parts of Germany are remarkable 
 
 for fine larks and thrushes of a delicious flavour. Others 
 abound with sinking birds, particularly Canary birds and 
 goldfinches, which arc exported to almost every country 
 pf Europe. .Silk worm- d \\ith peculiar care in 
 
 some of the southern and even northern districts. 
 
 q Miini'uls. The tin mines afford a supply of that metal 
 for home consumption. Iron of a very good quality; 
 lead, quicksilver, cobalt, arsenic, and y/inc, are in great 
 abundance, (iermany has large quarries of curious mar- 
 ble, and capital mill and burr stones. Coal, fuller's 
 earth, and line porcelain clay, are also plentiful. 
 
 The manufactures of Germany are nu- 
 merous, and 'Many of them carried to a ::! eat extent and a 
 hij>;h degree of perfection. The 'principal are those of 
 linen and woollen cloth, cotton thread-lace, China, hard 
 ware. none but tin- Kn-IU!^ glass, 
 
 , and silk, but not equal to the French. 
 
 i. m\ has enjoyed, till lately, a most ex- 
 tensh ;ce. The 'principal article- of exportation, 
 
 are timber, grain, fruit, wine, tobacco, madder, potash, cop- 
 per, brass, mirrors, quicksilver, great quantities of linen 
 cloth, thread lace, hard-ware, toys and trinkets. Germa- 
 ny 'imports oxen and horses chiefly from Hungary, Po- 
 
236 GERMANY. 
 
 land and Denmark ; hogs from Hungary ; butter from 
 Ireland and Holland 5 and an immense quantity of raw 
 cotton from Turkey, which is distributed all over the 
 north of Europe, Germany and Switzerland. 
 
 Towns. Dresden, the capital of the kingdom of Saxo- 
 ny is the most beautiful city of Germany, s famous for its 
 mirrors, its foundries of bells and cannon, for its gallery 
 of pictures, its various collections of the fine arts, and for 
 its porcelain manufacture. It is also the seat of a univer- 
 sity, and contains a population of 56,000 inhabitants. 
 Leipsic and Frankfort are 'celebrated for their furs. 
 
 Munich is the capital of the kingdom of Bavaria. It 
 ranks next to Dresden, which it equals in magnificence, 
 if not in neatness and elegance. Its population is esti- 
 mated at 60,000. Here are manufactures of velvet, silk, 
 wool and tapestry. 
 
 Stutgard} the capital of the kingdom of Wirtemburg, 
 contains manufactures of stuffs, silk stockings and ribands, 
 and 24,000 inhabitants. 
 
 Magdeburg is a large, beautiful, wealthy and strongly 
 fortified city, having an extensive trade and numerous 
 manufactures. Its population is about 33,000. 
 
 Hanover is the capital of a lately erected kingdom of 
 the same name, of which his Britannic Majesty takes the 
 title of king. It contains 25,000 inhabitants. 
 
 Hamburg and Frankfort are free cities ; the former, 
 till lately, was one of the chief commercial cities of Eu- 
 rope. In 1799', no fewer than 2423 vessels entered this 
 port. The Elbe here is one mile wide. 
 
 Inhabitants, fyc. The Germans are frank, grave, hon- 
 est, hospitable, and generally very fair in their dealings, 
 excellent both in arts and in war, and have an extensive 
 genius for mechanical learning. Industry, application, 
 and perseverance, are their 'characteristics ; though they 
 are generally thought by some to want animation. The 
 peasantry, though sometimes oppressed by the grandees, 
 are in general more comfortable than many of their 
 neighbours. 
 
 The Germans have greatly distinguished themselves 
 in various branches of learning and science, particularly 
 in musick, in which they excel all other nations. They 
 have 30 universities, a great number of free grammar 
 schools, besides numerous literary societies, publick li- 
 braries, reading clubs, critical journals, and other means 
 of diffusing useful information. 
 
AUSTRIAN DOMINIONS. 
 
 237 
 
 Language, fyc. The German is an original language, 
 
 and is 'the basts of the Swedish, the Danish, and the Eng- 
 lish. Among the people ot'fushioii, however, it is almost 
 superseded by the French, which is universally used by 
 the nobility and gentry throughout Germany. Their 
 religion seems nearly equally divided between secta- 
 ries of all kinds, Protestants, Papists and Jews. 
 
 German Confederation. This Confederation consists of 
 the sovereign princes and free towns of Germany, togeth- 
 er with the Emperor of Austria, and thekines oi Prussia, 
 Great Britain, Denmark and Netherlands, for their pos- 
 sessions in Germany. The concerns of the Confedera- 
 tion are confided to a Federative Diet, consisting of 
 plenipotentiaries from the various States or members of 
 the Confederation. The States may not make war upon 
 each other, and are bound to submit their differences to 
 their Diet. 
 
 STRIAN DOMINIONS. 
 
 Face of the Country. The *face of the country is rather 
 mountainous than level, although it presents many exten- 
 sive plains, particularly in the central parts of Hungary, 
 where a person may travel some days without perceiving 
 the smallest elevation. 
 
 /ate. The 9 climate throughout the Austrian do- 
 minions is tolerably mild, and in general healthful, if we 
 except II In that kingdom, many parts of the 
 
 great central plain, being through want of cultivation and 
 drainage, converted into stagnant morasses, the air is ia 
 some places very unwholesome. 
 
 Soil. The 'soil of so extensive an empire must neces- 
 sarily be various ; but, excepting the mountainous tracts, 
 ry where exliemely fertile. Austria Prop- 
 er is well cultivated, contains a happv peasantry, and has 
 t a flourishing provitu -mia is 
 
 greatly favoured by nature in iv^ard to its soil, which, as 
 well as its cli'i '.ellen': and all th' 
 
 life are exceed land cheap. Hungary, howev- 
 
 er, excels all the other ' of the AuMrian empire, 
 
 in fertility. Hut from the imperfect state of agriculture, 
 many parts of that rich country present only extensive 
 morasses and v. The great central plain of Hunga- 
 
 ry, extend miles in every direction, presents in 
 
 most parts, an extremely rich, but uncultivated soil. 
 
 Productions. The ''vegetable productions of the Aus- 
 trian dominions are, in general, similar to those of other 
 
238 AUSTRIAN DOMINIONS. 
 
 countries in the same latitudes. Grain and pasturage 
 are extremely plentiful and good. Bohemia is 'famous 
 for hops, as well as for barley and wheat. Austrian Prop- 
 er displays numerous vineyards and fields of saft'ron. 
 Hungary is 'famous for the richness of its wines, particu- 
 larly that of Tokay. Timber is also abundant. Austri- 
 an Italy is 'celebrated for the highly improved state of its 
 agriculture. 
 
 The domestic animals are in general excellent, partic- 
 ularly the horned cattle, which are mostly of a peculiar 
 colour, a slaty blue. Horses run wild. The sheep have 
 spiral horns standing erect. The bison, chamois, and 
 marmot, are found on the mountains, some of which are 
 also infested with wolves and bears. 
 
 Minerals. The Austrian empire far excels all the oth- 
 er countries of Europe in the variety and importance of 
 its mines. Silver, lead, copper, quicksilver, and especial- 
 ly tin, are found in Bohemia ; gold, silver, quicksilver, 
 lead and iron, in Austria Proper. The quicksilver mines 
 of Idria, 25 miles north of Trieste, are computed to yield 
 annually 300,000 pounds weight of mercury. These 
 mines are of a vast depth, and extremely pernicious to 
 health. The labours there carried on are sometimes al- 
 lotted as a punishment to criminals. 
 
 Hungary is still richer in its minerals. The gold mines 
 of Cremnitz, and the silver mines at Shemnitz, have giv- 
 en birth to these two cities, which are therefore called 
 mining towns. Hungary likewise contains antimony, and 
 a celebrated mine of opal, a gem preferred before all oth- 
 ers by the Oriental nations. 
 
 Manufactures and Trade. Bohemia has longbeen 'cel- 
 ebrated for its manufactures of paper and glass ; those of 
 linen are also considerable. Seven great manufactures 
 of cotton in Austria Proper, employ 140,000 persons, and 
 30,000 are said to be employed in the woollen manufac- 
 ture at Lintz. 
 
 The Austrian empire is disadvantageous^ situated in 
 regard to foreign trade, being wholly inland, and having 
 no other port than Trieste. 
 
 Chief Towns. Vienna, the capital, is embellished with 
 two imperial palaces, a university, and many other noble 
 edifices. The houses are generally of brick, five or six 
 'stories high, with three or four deep cellars one under 
 another. Provisions are very plentiful and cheap ; livers 
 of geese are here estimated a great delicacy, and even 
 
AUSTRIAN DOMINIONS. 239 
 
 frogs and snails find a ready market. Bull-baiting is a fa- 
 vourite diversion of the populace. The population is 
 
 264,000. 
 
 Prague is the 'second city of the Austrian empire. It 
 .tided by a wall, and contains 80,000 inhabitant 
 ntainsa population of 30,000. The people, like 
 
 se of Vienna, delight in bull-fights, and in the exhibi- 
 tion of wild beasts. Presburgi is a well built town, on 
 the Danube, which is here ? 750 yards \\ide, and exceed- 
 in ijlv rapid. The population is estimated at 30,000. Her- 
 
 ifttidt in Transylvania is fortified with a double wall, 
 and contains 16,000 inhabitants. Temesirar is situated in 
 a morass. Its population is 10,000. Saltzburg is an an- 
 cient and populous city, near which are productive salt- 
 woiks. Trieste'^ a place of considerable trade; its 'chief 
 exports are various metals, particularly quicksilver, 
 wines and other native productions. Population, 36,000. 
 n contains manufactures of silk, linen, stockings, 
 gold and silver lace, and a population of 150,000. The 
 cathedral is a vast structure, 500 feet long, and 300 broad, 
 built wholly of white marble. About two miles from the 
 citv is an artificial echo, which n ill repeat the report of 
 a pistol above (>0 times. 
 
 ! a powerful republic, is situated 
 
 on 72 small islands. Within th 400 canals cross- 
 
 ed by a LTc-at number of brid^r*. 1 1 ore are excellent 
 manufacture- I and silk -lockings. The number 
 
 of inhabitants is 1 10,000. 
 
 Inhabitants, fyc. The Austrian empire being an i 
 gat' ins and states, a considerable differ- 
 
 ence of manners and customs prevails among tiie various 
 nations of u Inch its inhabitant* are rompo-cd. In Austria 
 Proper the peasantry live in that comfortable style, which 
 results from the fertility of the soil, and the enjoymentof 
 freedom. The lower orders arc little addicted to vice, 
 and punishments are rare. The II ral- 
 
 ly imloli-nt, but a brave, magnanimous people : remarka- 
 bly handsome and well shaped. Their appearance is im- 
 proved by their dress. ;\\\\ :liar. and verv becom- 
 ing. The lower ly in their clothes, the 
 use of beds being little known. numbers of 
 gypsies stroll about the country. There are also many 
 Jews in the principal t. 
 
 The predominant religion is Roman Catholic : but all 
 sects are tolerated. 
 
 The government is nearly that of an absolute monarchy. 
 
240 SWITZERLAND. 
 
 SWITZERLAND. 
 
 Switzerland, being situated on and about the Alps, is 
 reckoned the most mountainous country in the world. 
 The Alps are an assemblage of mountains piled upon 
 mountains, whose most elevated summits pierce the 
 clouds, and are covered with everlasting snow. 
 
 Glaciers. The depth and spaces between the summits 
 and ridges of these mountains are filled with immense 
 bodies or fields of ice, called q glaciers, which never melt, 
 resembling so many frozen lakes, from 50 to 500 feet in 
 thickness, and extending in some instances and even 30 
 miles, and finally terminating in cultivated vallies below, 
 so that it is said there are places where a man may stand 
 and at the same time gather snow in one hand, and flow- 
 ers in the other. 
 
 Face of the Country. Nature appears in Switzerland 
 in some of its most awful and majestic forms. The stu- 
 pendous summits of the Alps, clothed in eternal snow, the 
 glaciers, or seas of ice, intersected with numerous fissures, 
 the tremendous precipices, the descending torrents, and 
 dashing cataracts, are objects singularly terrific and sub- 
 lime. Sometimes masses of snow j and ice loosened from 
 these mountains are suddenly precipitated into the vallies 
 below, sweeping away flocks and villages in their course ; 
 and even the mountains themselves sometimes burst asun- 
 der, and overwhelm thousands of people by their fall. 
 
 " From steep to steep, loud thund'ring down they come, 
 
 A wintry waste, in dire commotion all ; 
 
 And herds, and flocks, and travellers, and swains, 
 
 And sometimes whole brigades of marching troops, 
 
 Or hamlets sleeping in the dead of night, 
 
 Are deep beneath the smoth'ring ruin whelm'd. 
 
 The advantageous effects of unremitting industry are 
 every where conspicuous in Switzerland. Here rocks 
 that were formerly barren are clothed with luxuriant pas- 
 tures, or planted with vines ; the traces of the plough are 
 visible on the sides of precipices apparently inaccessible; 
 the stupendous mountains are elegantly chequered with 
 corn-fields, meads, and vineyards ; and various spots, 
 which nature seems to have doomed to eternal sterility, 
 are crowned with the variegated beauties of luxuriant 
 vegetation. 
 
 Climate. The ^climate has always been celebrated as 
 delightful and salubrious ; but the winter is in many parts 
 
SWITZERLAND. 241 
 
 severe, and the summer heats in the tleep vallies are op- 
 pressive. The goitre, a disease peculiar to the inhabit- 
 ants of mountainous countries, is prevalent in many parts 
 of the Alpine districts. 
 
 Soil and Productions. The soil varies greatly accord- 
 in^ to its Situation, insomuch that the husbandmen are oft- 
 en sowing on one side of the hills, while they are reaping 
 on the other. In the wannest situations and in the val- 
 lies are numerous vineyards and lemon and orange trees. 
 The lower declivities of the hills are diversified with 
 cornfields and meadows. Above these on the still rising 
 sides of the mountains, appear small woods of larch, pine, 
 and fir, but nothing that can be denominated a forest. 
 These upper woodlands afford rich meadows and fertile 
 pastures, luxuriant in grass and clover, and embellished 
 with an endless variety of mountain plants. Rising still 
 higher towards the summits, extensive ranges of pasture 
 grounds occur, to which the cattle are brought to graze 
 during two or three weeks before arid after midsummer. 
 The l.i-t >tay;e of vegetation is a zone of rocky pasturage, 
 below the edge of the snow, covered with a short kind of 
 turf. This is the native domain of the bounding cha- 
 mois ; but during a few weeks in the middle of summer, 
 it afford- .port to the sheep. 
 
 In a country like Switzerland, tillage cannot be carried 
 on to a great extent. Most kinds of grain, however, are 
 cultivated ; but the crops are far from being productive, 
 and publick granaries have been found necessary to supply 
 any casual deficiency. Pasturage is the most 'important 
 part of the system of Swiss fanning. Their cattle are 
 their 'principal support, and various preparations of milk 
 constitute a considerable part of the food, and even of the 
 luxuries of the peasantry. 
 
 Rock crystal, a great article of trade, is found among 
 some of the mountains in pieces which weigh 700 weight. 
 fitres and Commerce. In general the 'manu- 
 factures of Switzerland are unimportant. The'most con- 
 siderable are those of linen cloths, watches, printed cot- 
 tons, and a few silks. Commerce has never flourished to 
 any great extent in this inland country. Cattle are nu- 
 merous, and cheese is one of the 'principal exports. 
 
 Towns. Basil is the 'most populous town, containing 
 
 about 15,000 inhabitants, pleasantly situated on the Rhine 
 
 which is here broad, deep and rapid. Its university has 
 
 produced many celebrated men. Here the art of making; 
 
 W 
 
SWITZERLAND. 
 
 paper is said have been invented. Berne, containing 
 about 13,000 inhabitants, is next to Basil in population, 
 and excels it in elegance, being the handsomest town in 
 Switzerland. The houses are of free stone, resting on ar- 
 cades ; and in the principal streets are all of a uniform 
 height. Zurich enjoys a charming situation on the lake of 
 the same name, and is 'famous for its manufactures of 
 'crape: Lausanne, about one mile from the lake of Gene- 
 va, has acquired a character for politeness and the charms 
 of society, which has rendered it the favourite resort of 
 men of leisure and taste. Inhabitants 10,000. 
 
 Inhabitants, Manners and Customs. The Swiss are a 
 remarkably strong arid robust people, ? famed for their in- 
 dustry, temperance, truth and honesty. A taste for liter- 
 ature and genuine good breeding are conspicuous in the 
 manners of the gentry, and the common people are far 
 more intelligent than men of the same rank in most other 
 countries. In short, thete is not a people in Europe whose 
 national character is superior. They are remarkably 
 clean in their cottages antl in their persons, and their 
 countenances are expressive of satisfaction and content. 
 
 Language. The Swiss is a dialect of the German ; 
 but the French is the fashionable language, and is gener- 
 ally spoken amongst the gentry ; it is also much diffused 
 throughout the country. 
 
 Religion. Roman fcatholic and Protestant ; the for- 
 mer sect are the most numerous. 
 
 Education. Switzerland lias produced a number of 
 learned men. There are several respectable universities. 
 The peasantry in general are well ififormed; but the im- 
 portant business of popular instruction is less neglected 
 than in most of the countries of Europ-*. 
 
 Government, fyc. The allied powers, by treaty, have 
 acknowledged the independence of Switzerland, and each 
 Canton isa Republic, under its own laws. The, 22 Can- 
 tons have formed a confederacy, under a general Diet. . 
 The 'ancient inhabitants of this country were called Hel- 
 vetic ; they were subdued by Julius Cesar, and afterwards 
 by the Germans, till the year 1307, when Grisler their 
 Governor, having excited the publick indignation by his 
 wanton cruelties, fell a sacrifice to the just resentment of 
 William Tell, an illustrious Swiss patriot, who, as it is 
 said, had been compelled to shoot at an apple placed on 
 the head of his own son as a punishment for refusing to 
 pay any respect to a hat which Grisler in the plenitude 
 of tyranny, had set up, on a pole, as an object of publick 
 
SPAIN. 
 
 243 
 
 veneration. Tell's resentment was nobly espoused by 
 the people, and the States were declared independent ; 
 a republican form of government was immediately estab- 
 lished, and soon after confirmed by treaty with the other 
 powers of Ku rope. 
 
 SPAIN. 
 
 Face of the Country. The 'face of the country is in. 
 general delightful, being greatly diversified with hills and 
 daleft, elevated mountains and extensive plains, exhibiting 
 u variety of magnificent and extensive prospects. 
 
 Mountains. The most 'remaikable mountains are the 
 Pyrenees, between France and Spain. Mount Perdu, the 
 greatest elevation in this range, is estimated at 11, 000 
 feet above the level of the sea. The Cantabrian moun- 
 tains are a kind of continuation of the Pyrenees, along 
 the bay of Biscay. 
 
 Montserrat is a solitary mountain of a singular form, 
 situated in a vast plain, about 30 miles north-west from 
 Barcelona, and is inhabited by monks and hermits, who 
 have a famous convent, which is sometimes visited on par- 
 ticular festivals, by 6 or 7000 persons. Thin mountain is 
 fourteen miles in circumference, and about 11,000 feet in 
 height, from the top of which may be seen the islands 
 ca and Minorca, at the distance of 150 miles. 
 
 Climate. The climate of Spain is various. The interi- 
 or being for the most part an elevated country, the winters 
 are sharp and stormy, although the summers are in gen- 
 eral very warm. In the southern provinces the heat is 
 frequently excessive, and the air insalubrious; malignant 
 n carry oft' great numbers of the inhabitants. 
 The Salano, or south wind from Africa, produces the 
 most inflammatory and irritating oil'ects. The ^climate, 
 however, in some parts of the kingdom is celebrated as 
 equal if not superior to that of any other part of Europe. 
 
 noil and . l^i'iru/lure. The 'soil is generally light, and 
 rests on a substratum of gypsum or plaster of Paris. The 
 middle are the least fertile parts. There are some sandy 
 deserts in the south, and many barren mountains in the 
 north ; yet in a greater part of the country, particularly 
 in the vallies and plains, the soil is good, producing in 
 same places two crops in a year. But Spanish agricul- 
 ture, although of la||Liif many places greatly improved, 
 is, in general, in a vffy imperfect state. 
 
 s Productions. Spain produces almost every where ex- 
 cellent wine. In the province of Malaga alone, the num- 
 
544 SPAIN. 
 
 ber of wine presses is estimated at 14,000 5 also a con- 
 siderable quantity of oil, and a great variety of choice 
 fruits, such as oranges, lemons, prunes, citrons, almonds, 
 raisins, dates, figs, filberts, pomegranates, and chestnuts^ 
 but not a sufficiency of grain, which is' chiefly owing to 
 neglect of tillage. Saffron, honey, and silk are also great 
 products of Spain ; cotton, rice, and the sugar cane, have 
 been successfully cultivated in the southern provinces. 
 The herb kali, from which soda is manufactured, used in 
 the manufactory of glass, grows in great plenty on the 
 sea-shore along the Mediterranean. Spain has mines of 
 all the precious metals ; those of iron are very abundant 
 and of the first quality, as are also those of quicksilver, 
 the greatest part of which is exported to South America 
 and to Mexico, where it is used in refining the gold and 
 silver produced from the mines. Mules are very common 
 in this country? some of their horses are much cele- 
 brated ; the number of horned cattle is inconsiderable. 
 But what has 'most distinguished Spain from all other 
 countries, is her breed of sheep called Merino, numbers 
 of which have been imported into the United States. The 
 number of these sheep in Spain has been stated at 5 mil- 
 lions 5 and that of the shepherds who attend upon them at 
 40,000. They are driven 'every summer, from south to 
 north, along the mountains, which yield a great variety of 
 sweet herbs, and back again towards winter. 
 
 Manufactures and Commerce. There are several re- 
 spectable woollen manufactures ; some of cotton but the 
 2 most important are those of silk. At Carthagena and 
 Ferrol there are considerable linen and sail-cloth manufac- 
 tories. Leather, paper, china, saltpetre, gunpowder, and 
 salt, are also manufactured in considerable quantitiesr 
 
 The foreign trade of Spain is mostly carried on by other 
 nations. The 'chief imports are hard-ware, grain, but- 
 ter, cheese, fish, furniture, timber, linen, sail-cloth, hemp, 
 flax, sugar, and spices. The ^exports are wool, to the 
 amount nearly of one million pounds sterling annually ; 
 raw and manufactured silks, wine, raisins, brandy, figs, 
 lemons, salt, barilla, cork, and saffron. 
 
 Inhabitants, Manners, tyc. The Spaniards in general 
 are tall and thin ; their hair and complexion are dark, 
 their eyes sparkling, and their countenances expres- 
 sive. The men are ^celebrated f< their secrecy, loyal- 
 ty, fidelity, temperance, and patience under adversity ; 
 and the ladies have been often 'admired for their wit and 
 
SPAIN. 245 
 
 vivacity ; but the former are at the same time indolent, 
 proud, jealous and revengeful ; and the latter, by their 
 indiscriminate use of paint, may be said to render them- 
 selves objects of compassion rather than of love. 
 
 The temperance of the Spaniards in eating and drinkin 
 is very remarkable. They frequently breakfast as well 
 as sup in bed ; their breakfast is usually chocolate, tea be- 
 ing very seldom drunken. They live much upon garlic, 
 sallad and radishes. The men drink very little wine, and 
 the women use water or chocolate. Serenades are very 
 frequent, and dancing is so universally admired, that a 
 grandmother, mother and daughter frequently join in the 
 same contra dance. 
 
 The Spanish nobility and gentry have a great aversion 
 to agriculture and trade. They seldom go from home, or 
 apply themselves to any kind of business. The inferior 
 orders, even in the great cities, are miserably lodged. 
 Many of the poorer sort, both men and women, wear 
 neither shoes nor stockings. Coarse bread steeped in oil, 
 and occasionally seasoned with vinegar, is the common 
 food of the country people through several provinces. In 
 Spain a traveller ought to carry his provisions and bedding 
 with him; and even when lie meets with the appearance 
 of an inn, he most often cook his victuals, it being beneath 
 the dignity of a Spaniard to perform these offices for a 
 stranujeiT Of late, however, some tolerable inns have 
 been opened by Irishmen and Frenchmen, in cities and 
 upon the high roads. In some parts of Spain, the forests 
 are infested with smu^lers ami banditti, a circumstance 
 which renders travelling sometimes dangerous. 
 
 The bull-lights are a ''favourite national amusement. 
 These take place in amphitheatres, prepared for the pur- 
 pose. The animal is first attacked by horsemen, armed 
 with lances ; then by men <.n foot, who carry a kind of 
 arrow terminated like a fish-hook. These give tin- 
 animal exquisite pain, and redouble his fury. When the 
 bull issufli 9ted, a man, called the MATADOR. 
 
 advances with a long knife, and usually with a single blow 
 terminate i;s. 
 
 Chitf Towns. Madrid^ the capital, situated on the 
 banks of the Man/.anares, a small stream, almost dry i 
 summer, in a barren plain, surrounded bv mountains, 
 has been changed from a dirty village to a splendid city, 
 encompassed by a wall with 15 gates, all of which are el- 
 egant. It contains about 180,000 inhabitants. The streets 
 W 2 
 
246 SPAIN. 
 
 are mostly straight, wide, clean, and well paved. The 
 houses are of brick, and lofty, 'fhe palace is extremely 
 magnificent, presenting four fronts of 470 feet in length, 
 and 100 in height. The Plaza Mayor is a square, 1536 
 feet in circuit, in which the bull-fights and publick execu- 
 tions are exhibited. It is enclosed by 136 houses of five 
 stories high, richly ornamented. The Prado is a delight- 
 ful publick walk, a mile and a half in length, planted with 
 regular rows of trees, and watered with a great nsmber 
 of fountains, where the nobility and gentry take the air 
 on horseback, or in their coaches, and the common peo- 
 ple on foot, or divert themselves with a variety of sports 
 and exercises. 
 
 The Escurial, a royal palace, situated about 15 miles 
 from Madrid, is a most superb structure, 640 feet in length 
 and 580 in breadth. The apartments are decorated with 
 an astonishing variety of paintings, sculpture, tapestry, 
 ornaments of gold and silver, marble, jaspers, gems, and 
 other precious stones, surpassing all imagination. 
 
 Cadiz., the 'most commercial city in Spain, is situated 
 on an island, connected to the main land by a fortified 
 bridge. On the south side, the city is inaccessible by sea 
 on account of the banks which lie before it; and on the 
 north there is a sand bank which renders any attempt that 
 way very dangerous. It has an extensive commerce, the 
 houses are lofty, but the streets are dirty and iU paved. 
 The number of inhabitants is 70,000. Barcelona, next 
 to Cadiz, the most considerable city in point of commerce, 
 is particularly 'celebrated for the industry of its inhabi- 
 tants, and for its flourishing manufactures of wool, cotton, 
 and silk. Its population has been estimated at 111,410. 
 Valencia contains 105,000 inhabitants. Its silk manufac- 
 tures are some of the most extensive in Europe. About 
 40@0 silk looms give employment to more than 20,000 of 
 the inhabitants, and consume yearly 627,000 pounds of 
 raw silk. Seville is an extensive city on the Guadalquiv- 
 er, which is navigable to this place. It contains 100,000 
 inhabitants, and is the seat of a tobacco manufactory, ac- 
 counted the largest in the world. Malaga, a place of con- 
 siderable commerce, is particularly 'celebrated for its ex- 
 cellent wines, and contains 52,000 inhabitants. Ferrol 
 and Carthagena are strongly fortified places, and are the 
 'chief stations of the royal navy. 
 
 Gibraltar, containing 12,000 inhabitants, is a very strong 
 fort, built upon a rock, the summit of which is computed 
 
PORTUGAL. 
 
 at 153T feet above the level of the sea. It has been in 
 the possession of the English for more than a century, and 
 is considered impregnable. 
 
 j-jwi, Language, and Literature. The religion of 
 Spain is the Roman Catholic, no other being tolerated. 
 The Inquisition, that disgrace to human nature, was here 
 in force three centuries. 
 
 The Spanish 1 is one of the dialects formed up- 
 
 on a Latin basis, but has a considerable admixture of Moor- 
 ish or Arabic words. Spain boasts of more than twenty 
 universities of which that of Salamanca is the most cel- 
 ebrated. The education of the lower classes, however, 
 is very much neglected. 
 
 Government, ilrnuj. and Xary. The governmeii 
 limited monarchy. In I BOG the army amounted to 153,840 
 men ; and the navy, in 1815, consisted of 112 vessels of 
 war. 
 
 PORTUGAL, 
 
 Climate. The 'climate of Portugal is hot, dry, and in 
 general very healthy. At Lisbon the Mays of fair weath- 
 er, throughout the year, are computed at 300 on an aver- 
 ;d the mean heat at about sixty decrees. Consump- 
 tive people and invalids from Great Britain and other 
 northern countries, frequently resort to this place to spend 
 the winter and spring on account of the salubrity of it- air. 
 Face of the Country, Soil and Productions. Portugal very 
 much resembles Spain with which it is so intimately 
 united by nature. Its 7 soil is light and shallow, and in 
 general not so fertile as that of Spain, especially in grain, 
 of which there is a great deficiency. Its fruits are not so 
 flavoured, but its oil is generally e>!-euved better. 
 
 The vim-yards are the 'most important feature of Por- 
 tuguese husbandry, and their culture supports a very 
 considerable part of the population. AVhat ir> called PORT 
 - name from the city Oporto. The tract 
 of land which produces this wine is said to be but little 
 more than four geographical miles in length, by three in 
 breadth. The annual produce is reckoned at 90,000 pipes. 
 None of these wines are exported till after having re- 
 mained three years in the ware-houses, at Oporto. Of 
 all the trees none are so common as cork-trees, which 
 form woods of considerable extent. 'Agriculture in this 
 country, if we except the northern provinces, is in a very 
 wretched state, owing not so much to the want of in- 
 dustry among the peasants, as to the want of skill. 
 
248 PORTUGAL. 
 
 Instead of threshing they tread put their grain by oxen, 
 the whole quantity of which is not commonly sufficient for 
 more than three months' consumption. Portugal produces 
 but little grass, owing to the dryness of the soil. Cows 
 are rare, and butter is scarce, for which oil is used as a 
 ^substitute. Mules are common, .and are used in prefer- 
 ence to horses for carriage or draught. 
 
 Inhabitants, Manners, and Customs. In regard to their 
 persons, there exists a striking difference between the 
 Portuguese and Spaniards, for which, as they inhabit the 
 same latitudes, qmd are originally the same people, it is 
 impossible to account. The Portuguese are generally 
 somewhat low in stature, square made, and inclined to 
 corpulency ; their features are mostly irregular, with the 
 nose turned up, and projecting lips. The Spaniards, on 
 the contrary, are generally tall and meagre, their lips thin, 
 and their noses frequently aquiline. Both nations agree 
 in their swarthy complexions, black, expressive eyes, and' 
 long, black, and extremely strong hair. Both the higher 
 and lower classes of the Portuguese are fond of a profu- 
 sion of compliments. Among the peasants, even in the 
 lowest ranks of society, it is common on meeting, to take 
 off their hats, bow very low, and hold each other by the 
 hand, making mutual inquiries after their health, and that 
 of their families after all this, usually adding, "I am at 
 your commands, and your humble servant." They are 
 generally talkative ; their language, even in the mouths 
 of the common people, is elegant, and they scarcely ever 
 use oaths and execrations like the Spaniards, English, and 
 many other nations. The ? most distinguishing trait in the 
 Portuguese character, is an ahnost universal want of at- 
 tention to* cleanliness in their houses and persons. In 
 every respect the Portuguese peasantry are superior to 
 those of Spain in politeness, attention to strangers, and 
 in* industry* But they are miserably oppressed by the 
 great. The only foreign luxury which they know is to- 
 bacco, and sometimes a Newfoundland dried cod-fish; but 
 this is a luxury to which they seldom \Jare aspire. A. 
 piece of bread made of Indian corn, and a sal ted. pilchard, 
 with a head of garlic to give the bread a flavour, compose 
 their standing dish. 
 
 Chief Towns. Lisbon, the capital, is nobly 'situated 
 near the mouth of the Tagus, which affords it a safe and 
 capacious harbour. It 1755 it was almost entirely de- 
 stroyed by an earthquake, in which above 24,000 persons 
 
ITALY. 249 
 
 are said to have perished. It has been almost entirely re- 
 built since that time. The new city is much more com- 
 modious than the old, being planned out in a very regular 
 form, the streets straight and spacious, with many elegant 
 squares. The houses are lofty and well built, of a kind 
 of white stone, which makes an elegant appearance at a 
 distance. The population is estimated at about -240,000. 
 
 Oporto is 'next to Lisbon in magnitude, wealth and 
 commercial importance. It is chiefly 'noted for the wine 
 trade, and contains about 70,000 inhabitants. 
 
 Manufactures and Cormmrce. The 9 inanufacturcs of 
 Portugal are few and unimportant. Her commerce is 
 more important, but is managed chiefly by foreign mer- 
 chants, particularly British, settled at Lisbon and Oporto. 
 The 'principal exports are wine, salt, wool, and fruits. 
 The 'imports are grain, flour from the United States, 
 fish, and British manufactures of almost every kind. 
 
 Religion, Language, fyc. The established religion of 
 Portugal, is the Roman Catholic, in its strictest forms. 
 The Portuguese language strongly resembles the Span- 
 ish ; both are derived chiefly from the Latin. The liter- 
 ature of Portugal is extremely defective, and the few 
 learned men in that country, are like stars twinkling in 
 the dark gloom of night. The arts and sciences are al- 
 most entirely neglected, except by a few among the cler- 
 who are very numerous. The government is an 
 ereditary monarchy. 
 
 ITALY. 
 
 Face of the Country, and Mountains. Italy presents 
 every variety f *urface. The Alps on the north give a 
 mountainous character to these districts. Mount Blanc 
 is the most 'elevated summit, being 15,304 feet above the 
 level of the sea, and is accounted the highest mountain 
 in Europe. IN top N covered with perpetual snow. The 
 Apennines, bf^innir:^ from a branch of the Alps. v\in<i 
 round the jjulf of Genoa, and then run the whole length 
 ofclta!\. \\--uvius, a solitary mountain about six miles 
 from Naples, is, by reason of its tremendous volcano, a 
 grand feature of natun \ - height is only about 600 
 feet ; but its tremendous eruptions with the subterraneous 
 thunders, the immense columns of smoke, intermixed 
 with ruddy flames, the showers of stones ejected to a 
 prodigious height, amidst the coruscation of continual 
 
250 ITALY. 
 
 lightning, and the lava, descending in copious streams of 
 destruction, form a sublime assemblage of terrific objects, 
 far surpassing the powers of description. The first erup- 
 tion on record is that of the year 79, when two cities, 
 Pompeii and Herculaneum, were completely buried by 
 the lava. The ^circumference of Vesuvius is 30 miles ; 
 that of its crater is about half a mile. 
 
 Climate. The 'climate is various, but generally tem- 
 perate and warm. 9 Snow sometimes falls at Rome, but 
 rarely lies on the ground more than one night. 
 
 In the central parts there a^e several marshes and stag- 
 nant waters, which render the country in their immediate 
 vicinity unhealthy. The provinces south of the Apen- 
 nines are warm, sultry, and liable to torrents of rain. 
 The heat at Naples, being moderated by breezes from the 
 mountains and the sea, is not so intense as might be ex- 
 pected ; but the sirocco, or south-east wind, proceeding 
 from the deserts of Africa, sometimes blows for several 
 days together, and produces the most debilitating effects, 
 causing an universal lang-uor of body and mind. 
 
 Soil and Productions. Italy, in general, is extremely 
 fertile, abounding in wine, oil, fruits, and silk, which are 
 its 'staple commodities. There is, however, no want of 
 pasturage, and the quantity of grain produced is gener- 
 ally sufficient for home consumption, and a surplus for 
 exportation might be had, if other productions were not 
 more beneficial. 
 
 The cattle in general are large ; the Parmesan cheese 
 is much noted, and constitutes a considerable article of 
 commerce. Asses and mules are much used in travelling; 
 the Italian horses are not greatly esteemed. Birds do not 
 abound in Itaty as in many other countries. 
 
 Manufactures and Commerce. The 'chief manufactures 
 are of silk, woollen cloth, velvets, laces, crapes, straw 
 hats, looking glasses, leather, bottles, toys, perfumes and 
 confectionary. The s exports consist of wine, olive oil, 
 wool, raw silk, almonds, figs, oranges, cheese, saffron and 
 various manufactures. The trade is 'carried on chiefly 
 by foreigners. The 'principal ports are Genoa, Leghofa, 
 Venice and Naples, with Messina and Palermo in Sicily. 
 
 Cities. Rome, Situated on the Tiber, 15 miles from the 
 sea, is one of the most celebrated cities both of ancient and 
 modern times. It is 13 miles in circumference, surround- 
 ed by a wall. The streets and squares are numerous, 
 many of which are adorned with fountains and statues. 
 
ITALY. 251 
 
 Rome contains at present 300 churches, filled with all that 
 is rare in painting, sculpture, and architecture. The 
 cathedral of St. Peter is 730 feet in length, 52< in breadth, 
 and 4."5() in height to the top of the cross, bein^ a- i> sup- 
 
 -d by some, the most astonishing, bold and regular 
 fabric that ever existed, ^ome contains many remains of 
 ^ntiquitv, particularly an amphitheatre, on which 12,000 
 capti\e Jews were employed in the reign of Vespasian ; 
 the Pantheon, converted into a modern church ; the pil- 
 lars of Trajan and Antonius ; and the triumphal arches of 
 Titus and others. The population is about 131,000. 
 
 >a, once the seat of a famous republic, is one of 
 the most splendid cities of Italy. Population 76,000. Its 
 manufactures of silk and velvet are still considerable. 
 
 FlurtHcc U :<Uo a very beautiful city, and contains man- 
 ufactures of .silk and sa'tin, which are excellent. It con- 
 tains 75,000 inhabitant-. 
 
 ;t'd for the industry and commer- 
 cial enterprise of its inhabitants. The town is intersected 
 by several canals, and carries on a considerable trade h 
 silks, f- v/me, oil, and straw hats. The number of 
 
 inhabita:, 
 
 - a line city situated upon one of the most beau- 
 tiful bays in the world, enjoying a luxuriant climate. Most 
 of the houses are five and six 7 stirie.- high, with flat roofs, 
 on which are placed numbers of ilower vases, or fruit 
 trees in boxes of earth. The population is 330,468. 
 
 Inhabitants. The Italians are in general well propor- 
 tioned, affable, polite, profuse in their compliments, and 
 nice in all punctilios of civility, observing, it is said, a due 
 medium between the levity of the French, and the gravity 
 of the Spaniards. In the fine arts they have hitherto ''ex- 
 celled all the other nations of Europe : and their archi- 
 tepts, painter-, Miilptors, .musicians, are unrivalled in 
 numbers as well as excellence. Popular education, how- 
 eve! much neglected. 
 
 Jldig'wn. Their religion is the Roman Catholic ; but 
 persons of all religion* live here unmolested, provided no 
 gross insult is offered to their worship. 
 
 Language. The Italian is a mixture of Latin and Goth- 
 ic, composing a language, tlou t and harmonious. 
 
 Antiquities. The y relics of antiquity in Italy are exceed- 
 ingly numerous, such as ruins of baths, temples, amphi- 
 theatres, triumphal arches, together with a rich pro- 
 fusion of medals, statues, and paintings, and above all, the 
 
252 ITALY. 
 
 subterraneous cities Herculaneura and Pompeii, which 
 were 'overwhelmed by an eruption of Vesuvius in the 
 year 79, and in 1713 were accidentally ^discovered by 
 some labourers in digging a well, the former at the depth 
 of 80 feet below the present surface of the earth. A 
 considerable part of Herculaneum has since been explor- 
 ed, arid a vast collection of busts, statues, paintings, altars,* 
 utensils, furniture, and manuscripts, have, been dug out of 
 its ruins, an account of which, published by order of the 
 king of Naples, fills six folio volumes. It appears that 
 the overwhelming torrent was not so sudden, but the in- 
 habitants were able to make their escape, nor so hot as 
 to conflagrate the city. 
 
 Sicily. The Island Sicily is 'separated from Italy by 
 the strait of Messina, which in its narrowest part is only 
 3 miles wide. Its 'grand feature is the famous volcanic 
 mountain JEtna, situated near the middle of the eastern 
 coast. From a base 180 miles in circuit, this mountain 
 rises majestically to the height of 11,000 feet above the 
 sea. All the upper part is a region of snow and ice ; a 
 girdle of thick forests surrounds its middle ; while the 
 lower slope consists of cultivated fields and vineyards, en- 
 riched by the saline and carbonic qualities of the soil, and 
 interspersed with 77 cities, towns, and villages. The 
 crater at the top of the mountain is about three miles in 
 circuit ; but the eruptions frequently burst out some way 
 below the summit, and the streams of lava have sometimes 
 been so copious as to extend to the distance of 30 miles. 
 Earthquakes caused by the same intestine commotions 
 that produce the eruptions, have frequently agitated the 
 surrounding country. By one of these in 1693, the fine 
 city Catania was totally destroyed, and about 18,000 
 persons perished in its ruins. 
 
 Sicily is exceedingly fertile, not only in wine, oil, silk, 
 and the tropical fruits, such as oranges, lemons, almonds 
 and figs, but especially in grain. It also affords a plenty 
 of sustenance for the herds of cattle with which it abounds. 
 Its productions, however, would be still more abundant, if 
 greater attention were paid to agriculture. The weather 
 is so warm here even in January, that the shade is found 
 refreshing. Grain is the ^staple commodity, and vast 
 quantities are exported. Silk is the 'second source of 
 riches. Wines are made in every part of the country. 
 
 Palermo, the ^capital, carries on an extensive commerce. 
 Its silk manufactures, it is said, employ 900 looms. The 
 population is about 130,000. Messina also has an exten- 
 
TURKEY IN EUROPE. 253 
 
 sivc commerce and a population of 36,000. Many of the 
 inhabitants have no occupations. Syracuse is 'famous as 
 being the scene of the exertions of Archimedes, who, by 
 his mirrors, set fire to the Roman fleet, ami with his en- 
 gines lifted their vessels out of the water and dashed 
 them against the rocks. Population 17,000. 
 
 The Lipari hies are annexed to the government of 
 Sicily. They contain 18,000 inhabitants. 
 
 SARDINIA. Sardinia is reckoned an unhealthy country, 
 for which reason the Romans fixed upon it as their piace 
 of banishment. The 'soil when cultivated is fruitful, 
 yielding y;rain, wine, oil plenteously, with citrons, oran- 
 ges, and pears. Cu^liari, the 'capital town* contains 
 35,000 inhabitants. Its commerce is considerable. The 
 language is the Spanish. 
 
 CORSICA. Cuftica is subject to France. The face of the 
 country is hilly and woody, and the 'soil for the most part 
 stony, but generally fertile. The air in several places is 
 bad owing to the many stagnated waters and marshes, 
 which however are now in a train of being drained. The ; 
 olive tree thrives well over the island, and is one of 
 its greatest riches. Oil 'supplies the place of butter, afc 
 in all hot countries. Honey is plentiful. The island 
 abounds in minerals, silver, copper, lead, antimony, and 
 iron. The number of inhabitants is about 175,000. 
 
 MALTA. Mult: ed to be the ancient Melita, where 
 
 St. Paul \va* shipwrecked, is mostly a rock, covered with 
 a thin soil 6 or 8 inches in depth, which when sufficiently 
 watered is abundantly fertile. Cotton is its 'staple ; the 
 sugar cane is cultivated. Its oranges are among the finest 
 in the world. This island is now a colony of Great 
 Britain. It is particularly 'celebrated for the strength of 
 its fortifications. The population is about 74,500. 
 
 TUIKEY IN EUROPE. 
 
 Face of the Country. The northern parts of this coun- 
 try along the rivers Saw -nth, and Dniester, 
 consist chiefly of exteu-i . On the north-west of 
 Constantinople is a level country of great extent. But 
 generally, south of the h :ie country is mountain- 
 ous, being either en > ridges in various dircc- 
 tions,or thickly sprinkled with scattered hills. 
 
 9 Climate. In general the air is salubrious, and the cli- 
 mate delightful. All over the country, also, the water is 
 
 -A. 
 
254 TURKEY IN EUROPE. 
 
 pure and wholesome ; notwithstanding, Turkey has been 
 repeatedly visited with the plague. 
 
 9 Soil. In the level provinces of the north, the soil is 
 rich and fertile ; in the southern parts it is frequently of 
 a lighter nature. Fertility however may be considered 
 as its general characteristic. 
 
 Productions. The ^productions are much the same as 
 those of Italy, Spain and Portugal. ' The northern prov- 
 inces towards the Danube afford excellent grain and pas- 
 turage ; the middle and southern parts wine and olives. 
 Fruits of every kind, such as lemons, oranges, figs and 
 almond?, arrive at the utmost perfection, particularly 
 grapes, which have an uncommon degree of sweetness. 
 Various drugs, not common in other parts, are also pro- 
 duced here. But Turkish despotism operates as a per- 
 petual check to agriculture and every kind of improve- 
 ment ; and its baneful influence has changed some of the 
 most fertile spots on the globe into barren deserts. 
 
 The Turkish horses are excellent for beauty and ser- 
 vice. The cattle are large, especially in Greece. Goats 
 are in high estimation among the inhabitants, both for 
 their milk and their flesh. 
 
 Turkey in Europe contains a variety of all sorts of 
 mines, and its marbles are esteemed the finest in the world. 
 
 Manufactures and Commerce. The 'chief manufactures 
 of Turkey are carpets, of most distinguished beauty ; 
 printed muslins, crapes, and gauzes $ brass cannon, mus- 
 kets, and pistol barrels, which are much admired : moroc- 
 co leather in large quantities and of the best quality. 
 
 The commerce of Turkey is chiefly in the hands of 
 foreigners. The 'chief exports are currants, figs, silk, 
 cotton, carpets, coffee and drugs. The 'imports are cloth 
 and various articles of European manufacture. The 
 French possess the greatest share of the Turkey trade. 
 It is carried on chiefly from the port of Marseilles. 
 
 Chief Towns. Constantinople, anciently called Byzan- 
 tium, is the "capital of the Turkish empire, pleasantly sit- 
 uated on the European side of the Bosphorus. Its appear- 
 ance from the harbour is incomparably beautiful. Rising 
 like an amphitheatre from the shores of the Propontis 
 and Bosphorus, and crowning the summits of seven gent- 
 ly swelling hills, the buildings appear in stages one above 
 another ; and the whole city with its splendid mosques, 
 minerets, and especially the magnificent dome of Sancta- 
 Sophia, presents itself at once to the view. But a stran- 
 
TURKEY IK EUROPE. 255 
 
 ger is disappointed on- entering the city, and disgusted 
 with the narrowness of the streets, and the wretched ap- 
 pearance of the houses belonging to the poorer inhab- 
 Some of the caravanseras, baths, and palace?, 
 however, are very superb, and the chief mosque is said 
 to be one of the finest temples in the world. The city, 
 which is supposed to contain 400,000 inhabitants, is sur- 
 rounded .by a wall twelve miles in circumference; and is 
 frequently called the PORTE, as being one of the surest 
 and mort commodious harbours in Europe. 
 
 Jidriitnuiilti formerly the capital, is now the 'second 
 city of European Turkey. It contains about 100,000 in- 
 habitants, and has an extensive commerce. 
 
 Xafu/tichi contains 70, QUO inhabitants, and is 'distin- 
 guished for its commerce. St. Paul addressed two of his 
 'he ancient inhabitants of this place. 
 
 place of great resort for merchants from 
 different nations. The population is about 25,000. 
 
 3 Inhabitants. The Turks were originally from Scythia 
 or Tartary. In their persons they are in general of a good 
 stature, of 2:1 athletic form, and robust constitution. 
 Their dress is the turban, or red bonnet, wrapped round 
 with numerous folds of white muslin. The shirt is of 
 calico, and a muslin or silk sash is always worn round the 
 waist. The breeches are large, full, fastened at the knee, 
 and hanging down in a fold nearly to the middle of the leg. 
 
 Marriage in Turkey is merely a civil contract. The 
 parties rarelv see each other before its celebration. Every 
 Mussulman is permitted by law to have four wives. The 
 apartments of the women arc separate from the rest of 
 the house, and are never entered by any male except the 
 master of the family. In writing they trace their lines 
 from right to left. 
 
 The morals of the Turks are loose in the extreme. 
 Both sexes are 'distinguished for cleanliness, and bathing 
 is one of their stated amusements. They have little incli- 
 nation to active diversions ; to enjoy the shade, to recline 
 on a sofa, to smoke tobacco, and to intoxicate themselves 
 with opium, are their 'chief amusements. 
 
 Religion. The Mahometan is the established religion 
 of Turkey. It prohibits the use of wine, and enjoins 
 prayer at five stated seasons of the day, with the face 
 turned towards Mecca. 
 
 Language. The Turkish language is a dialect of the 
 Tartarian. The Greeks speak a modernized Greek, and 
 the Asiatic provinces, the Arabic. 
 
256 ASIA. 
 
 Government. The government is despotick. Theein- 
 peror, who is also called Sultan, or Grand Seignior, is 
 master of the lives and property of his subjects. Some of 
 the emperors have exhibited all that is shocking- and un- 
 natural in arbitrary power. 
 
 The GREEKS after nobly struggling 5 years with the 
 oppressive Turks have gained their independence; many 
 sympathetic friends in Christian countries sent provisions 
 and clothing to these brave and suffering people. 
 
 Curiosities. Almost every spot of ground, every river, 
 and every fountain in Greece, presents the traveller with 
 the remains of a celebrated antiquity. On the isthmus of 
 Corinth, the ruins of Neptune's temple, and the theatre 
 where the Isthmian games were celebrated, are still visi- 
 ble. Athens abounds with them ; such as the remains of 
 the temple of Minerva, and of the emperor Adrian's pal- 
 ace; the temple of Theseus; the lantern of Demosthenes, 
 (a small round edifice of white marble;) the temple of 
 the winds ; the remains of the theatre of Bacchus; the 
 magnificent aqueduct of Adrian ; and the temples of Ju- 
 piter Olympus, and Augustas. At Ba?tri, on the- soutli 
 side of Mount Parnassus, the remains of the temple of 
 the oracle of Apollo, and the marble steps that descend 
 to what is supposed to be the renowned Castilian spring, 
 are still visible. 
 
 Islands. Some of the most noted islands belonging to 
 Turkey are Negropont* the ancient Eubcea, fertile ingrain, 
 wine, and fruits; (Jamlia, or Crete, in which is the famous 
 Mount Ida, and the river Lethe : the wheat is of the finest 
 sort, and the wines are exquisite; Rhodes^ in which stood 
 the celebrated colossus of brass ; Cyprus, in whit his the 
 city Paphos, famous for its temple of Venus ; Patmos, 
 where St. John wrote the Apocalypse ; Paros, famous 
 for its marble ; and Lemnos for its mineral earth. 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 ASIA is particularly entitled to our admiration, not mere- 
 ly on account of the fertility of its soil, the deliciousness 
 of its fruits, the fragrancy of its plants, spices, and gums, 
 the beauty and the variety of its gems, the richness of its 
 metais, and the fineness of its cottons and silks, in all which 
 it greatly exceeds Europe; but also as being the immediate 
 scene of man's creation, and a country which the adorable 
 Messiah vouchsafed to honour with his birth, residence, 
 
TURKEY IN ASIA. 257 
 
 and expiatory sufferings. It was in Asia, according to the 
 sacred records, the all-wise Creator planted the garden of 
 Eden, and formed our first parents out of the dust of the 
 ground ; here, subsequent to the destroying delude, he 
 accepted the grateful sacrifice of Noah ; and by confound- 
 ing the languages at Babel, facilitated the planting of na- 
 tions. It was in Asia, God established his once beloved 
 people the Jews, and gave them the lively oracles of truth; 
 here Jesus Christ performed the wondrous work of our 
 redemption ; and here the Christian faith was miraculously 
 propagated, and sealed with the blood of unnumbered 
 martyrs. Edifices also were reared, empires were found- 
 ed, and the worship of the Most High was celebrated in 
 this division of the globe, white Europe, Africa, and 
 America, were uninhabited and unexplored. 
 
 Asia contains an immense population, not less, it has 
 been supposed, than 400 millions of inhabitants, a number 
 greater than that of all the rest of the world. The 'rich- 
 est and best inhabited parts are within the torrid and the 
 southern part of the temperate zones ; for the middle belt 
 of this continent, which runs parallel to the finest coun- 
 tries of Europe, is mostly an immense desert; and all 
 that lies to the north of this is a region of intense cold 
 during a great part of the year. 
 
 Asia, in former ages, was successively governed by the 
 Assyrians, the Medes, the Persians, and theOreeks ; but 
 the extensive regions of India and China wen ctlv 
 
 known to the conquerors of the ancient world. Upon the 
 annihilation of these empires, Asia was reduced by the Ro- 
 mans, who carried their victorious arms even beyond the 
 Ganges ; and the disciples of Mahomet, called Saracr: 
 afterwards ^pread their devastations over this continent, 
 and transformed the most populous and luxuriant spots, 
 into wild and uncultiv : ts. 
 
 irRki;\ IN ASIA. 
 
 *Face of the Country. No country is more beautifully 
 diversified with mountains, vallio, and fertile plains. 
 
 Climate. The 7 clima: llent, being equally 
 
 favourable to health and vegetation. Heat in general 
 ^predominates ; but th> .i'tness and seren- 
 
 ity in the air perceivable in a few countries on the Euro- 
 pean side of the Archipelago. 
 
 Soil. The 'soil, though rocky in many parts, is in gen- 
 eral fertile, and well adapted to agriculture. 
 A. x, 
 
258 TURKEY IN ASIA. 
 
 Productions. The Asiatic countries were the first in the 
 world which enjoyed the ad vantages of cultivation. They 
 have been ? famed from remotest antiquity for their abun- 
 dant harvests, and their plentiful vintage, their pomegran- 
 ates, their olives, and other excellent fruits. At present, 
 agriculture is deplorably neglected. In Asia Minor, and 
 in Syria, wheat and barley are chiefly cultivated. In the 
 latter country, a considerable quantity of tobacco also, 
 and some cotton, are produced. The vine grows sponta- 
 neously, and wine is made by boiling the liquor immedi- 
 ately after its expression from the grape. Mulberry trees 
 are in abundance, so that any quantity of silk might be 
 produced. A variety of 'drugs used in dyeing and in 
 medicine, -such as mackler, jalap, opium, and scarnmony, 
 may also be reckoned among the productions of these 
 countries. 
 
 Animals. The domestick quadrupeds principally 'em- 
 ployed for carriage, are the ass, the mule, and the camel. 
 The finest horses are of the Arabian breed, and are re- 
 served for persons of rank. Beef is neither plentiful nor 
 good ; but the mutton in many parts is excellent. The 
 ibex haunts the summits of Caucasus. The wild boar and 
 various kinds of deer are common in the forests. The 
 lion is frequently seen on the banks of the Tigris, but 
 seldom appears to the west of the Euphrates. The hyena 
 is common towards the south, and troops of jackals haunt 
 the neighbourhood of towns, which they disturb by their 
 nightly howlings. The cities and villages here, as well 
 as in Egypt and European Turkey, swarm with dogs 
 which wander at large without any owners. 
 
 Towns. Aleppo is the'principal city in Asiatic Turkey. 
 It is the centre of Syrian commerce. Three or four 
 caravans proceed annually through Asia Minor, from 
 Aleppo to Constantinople. "Large caravans also frequent- 
 ly arrive from Bagdad and Bassora, with coffee from Ara- 
 bia. It contains manufactures of cotton and silk, and 
 about 250,000 inhabitants. 
 
 Damctsci's is 5 next in importance, being supposed to 
 contain about 200,000 inhabitants. It is the seat of a 
 considerable trade, and was once famous for its manufac- 
 ture of sword blades, which could not be broken, though 
 bent in the most violent manner. 
 
 JBagdad is a large and populous city. .The houses are 
 generally of brick, with flat roofs, on which the inhabi- 
 tants sleep. The streets are narrow and dirty, and swarm 
 
TURKEY IN ASIA. 59 
 
 with scorpions and tarantulas, and other noxious insects, 
 of which the stings are dangerous, and often prove fatal. 
 
 Bassora is a place of great commercial resort, being 
 frequented by numerous vessels from Europe and India. 
 It is also the 'great emporium of trade between Asiatic 
 Turkey and the more eastern countries. 
 
 Jerusalem is now an inconsiderable place. The inhab- 
 itants are about 30,000, who subsist chiefly by the char- 
 ity of pious pilgrims. 
 
 Tyre, once a famous city, is now totally abandoned, ex- 
 cept by a few fishermen, who sometimes visit it to fish in 
 the surrounding waters, and on its rocks dry their nets. 
 
 Smyrna is the 'principal city of Asia Minor, and the 
 third in Asiatic Turkey. It is the 'chief mart of the Le- 
 vant trade, and contains about 140,000 inhabitants. 
 Prussa is a beautiful city, in a romantic situation at the 
 foot of Mount Olympus. Diarbekir is a large and popu- 
 lous city, built of hewn stone. All religious sects are 
 here equally tolerated. Erzcnnu and Sinope, the for- 
 mer the capital of Armenia, and the latter of Pontus, are 
 now places of little consequence. 
 
 Palmyra is 'celebrated in modern times only for its ru- 
 ins. These are described as suddenly bursting upon the 
 traveller's eye as he comes round an eminence in the wil- 
 derness, and disclosing long rows of columns decorated 
 with architectural ornaments, gigantic portals, and roofless 
 temples. lialbec, the ancient Heliopolis, on the coast of 
 Syria, ft 'famed lor a single magnificent ruin, that of the 
 temple of the Sun, equally conspicuous for the vastness 
 of its dimensions, and the noble style of its architecture. 
 
 Inhabitants. The inhabitants of these countries are of 
 various origin. The Turks, as the rulers, possess the 
 principal power and property, and are the 'chief inhabit- 
 ants of the cities; their habits and religion are the pre- 
 dominant (nes. The Christians are mostly of the Greek 
 church, and use the modern (ireek language. The Ar- 
 menians constitute a particular sect of Christians, charac- 
 tasts. and abundance of ritual observ- 
 ances. They are much addicted to commerce, which 
 they pursue through almost all the countries of the East, 
 where forming a distinct people, and strictly adher- 
 ing to their manners and religion. They are frugal, po- 
 itl wary, and understand all the mysteries of traffic. 
 
260 RUSSIA itt ASIA. 
 
 RUSSIA IN ASIA. 
 
 Face of the Country. Asiatic Russia, formerly known 
 by the name of Siberia, displays less variation of surface 
 than perhaps any other part of the globe of equal extent. 
 Although not wholly destitute of mountains, its ^principal 
 character is that of an immense plain. It also contains 
 some elevated and extensive steeps, abounding in salt 
 lakes, a feature almost peculiar to Asia. The northern 
 and eastern parts consist chiefly ot vast marshy plains, 
 covered with almost perpetual snow, and pervaded with 
 large rivers which pursue, under masses of ice, their 
 dreary course to the Frozen Ocean. 
 
 Climate^ Soil, and Productions. In the south-western 
 part is a district, extending from the Volga to theUralian 
 mountains, which enjoys a delightful climate and a fertile 
 soil. Its forests present the cedar, the cypress, the ju- 
 niper, the beech, and the oak ; and its orchards produce 
 the almond, the fig, the peach, and all the other fruits 
 of the temperate regions. But in the greatest part of the 
 wide expanse of Siberia, none but the hardiest vegetables 
 are found. The middle region, however, presents im- 
 mense forests of birch, alder, and the various species of 
 pines and firs. Many districts of Siberia are productive 
 of grain. Some parts near the Ob yield plentiful crops for 
 20 years successively. Several districts are also well 
 adapted to pasturage ; but in advancing towards the north, 
 the forests gradually disappear, and mosses of different 
 kinds are the last traces of expiring vegetation. 
 
 In the northern parts of Siberia, the rain -deer is an 
 useful substitute for the horse, the cow and the sheep. 
 In Kamschatka, dogs are used for drawing carriages. 
 The south is favoured with that noble animal, the horse, 
 which as well as the ass, is there found in its wild state. 
 In this part also the camel is not unfrequent. Asiatic 
 Russia also abounds in various animals highly Valuable 
 for their furs, which are an important article of com- 
 merce, such as the black fox, sable, ermine, beaver, 
 martin, and the marmotte. 
 
 Towns. Jlstrachan is the ^principal city in Asiatic Rus- 
 sia, and, next to Petersburgand Moscow, the mostimpor- 
 tant in the whole empire. It carries on a great traffic, 
 especially in the fisheries of the Volga and the Caspian 
 sea. Its leather manufactories and salt- works are also 
 considerable. Its population, which consists of a 
 
INDEP. TART ART.... PERSIA. 261 
 
 singular assemblage of different nations, is estimated at 
 70,000. 
 
 Tobolsk, the capital of a government of the same name, 
 ; ly the capital of Siberia. It contains about 
 r ,000 inhabitants. Its commerce is now nourishing. 
 rkutsk is the 'chief mart of the commerce between Rus- 
 sia and China. Ochotsk is the port whence the commu- 
 nication with (Camschatka is carried on. 
 
 INDEPENDENT TARTARY. 
 
 The name of Tartary has been generally applied to all 
 rthfin region of Asia, comprehending Independent 
 Tartar y, Chinese Tartary, Tibetand Siberia, and was for- 
 merly known by the name of Scythia, once a powerful 
 empii' >{' this country is now in a state of loose 
 
 subjection to th>- Ru>sian and Chinese empires. Apart, 
 however, remains independent'; but being little known, 
 will require but a brief description. 
 
 The northern pans 'consist chiefly in barren and sandy 
 
 plains, inhabited by the Kerguses, who lead a wandering 
 
 i'.tC, anu clweii in tents of fell, which they carry about with 
 
 them in their migrations. They have horses, camels, cat- 
 
 ts. Their 'cliief food is mutton. 
 
 Great Buehana, by far the *most important part of In- 
 dependent Tartary, is described as one of the most inter- 
 esting and agreeable countries in the world, being but 
 little encumbered with mountains, but charmingly diver* 
 sitied with hills and vallies, and blessed with a fruitful 
 soil and delightful climate. 
 
 The 'chief city is Samarcand, once the principal resi- 
 dence of that terrible conqueror, Timur, or Tamerlane, 
 and the metropolis of an empire more extensive than that 
 of Rome. But little is known of its present state. 
 
 PERSIA. 
 
 Face of the Country. The general 'face of the country 
 is mountainous. One of its most 'remarkable features is 
 the want of rivers and wood, of which no country, except 
 Arabia, is more destitute. Extensive sandy deserts like- 
 wise frequently occur in various parts, although some dis- 
 tricts display the nflist luxuriant vegetation. 
 
 Climate. The climate is exceedingly various. In the 
 southern parts, the heat during at least four months in the 
 
PERSIA. 
 
 summer, is almost insupportable ; arid the hot wind call- 
 ed Samiel, which reigns from the mouth of the Indus to 
 Arabia, and ascends towards the north beyond Bagdad, 
 is often as instantaneously fatal to the traveller as a musket 
 shot, those who are struck with the sudden blast, immedi- 
 ately dropping down dead. The camels readily perceive 
 its approach, and are said to give warning of the danger, 
 by making an unusual noise, and thrusting their noses in- 
 to the sand. When its coming can be perceived, the on- 
 ly 'means of escape is to fall flat on the ground until it is 
 over, which is generally in two or three minutes. 
 
 The eastern provinces, from the north of the Indus to 
 the borders of Tartary, are also subject to extreme heats, 
 but are not so insalubrious as the southern coasts. In all 
 these parts, the air is perfectly serene ; it seldom rains, 
 and a cloud is rarely seen. 
 
 Soil. The 'soil in general is unfertile, being mostly 
 sandy and dry. The rivers of Central Persia are fre- 
 quently lost, and wholly disappear in the sandy deserts 
 of the interior. The chief industry of the farmer is em- 
 ployed in watering liis lands. These remarks p?-J; 
 however, only to the central and southern provinces* 
 Those in the north are sufficiently moist and fertile. 
 
 Productions. "Wheat and rice are the kinds of grain 
 most 'generally cultivated, both of which are excellent; 
 but the latter is generally preferred for food. Barley 
 and millet are also produced in considerable quantities. 
 The 'other principal productions are cotton, silk, fruit of 
 most all kinds in the highest perfection ; also abundance 
 of drugs, among which is the assafcetida. 
 
 The Persian horses are much esteemed. Mules are 
 chiefly used for servile purposes ; the camel is the 'prin- 
 cipal beast of burden. The horned cattle are small and 
 lean. Sheep are common, but hogs are no where kept, 
 except near the Caspian. Pigeons are more numerous 
 here, than in any part of the world. 
 
 On the western coast of the Caspian sea are copious 
 springs of naphtha, or fossil oil. The earth, when dug to 
 the depth of two or three inches, easily takes fire. 
 
 Manufactures and Trade. The principal manufactures 
 are of silk, woollen, mohair, carpets, and leather. The 
 Persian trade has always been chiefly in the hands of for- 
 eigners ; at present it is very inconsiderable. The natives 
 are adverse to the sea, and never possess any naval power. 
 Towns, Ispalian is said to contain 400,000 inhabitants, 
 and is thought to be one of the finest cities of the East* 
 
ARABIA. 263 
 
 Its palaces, mosques, caravanseras, and baths, arc ex- 
 tremely magnificent. Shiras, the second city in Persia, 
 is situated in a fertile plain, encompassed on all sides with 
 lofty mountains. The trees in the publick gardens are 
 said to be some of the largest in the world, and the wines 
 arc reckoned, the best throughout the East. Herat car- 
 ries on a considerable trade. Meschid contains the tomb 
 of Musa, one of the twelve great Irmans of Persia. Tiflis 
 is the capital of the province of Georgia. It is populous, 
 but meanly built. Its chief trade is in furs. 
 
 Inhabit ant a. The Persians are generally handsome, but 
 their complexions towards the south are somewhat swar- 
 thy. They shave the head, but the beard is held sacred, 
 and managed with great care. They 7 are noted for their 
 vivacity, gay dressing, humanity, and hospitality. Their 
 dress is simple, but the materials of their cloths are com- 
 monly very expensive, consisting of valuable stuffs, richly 
 embroidered with gold and silver. They wear at all 
 times a dagger in their sash, and linen trousers. 
 
 Religion, $c. The religion is Mahometanism. The Per- 
 sian 1 - accounted the sweetest and most elegant 
 of all the Oriental languages, and its prevalence in the 
 !>e compared to that of the French in Europe. 
 
 i nment is despotic, and frequently rigorous 
 and tyrannical. 
 
 Curiosities. The remains of the ancient capital of this 
 empire, the famous Persepolis, are still visible, and pre- 
 sent a magnificent display of massy portals, spacious halls, 
 and broken columns. The tombs of the Persian kings, 
 cut out of a rock, and the modern pillar at Ispahan, of the 
 skulls of beasts, arc aUo iireat curiosities. 
 
 The Afghans* of I -ia, a fierce and warlike peo- 
 
 ple, have com; -tern provinces of Hindustan 
 
 -iiutherii part of Tartary, and formed a modern king- 
 dom, called CABULISTAN, or AFGHANISTAN. Cabul, its 
 capital, contains about 500,000 inhabitants. 
 
 t'ashmn-t, (formerly belonging to Hindustan,) the capi- 
 tal of a delightful province of the same name, is now an 
 uppcndagi- nistan. It is still 'famous fur the man- 
 
 ufacture of its unrivalled shawls. 
 
 ARABIA. 
 
 Face of (he Country. Arabia 'consists chiefly of dry 
 sandy deserts, utterly unfit for the residence of man, being 
 either wholly destitute of water, and cunsequently of veg- 
 
264 ARABIA. 
 
 etation, or furnishing only scanty springs of that which is 
 brackish, and a few scattered fertile spots, called oases, 
 which appear like islands in immense oceans of sand. 
 Such particularly are the north-eastern and central parts, 
 called Deserta, or the Desert, Arabia Petrea, or that 
 part bordering on Egypt and Syria, presents a rugged sur- 
 face of granitic stones. Arabia Felix, which is the south- 
 ern angle, bordering on the Red Sea, and Indian Ocean, 
 called also by the inhabitants Yemen, is agreeably diver- 
 sified, and generally of a fertile appearance. 
 
 Climate and Soil. The air in Arabia is excessively hot 
 and dry, and the country subject to hot poisonous winds, 
 particularly the SAMIEL, already described in treating of 
 Persia, of which a single inhalation is death. The soil in 
 some parts is nothing more than immense sands, which, 
 when agitated by the winds, roll like the troubled ocean, 
 and sometimes bury whole caravans in their fury. The 
 southern, and those parts bordering on the seas, are gen- 
 erally fertile. 
 
 s 'Productions. The coffee of Arabia is esteemed the 
 best in the world. Wheat, maize, barley, and lintels are 
 also cultivated ; likewise tobacco, the sugar cane, and 
 some cotton ; dates, pomegranates, oranges, and Indian 
 figs; my nh, aloes, and frankincense. 
 
 Among the domestic animals, the first place must be 
 assigned to the horse, of which Arabia claims the noblest 
 breed in the world. Camels are also found here in abun- 
 dance. These animals are amazingly fitted by Providence 
 for traversing the dry and parched deserts of this country, 
 as they can subsist six or eight days without water, and 
 will carry 800 pounds weight upon their backs, which is 
 not taken otf during their journey, for they kneel down to 
 rest, and in due time rise with their load. It is by means 
 of caravans of these animals, that goods and passengers 
 are conveyed from the shores of the Red Sea to the Per- 
 sian Gulf, and the cities of Syria, which would otherwise 
 b destitute of all mutual communication. 
 
 Cities. Mecca and Medina are the ? most celebrated* 
 cities ; but being holy ground which no infidel is permit- 
 ted to approach, little is known of these places with cer- 
 tainty. Mecca is situated on a barren spot in a valley. 
 What chiefly supports it is, the annual resort of many 
 thousand pilgrims. It was the birth-place of Mahomet. 
 Medina is the place where he was buried. Here is a 
 stately mosque, supported by 400 pillars, and furnished 
 
ARABIA. 
 
 265 
 
 with 300 silver lamps which are continually burning. 
 His coffin is covered with cloth of gold, under a canopy 
 of silver tissue. 
 
 /<i is the 'seaport of Mecca. Here the commerce 
 bet \\een Arabia and Kurope meets, and is interchanged. 
 Sana is reputed the most 'considerable city in Arabia. It 
 contains several caravanscras for merchants and travel- 
 lers. Alocha is a port considerably frequented by English 
 ships from Hindustan. It u,ives name to the finest coffee, 
 of which it is the 'chief place of export. Kesem is the 
 residence of a sovereign prince, to whom belongs the 
 island of Socotra, 'famous for its aloes. Muscat is a place 
 of considerable commerce, and a 'mart of the trade be- 
 tween Arabia, Persia, and the Indies. Suez, anciently 
 called Heruicc, is situated on the isthmus of the same 
 n.tnif, in a bandv country without water ; where plants 
 and tiees arc entirely unknown, and destitute of all the 
 necessaries of life except fi-h. 
 
 * Inhabitants. The Arabians are of a middle stature, 
 thin, and of a swarthy complexion. They are exceeding- 
 ly ab-tiMhiou, meat being little used even by the rich, 
 and their only drink being water or coffee. They are ol 
 two classes, those of the cities, and those of the desert. 
 The former are civilized, hospitable, and polite; the lattei 
 are robber- by pro!' | supposed, the pos 
 
 terity of Ishmacl, the son of Abraham, of whom it was 
 foretold, they should be invincible, and that iheir hands 
 should be against every man, and every man's hanc 
 against them. These robbers, headed by a captain, trav- 
 erse the country in troops, on horseback, and assault and 
 plunder the caravans, unless strongly guarded by soldiers. 
 
 Religion. Their religion is Mahometanism, introduced 
 by that famous arch impostor, Mahomet, who died in 629. 
 
 Language, $-c. The Arabic language is celebrated as 
 being exceedingly copious and expressive. In former 
 ages the Arabians wore famous for their learning, and 
 skill in the liberal art*. ' At present there are few nations 
 where the people are more universally ignorant, although 
 they are not wholly destitute of colleges, academies, and 
 schools. 
 
 Government. The inland country is under the govern- 
 ment of many petty princes, styled shieks. They have 
 no other laws than those found in the Koran, and the 
 comments upon it The northern Arabs owe subjectioi. 
 to the Turks. 
 
 Y 
 
266 HINDOSTAN. 
 
 HINDOSTAN. 
 
 INDIA WITHIN THE GANGES. 
 
 Face, of the, Country. Hindostan consists chiefly of 
 extensive plains, fertilized by numerous rivers and 
 streams, and interspersed with a few ranges of moun- 
 tains, none of which are of any remarkable elevation. 
 
 Rivers. The 'principal rivers of India are the Gan- 
 ges, the Burrampooter, and the Indus, all of them mighty 
 streams, and held in the highest veneration by the super- 
 stitious Hindoos, who suppose their waters have the pow- 
 er of washing away sirfs. 
 
 The Ganges is more than 2,000 'miles in length. It 
 flows through the plains of Hindostan, a distance of 1,350 
 miles, with a smooth navigable stream, from half a mile, to 
 three 'miles wide, and after receiving the Burrampooter, 
 a river from four to five 'miles wide, discharges itself by 
 numerous mouths into the Bay of Bengal. The Delta or 
 island formed by the Ganges, in that part bordering on 
 the sea, is 180 miles in width, composed of a multitude 
 of creeks and rivers, forming an intricate labyrinth, call- 
 ed the SUNDERBUNDS, and is so completely involved in the 
 woods, and is so much infested with tigers, that every 
 attempt to clear it has hitherto miscarried. 
 
 The Indus, by the natives 'called Sinde, is a fine, deep, 
 navigable river ; its entrance, however, is much choked 
 with sand. All these rivers, swelled by the periodical 
 rains, overflow their banks. The inundation in the lower 
 parts of Bengal, contiguous to the Ganges and Burrampoo- 
 ter, about the end of July, is more than 100 miles in width. 
 
 9 Climate, Soil, and Productions. Hindostan towards the 
 north is pretty temperate, but hot towards the south, and 
 it rains almost constantly for three months in the year. 
 No part of the surfaoe of the globe presents a more fertile 
 'soil than the well watered tracts of this prolific region. 
 Double harvests, and two crops of fruit from many of the 
 trees, have from time immemorial been the support of a 
 numerous population. Rice is the grain that is 'chiefly 
 cultivated, and constitutes the 'principal food of the Hin- 
 doos. The cultivation of cotton is widely diffused. Mil- 
 let, oranges, lemons, figs, and pomegranates, are produc- 
 ed in abundance. The sugar cane succeeds well ; like- 
 wise opium, indigo, and tobacco. 
 
 The forests present a wonderful luxuriance of vegeta- 
 tion, and the number of creeping plants, of prodigious 
 
HINDOSTAN. 267 
 
 size and length, extending from tree to tree, connect the 
 whole into one mass of verdure. 
 
 Horses and wild cattle are numerous. The sbeep in 
 all the southern parts are covered with hair instead of 
 wood. Camels are not uncommon as beasts of burden. 
 Elephants are frequent, both wild and tamed. 
 
 Almost all the species of ferocious animals are found 
 here except the lion. That most 'dreaded both by man 
 and beast, is the royal tiger of Bengal, at once the most 
 beautiful, and the most terrible of carnivorous animals. 
 
 Minerals. Mineral ores are very little known ; but 
 the diamond mines of Golconda are peculiarly celebrated. 
 
 Manufactures. The most 'considerable manufactures 
 are those of cotton, many of which are exquisitely fine 
 and beautiful. 
 
 Towns. Calcutta, the chief city of Bengal, and of all 
 the British possessions in India, is 'situated on the river 
 Hoogly, or western arm of the Ganges, and contains, as 
 is suppled, about 650,000 inhabitants. The houses are 
 variously built, some with brick, others with mud, and a 
 great number with bamboos and mats, making a most 
 motlev appearance. The mixture of European and 
 Asiatic manners here is wonderful. Coaches, palan- 
 keens, car; iwn by bullocks, and the passing cer- 
 emonies of the Hindoo-, form a diversified and curious 
 scene. Its commerce is very extensive. 
 
 The western part of Calcutta, called Chouringhee, is 
 worthy of particular notice. It is inhabited by the Com- 
 panv".- Civil and Militarv Oflicers, and the Europeans of 
 opulence and rank. The government house is an im- 
 mense and superb palace, situated on a beautiful plain, 
 enclosed \\ith an iron railing. Its principal avenues are 
 under four lofty triumphal arches. The site of this mag- 
 nificent edifice is called Wellesley Place. The private 
 - at this "Court end of the town," are built in the 
 Grecian sty If of architecture, and presenting their elegant 
 porticoes, and extensive collonades of pillars in front, sur- 
 mounted bv attick pediments, appear fit residences for 
 prince.', instead of the quiet scenes of domestic life. 
 
 The college at Fort William, or Wellesley College, is 
 situated in Calcutta. It i> an establishment honourable 
 to the character of its great founder, the Marquis Welles- 
 ley, late Governor General of Bengal. The junior civil 
 servants of the Company are placed in this college, on 
 their arrival in India, and instructed in the various lau- 
 
268 HINDOSTAN. 
 
 guages of the country. The usual term of residence is 
 three years; but such as distinguish themselves by indus- 
 try, and make suitable proficiency, are appointed to lucra- 
 tive offices at an earlier period. There is an annual Com- 
 mencement, or Visitation, when, after due examination, 
 the best Oriental scholars receive a degree of honour, ac- 
 companied with a handsome present in money or books. 
 On the improvement of their time in this excellent semi- 
 nary, in a great measure depend their advancement in 
 life, and future fortune. 
 
 A town hall is erected in Calcutta, which is to serve as 
 an exchange for merchants, and a place of deposit for the 
 statues, pictures, &c. of Lord Cornwallis, Mr. Hast- 
 ings, Marquis Wellesley, and other Governors-General, 
 Judges, &c. This magnificent edifice cost upwards of 
 three hundred and fifty thousand dollars. 
 
 In Calcutta there are two Episcopal churches, and one 
 chapel for the Baptists. The services in the former are 
 performed by the East India Company's chaplains ; in the 
 latter by the Missionaries on the Serampore establish- 
 ment, which is a flourishing and successful institution for 
 diffusing the gospel in India. 
 
 Moorshedabad is a large but ill built city, at present in 
 a state of decline. Patna is a place of considerable trade, 
 particularly in saltpetre. Benares is rich and populous. 
 Several Hindoo temples and magnificent buildings embel- 
 lish the banks of the river. This is the ancient seat of 
 Braminical learning 1 . Jlgra, once a most famous and opu- 
 lent city, has rapidly declined of late. The Great Mogul 
 used sometimes to reside here. His palace was prodig- 
 iously large, and the seraglio contained about 1000 wom- 
 en, with numerous palaces, caravanseras, baths, mosques, 
 and mausoleums. Delhi^ once a large, rich and populous 
 \:ity, and the capital of the Mogul empire, is now, for 
 the most part, in ruins. Lahore is the capital of the 
 Seiks, a new power, whose name was scarcely known till 
 they rose on the ruins of the Mogul empire. 
 
 Madras is a British fort and town, 'next in importance 
 to Calcutta. It is close to the margin of the sea, from 
 which it makes a beautiful appearance. Pondicherry is 
 a French, and Tranquebar a noted Dutch settlement. 
 Seringapatam, lately the capital of Tippoo's dominions, is 
 now in possession of the British. Goa is a settlement of 
 the Portuguese, and a noted seat of their inquisition, 
 which, however, is now abol shed Visiapour is a con- 
 
HINDOSTAN. 269 
 
 siderable city. The celebrated diamond mines are in its 
 vicinity. Bombay is a well known British settlement. 
 The inhabitants are of several nations, and very numer- 
 ous. Surat contains a population, it is said, of 500,000 in- 
 habitants. It is also a place of considerable trade. Cam- 
 bay is a handsome city, formerly of great trade in spice, 
 ivorv, cotton cloths, and silk, which is now chiefly trans- 
 ferred to Surat. Juggernaut is 'noted for being the seat 
 of a famous idol of the Hindoos. Of the multitudes 
 which visit this place at the annual festival, many pi-rish 
 on their journey, and the ground for the distance of 50 
 miles is strewed with human bones and sculls. 
 
 * Inhabitant a. The Hindoos are of a dark complexion, 
 with long black hair. Their persons are straight, their 
 limbs neat, their fingers long and tapering, and their 
 countenances open and pleasant. 
 
 They are 'divided into four different tribes or casts ; 
 the Brahmins, or priests ; the soldiers ; the labourers, 
 including fanners and tradesmen ; and the mechanics. 
 These different casts are forbidden to intermarry, to 
 dwell, to eat, or drink with each other. 
 
 The diet of the Hindoos is simple, 'consisting chiefly 
 of rice, milk, and vegetables. Animal food and intox- 
 icating liquors are utterly prohibited, particularly among 
 the lower casts. 
 
 In character they are mild, gentle, timid, and submis- 
 sive. They are permitted a plurality of wives ; but one 
 is looked upon as superior to the rest. The shocking 
 custom of women burning themselves on the death of 
 their husbands is becoming less frequent. 
 
 The Mahometans, or Moors, as they are called, of 
 whom there are considerable numbers in Hindostan, are 
 a more athletic and vigorous race, and distinguished from 
 the Hindoos by a fairer complexion. They are much less 
 submissive and gentle ; and though equally bigoted to 
 their religion, are extremely dissolute in their manners. 
 
 Religion. The religion of the Hindoos is artfully inter- 
 woven with all the common offices of life. They wor- 
 ship images ; and, under the influence of their wretched 
 superstition, will frequently devote themselves to certain 
 and painful death, throwing themselves on large iron 
 hooks fastened to the wheels of the carriages by which 
 their images are drawn, or casting themselves on the 
 ground for the wheels to pass over them and crush them 
 to death. 
 
 Y 2 
 
B1RMAN EMPIRE. 
 
 Government* Hindostan is divided into many govern- 
 ments, the forms of which are various. 
 
 Islands. Ceylon is a remarkably fine island, containing 
 1,500,000 inhabitants. Its peculiar and most ^valuable 
 product is cinnamon, the best in the world. Pepper, car- 
 damon, and other spices, are also natives here. The low 
 lands are amazingly fertile in rice. Elephants and tigers 
 abound in the forests, and alligators in the rivers. Many 
 other wild animals and tremendous reptiles might also be 
 mentioned. Gold, iron, plumbago, and various precious 
 stones, are among its 'mineral products. In one of its bays 
 is a beautiful pearl fishery, which is frequented by a mul- 
 titude of divers from different parts. The natives are 
 called Cinglese, and are of Hindoo origin. Columbo, the 
 capital, containing 50, 000 inhabitants, and Candy, in the 
 interior, are the 'principal towns. The English captured 
 the Dutch settlements in 1796, and in 1815, they com- 
 pleted the conquest of the island. In Columbo, the Bap- 
 tist and Wesleyan Methodists have missionaries and 
 schools. On this island, in the district of Jaffna, is a suc- 
 cessful missionary station, established by the American 
 Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions. 
 
 The Maldive and Laccadive islands are uninteresting. 
 The inhabitants speak the Cinglese language. Their 
 trade is chiefly in cowerie*, cocoa-nuts and fish. Amber- 
 gris is frequently collected on the shores of the islands of 
 these seas. 
 
 BIRMAN EMPIRE. 
 
 INDIA BEYOND THE GANGES. 
 
 The Birman empire is a beautifully diversified and fer- 
 tile country, producing abundant crops of rice, wheat, su- 
 gar canes, tobacco, indigo, cotton, and the different trop- 
 ical fruits in perfection. The teak tree is the glory of its 
 forests. Some of the finest merchant ships ever seen in 
 the Thames, have been built at Calcutta, of teak-wood, 
 from the forests of Pegu. 
 
 The s mineral products are rich 5 gold in profusion dec- 
 orates their temples and palaces, and the inferior rnetals 
 are found in abundance. That precious gem, the true 
 ruby, is almost peculiar to Pegu and some other parts of 
 the empire. Amber is dug in large quantities near the 
 Irrawady. 
 
 Manufactures and Trade. The Birmans *excel in gilding, 
 and in several other ornamental manufactories. The 
 chief trade of this country is with China and British India. 
 
MALACCA. 271 
 
 Towns. Ummerapoorai the new capital, with its turrets 
 and spires, seems to rise, like Venice, out of the waters, 
 being situated between a lake and the river Irrawady. 
 The fort is an exact square, with publick granaries and 
 store rooms ; and there is a gilded temple at each corner, 
 nearly 100 feet in height, but far inferior to others in the 
 vicinity. Population, IT 3. 000. 
 
 Rangoon is the 'chief port of the Birman empire. It is 
 of recent foundation, and is supposed to contain above 
 30,000 inhabitants. The American Baptists in 1813 es- 
 tablished here a mis>ionary station, which, at the close of 
 the late war with the British, was removed to Maulmein. 
 It is attended with success, and enjoys the protection 
 of the English government. 
 
 Numerous towns and villages crowd the banks of the 
 liver Irrawady, which seems to be the centre of the pop- 
 ulation of the empire. 
 
 * Inhabitants. The Birmans are a bold, enterprising 
 people. In war they display the ferocity of savages ; in 
 peace they show considerable gentleness and civilization. 
 No female is permitted to leave the country, lest it should 
 injure the population. Their edifices and barges, con- 
 structed in a singular style of oriental elegance, attest 
 the excellence of their genius, which seems to want 
 nothing but culture. 
 
 Jh/iic'mn am! literature. The Birmans profess the Hin- 
 doo religion : but their prie>ts are reckoned inferior to 
 the Brahmins of Hindustan in learning. They have many 
 books, which are kept in great order and neatness. 
 
 Government. The government is despotic, and the 
 laws in some instances are very severe. Desertions or 
 cowardice in a soldier is punished by the execution of 
 his wife, children and parents. An innocent wife or 
 daughter may be sei/.ed and sold into slavery, to dis- 
 charge the debt of her husband. 
 
 * MALACCA. 
 
 Malacca is a large peninsula, about 150 miles in breadth. 
 The inland parts are overgrown with forests, which are 
 infested with elephants, tigers, and wild boars. 
 
 Agriculture is chiefly 'employed in the growth of rice ; 
 pepper and other spices, valuable gums and wood, are 
 also among its products. Malacca is 'noted through the 
 East for its tin mines ; gold is said to be found in the 
 sand of the streams. 
 
272 SIAM. 
 
 The inhabitants are 'called Malays. They are below 
 the middle size, of a tawny complexion, with long black 
 hair ; of a restless disposition, greatly 'addicted to navi- 
 gation, war, plunder, emigration and desperate enterprises^ 
 insomuch, that they are universally considered, by those 
 with whom they have intercourse, as the most treacher- 
 ous and ferocious people on the globe. Malay barks, not 
 carrying above thirty men, have been known to attack by 
 surprise European vessels of thirty or forty guns ; and to 
 obtain possession of them, by suddenly boarding and mas- 
 sacreing the greater part of the crew with their poinards. 
 When engaged as sailors in foreign ships, they are never 
 to be trusted; and when employed as domestics, the least 
 affront is capable of exciting them to the most desperate 
 revenge. 
 
 Their religion is Mahometanism. The Malayan lan- 
 guage, which, in contrast to the character of the people, 
 is the softest and most melodious dialect of the East, is 
 widely diffused through that part of the world, and serves 
 the purpose of general communication. 
 
 Malacca, its capital, containing about 12,000 inhabi- 
 tants, was taken from the Dutch by the English, in 1795. 
 The London Missionary Society have established here a 
 successful missionary station. 
 
 Islands. Opposite to the coast of Malacca, though a4 
 some distance from it, are the islands Andaman and Ni- 
 cobar. The greater Andaman is about 140 miles in length. 
 The ? soil is a black rich mould. The forests produce 
 ebony and other valuable woods. The only quadrupeds 
 are wild hogs, monkies, and rats. The natives, who are 
 about 2000 in number, are woolly headed negroes, resem- 
 bling those of Africa. A British settlement has lately 
 been formed on this island, and some convicts sent thith- 
 er from Bengal. The Nicobar islands are three in num- 
 ber. The most remarkable production is a kind of bread 
 fruit, said to weigh from 20 to 30 pounds, 
 
 SIAM. 
 
 Siam consists of an extensive vale pervaded by a large 
 river, and enclosed on each side by a ridge of lofty moun- 
 tains. The 'soil is extremely rich, and the climate, being 
 hot, greatly promotes fertility. The chief 'agricultural 
 product is rice, which is here of an excellent quality^ 
 
 The elephants of Siarn are 'remarkable for their sa- 
 gacity and beauty, as well as for their size. 
 
LAOS AND CAMBODIA.... COCHIN CHINA, &C. 273 
 
 The Siamese are of a dark complexion, with features 
 of the Tartarian or Chinese cast. The men are extreme- 
 ly indolent, and leave the most laborious occupations to 
 the women. 
 
 Literature is considerably cultivated. The youth are 
 commonly educated in the convents of monk?, where they 
 are taught to read, and write, and cast accounts. Their 
 religion resembles that of the Hindoos, one of its leading 
 doctrines being that of the transmigration of souls. The 
 government is despotic, and the sovereign is revered with 
 honours almost divine. The laws are extremely severe, 
 the most trifling offences being punched by death or mu- 
 tilation, such as the cutting of!' of a foot or a hand. 
 
 Siam, or Juthia, situated on an island in the Meinam, 
 is the capital. 
 
 LAOS AND CAMBODIA. 
 
 Beyond the rang;e of mountains which forms the east- 
 ern boundary of Siam, another wide plain or valley ap- 
 pears, pervaded by the river Japanese. Of this tract, 
 the upper or northern portion is the kingdom of Laos, 
 the lower or southern portion is Cambodia. 
 
 Laos 'abounds in rice, and produces excellent benzoin 
 and musk, gum-lac, gold and ivory. The inhabitants 
 resemble the southern Chinese ; but their religion and 
 manners are similar to those of Siam. Cambodia is also 
 fertile in rice, and abundant in animal food. It likewise 
 affords a great plenty of ivory, and several valuable kinds 
 of wood ; but the 'peculiar product is the substance call- 
 ed Gamboge, or more properly Gamboge gum, which 
 yields a line yellow tint, and is also a powerful medicine. 
 The country is thinly peopled ; many of the inhabitants 
 are Chinese, Malays, and Japanese settlers. 
 
 COCHIN CHINA AND TONQUIN. 
 
 The whole remainder of India beyond the Ganges con- 
 sists of a long range of land, forming the eastern coast, 
 and bounded internally by a chain of mountains, separat- 
 ing it from Cambodia and Laos. Of this tract, the south- 
 ern anil narrower part is called Cochin China ; the north- 
 ern, which spreads into a greater breadth, is Tonquin. 
 
 Cochin China is a rich and fertile district. The 'chief 
 agricultural production is rice. Sugar is also cultivated 
 
274 CHINESE EMPIRE. 
 
 with success, and purified by an excellent method. The 
 edible birds' nests, formed by a species of swallows from 
 some unknown viscous substance, and esteemed a luxury 
 in China, are chiefly found in this country. 
 
 The inhabitants are said to be large, muscular, and well 
 made. They are of Chinese origin, and appear to have 
 made considerable progress in civilization. The supe- 
 rior ranks are clothed in silk. The houses are gener- 
 ally constructed of bamboo, thatched with rice straw, or 
 rushes, and stand in groves of lime, oranges, and cocoa- 
 trees. 
 
 Tonquirii divided from Cochin China only by a small 
 river, is said to be at present incorporated with it by con- 
 quest. The inhabitants resemble their neighbours, the 
 Chinese, from whom they, in all probability, descended, 
 but seem to have made less progress in civilization. The 
 capital, Kesho, is said to possess a population of 40,000. 
 
 CHINESE EMPIRE. 
 
 The Chinese Empire unites under one sceptre a greater 
 number of human beings, than any other single dominion 
 on the globe. It also stands more apart than any other 
 from the rest of the civilized world in situation, language, 
 and laws. 
 
 Face of the Country. China Proper presents many low 
 tracts, watered by numerous rivers, and cut through by 
 canals 5 yet ranges of mountains are frequent, and large 
 spaces are occupied by dry and barren deserts. 
 
 Climate, Soil, and Productions. The ^climate is various. 
 The southern parts about Canton are hot 5 but the cold 
 in the northern parts is severe during the winter months. 
 The air, however, in general, is serene, and appears to 
 be salubrious. 
 
 The 9 soil is either by nature or art fruitful of every 
 thing that can minister to the necessities, convenience^ 
 or luxuries of life. The culture of the cotton and rice 
 fields, from which the bulk of the inhabitants are clothed 
 and fed, is ingenious almost beyond description. The 
 tallow-tree produces a fruit having all the qualities of our 
 tallow, and when manufactured with oil, serves the na- 
 tives as candles. 
 
 But the most 'celebrated vegetable product of China is 
 TEA, which is exported in vast quantities to England and 
 
CHINESE EMPIRE. 275 
 
 the United States. It is the leaf of a shrub, planted in 
 rows on hilly land. 
 
 Agriculture is held in high estimation in this country 5 
 and once every year, at the vernal equinox, the Chinese 
 monarch, after a solemn offering to the God of heaven 
 and earth, performs the ceremony of holding the plough, 
 an example in which he is followed by all the great offi- 
 cers in every part of the empire. 
 
 Uncommon Attention is paid to the collecting of manure, 
 and <;reat labour is bestowed in watering and working the 
 lands, which for the most part is done with the spade, 
 without the aid of oxen or horses. The emperor is sole 
 proprietor of the soil, and receives one tenth of the pro- 
 duce. From the scarcity of cattle, the Chinese have but 
 little milk, and seem unacquainted with butter and cheese. 
 
 Canals. The 'inland navigation of China, is unparallel- 
 ed on the face of the globe. The imperial canal is more 
 than 600 miles in length. It is 50 feet wide, and inter- 
 sects China from north to south. One large canal gener- 
 ally runs through every province, from which a vast 
 number of smaller ones branch out to almost every town 
 and village. 
 
 Manufactures and Commerce. The manufactures are 
 numerous. The most 'celebrated is that of porcelain, call- 
 ed China; 9 next in importance are those of cotton and silk. 
 The Chinese pay but little regard to foreign commerce. 
 The merchant here is considered far below the husband- 
 man ; but the internal trade is immense. 
 
 Towns. Pekin, 'the capital, is 14 miles in circumfer- 
 ence, and is supposed to contain 3,000,000 inhabitants. 
 It is surrounded by a wall from 25 to 30 feet in height, 
 with nine gates, which are lofty and well arched. The 
 houses are seldom more than one story high, with the 
 windows from the street. The emperor's palace pre- 
 sents a prodigious assemblage of vast buildings and mag- 
 nificent gardens. The streets are straight, most of them 
 three miles in length and 120 feet wide, with shops on 
 each side. All the great streets are guarded by soldiers, 
 who patrol night and day, with swords by their sides and 
 whips in their hands, to preserve peace and good order. 
 
 Nankin, formerly the capital, and the most extensive 
 city in the empire, is now on the decline. The 'chief 
 edifice is a celebrated tower covered with porcelain, 200 
 feet in height. 
 
 Canton is a large, populous, and wealthy city, contain- 
 ing, as is supposed, 1,500, 000 inhabitants, many of whom 
 
276 CHINESE EMPIRE. 
 
 live in barks on the water j they touch one another, and 
 are so arranged as to form streets, constituting a kind of 
 floating city. This is the only port to which European 
 and American vessels are admitted. The chief 9 export 
 is tea. 
 
 The other large cities of China are very numerous, 
 and many of the villages are of a surprising size. 
 
 8 Inhabitants. The Chinese are middle sized, with broad 
 faces, small black eyes, blunt noses, high cheekbones, and 
 large lips. They shave their heads, except a lock on the 
 crown. Their dress is long, with large sleeves, and a 
 flowing girdle of silk. They eat almost every kind of 
 animal. Polygamy is permitted. The women are held 
 in the greatest state of subjection. A singular custom is 
 that of swathing their feet in bandages from infancy, so 
 as to prevent their growth, to any proportionable size. 
 The parties in marriage never see each other till the bar- 
 gain is concluded by their parents. Female children, 
 which they are unable to support, they are allowed to cast 
 into the river. White is the 9 colour of mourning. Their 
 amusements are dramatick exhibitions, feats of dexterity, 
 and fire works, in which they excel all other nations. 
 
 Religion. There is no State religion in China. None 
 is paid, preferred, or encouraged. The Chinese have no 
 Sunday, nor even such a division as a week ; the temples 
 however, are open every clay for the visits of devotees. 
 Christian missionaries have been sent into some parts of 
 these vast dominions, and the Holy Scriptures are now in 
 a course of translation into the Chinese language. 
 
 Language and Education. The Chinese language is 
 the most singular of any in the world. It consists not of 
 letters, but of characters, each of which has the same sig- 
 nification as a word in other languages. Education, to a 
 certain degree, is much attended to, and men of letters 
 are singularly respected. Books are printed from blocks, 
 after the manner of wooden cuts. 
 
 Government. The government is patriarchal and des- 
 potic. The emperor is considered as standing in the 
 same relation of absolute and revered master to the whole 
 nation, that the head of a family does to all the members 
 of it. 
 
 Antiquity. The most 'remarkable antiquity of China is 
 its Great Wall, erected as a barrier against the northern 
 Tartars. It is a most stupendous work, of the computed 
 length of 1500 miles, traversing mountains and vallies, 
 and crowned with towers at short intervals. 
 
St. Peter's.. ..Page 251. 
 
 '- all in China. ...Page 276. 
 
EMPIRE OF JAPAN. 277 
 
 CHINESE TARTARY. 
 
 Chinese Tartary is a vast elevated plain, 'consisting chief- 
 ly of dry sandy deserts, but frequently interrupted by fer- 
 tile tracks in the courses of rivers, and crossed in various 
 parts by mountainous ridges. The true rhubarb is pro- 
 duced in this country, and also a drug of high esteem in 
 China, the GINSENG, regarded almost as an universal medi- 
 cine. The inhabitants are Moguls, a wandering people, 
 and theMandshuivs, who dwell mostly in fixed habitations. 
 
 TIBET. 
 
 Tibet is an elevated country, encumbered with high 
 mountains, the tops of which are covered with perpetual 
 snow. The Himaleh mountains, between Tibet and Cash- 
 mere, are about 26,000 feet above the level of the 
 sta, the hi'Ju'^t elevation yet known on the globe. The 
 ''soil pre-i-nts a genera! a->>rct of sterility. The 9 climate 
 even in the 27th degree of latitude, is intensely cold. 
 Wheat, pea*, and barley are the chief objects of agricul- 
 tural industry. Sheep and goats are numerous. The lat- 
 ter are 'celebrated for their tine hair, which is manufac- 
 tured into shawl> at Ca^him-re. 
 
 In Tibet exists the most extraordinary religion and gov- 
 ernment in the world. Some healthy peasant is purchas- 
 ed while young, who is privately tutored for the purpose. 
 He resides in a pagoda, upon the mountain Fatal i, where 
 he sits in a ci d posture, without speaking or 
 
 moving, otherwise than by lifting his hand in approbation 
 of some favourite \vorshipper ; and the neighbouring peo- 
 ple flock in numbers, with rich presents, to pay their ad- 
 orations. He is called the Grand Lama, and they pre- 
 tend he is always young and immortal. When he begins 
 to grow old they privately despatch him, and set up 
 another in his stead. La > mile* north by east of 
 
 Calcutta, is the capital. 
 
 EMPIRE OF JAPAN. 
 
 The isles of Japan in A-ia, like those of Britain in Eu- 
 rope, constitute a populous and mighty empire. 
 
 Face of the Country. The face of the country, in gen- 
 eral, is much diversified. The sea coasts are almost eve- 
 ry where precipitous, and rocky, and surrounded by a 
 turbulent sea. In all the islands the hind rises into 
 mountains towards the interior. 
 Z 
 
278 EMPIRE OF JAPAN. 
 
 9 'Climate. In summer the heat is violent, and in winter 
 the cold is severe. The rainy season commences about 
 midsummer. Thunder is not unfrequeiit ; tempests, hurri- 
 canes and earthquakes are very common. 
 
 Soil and Productions. The 5 soil, though naturally stony 
 and barren, is rendered fertile by the industry of the inhab- 
 itants, and the frequent rains that moisten its surface. In 
 no country is agriculture practised with equal attention. 
 Not the least particle of what may serve for manure is 
 suffered to be wasted. The land is every where tilled 
 like a garden. Even the sides of hills are cultivated by 
 means of stone walls, supporting level plats sown with 
 rice or esculent r.oots. Thousands of these beds adorn, 
 most of their mountains, and give them an appearance, 
 which excites the greatest astonishment in the minds of 
 spectators. 
 
 Rice is the 9 chief grain. The sweet potato is also abun- 
 dant. Tea grows in every part of the country. Cotton, 
 indigo, ginger, oranges, and the sugar-cane, are also suc- 
 cessfully cultivated. A variety of valuable trees and 
 shrubs grow wild in the mountainous parts, among which 
 are the Indian laurel, the camphor tree, and the varnish 
 tree, from the bark of which exudes a gum resin, suppo- 
 sed to be the basis of the exquisitely beautiful arid inimi- 
 table black varnish, which ^distinguishes the Japanese 
 cabinet ware. 
 
 Neither sheep nor goats are seen in the whole empire ; 
 horses are rare, and cattle still more so._ The latter are 
 only employed for labour. The Japanese use neither 
 their flesh nor their milk. 
 
 Gold is found in abundance; likewise silver in consid- 
 erable quantities : copper is quite common ; iron is 
 scarcer than most other metals in this country. 
 
 Manufactures. The Japanese are excellent workmen 
 in iron and copper ; their swords display incomparable 
 skill. In manufactures of silk and cotton they yield to 
 none of the eastern nations ; while in varnishing wood, it 
 is well known, they have no equals. Glass is common ; 
 they also make telescopes. Their porcelain is deemed 
 superior to that of China. Paper is prepared from the 
 bark of a species of mulberry tree. 
 
 Commerce. The 'foreign trade of Japan is with the 
 Chinese and the Dutch, totheentirje exclusion of all oth- 
 er nations. The internal commerce, being free from 
 imposts, is very considerable. The harbours are crowd- 
 
EMPIRE OF JAPAN. 279 
 
 ed with large anil small md the high roads with 
 
 passengers and goods. The shops are well stocked, and 
 
 in dill'erent p 
 
 /o, the 'capital, in the island Niphon, is 
 
 a great commercial city. It is said to be 7 miles long, and 
 
 ircumference, and to contain 1,000,000 inhabitants. 
 
 The imperial palace occupies a vast extent, and is indeed 
 
 -ideruble town of itself. '1'he houses never exceed 
 
 'inumeiv towards the street. No 
 
 walls or fortifications enclose the Japanese cities. 
 
 iritual capital, near the centre of the same 
 
 island. MiiMMTi-.il city, and the seat of litera- 
 
 ..erous manufactures. Population 500,000. 
 
 is the 'port allotted for foreign commerce. 
 
 ie only one into which foreign ships are 
 
 site to it is the small island 
 
 Dutch have their factory. 
 
 8 middle si/.e, with 
 
 yellov MS. Lad, inction, whoseldom 
 
 white. 
 
 ;he Chine=e, they are ch; inguishable by 
 
 The men 
 
 ' the nape, but the 
 
 hair on tip :p, and fastened at the 
 
 crowi:. _ Their food, con- 
 
 il in a 
 
 of bread ; and 
 
 i- made of ri( . common drink. 
 
 iluous li<| Mown ; but the use 
 
 of tea is univ d that of 
 
 '. painted \vlu ;iblance of 
 
 is, but sit 
 
 irks. 
 
 n. Their lan- 
 >(1 by no other na- 
 tion. 'I'ln among them ; 
 and t' .is for i Arithmetic, 
 .onoiuy. Some of their schools 
 'o contain .3 .-choiars. The 
 uovernine; solute monarchv. 
 
 N'iphon lies the large island 
 
 called inhabited by an uncivilised, harmless 
 
 people, tributary to the Japanese, some of whom reside 
 on the island. Although pleasant and fertile, it is little 
 cultivated. Matsmai, the capital, contains 5.0,000 in- 
 habitants. 
 
280 ASIATIC ISLANDS. 
 
 ASIATIC ISLANDS. 
 
 Among the Asiatic islands, other than those already 
 mentioned, are reckoned the" isles of Sunda, Borneo, the 
 Manillas or Philippine islands ; the Celebes; and the 
 Moluccas, or Spice Islands. 
 
 ISLES OF SUNDA. 
 
 The Isles of Sunda, or the Sumatrian Chain, as they 
 are sometimes called, Comprise Sumatra, Java, Timor, 
 and the several intermediate islands. 
 
 Sumatra is 950 'miles in length. A chain of mountains 
 runs through the whole island. Mount Ophir, exactly 
 under the equator, rises to the height of 13,842 feet 
 above the level of the pea, being only 1,500 feet lower 
 than Mount Blanc. The most Valuable and abundant pro- 
 duction is PEPPER. It grows on a climbing plant resem- 
 bling a vine. Other ^articles are camphor, gum-benzoin, 
 cassia, cotton, and coffee. The gold mines found here, 
 being of an inferior quality, are much neglected ; but tin 
 forms an abundant article of exportation. 
 
 The inhabitants on the coasts are Malays ; in the inte- 
 rior are different tribes of natives. The English have 
 formed a settlement at Bencoolan. Their 5 chief object is 
 the pepper trade. Among the small islands that encom- 
 pass Sumatra, that of Banca is 'famous for its tin. The 
 Dutch have long exported vast quantities ; and the mines 
 are thought to be inexhaustible. 
 
 Java derives its ? chief importance from its capital city, 
 flalavia, which is the principal settlement of the Dutch 
 in the East Indies, and the centre of their commerce. 
 The city is large and elegant, and the houses splendid 
 and richly furnished ; but the 'situation is extremely un- 
 healthy. Three-fourths of those who arrive here from 
 Europe, usually die within the first year. The streets 
 are spacious, and most of them have canals of stagnant 
 water pervading their whole length. Population 47,000. 
 
 The ^products resemble those of Sumatra. This island 
 was captured by the British, August, 1811, but was re- 
 stored in 1816. The English Baptists established a mis- 
 sionary here in 1815. 
 
 The other islands of the Sumatrian Chain are of but 
 little importance, except Timor, which is regarded by 
 the Dutch as a kind of barrier to the Spice Islands, 
 
NDS. 281 
 
 BOHNEO. 
 
 e largest island in the world, except Nevv- 
 Hollaml. Of this great tract of Sand, however, little is 
 known beyond the - ts. These, for the must part, 
 
 con-i-t of muddv Hats, on which account the hou*- 
 commonly built on posts fixed in rafis which are moored 
 to tlie shore, and ri-r ami fall with the tide. Many of the 
 vilia-'i-s are constructed in this manner, and mov. 
 place to pi -nits theconveniencyof the inhabitants. 
 
 The reductions are pepper, camphor, tin- 
 
 called dragon's blood, and sandal wood. Edible birds' 
 djundant. Gold is found in the interior; also 
 diamonds of an inferior quality. Timers are numerous 
 and destructive. The Europeans (except the Dutch) 
 have no settlement on this island. The chief trade is 
 with the Chin 
 
 Til!! MANILLA-, OR PH I L 1 ITIXL ISHXDS. 
 
 -the most important of Ihese inlands, computed 
 
 it .)()<) mile* in length. I; tile soil, and far 
 
 rich in its products. The finest cotton known in trade 
 
 i the cocoa tree, are al- 
 so cu with suci 'd, copper, and iron are 
 
 called Ta- 
 
 i. The. <Tson- 
 
 able i mild di-po-ition. dwelling in huts of bam- 
 
 boo . upon pol. 
 
 Spaniards h . in these 
 
 islands. Their 'principal East Indian settlement is at 
 A\ built, and strongly fortified 
 . like other Spani- 
 
 commerce 
 
 across the 
 
 o in Mexico, 
 
 iume- 
 
 rous here till tin . n the 
 
 Spani ; 'iial indu-- 
 
 triou- 
 
 'ie Piiilippine 
 
 islands, on which t i have but few settlements. 
 
 The true cinnamon tree is said to grow here ; gold i- 
 among its product.-. Horses and bulfaloes are amazingly- 
 numerous. 
 
282 ASIATIC ISLANDS. 
 
 Of the other Philippine islands, some are of consider- 
 able magnitude, and all afford a variety of useful vegeta- 
 bles and wild animals. Many display volcanic appear- 
 ances, abounding in lavas and'vitrifications, sulphur, and 
 hot springs. 
 
 THE CELEBES. 
 
 The chief island of this group is Celebes^ sometimes 
 called Macassar, much 'celebrated for its sublime and 
 beautiful scenery. It produces rice, maize, sago, sugar- 
 cane, and pepper, besides an abundance of poisonous 
 plants. The natives are Malays. They are much 'ad- 
 dicted to piracy, and often attack vessels with the most 
 amazing and desperate resolution. 
 
 Macassar, the principal city, is held by the Dutch, who 
 have garrisons in several of the small circumjacent isl- 
 ands, and claim the sovereignty of the whole group. 
 
 THE MOLUCCAS \ OR, SPICE ISLANDS. 
 
 Gilolo, the largest of these islands, 'produces sago and 
 the bread fruit in great abundance. It is also plentifully 
 furnished with wild and domestick animals. The natives 
 are industrious, and are much employed in weaving cot- 
 ton. Ossa is a convenient port town. 
 
 Ceram is the next in size. It 'produces cloves and sago; 
 the latter constitutes one of its 'principal articles of export. 
 
 JBanda and Amboyna, now in possession of the Dutch, 
 are the most 'distinguished of the Spice Islands. 
 
 Banda is the chief of a group, which comprises six or 
 seven other islands. All these are very small, being 'cel- 
 ebrated solely for the production of the nutmeg. This 
 tree, unknown in other parts of the globe, grows to the 
 size of a pear tree, with leaves resembling laurel. The 
 nutmeg, when ripe, is almost of the size and colour of aa 
 apricot, and in shape nearly resembles a pear 5 the mace 
 is a rind which encloses the shell of the nutmeg. The 
 Dutch are very jealous of its growth in other islands, 
 and have frequently caused its destruction when produced 
 elsewhere by nature. 
 
 Amboyna is 'celebrated for the production of cloves. 
 Its situation is north from the Banda isles, near Ceram. 
 The clove tree grows to the height of forty or fifty feet, 
 with spreading branches and long pointed leaves. Some 
 of the trees produce an annual crop of thirty pounds 
 
AUS1KALVSIA. 283 
 
 weight. The town of Amboyna, situated near the south- 
 "f ilie i>land, is the second in rank of 
 the Dutch East-India settlements. It is neatly built, 
 and contains a considerable population. 
 
 AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 Australasia 'comprehends the extensive central island, 
 New-Holland, with all the islands within 20 decrees to 
 the we-i. and within 2:> or SO decrees to the east of it. 
 NK-. -in length from east to 
 
 and about l,9G() miles in breadth. This immense 
 . is but little known to Europeans. Capt. Cook vis- 
 .:id explored the eastern coast in 177". .fid took pos- 
 session of it in the name of the king of Great Britain, and 
 gave it the nai '//< //H//.V. An English set- 
 
 ice been formed at Port Jackson, for the 
 Mortatioii of convicts from England. 
 The native inhabitants-are said to approach more near- 
 ly to the brutal state than any u _e race yet dis- 
 d. The] tly black, partly of a copper hue, 
 with Ionic hair, thick eyebrows and lips, flat noses, sunken 
 eves, and very wide mouths; of low siature and ill made, 
 with re ma -ruler limbs. Their arts are extreme- 
 
 1 filthy ; their nat- 
 culture of the land, 
 but feed on li-h and such animals as fail in their way. 
 
 i> little known as New -Hol- 
 land. The coasts in general are lofty ; and its moun- 
 
 -, richly clothed with woods, 
 hich lias impressed ev- 
 Muropean settlement has 
 i nd. 
 
 .:e black, with the woolly hair of tiie 
 oil stature and 
 
 'but theii . extremely 
 
 i hide- 
 
 .ih the Pa- 
 
 istiuments and 
 
 . birds 
 
 -. which the na- 
 ctll. 
 
 . situ- 
 ated rather to pua, have been little ex- 
 plored. In New Britain the nutmeg is said to be found 
 
284 POLYNESIA. 
 
 in abundance, and the country is supposed to be popu- 
 lous. New Ireland 'produces the bread fruit and cocoa 
 tree. The inhabitants are muscular and strong, and of a 
 dark brown complexion. Their houses are neatly built 
 in the form of a bee-hive, but h.ave no outlet for the 
 smoke. Their food consists chiefly of fruit. 
 
 New Caledonia and the New Hebrides were discovered 
 by Capt. Cook in 1774. The former is represented as 
 rocky and barren ; in the latter are found plantains, 
 sugar-canes, yams, and several kinds of fruit trees. The 
 natives resemble those of New Holland, and are dexter- 
 ous in the use of the spear. 
 
 New Zealand was first visited by Tasinan, a Dutch nav- 
 igator, in 1642, when seven of his men going ashore un- 
 armed, were cruelly slaughtered by the natives. The 
 highest mountain hitherto observed, is that of Egmont, 
 supposed to be 14,000 feet in height, the top of which is 
 covered with perpetual snow. Among the few produc- 
 tions which have been examined, that of a particular spe- 
 cies of flax has 'excited the greatest attention, being of a 
 beautiful silky appearance, and the plant remarkably tall. 
 Its culture has been attempted both in England and 
 France, but without success. Rats and dogs are the only 
 quadrupeds which have yet been discovered. 
 
 The natives are among the most ferocious of the human 
 race. They equal the tallest Europeans in stature. Their 
 complexion is a dark brown. In combat they distort their 
 features like daemons. The captives taken in war are al- 
 ways eaten by the victors; and the bodies of the slain 
 are immediately cut in pieces, broiled and devoured with 
 the greatest satisfaction. Christian missionaries have 
 lately established themselves here. 
 
 Van Dieman's Land is the last great division yet discov- 
 ered of the wide expanse of Australasia. The productions 
 and the inhabitants seem to resemble those of New Hol- 
 land, from whence it is separated by a strait, about nine- 
 ty miles wide, interspersed with small islands. 
 
 POLYNESIA. 
 
 The Pelew islands 'produce ebony, cocoa, the bread- 
 fruit, sugar-cane and bamboo. The 'natives are a gentle 
 and amiable people, stout and well made. The men go 
 entirely naked, while the women only wear two little 
 aprons, or rather fringes, made of the husks of the cocoa 
 nut. Both sexes are tattowed, and the teeth are dyed 
 black. 
 
POLYNESIA. 285 
 
 Ladrones are twelve or fourteen in number, but 
 lot above three or lour of them are inhibited. They 
 'prodi; -.*, limes, cocoa-nuts, and that celebrated 
 
 id remarkable tree which bears the bread fruit. 
 
 ut thirty in number, and very 
 
 >puloi; which are uninhabited. The 
 
 itives resemble those of the Philippines, and chieily live 
 m fish and cocoa-nuts. 
 
 The Sandwich hlnndx were discovered by Captain 
 Cook ; and the island Oir/ii/hcc, the largest in the group, 
 is unfortunately *d. (! as the place where this 
 
 illustrious \\i\\ i his life, bein^ killed by the na- 
 
 . which 01 er in a sort of 
 
 misunderstanding, than in ferocity of disposition, or pre- 
 meditate.; 
 
 ,i mild and affectionate people, 
 to have made some pro- 
 gress ir. agriculture and manufactures. The principal 
 article fin -mmerce i- sandal wood. These 
 
 E have lati unced idolatry, and missionaries 
 
 fiom the I'nited States liave been "very affectionately 
 recei\ 
 
 AA/r lands. The 'natives of these islands are 
 
 sa'nl to su other nations in r-vmmetry of shape 
 
 and r. it not for tattowing, 
 
 which !v bv numerous punctures, the 
 
 complexion would be only \\hile the hair is of 
 
 many . but none red. Some of the women are 
 
 nearl\ ,-iong them tattowing is 
 
 not so universal. 
 
 No quadrupeds have been 
 
 iimon, and the \\ < ii!led with 
 
 many beautiful bird*. 
 
 attention than 
 -.-lerable of 
 
 them is Otaluitt^ on v.hich mon n written than 
 
 il i^ iertile, and 
 
 'proiliu es in pi. plantain, the 
 
 yams, and othe: people of Otaheite 
 
 :ild and E . ;,ind an,l 
 
 ble, ea-ily mo\ -ing from one emo- 
 
 tion to another. are cleanly in their persons, and 
 
 polished in their habits of life. Their rude manufactures 
 are truly wonderful, and evince the greatest ingenuity. 
 Both sexes wear garlands of flowers and feathers, and the 
 women use a kind of bonnet made of cocoa leaves. Idol 
 
286 AFRICA. 
 
 worship has been abolished on several of these islands, 
 and the inhabitants have embraced the Christian faith. 
 
 Friendly and Navigators Islands. The Friendly Islands, 
 including the Isles of the Navigators, are ^represented as 
 well cultivated, and abounding in provisions. Tongataboo 
 particularly, is described as one of the best cultivated spots 
 on the globe. The inhabitants of the Navigator's Isles 
 are very numerous, of great strength and stature, fero- 
 cious, and treacherous to strangers. Their language 
 partakes of the dialect of the Malays, from whom they 
 seem to have derived their dispositions. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Our knowledge of Africa is almost wholly confined to 
 its coasts ; its geography is, therefore, very incomplete. 
 
 The ? mode of travelling and carrying on trade over the 
 immense deserts in the interior, is by caravans, or troops 
 of merchants and traders on camels. The number is 
 various, from 2,00 to 2,000. Each caravan has a guard 
 of janizaries or other forces, for its defence against the 
 roving Arabs of the desert, who make robbery a profes- 
 sion. Their ^course in the night is directed by the stars. 
 
 The climate of Africa has at all times been 'noted for 
 excess of heat, to which quality all its productions, animal 
 and vegetable, bear testimony. The dark hue and savage 
 disposition of the inhabitants, and the peculiar ferocity of 
 its numerous beasts of prey, seem in unison with the in- 
 tense heat of the sun, and the wild horror of the deserts. 
 
 BARBAR1T STATES. 
 
 The 'Barbary States are Morocco, Algiers, Tunis, and 
 Tripoli. Morocco nearly corresponds to the ancient 
 Mauritania, and Algiers to Numidia. 
 
 Barca, or, as it is called by the Arabs, the land of whirl- 
 winds, is an extensive desert country, dependent on Trip- 
 oli, situated between Tripoli and Egypt. Here once 
 stood the renowned temple of Jupiter Am mop. 
 
 These States are 9 noted for their hostility to the chris- 
 tian name, and for their piracies .exercised chiefly in the 
 Mediterranean sea, against all those Christian 'powers 
 
BARBARY STATES. 287 
 
 which do not purchase their forbearance by a disgraceful 
 
 tribute. Several nations, however, now refuse to pur- 
 
 >earance, and have successfully defended 
 
 their commerce. 
 
 circumstances of these States arc so nearly similar 
 all that will here be necessary. 
 
 of the Country. The country, as far as it is known, 
 is a diversified campaign. The Atlas mountains, fabled 
 by the anr ; Mipportin^ the heavens appear to be 
 
 a chain of no remarkable elevation, although some of 
 their pped with perpetual snow. 
 
 . The 'climate in win- 
 temperate, but in summer the heat is excessive. 
 -oil partake^ of the general character of Africa be- 
 inu; liu;ht and sandv, except the vallies of Mount Atlas, 
 ie lands b on the rivulets, which present in 
 
 ma:, ]), rich soil. 
 
 :i of all kinds is plentiful, and the wheat is of an ex- 
 cellent <|'; 1, wine, excellent fruits, sugar, cotton, 
 
 silk, i u-e 'produced in the different soils 
 
 :ulustry, and better agri- 
 culture, tl .r more productive. 
 
 The Mo- ! 'ue same as tho-e of Europe, 
 
 \\ith the addition of the camel. The breed of ho: 
 small, but utiful, and 
 
 common aiming the recesses of the 
 .\iin-T;:U abound in the hilly regions, and 
 some min< irticularly of copper. 
 
 Com tates is in 
 
 the hai I'hat of Tunis is very consid- 
 
 erable. T ool in large quantities, grain, 
 
 olive oil, cattle, hi-' o ivory ami uo'ld dust, which 
 
 ial city in 
 n this city 
 
 and T -serts. 
 
 1 tober, and 
 
 in Ju; arry out coarse 
 
 woollen cloth-. . watches, and hard 
 
 In reti. ives, ivory, and gold 
 
 dust 
 
 Chi ), containing about 40,000 in- 
 
 habitants, the capital of th- of the * :\\\\ *. name, 
 
 is an extensive c'n ill, ce- 
 
 mented with a hard and durable kind of mortar. The 
 principal edifices are the royal palace, and the mosques. 
 
288 BARBARY STATES. 
 
 Ff-z is a large city, and the capital of a kingdom of the 
 same name, now incorporated with Morocco. The houses 
 are lofty and spacious ; it contains 700 mosques, 50 of 
 which are highly ornamented. The population has been 
 estimated at 380,000 ; but is supposed now to be 100,000. 
 
 Algiers is reckoned the 'chief of the piratical States. 
 The city Algiers is situated on the sea-coast, gradually 
 rising from the shore, so as to afford a fine prospect of all 
 its buildings. It is of no great compass, and meanly for- 
 tified on the land side ; but its harbour is secured by a 
 mole and other works of considerable strength. The city 
 is reckoned to contain about 150,000 inhabitants, who are 
 a mixture of various nations and religions. The Dey's 
 palace, the mosques, barracks, and publick baths, are the 
 most conspicuous buildings. The surrounding territory 
 is very fertile, and ornamented with gardens, groves, and 
 country seats : nor is any thing wanting, but a better peo- 
 ple and government, to render Algiers a delightful abode. 
 This place, in 1816, was attacked by the English and 
 Dutch fleets, under Lord Exmouth, with such success, 
 that the Dey was compelled to sign a treaty by which he 
 agrees forever to abolish Christian slavery. 
 
 Oran is a well fortified town, and contains about 15,000 
 inhabitants. 
 
 7 T wms, the capital of a kingdom of the same name, 
 and residence of the Dey, is the most ^commercial city on 
 the African coast. The inhabitants are reckoned at 
 about 120,000, many of whom are employed in linen and 
 woollen manufactures. The ruins of ancient Carthage 
 are at a small distance from this city. 
 
 Tripoli is a large town, though much declined from its 
 former opulence and splendour. It is meanly built, and 
 labours under the ^disadvantages of want of water, and. a 
 barren circumjacent district. It has a considerable linen 
 manufacture, and an excellent harbour, which is much 
 visited by corsairs. Population about 15,000. 
 
 Derne is the chief town of Barca. This is the 7 place 
 where our late gallant countryman, General Eaton, so 
 much distinguished himself, in 1805. At the head of a 
 small but intrepid band of troops he crossed the desert 
 from Egypt ; and after encountering excessive hardship 
 and fatigue, arrived before Derne, which he took by 
 storm, and put to flight the army of Tripoli. 
 
 Inhabitants. Earbary is chiefly inhabited by three 
 7 sorts of people ; the Moors, who are the aborigines of 
 
i i'T. 289 
 
 the country, the Arabs, and the Turks. The Moors are 
 ignorant, superstitious, revengeful, and malicious. Their 
 condii ret and miserable in the (extreme, being 
 
 crushed with a heavy load of taxes, and treated with the 
 utni"- by tlieir insulting masters. 
 
 re a wandering race, who roam from place 
 to place witli their flocks and herds, and raise grain on 
 the most fruitful spots; some of them, however, are more 
 addicted to plunder than to the exertions of industry. They 
 pay a tribute to the emperor, but are governed by their 
 own elect i 
 
 The Turks ''form the highest rank in the country, and 
 possess all the chief offices of State. They are proud, in- 
 dolent, voluptuous, and revengeful ; but at the same time, 
 faithful, courageous, and tolerant. 
 
 There are some Jews in this country, but they are de- 
 (jssed. The number of Christian and negro 
 slaves iderable. Slaves of any colour, who 
 
 turn .' their freedom. The Jews and 
 
 Christians who do this are called ltr.\r.<; \J>DKS, and may be 
 advanced to honourable and lucrative employments. 
 
 metan, and tho aversion 
 ; Tied to a greater height in these 
 that in any < i States. 
 
 pt at the city of Tunis, scarcely so 
 much as the shadow of literature or the arts, can be said 
 to exist in any of the States of Jiarbary. 
 
 (lortniincnt. In all these States the government is des- 
 potic. The sovereign of Algiers is 'styled the Dey. He 
 is elected from the army. Every bold and aspiring'soldier, 
 however obscure his origin, may be considered as heir ap- 
 parent to the throne. 
 
 . PT. 
 
 The early culture and population of Egypt are attested 
 by the most ancient records of the human race. But like 
 most ol ^ of early renown, Egypt has lost much of 
 
 importance: many of its former cities, over- 
 whelmed by despotism and ignorance, are laid level with 
 the dust, and tlieir former celebrity is now chiefly known 
 by their magnificent^ruins. 
 
 Face of the Country. Upper Egypt, commencing at 
 Sijcnc and terminating at Cairo, is a narrow vale,, from 
 nine to twenty-five miles wide, bounded on each side by 
 A A 
 
290 EGYPT. 
 
 precipitous rocks or sandy mountains. Lower Egypt, 
 which comprehends the whole country between Cairo and 
 the Mediterranean, is a vast plain, with the Delta, the 
 most fertile and important portion of Egypt, nearly in its 
 centre. 
 
 Nile. The Nile, the sole river of Egypt, and its 'char- 
 acteristick feature, flows for the most part in a straight 
 course nearly due north. Its greatest breadth is about one 
 third of a mile, and its depth, when free from inundation, 
 not more than twelve feet. Of the mouths of the Nile 
 mentioned by ancient writers, several are choked up, and 
 those of Rosetta and Marietta alone remain Considerable. 
 The whole Delta is cut by communicating channels, partly 
 natural, and partly artificial, many of which are dry at low 
 water. The annual inundation of the Nile, the great viv- 
 ifying principle of Egypt, is the consequence of the peri- 
 odical rains in the Abyssinian mountains. It 'begins 
 about the 19th of June, and diffuses a muddy deluge over 
 the land as far as its influence extends; but it is an error 
 to suppose that the whole of Egypt is converted into a sea, 
 with villages and trees emerging from the waves, according 
 to some poetical descriptions. This is indeed true of the 
 parts of the Delta nearest to the sea ; but to other districts 
 the water is lead by canals, from which it is raised by ma- 
 chines to fertilize the fields. The river subsides to its 
 natural level in October, having left a rich manure on the 
 surface of the ground. 
 
 Climate. To us it seems astonishing that a country 
 should subsist at all without rain ; yet such is the case with 
 most parts of Egypt. The whole 'quantity of rain that 
 falls in a year at Cairo could not be reckoned equivalent 
 to a shower of an hour's duration ; in other parts it is still 
 less, or rarely known at all, so that the whole dependence 
 for the element so necessary to the purposes of life, is upon 
 the river. 
 
 The 'climate from March to November is excessively 
 hot, and the winds from the surrounding desert, loaded 
 with particles of fine dust, and saline exhalations, are very 
 troublesome, and particularly noxious to the eyes. 
 
 Soil The ? soil in general is a pure black mould of a 
 tenacious and unctuous nature, free from stones, and when 
 sufficiently moistened, astonishingly fertile. 
 
 Productions. The 'productions are rice, chiefly culti- 
 vated on the Delta, wheat, barley, maize, millet, flax, 
 hemp, sugar-cane, olives, figs, dates, oranges, onions, 
 
EGYPT. 291 
 
 leeks, senna, and several other medicinal plants. Wheat 
 and barley, sown in October and November, ripen in Feb- 
 ruary and March, and are immediately succeeded by gar- 
 den herbs, and these by encumbers, &,c. for where the 
 waters of the river can be procured, the ground, which is 
 never suffered to be idle, furnishes three crops in a year. 
 
 The domestic animals are the same as those of Europe, 
 with the addition of the camel. Chickens are hatched in 
 ovens in great numbers, by means of artificial heat, so that 
 poultry is very plenty. 
 
 Crocodiles are numerous on the banks of the Nile in 
 Upper Egypt. The ichneumon destroys their eggs. Cha- 
 melions are frequent in the neighbourhood of Cairo, and 
 lizards and vipers of various sorts abound in different parts 
 of the country. 
 
 fin-re. Egypt is well situated for commerce. The 
 chief 'exports are rice, wheat, flax, sugar, sal-ammoniac, 
 salt-petre, dressed leather, and linen. 
 
 Tniriis. The ''principal city of Egypt is Cairo, 'situated 
 on the Nile, just above its division into the branches 
 which form the Delta. Cairo had once an extensive com- 
 merce, and even now it is considered as the 9 chief mart 
 of Eastern Africa. Caravans visit it from the countries lying 
 south and west, which bring slaves, gold dust, ivory, gums, 
 and dnii:'-. Ynnen sends it coffee and frankincense. It 
 has communications with Tunis and Tripoli, with Syria, 
 and Constantinople, and with the different trading coun- 
 tries of Kurope. Various manufactures arc also carried 
 on within its walls. Its population lias been estimated at 
 ;5()(),<HM) ; but visitations of the plague frequently thin its 
 numb .-Irs \\V11 is a '.Treat curiosity. It is 070 
 
 through a solid rock, with circular steps to the 
 bottom. 
 
 the seat of learning, and of royal mag- 
 ro in nni lern importance, although 
 
 as are seen in . >atr;vs 
 
 needles is stil, :ch a single 
 
 iih, and ~ t feet square at the base. Pom- 
 
 catacom! ;ue without 
 
 the walls. Population less than ^0,1)00. 
 
 Ditui'n-ttd,, IK ite of the ancient Pelusium, and 
 
 Rosctta are large commercial towns. 
 
 Inhabitants. The 'inhabitants are Copts, Arabs, Turks, 
 Mamelukes, and some Jews. The Cops are the descend- 
 
292 EAST AFRICA. ...NUBIA 
 
 ants of the ancient Egyptians, of a very swarthy com- 
 plexion, but ingenious, and well fitted for business. The 
 Arabs are of two classes, those settled in towns and villa- 
 ges, and the rambling Bedouins, who have no home but 
 the deserts ; no possessions but their flocks and herds 
 and who are robbers by profession. The Turks are set- 
 tled chiefly about Cairo. They claim to be the 'dominant 
 nation, but have no influence. The 'Mamelukes are mil- 
 itary slaves, children of Christian parents, and, for the most 
 part, natives of Georgia, Circassia, and Mingrelia, coun- 
 tries situated at the foot of Mount Caucasus. They are 
 brought up to the use of arms, and possess the sole publick 
 force. The 9 Jews devote themselves to commerce and 
 manufactures. 
 
 Religion. The Copts profess themselves to be Christians 
 of the Greek church ; but Mahometanism is the prevail- 
 ing religion among the natives. 
 
 Language. The ^general language of Egypt is the 
 Arabic ; the Coptic no longer existing but in manuscripts. 
 
 Education. The education of youth extends no further 
 than the Arabic language, writing and accounts; at which 
 some of them, especially the Copts, are tolerably expert. 
 
 Government. Egypt is nominally subject to the Grand 
 Seignior, who sends a bashaw to collect the tribute ; but 
 he has no influence, and the whole government is vested 
 in the hands of the BEYS, who are twenty-four in num- 
 ber, and are elected from the Mamelukes. 
 
 Antiquities. Egypt every where abounds with the most 
 stupendous monuments of antiquity. Of these, the most 
 ? noted are the pyramids, the largest of which is 500 feet 
 in perpendicular height, and covers ten acres of ground. 
 
 EAST AFRICA. 
 
 East Africa 'includes all the countries on the eastern 
 coast, between the tropics, comprehending Nubia, Abys- 
 sinia, and the countries south of Abyssinia. 
 
 NUBIA. 
 
 To the south of Egypt is an extensive tract in which 
 the ancients chiefly placed ^their Ethiopia, while the 
 Arabian geographers have termed it Nubia. The north- 
 
. \. 
 
 urn untry is an iimn .:itJ. 
 
 Mr. II. 11 from < ;;e only in- 
 
 teresting objects he remarked vv. Moving pillars of 
 
 the Simoom. The pillows of sand follow the 
 course ot the wind, and often with such rapidity, that the 
 .or.se would in vain attempt to escape them. 
 The , or poisonous blast from the desert, has the 
 
 of a haze at a distance, in colour like the 
 purple part of the rain!'', 1 ,. The only 'recourse for thy 
 is to f:dl Hat upon the ground with his face to 
 , as an inhalation of the fatal atmosphere it brings, 
 
 by death. 
 
 On the borders of the Nile arc some fertile and popu- 
 lous districts, which compose the two kingdoms of DON- 
 i:, the capitals of which are of the same 
 tar, the most distinguished of the two, is an 
 tdcd the country in I ">01, and 
 
 founded fur their capital. The 
 
 os are of but one story, and all built of clay. The 
 
 ps fight na- 
 
 who are armed with coats of 
 
 mai!. i on black hursts. The 'chief food of 
 
 the inhabitants is millet. The climate is neither pleasant 
 
 to lv!() degr< 
 
 her cheep, cattle, poultry, dog or cat, will live at 
 and it. No tree but the lem- 
 on flowers near the i 
 
 ABYSSINIA, 
 
 -outh of Sennaar commences the territories of 
 ancient fame. The heat of this 
 tropic unuins witli 
 
 the months from April to November. 
 
 :>le productions : 
 which are various kinds of grain, particularly v 
 
 \cellent. Among the native trees and shrubs 
 may I. : ;Ued the tamarind, sycamore, fig, and the 
 
 trees that yield myrrh and b Mecca, 'i 
 
 shrub and date palm are also cultivated. 
 
 The ''wild animals are the elephant, rhinoceros, lion, 
 and panther. The hyena is very common, and so auda- 
 A A 
 
294 COUNTRIES SOUTH OF ABYSSINIA. 
 
 cious as to haunt the streets by night. Wild boars, ante- 
 lopes, and monkies, enliven the woods, and the hippopota- 
 mus and crocodile abound in the rivers. Of domestick 
 animals, horned cattle are numerous. The horses are of 
 a small breed, but full of spirit. 
 
 The people of Abyssinia are supposed anciently to have 
 been a colony from the opposite coast of Arabia, their 
 features being of the same cast, but their complexions 
 darker. Although they have long lived under a certain 
 degree of civilization, their manners are rude, and their 
 ^dispositions ferocious; nor has the Christian religion, which 
 they adopted in the fourth century from the Greek church, 
 much contributed to the improvement of their morals. 
 They retain in conjunction with it, the rite of circumcis- 
 ion, and practise polygamy, or at least, a free and open 
 concubinage. Great licentiousness prevails in the inter- 
 course between the sexes, which is particularly displayed 
 at their banquets, the orgies of which are disgustingly 
 brutal. Among other savage customs, that of cutting 
 slices of flesh from living oxen for their ravenous repast, is 
 attested by Mr. Bruce, an eye witness, and confirmed by 
 Mr. Salt. 
 
 The government is an absolute monarchy, under the 
 neguz or king, who is considered as the sole proprietor 
 of the land. Insurrections are frequent, and petty wars 
 are continually carrying on with the neighbouring States, 
 especially with the Gallas, a numerous and savage tribe afc 
 the south of Abyssinia. 
 
 Gondar is 9 the capital, and is said to contain 50,000 in- 
 habitants. Axum, the former capital, is distinguished by 
 extensive ruins, among which are many obelisks of granite 
 
 COUNTRIES SOUTH OF ABYSSINIA. 
 
 The long range of sea-coast from Cape Guardafui, at 
 the entrance of the Red Sea, to the Cape of Good Hope, 
 is possessed by a number of separate states or tribes, of 
 which we have very little knowledge. The 9 first Euro- 
 peans who visited these parts were the Portuguese, near 
 the close of the 15th century. At that time there were 
 many flourishing and well built towns along the coast, which 
 had been originally settled by the Moors or Mahometans, 
 from the shores of Arabia. Some of these were great marts 
 
C01 HI OF ABYSSINIA. - -'.),"> 
 
 of commerce, and held a correspondence with other settle- 
 
 :its made by the same people on the western ci- 
 Hindi' he inland country was inhabited by th 
 
 ! natives, who were nearly in a savage state. The 
 :uese by their superior skill and valour expelled the 
 Moors fro:n many of these towns, and took possession of 
 sucli as they did not entirely destroy. These, ho\ 
 have been compelled to relinquish, except s< 
 
 ii the coasts of Mozambique 
 etch is all that the scanty materi- 
 als of our knowledge will admit. 
 
 1C coast to the south-east of Abys- 
 sinia. '/.i-Uu is the -'principal sea-port. The country 
 abundance of wheat, barley, and millet. The ''chief 
 its are gold dust, frankincense, ivory, am; 
 
 Its 
 'productions are gums, myrrh, and frankincense, in which 
 
 ill other count: 
 
 coast of of sandy 
 
 .uly inha. ian tribes. 
 
 i me name, 
 
 ;-.iI as 
 
 . i.-s al- 
 so the cap i .-tone, sev- 
 
 _h, and 1, ens behind th 
 
 si of MOZAMBIQUE succ< as subject 
 
 inhabits: Uck, but 
 
 j-ufsecit\ '''if/tic 
 
 :. about two miles from the continent, 
 
 .d populoi, g and mon- 
 
 In the inter; iibifjue, is 
 
 rful and he in- 
 
 habit;;! >untainous 
 
 ..boiind in ^>ld. '! -:ation near 
 
 a within land, where 
 the ! :iitities of that metal are found. 
 
 At SOFALA t jid a fort. 
 
 The i e fertile, and to contain mines of 
 
 gold of considerable value. The original natives are 
 
296 SOUTH AFRICA. ...CAPE OF GOOD HOPE. 
 
 black ; but a colony of Arabs has been settled on the coast, 
 and their descendants retain the Arabian complexion, with 
 a dialect of the language. 
 
 SOUTH AFRICA. 
 
 9 South Africa includes Caffraria and the Colony of the 
 Cape of Good Hope. 
 
 CAFFRARIA is sometimes applied to all that part of South 
 Africa which is not included in the Cape Colony, embrac- 
 ing many native tribes. Our chief acquaintance is with 
 the Caffers, who are a people of a shining black colour, 
 tall, well-made, peaceable, brave, not unacquainted with 
 the arts of life, and much inferior in appearance to the 
 neighbouring African tribes. 
 
 COLONY OF THE CAPE OF GOOD HOPE. 
 
 The Cape of Good Hope was 9 first discovered by the 
 Portuguese in the year 1487. It was afterwards colonized 
 by the Dutch, and by them delivered up to the British in 
 1800, in whose possession it still remains. It is consider- 
 ed to be the most important possession of the English in 
 Africa, containing a population of about 62,000 inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 This celebrated colony, which occupies the whole of 
 the southern extremity of Africa, is almost 550 miles in 
 length, from east to west, and 233 in breadth, [t is over- 
 spread in many parts by ridges of mountains. One of the 
 most 'noted is Table Mountain. Large tracts are unfit 
 for cultivation. The 'staples of the colony are wine and 
 brandy. Twelve sorts of wine are made here; that called 
 CONSTANTIA is particularly celebrated. The 'natives of 
 this part of Africa are principally comprehended under the 
 name of Hottentots, among whom are many Christian 
 missionaries labouring with much success. The colony 
 derives its 7 chief importance from the circumstance of its 
 being a place of refreshment to the East India fleets. 
 
 Cape Town, 'the capital, is regular and handsome, the 
 streets being broad, and intersecting each other at right 
 angles. It contains about 6,000 whites and coloured peo- 
 ple, and 10,000 blacks. 
 
.\ruir.\... .COAST or <;IIM.\. 297 
 
 \Vi:s.T AI'UICA. 
 
 I 
 
 tl tii- Mill. 
 
 degree of south latitude, that a country commences, which 
 from its population and fertility, has obtained distir. 
 in the history < It is called t. 
 
 Congo, and 'contains the k 
 
 ountry near the sea is low 
 and Hat, with a clayey or marshy soil, void of 
 
 ;deral>le river. Tin productions 
 are those u.sual within tl: ; millet, mai/e, ca - 
 
 with cotton, in of the palm, and line fruits 
 
 of various kin. lead and copper are worked 
 
 in the upper conn- is excessively hot, 
 
 and in many dthy to foreigners, 
 
 particularh even the provisions are 
 
 iit to he unwl, ans. 
 
 iie 'principal for extent 
 
 and p i nd of do- 
 
 minion over the rest, but at the expense of frequent and 
 blood} having little of 
 
 :k with woolly hair. 
 
 The I /, the 
 
 'capital city not far from ire, Th< 
 
 whom ears to be 
 
 entire! influence, and the whole country vir- 
 
 tually under their dominion. 
 
 : habited ! 
 and p" 
 
 iiitry. , 
 
 COAST OF 
 
 
 i of the equator, the African 
 
 region, well known by the name of ( This tract 
 
 has by European tr : -al distinct 
 
 coasts, each named after its principal commercial product. 
 
298 COAST OP GUINEA. 
 
 That which first occurs on turning westward, is denom- 
 inated the Slave Coast, being resorted to for little other 
 merchandise than that of human beings; although this 
 iniquitous traffic is by no means peculiar to this part of 
 Guinea, but has been carried on along the whole coast 
 from Cape Negro to the river Senegal. It is, however, 
 pleasant to remark, that the SLAVE TRADE, having been 
 lately abolished in the dominions of England, France, Den- 
 mark, and the United States, "is now nearly restricted to 
 the Spanish, Portuguese, and Dutch colonies if not 
 wholly extirpated, it is exceedingly curtailed; and no doubt 
 can be entertained that its final extinction among all the 
 nations of Europe, is no distant event. 
 
 Benin and Dahomey are two powerful kingdoms on this 
 coast. The 2 face of the country is level, the 5 soil fertile, 
 and entirely free from stones. The 'climate is hot, and ex- 
 tremely unhealthy. Maize, millet, yams, potatoes, or- 
 anges, melons, pine-apples, plantains, bananas, the sugar- 
 cane, indigo, cotton, and tobacco, are all successfully cul- 
 tivated. 
 
 BENIN has been one of the principal marts for slaves. 
 They are called in the West Indies, EBOES. The people 
 of this country are gentle in their dispositions, good tem- 
 pered, and considerably civilized in their manners. The 
 capital city, called also Benin, is spacious and well peo- 
 pled, and contains thirty streets; but the houses are only 
 low hovels built of clay. 
 
 DAHOMEY is in inland kingdom. Its capital town is 
 Abomcy, containing 24,000 inhabitants. The government 
 is one of the most despotick on the face of the globe. The 
 Dahomians have several useful arts and manufactures, and 
 appear to be in a higher state of civilization than any of 
 the other negro nations with which the Europeans are ac- 
 quainted. 
 
 The Gold Coast succeeds, ? so named from the quantity 
 of that metal brought down from the interior country, and 
 employed as a medium of commerce. The English have 
 a number of forts and factories here. 
 
 The Ivory Coast i$ less known than the former. It 'de- 
 rives its name from the great quantity of elephants' teeth 
 brought down as an article of traffic. The slaves from 
 this, and the Gold Coasts, are, in the West Indies, called 
 COROMANTYNS. They are distinguished from all the other 
 negroes by firmness, both of body and mind ; by activity, 
 
i.RIOR OF AFR1 299 
 
 ; .->n of soul, which prompts them to en- 
 
 -es of difficulty and dang< r, an - them to 
 
 uce. 
 
 >m a 
 
 specie.- ised to be 
 
 mcipal commercial product. T nation of 
 
 con- 
 sumption of this aromatic, so that the coast is now chiefly 
 
 v.eeds, has been called the 
 
 country of y iguese 
 
 to a chain of mountain* mtn-i: -aid, with lions. 
 
 !,ed principally for an Kngli- 
 
 it which has been formed in the-i 1 .1 nut , 
 
 with the benevolent intention of civilizing the n 
 for the purpose of cultivating \Vot Imiia and other tropic- 
 al productions on the banks of the river Sierra Leone, from 
 outli of which, at the of six miles, stands 
 
 i, the capital of the colony. 
 
 Th. v formed a 
 
 settler '<> miles S rra Leone, 
 
 the principal town. 
 :ract washed by the 
 I 
 
 uch settle- 
 ~\\ set- 
 mouth of the Ciambia. se riv- 
 
 ally been found well cultivat(;d and thickly inhab- 
 
 Nor- ; the mouth of Senegal the coast becomes 
 
 barrc: j tribes ot 
 
 iipire of \ 
 co, which >f Africa. 
 
 I'KIUOR OI 
 
 Its 7 two 
 irrand divi . the south, and 
 
 th. 
 
 Soudan c 
 
 man\ d of which 
 
 Africa, and the 
 medium of commercial inter itli the northern and 
 
300 AFRICAN ISLANDS. 
 
 eastern countries. The *great river of Central Africa is 
 the Niger. Its ^course is towards the east ; but its mouth 
 has never yet been explored. The largest lakes which 
 have been discovered are Tehad and Moravi. 
 
 AFRICAN ISLANDS. 
 
 Madagascar. This noble island, the largest in the 
 world except New Holland and Borneo, has recently been 
 converted to Christianity and civilization, by the Mission- 
 aries of the London Association. It is 900 miles in length, 
 fertile and well watered. The ? climate is healthy, and 
 the heat not excessive. There are scarcely any of the 
 tropical vegetables which either do not grow here sponta- 
 neously, or may not be successfully cultivated. Horned 
 cattle and sheep are abundant, unmolested by formidable 
 beasts of prey. Rich mines are met with in the hilly 
 parts, among which are different kinds of gold ore, pure 
 rock crystal, and various precious stones. The inhabit- 
 ants are friendly, intelligent, and excellent people. Some 
 are of a deep black, and have woolly hair, others are taw- 
 ;iy, and others copper-coloured ; but most are of an olive 
 complexion. They are all portly in their persons, and 
 arise above the middle stature. The French have repeat- 
 edly made settlements on this island; but in 1811 it was 
 surrendered to the British. 
 
 To the east of Madagascar are the well known isles of 
 Bourbon, and Mauritius, or Isle of France, the former be- 
 longing to France, and the latter to Great Britain. These 
 islands, particularly the former, are 'subject to tremen- 
 dous hurricanes. They are not very fertile. The Isle of 
 Bourbon is the 9 best cultivated, and ^produces sugar cane, 
 cotton, and coffee. An attempt has been made to intro- 
 duce into it the clove and nutmeg-trees ; but though they 
 have thriven in some measure, their product is inferior in 
 quality to that, of the Dutch Spice Islands. Both of these 
 islands show marks of a volcanic origin ; and that of Bour- 
 bon has an existing volcano, of which the eruptions are 
 almost continual. 
 
 Socotra is situated about 120 miles east of Cape Guar- 
 dafui. It is ^celebrated for its aloes, the best in the world. 
 
 The Comoro islands are four in ^number. They are ex- 
 tremely ? fertile in rice, sugar, cocoa, oranges, lemons, &-c. 
 The inhabitants are Arabians, tributary to the Portuguese. 
 
AFRICAN ISLANDS. 301 
 
 St. Helena Ties between the continents of Africa and 
 South America, 1200 miles west of the former, and 1800 
 I* the latter, and is 20 ''miles in circumference. It is 
 a delightful and salubrious island, and tolerably fertile 
 when not visited by long droughts, which sometimes occur. 
 There is only one harbour, which is of difficult access 
 and easy defence. The English, who have occupied this 
 island nearly two centuries, h'tve here about 300 families, 
 and keep upon it a small garrison. It is found 'useful as 
 a place of call and rendezvous of the East India ships, 
 particularly in time of war, when advices and orders are 
 sent hither for the direction of homeward bound vessels. 
 This was the residence of the late Bonaparte, while a pris- 
 oner to the allied sovereigns of Europe, where he died 
 May r,, |>^|. 
 
 The uninhabited isle .!./ //>/<;//, situated some degrees 
 to the northward of St. Helena, is occasionally 'visited by 
 shipping tor the refreshments of turtle and sea fowl. 
 
 Thr f 1'irtl inlands, containing about40,000 inhab- 
 
 itants, i(, the Portuguese, and are 14 in number, of 
 
 which the ''principal is St. Jago. These islands are reck- 
 oned unhealthy ; and the 'soilis for the most part stony 
 and barren. The 'product, for which they are chiefly 
 frequented by foreign ships, is salt, formed naturally by 
 evaporation from the sea water, and requiring no other 
 trouble than that of raking it from the ponds in which it 
 granulates. 
 
 The Cumin/, or Fortunate l*/tinr/*,\:1 in number, 'belong- 
 ing to Spain, form an interesting group. Seven of these are 
 inhabited, and 'afford wheat and barley, sugar, wine, fruits, 
 and silk. The 'soil is excellent, and the climate pleasant 
 and salubrious. The most 'remarkable of them is Ten- 
 eriffe, 'famous for its lofty mountain or peak, which ranks 
 among the highest measured summits, and is visible to a 
 vast distance at sea. It is covered with snow during a great 
 part of the year, and its top is always extremely cold. 
 This island and that of Palma 'produce the celebrated 
 Canary wine. The capital of the Canaries is the town of 
 Palma, in the island properly called Canary. The whole 
 number of inhabitants is estimated at 160,000, of whom 
 nearly half reside in Teneriffe. 
 
 Madeira, 'belonging to Portugal, is a fine island, about 
 50 miles in length, and 20 in breadth. Funchal is tht 
 BB 
 
302 AFRICAN ISLANDS. 
 
 principal town. This island is 'remarkable for its excel- 
 lent wine, called Madeira, of which it is computed 18,000 
 pipes are exported annually. Its principal trade is with 
 the English and Americans. The population is estimated 
 at 90,000. 
 
 The Azores, or Western lslands t may be mentioned here 
 in connexion with the foregoing, although far remote from 
 either Europe or Africa. They are nine in number, 'sub- 
 ject to the Portuguese, containing a population of about 
 160,000. St. Michael, Fayal, and Tercera, are the princi- 
 pal ones. Angra, the capal of Tercera, is the seat of 
 government. St. Michael is noted for small oranges of 
 remarkable sweetness and flavour. Its capital is Ponta 
 del Gada. One of them, named Pico, has a peak scarcely 
 inferior in height to that of TenerirTe. The Azores in gen- 
 eral are mountainous, and 'subject to earthquakes, and 
 tempestuous winds ; but the 'climate is fine and the land 
 in many parts fertile, yielding the 'products of the south- 
 ern parts of the temperate zone, such as grain, wine and 
 fruits. 
 
BRIEF SKETCH 
 
 OF 
 
 ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY 
 
 THE knowledge of the ancient Greeks and Romans, in 
 geography, was very limited. Although they possessed 
 navigation, yet the magnetic needle had not been invented. 
 Without this wonderful guide, their marines could not 
 safely venture far from land ; extensive seas were never 
 crossed ; distant countries were never explored. 
 
 They had no acquaintance with the countries north of 
 Germany. The peninsula formed by the Baltic and the 
 White Sea, comprehending Sweden, Norway, and Lap- 
 land, by them was called SCANDINAVIA, and was supposed 
 to consist of a number of islands. East of Germany 
 and north of the Black Sea, was SAKMATIA, now Russia, 
 equally unknown to them. In Asia they knew nothing 
 north of the Caspian, but comprehended all the country 
 under the general name of SCVTIII A. 
 
 India they knew as far as the Ganges, In Africa they 
 knew little beyond lat. 10 N. and little of that perfectly, 
 beyond the immediate coast of the Mediterranean, and 
 the banks of the Nile. America was entirely unknown 
 to them. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Principal Seas. 
 Ancient Names. Modern Namee. 
 
 Mare Mediterraneum, Mediterranean Sea, 
 
 Pontus Euxinus, Black Sea, 
 
 Codanus Sinus, Baltic Sea, 
 
 ^Egeum Mare, Archipelago, 
 
 Propontis, Sea of Marmora, 
 
 Palus Mceotis, Sea of Azof. 
 
304 ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 Principal Straits. 
 Ancient Names. Modern Names. 
 
 Fretum Herculeum, Strait of Gibraltar, 
 
 Fretum Gallicum, Strait of Dover, 
 
 Hellespont, Dardanelles, 
 
 Thracian Bosphorus, Strait of Constantinople, 
 
 Cimmerian Bosphorus, Strait of Caffa, or Jenikale. 
 
 Principal Rivers. 
 
 An. Names. Mod. Names. 
 
 later, Danube, 
 
 Hypanis, Dniester, 
 
 Borysthenes, Dnieper, 
 
 Tanais, Don. 
 
 An. Names. Mod. Names. 
 
 Rha, Volga, 
 
 Rhenus, Rhine, 
 
 Albis, Elb, 
 
 Padus, Po. 
 
 BRITAIN. 
 
 Little is known of Great Britain before the invasion of 
 it by the Romans under Julius Cesar. They extended 
 their conquests as far as Scotland, then called Caledonia, 
 and the inhabitants Picti, or Picts, who by their frequent 
 incursions greatly harassed the Roman Colony, to pre- 
 vent which the Romans built a famous wall extending 
 from New-Castle to Carlisle, 68 miles, called Hadrian's 
 Wall. 
 
 Londinum,now London, was one of the principal towns. 
 
 The ancient name of Ireland was Hibernia, and the sea 
 which separates it from Britain, Mare Hibernicum. 
 
 SPAIN. 
 
 The ancient name of Spain was Hispania; it was also 
 called Iberia, and sometimes Hesperia, by the Greeks. 
 
 Spain was divided by the Romans at first into two prov- 
 inces, called Hispania Citerior, or Hither Spain, and His- 
 pania Ulterior, or Farther Spain. It was afterwards divid- 
 ed into three parts : Tarraconensis, Boetica, and Lusitania. 
 The last corresponded nearly to the country now called 
 Portugal. 
 
ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 305 
 
 Mount Calpe, now the Rock of Gibralter, in Spain, and 
 Mount Abyla, another promontory, 18 miles distant, on 
 the opposite shore in Africa, were supposed by the an- 
 cients to have been united until rent asunder by Hercules 
 to open a communication between the Mediterranean sea 
 and the Atlantic ocean ; hence they were called the pil- 
 lars of Hercules. 
 
 Principal Rivers. 
 An. Names. Mod. Names. 
 
 Iberus, 
 
 Boetis, 
 
 Anas, 
 
 Tagus, 
 
 Durius, 
 
 Ebro, 
 
 Guadalquiver, 
 
 Ciuadiana, 
 
 Tagus, 
 
 Duero. 
 
 Principal Towns. 
 
 An. Names. Mod. Names. 
 
 Toletum, Toledo, 
 
 Carthagonova, Carthagena, 
 
 Gades, Cadiz, 
 
 Hispalis, Seville, 
 
 Olisippo, Lisbon. 
 
 The islands Majorca and Minorca were called by the 
 Romans, Baleares Irisulae, and by the Greeks, Gymnesiae. 
 Their inhabitants were celebrated for their skill in slinging. 
 
 GAUL. 
 
 Gaul, by the Romans, was called " Gallia Ulterior, or 
 Transalpina," Gaul beyond the Alps, to distinguish it 
 from " Gallia Citerior, or Cisalpina," which lay on the 
 same side of the Alps with KOIMO, and properly forms a 
 part of Italy. It comprehended not only modern France, 
 but also the Netherlands, Switzerland, and some part of 
 Germany. 
 
 Gaul was originally divided among three great nations ; 
 the Belgac, Celtrc, and Aquitani. It was divided by the 
 Romans into four provinces. 
 
 1. Gallia Belgica, 
 
 2. Gallia Lugdunensis, 
 
 <|uitania, 
 4. Gallia Narbonensis. 
 
 I'rincipal Bays, Sfc. 
 Ancient Names. Modern Mames. 
 
 Occanus Aquitanicus, 
 Oceanus Brilannicus, 
 Fretum Gallicum, 
 Gallicus Sinus, 
 
 Bay of Biscay, 
 British Channel, 
 Strait of Dover, 
 Gulf of Lyons. 
 
 BB 2 
 
306 
 
 ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 Principal Rivers. 
 
 Principal 
 
 An. Names. Mod. Names. 
 
 An. Names. I 
 
 Rhenus, Rhine, 
 
 Lugdunum, 
 
 Scaldis, Scheldt, 
 
 Lutetia Paris- ) 
 
 Sequana, Seine, 
 
 iorum, | 
 
 Liger, Loire, 
 
 Burdigala, 
 
 Garumna, Garonne, 
 
 Massilia, 
 
 Rhodanus, Rhone. 
 
 Lugdunum Ba- 
 
 
 tavorum, 
 
 Mod. Names. 
 
 Lyons, 
 Paris, 
 
 Bourdeaux, 
 Marseilles, 
 
 > Leyden. 
 
 GERMANY. 
 
 Germany, by the Romans called Germania, extended 
 from the Rhine to the Vistula, and from the Baltic to the 
 Danube. 
 
 The most distinguished of the German nations were 
 the Suevi, contiguous to the Baltic; the Hermiones, ad- 
 jacent to the Danube, and the Istsevones, adjacent to the 
 Rhine. 
 
 Hercynia Sylv|a was an immense forest, so called, of 
 such vast extent that it took Caesar nine days to cross it, 
 and it had been travelled longitudinally sixty days' jour- 
 ney without coming to a boundary. 
 
 ITALY. 
 
 Italy, by the Ancients called Italia, was the most cele- 
 brated country in Europe. It was also called, at different 
 periods, by various other names, as Hesperia, Ausonia, 
 QEnotria, Saturnia. 
 
 Its grand divisions were Gallia Cisalpina, comprehend- 
 ing all the northern part, and Italia Propria, comprehend- 
 ing the remainder, the most southern part of which, at one 
 time was called Magna Grsecia. 
 
 A comparative view of the ancient and modern divisions may be 
 en in the following Table. 
 
 seen in 
 
ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY'. 
 
 307 
 
 Cisalpine Gaul. 
 
 Italy Proper. 
 
 I Kingd 
 
 om of Sardinia. 
 
 Liguria, 
 
 Taurini, 
 
 Insubres, 
 
 Cennomanni, 
 
 Euganei, 
 
 Veneti, 
 
 Carni, 
 
 Histria, 
 
 Lingones, 
 ^Boii, 
 'Etruria, 
 
 Umbria, 
 
 Picenum, 
 
 Latium, 
 
 Campania, 
 
 Samnium, 
 
 Apulia, 
 
 Calabria, 
 
 Lucania, 
 
 Brutii, 
 
 Meat. The principal seas were Mare Adriaticum, Sire 
 Superuni, or Upper Sea, now the Gulf of Venice ; Mare 
 Tuscum, Tyrrheuum, Sive Inferum, or Lower Sea, on 
 the west; and the Mare Ionium, or Ionian Sea, on the 
 south. 
 
 Austrian Italy. 
 
 } Modena,Parma,andpartof 
 J the States of the Church. 
 
 Tuscany and Lucca. 
 
 -Kingdom of Naples. 
 
 Principal Towns. 
 
 An. Names. Mod. Names. 
 
 /'rineipal Rivers. 
 An. Names. Mod. Names. 
 
 Padus, or 
 
 Eridanus, 
 Athesis, 
 Mincius, 
 Arnus, 
 Tiber, 
 
 Rome was founded 753 years before the birth of Christ, 
 by Romulus. It was built on seven hills, and although, 
 in its origin, one of the most humble of cities, was des- 
 tined to become the capital of the largest empire in the 
 ancient world. It was from 15 to 20 miles in circumfer- 
 ence, surrounded by a wall on which were 644 watch 
 
 Pn 
 
 Rome, 
 
 Rome, 
 
 ro, 
 
 Adige, 
 
 Parthenope, 
 or Neapolis, 
 
 J Naples, 
 
 Miucio, 
 
 Florcntia, 
 
 Florence, 
 
 Arno, 
 
 P itiivium, 
 
 Padua, 
 
 Tiber. 
 
 Mediolanum, 
 
 Milan. 
 
308 ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 towers. It had 37 gates, and was watered by seven aque- 
 ducts, carried over vallies and supported by arches at im- 
 mense expense. Some of these aqueducts still remain. 
 
 Roads. The principal Roman Roads were Via Appia, 
 from Rome to Brundusium, now Brindisi, at which place 
 the Romans usually embarked for Greece ; Via Flaminia, 
 Via Aurelia, and Via Claudia. 
 
 ITALIAN ISLANDS. 
 
 SICANIA, called also Trinacria, from its irregular shape, 
 (now Sicily) is the largest of the Italian islands, and was 
 formerly so fertile as to be reckoned one of the granaries 
 of the Roman Empire. 
 
 It had three noted promontories: 1, Pelorum, at the 
 east, adjacent to Italy : 2, Pachynum, at the south : 3, 
 Lilybceum, at the west. 
 
 The ancients fabled that the giant Typhoeus was buried 
 under Sicily ; Pelorum and Pachynum being placed on each 
 arm, Lilybo3iim on his feet, and ^Etna on his head, and 
 that the earthquakes and eruptions of ^Etna were caused 
 by his attempting to move. 
 
 Near Messana (now Messina) on. the Sicilian shore, was 
 Chary bd is, and above it on the Italian shore, Scylla, two 
 well known objects of terror to ancient mariners, though 
 now much less formidable. 
 
 Syracusa, (now Syracuse,) and Agrigentum were two of 
 the most celebrated cities. 
 
 Insulae JEoliae, were said to be the residence of 
 the supposed god of the winds. Here also Vulcan was sup- 
 posed to have his forges, hence they were sometimes called 
 Vulcanse. They are now called the Lipari Islands. 
 
 GREECE. 
 
 Greece was called by the natives Hellas, and the people 
 were called Hellenes. By the poets the inhabitants were 
 called Achsei, Danai, Pelasgi, Argivi, Achivi, &,c. 
 
ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 309 
 
 Greece anciently was divided into Peloponnessus, Greece 
 Proper, Thessaly, Epirus, and Macedonia. 
 
 Peloponnessus is the peninsula, now called Morea, con- 
 nected with the rest of Greece by the narrow isthmus of 
 Corinth. On this isthmus the Isthmian games were cele- 
 brated in honour of Neptune. 
 
 Principal Bays and Straits. 
 
 Ancient Names. Modern Names. 
 
 Corinthiacus Sinus, Gulf of Lepanto, 
 
 Saronicus Sinus, Gulf of Engia, 
 
 Argolicus Sinus, Gulf of Napoli, 
 
 Thermiacus Sinus, Gulf of Salonichi. 
 
 Athens, now Atini, or Setines, was the most celebrated 
 city of all Greece, and gave birth to some of the most emi- 
 nent philosophers and poets of antiquity. 
 
 Sparta, or Lacedsemon, was the chief city in Pelopon- 
 nessus, and one of the most powerful cities in Greece. 
 
 ASIA MINOR. 
 
 Asia Minor is that country situated between the Euxine 
 and the Mediterranean Sea. 
 
 It is divided into many provinces. Along the shore of 
 the Euxine, adjoining the Propontis, is Bithynia, then 
 Paphlagonia, and east of it Pontus. Along the JEgean 
 shore is Mysia, the coast of which is called Troas, the 
 celebrated scene of the Iliad of Homer. Further south 
 is Lydia, the coast of which is ^Eolia and Ionia, and below 
 Lydia is Caria. The coasts of these three provinces were 
 chiefly occupied by Grecian colonies. 
 
 East of Caria, along the shore of the Mediterranean, 
 were Lycia, Pamphylia, with Pisidia to the north, and Ci- 
 licia. In the centre were Phrygia and Cappadocia. 
 
 The seven churches of Asia, viz. Ephesus, Smyrna, 
 Pergamus, Thyatira, Sardis, Philadelphia, and Laodicea, 
 recorded by SL John in the Revelation, are all situated in 
 the western part of Asia Minor. 
 
310 ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 SYRIA. 
 
 Syria is that country situated between the eastern ex- 
 tremity of the Mediterranean and the river Euphrates. 
 That part of Syria which occupied the coast of the Med- 
 iterranean, was divided into Phoenicia to the north, and 
 Palestina to the south. 
 
 PH03NICIA is most justly celebrated for having made the 
 earliest progress in civilization and the arts. 
 
 The most considerable cities were Antioch, where the 
 followers of Christ were first called Christians ; Damascus, 
 celebrated in both sacred and profane history : Tyre, dis- 
 tinguished in ancient time for its commerce ; Heliopolis, 
 now Balbec, and Palmyra, celebrated for their extensive 
 ruins. 
 
 PALESTINA. This is the country which was called the 
 Land of Canaan, afterwards the Land of Promise, the Land 
 of Israel, Judea, Palestine, and the Holy Land. 
 
 This country was divided by the Romans into three 
 provinces, viz. .Galilee, Samaria and Judea. 
 
 Jerusalem was the capital of Judea, and the chief city 
 of all Palestine. It was built on several hills, the largest 
 of which was Mount Sion, which formed the southern part 
 of the city. A valley towards the north separated this from 
 Acra, the second, or lower city, on the east of which, was 
 Mount Moriah, the site of the temple of Solomon. Still 
 north was Bethesda, where was the pool at which the 
 cripple was healed by our Saviour. Northeast of Mount 
 Moriah was the Mount of Olives, lying beyond the brook 
 and valley of Kedron. On the south was the valley of 
 Hinnom, and at the north was Mount Calvary, the scene 
 of the crucifixion of our Lord. Jerusalem was utterly de- 
 stroyed by Titus, according to the prophecy of our Saviour, 
 A. D. 70. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Beginning at the Straits of Gibralter, and proceeding 
 along the Mediterranean coast, the first country was 
 Mauritania, now Morocco and Fez. East of it was Nu- 
 midia, now Algiers, and east of Numidia was Africa Pro- 
 
ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 311 
 
 pria, or Africa, properly so called, now Tunis, lying along 
 that part of the coast which bends from north to south. 
 The bay formed by the southern part of this bend was 
 the Syrtis Minor, a dangerous quicksand, and that formed 
 by another sweep of the sea, after which the coast again 
 takes a northeasterly direction, was the Syrtis Major; be- 
 tween the two Syrtis was Tripolis, now Tripoli. East of 
 the Syrtis Major was Cyrenaica, now Barca, and east of it 
 Marmarica, and still east, at the mouth of the Nile, wae 
 Egyptus, or Egypt. 
 
 Below Numidia was Gaetulia, now Biledulgerid ; below 
 Cyrenaica and Marmarica was Libya, properly so called, 
 and below Egypt was /Ethiopia. 
 
THE MARINER'S COMPASS. 
 
 The Mariner's Compass is the representation of the horizon on 
 cireu ar piece of paper called a card, which c,ird being proS Cd 
 to a piece of steel, called the Needle, (touched by the magnet or load 
 
 SrofnT^^^T 1 *"** "^^ and^laceTfo a ?o turn 
 freely round a pin that supports it, will show the position of the merid 
 
 intS 3nd C0nse towards^hich of them the" 
 
 n , > > , &c. are to be read- 
 
 north by east, north north-east, north-east by north, &c. 
 
 N. B. The four points quartering the above circle are called car- 
 dinal points, and are named east, west, north, and south ; the east and 
 west are those points on which the sun rises and sets, when he is in 
 the equinoctial ; and the north and south points are those which coin- 
 cide with the meridian of the place, and are directed towards the north 
 and south poles of the world. 
 
 Each quarter of the horizon is further divided into eight points, 
 which are very necessary to the geographer for the distinguishing 
 the limits of countries ; but the use of these divisions is much 
 more considerable when applied to the mariner's compass. Before 
 the invention of this excellent and most useful instrument, it waj 
 usual in long voyages, to sail by or keep along the coast, or at least 
 to have it in sight ; as is evident by the voyages of St. Paul, Acts xx. 
 13, and xxvii. 2, which made voyages long and very dangerous. 
 
MF M&PS 
 
 Plat, 
 
 **-* ' 
 
<on0tmction of 
 
 The best way to perfect the pupil in a knowledge of the geog- 
 raphy of any country or portion of the globe, is by putting him to 
 construct a well projected map of such country. Some plain rule?, 
 therefore, embracing as few geometrical problems as possible, will 
 here be offered for this purpose. 
 
 1. To draw a map of any particular cuunliy. 
 
 When only small portions of the globe, as any particular COUD- 
 try, are to be delineated on a map, the degrees of longitude and 
 latitude mny be repreM -nt< -d by straight lines; of course the con- 
 struction oi s'lth m;ips is extremely simple and easy. 
 
 '.-c it be required to draw a map of Spain 
 >rtu<ral, which lie between 10 VV. and 40 E. longitude, and 
 between 36 and 4^ A. latitude. 
 
 v the lino \ 1>, phite I. fig. 1, for a meridian parsing 
 through the middle of the country, on which set off eight equal 
 parts, abcdcfgB, taken at pleasure, or from any convenient 
 scale for degrees. 
 
 On the point \ erect a perpendicular, and draw the line C D; 
 also draw K F, through B, parallel to C I), for the extreme paral- 
 lels of latitude. Then to complete the parallel?, draw lines 
 through abed e//r, parallel to the lines C 1) and E F. 
 
 To draw I fie mtiiduins : divide a degree, as the distance from 
 \ to a, into sixty equal parts, if it be lare enough, or if it be 
 very small, into j;.r q ml parts, fig. 3,* each of which parts will 
 contai: i| hie al miles : Then because the length of a de- 
 
 cree i; illel of latitude, decreases towards the pole, look 
 
 table showing tfie number of miliy contained in a degree of 
 longitude in <nck p.uuUtl of latitude, and find the contents of a de- 
 gree oi Ion. ,e latitude of 3U, viz. 48,54 miles. From 
 the d< _ a !y divided, or scale of equal part?, Figure 3, 
 take the parts 4 h will be Jive of those divibions very 
 nearly. ;i the distance 7 times, each way, from A to- 
 wards I) and C. Again, from the same table, finding the extent 
 of a degree in the latitude of 46, viz. 41,68 miles, set it off both 
 ways from B towards F and F: Then from the points of division 
 
 *To divide any.. !o any proposed number of equal partt ; 
 
 suppose the line 3, tn be divided into six equal parts, 
 
 from A drav. ! irom I, draw 1) I) parallel to A C. On 
 
 each of these lin ng at A and B, set off as many equal 
 
 parts of any length as the line A B is to be divided into. Join the 
 opposite points of division by the lines A C, 1 5,2 4, &c. and thus 
 will the line A B be divided into six equal parts. 
 
 To difidt nearly to the extent of 
 
 an iric/i, into 60 equal parts for Ike purpose of taking the parts of a 
 degree of longitude in diff<. rent parallels of latitude ; form a diagonal 
 cale, 1 lie given line A B, by first dividing it into aix 
 
 equal parts, as before directed, after which erect the perpendicu- 
 lars A C and B I) ; draw ten lines al equal distances, parallel with 
 the line A B ; also from the points of division in the line A B, draw 
 parallel lines to intersect the line C D ; draw the diagonal lines 
 B 10, fee. and thus you will have a scale of 60 equal parti formed 
 to the line A B. 
 
 C c 
 
314 CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS. 
 
 in the line E F, to the corresponding points in the line C D, draw- 
 so many right lines for the meridians. Number the degrees of 
 latitude up both sides of the map, and the degrees of longitude at 
 top and bottom. Also in some vacant place, make a scale of 
 miles, by dividing a degree into 70 equal parts or English miles, 
 to serve for the purpose of finding the distances of places upon the 
 map. This is the only kind of maps to which a scale of miles can 
 be truly adapted. 
 
 Having the latitude and longitude of the principal places, it 
 will be easy to set them down in the map ; for any town must be 
 placed where the circles of its latitude and longitude intersect ; 
 for instance, Lisbon, whose latitude is 38 42' N. and longitude 
 9 9' W. will be at G ; and Barcelona, whose latitude is 41 ^6' N. 
 and longitude 2 13' E. will be at H. 
 
 The sea coast may be described by setting down the capes and 
 principal places situated upon it, and then drawing a continued 
 line through them all. In the same manner rivers are delineated 
 by setting down the towns, &c. by which they pass. 
 
 2. To draw a map of any large tract of country. 
 
 When a large tract of country or portion of the globe is to be 
 delineated on a map, the degrees of latitude should be represented 
 by curved lines. 
 
 For example : Suppose it be required to draw a map of Europe 
 situated between 35 and 70 N. latitude, and between 25 W. aud, 
 55 E. longitude, and that the parallels arid meridians be drawn 
 to every 5 degrees. 
 
 Draw the line A B, Fig. 2, and in the middle raise the perpendic- 
 ular e c, on which set off 7 equal parts b d k m n w c, each oi which 
 is to be considered as containing 5 degrees of latitude, and draw 
 the short line i o parallel to A B. Divide e 6, or the distance be- 
 tween the parallels into six equal parts, Fig. 4. Or, if it be large 
 enough, into 60 equal parts, in the manner as exhibited Fig. 6, 
 and explained in the foregoing note. Then in the table for de- 
 creasing longitudes, find the contents of a degree of longitude, in 
 the latitude of 35o, viz. 49,15 miles. From the scale of equal 
 parts, Fig. 4, take the parts 49,15 which zrejive of the divisions in 
 the scale vtry nearly, divide the distance and set one half from e, 
 to D, and the other half from t to C. Find then the extent of a 
 degree of longitude, in the latitude of 70, viz. 20,52 miles ; and 
 taking that distance from the scale of equal parts, Fig. 4, or diag- 
 onal scale if you have one, divide it as before, laying one half from 
 c to i, and the other half from c to o. Draw straight lines between 
 the points D and i, and C and o, and thus D Ci o, is a projection 
 for 5 degrees of longitude, and 35 degrees of latitude. 
 
 To draw the next meridians ; take, with a pair of compasses, the 
 distance from D to o, or from C to i, and setting one foot in D, and 
 then in C, describe the arches i r and o u ; and in like manner, 
 with the eame extent in your compasses, set one foot first in i and 
 then in o, and describe the arches a a and s j. Then take the dis- 
 tance from D to C, and set it from D to H, and from C to G. 
 Take likewise the distance from i to o, and set it from i to r, and 
 from o to u, and draw lines from r to H, and from u to G. 
 
 After the same manner are all the other meridians to be drawn 
 to complete the map. 
 
CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS. 515 
 
 To draw the parallels, with a flexible ruler, if the map be large, 
 draw curved lines through the points, II 1) e ( ' (J, &c. also through 
 the points, r t c o M, kc. for tin; extreme parallels of latitude. Di- 
 vide the extreme meridians on the riijht and left hand sides of 
 your map, between (lie points of intersection by the extreme par- 
 allels. and /> p into stren equal part* corresponding to the di- 
 vision-, h d k m n w r, in the line e. c. Through these three cor- 
 responding points, in the linee c, and in the extreme meridians, 
 with a flexible ruler, as before directed, draw curved lines for the 
 intermediate parallels of latitude. 
 
 If the map he *mall, th-r-sp curved lines may be drawn with com- 
 passe??, by o adjusting nne foot at a distance on the line t c, that 
 the other shall pass through Ihe three corresponding points in the 
 lino r c. and in the extreme meridians. 
 
 The meridians and parallels being thus drawn, the map is to be 
 completed as already described m the former example. 
 
 3. Globular projection of a Sphere. 
 
 In projecting a sphere, unless it be on a very small scale, it will 
 be necessary some of the lines should be protracted to a very con- 
 siderable length. The first precaution therefore is to be provided 
 with cornpasse and paper, that will admit these lines of the ne- 
 cessary extent. 
 
 here 2 inches ip diameter, such as that, Plate II. may be 
 projected with a pair of common compasses, protracting the line 
 which passes through the poles to 15 inches, and that in the di- 
 rection of Ihe equator to 1<2 inches. 
 
 A sphere 3 inches in diameter will require the line passing 
 throujrh the poles to be <?5 inches in length, and that of the equator 
 17 inches. The compasses, if of the common kind, must be length- 
 ened by some aitificial means to strike the parallels nearest the 
 equator. 
 
 To admit these lines, two or more sheets of paper may be put 
 together with waf-rs, or a sheet of paper may be fastened with 
 wafers to a smoothly planed hoard, which will answer every pur- 
 pose. 
 
 But if the sphere to be projected be more than two inches in di- 
 ameter, a flexible ruler, or an even piece of whale bone, is much 
 to be preferred to compares or any other method, for drawing the 
 parallel- and tli- rm-ndians nearest to theequatoi, and to the axis 
 of the sphere. Th manner of using it is in conjunction with a 
 stiff ruler, to which it must be confined at the ends, ami in the 
 middle, forced into the curve, which may be desired, by wedgei 
 inserted !>.- twf en the two. 
 
 Having made the u< < > wary preparations, draw the line A B, 
 Plate II, which for a I] hes in diimeter, as before direct- 
 
 ed, must be protracted 1:2 iuche-* in length At a raise a perpen- 
 dicular, and draw the line D a F, which must be extended 15 
 inches ; that is, about 7 inches without the circle at each pole. 
 
 Take any extent in your compasses proportionate to the diame- 
 ter of the sphere you would project, here the ninth part of an inch, 
 and with one foot in a, set off this distance, (^ times from a to \ 
 
316 CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS. 
 
 also from a F, from a I, and from a D, and mark the divisions, 
 each of which will contain 10 degrees. 
 
 Extend the compasses from a to A, and strike the circle A F I 
 D, each quadrant or quarter of which, as from A to F, must now 
 be divided into 9 equal parts, in the following manner. With the 
 same extent in your compasses, with which you struek the circle, 
 and which is called the radius of the circle, set one foot iu A, and 
 the other will mark the division at d ; and also set one foot in F, and 
 the other will mark the divi?ion at 6; thus the quadrant A F be- 
 comes divided into three equal parts, each of which, as A 6, &c, 
 must be carefully divided into three other equal parts. The same 
 with each of the other quarters of the circle. 
 
 The circle and the diameters being thus divided into 36 equal 
 parts, each of which contains JO degrees, it only re-mains to draw 
 the parallels and the meridians, and these divisions are the points 
 through which the parallels and the meridians are to be drawn. 
 What remains is extremely easy, provided these divisions have 
 been accurately made. 
 
 First, to draw the parallels ; begin at one of the poles, for ex- 
 ample, the south ; there are the three points e c *, through which 
 to draw the arc of a circle, which shall be the parallel of 80 south 
 latitude. This is done by adjusting one foot of the compasses on 
 the line D a F, as at n, so that the other shall pass directiy through 
 the three points, c e t, and thus describe the arc c e , which will 
 be the parallel of 80 south latitude. This done, with the same 
 opening of the compasses, draw the parallel of 80 north lati- 
 tude. In the same manner all the parallels are to be drawn, In 
 describing the next parallel, or that of 70, one foot of the com- 
 passes will fall at /, while the other passes through the points 
 g mp. 
 
 To draw the meridians : As all the meridians pass through the 
 poles, consequently, to draw, for instance, the meridian of 80 W. 
 longitude from London, adjust one foot of the compasses on the 
 line A B, as at /J, so that the other shall cut the equator at s, (80 
 W. longitude from London) and pass directly through the poles. 
 Then describe the arc F s D, which will be the meridian of 80 
 W. longitude from London. 
 
 In the same manner all the meridians are to be drawn, so ad- 
 justing one foot of the compasses on the line A B, that the other 
 shall cut the equator at the proper division and pass through the 
 poles. In describing the next meridian west, or that of 90<>, the 
 foot of the compass will fall at k, 
 
 The centres on which to describe these arcs may be found geo- 
 metrically as follows ; for the parallel of 60 N. latitude, with one 
 foot of the compass in o, and the other extended any length 
 more than half the distance to w, describe the arc 2 1. With the 
 same extent in the compasses, set one foot in iv, and with the oth- 
 er describe the arc 33. Through the points of intersection draw 
 the line I r, and where this line cuts the diameter or axis, extend- 
 ed without the sphere, viz. at a:, will be the centre on which toi 
 describe the arc d o w, which will be the parallel of 60 N. lat-> 
 itude. In the same way may any or all the centres be found. 
 
II,., II 
 
 OF 
 

 one ' 
 
 OF THE GLOBES. 
 
 A Globe or Sphere is a round body, every part of whose surface 
 is equally distant from its centre. 
 
 Artificial globes are of two kinds, viz. the terrestrial, which ex- 
 hibit? t^tion of the earth, with the natural form and situ- 
 ation of hind and water ; and tin- cfl'slial, whirh has on its sur- 
 face a representation of all thr vis-iblc- star? in the heaven?, and the 
 images or figures of all the various constellations into which thete 
 
 Each globe consists < fjhe following parts, viz. 
 
 1. 'I Poltt (being the ends of the axis on which the 
 globe turn?) which, wlif-n applied to the heavens, signify the 
 point directly over (lit- t.-rre-tri;tl Poles. That whirh is visible to 
 us is r i'ole ; and its opposite, the Ant- 
 arctic, or South Pole. 
 
 2. The Brazen Meridian, divided into 4 quarters, and each 
 quartf-r into !ji) degrees. This circle surrounds the globe, and is 
 join*- 
 
 3. i <h surrounds the globe, the up- 
 per part of whirh the true horizon, and has several cir- 
 cles drawn upon it: th innermost is marked with all the points 
 of the mariner's compa- characters, 
 and fi.-Mrf- of the twelve s / . Hihdividrd into de- 
 
 ihf third i- a calender "f months a' I'/ the 
 
 last two is i signs and degrees the pun i* in dunnir 
 
 , the yrar. 
 
 4. ] Circle divided into twice t ial twenty- 
 four hours, fitted to the h >rth pole. 
 
 5. The Quadrant of Alttlude, which is a thin slip of brass di- 
 vided into 90 degrees, corresponding with those on the equinoc- 
 tial. It may be screwed on occasionally to the top of the brass 
 meridian, to measure the distance of places. 
 
 Th" rirrl-s on the globe are divided into Great and Les*. 
 
 (ii-eal Circles a- <lobe into two equal parts, 
 
 as the Kquator, the Ecliptic, the .Meridian?, the Horizon, and the 
 Colure* ; the Lest circles divide the globe into unequal part , as 
 the two Tropics and the two Polar Circles. 
 C< 
 
318 OF THE GLOBES. 
 
 The Equator or Equinoctial, commonly called The Lint by 
 manners, is a great circle, divided into 180 decrees each way 
 from the first or chief meridian ; making altogether 360 degree* 
 if reckoned quite round the globe to the point from whence they 
 begin. This circle divides the globe into northern and southern 
 hemispheres. 
 
 The Ecliptic is a great circle, cutting Ihe equator obliquely in 
 the opposite points of Aries and Libra, and is designed to represent 
 that path in the heavens which the sun seems to describe by the 
 earth's annual revolution round it. It is divided into twelve equal 
 parts, called signs, which correspond with the twelve months, and 
 each sign is subdivided into thirty parts, called degrees. 
 
 The names and characters of these signs, with the time of the 
 sun's entering them, are as follows : 
 
 >} 
 
 ': > 
 
 1 ) 
 
 Names. Signs. Sun enters. 
 
 1. Aries f the Ram ; March 20th. 
 
 2. Taurus the Bull ; April 20th. 
 3 Gemini n tu e Twins ; May 21st. 
 
 4. Cancer 35 the Crab ; j une 2lst. 
 
 5. Leo ft the Lion ; j u i y 2 3t d. 
 
 6. Virgo nj? the Virgin ; Aug> 23r(L 
 
 7. Libra ^ the Scales; Sept> 23rd 
 
 8. Scorpio "I the Scorpion ; O ct. 23rd. 
 
 9. Sagittarius ' the Archer; N OV 2 2nd. 
 :) 10. Capricornus V? the Goat; Dec. 22nd. 
 2- ) 11. Aquarius ~ the Waterman ; Jan. 50th. 
 ? ) 12. Pisces X the Fishes; Feb. 19th. 
 
 The Zodiac, so called, which is 16 degrees broad, (8 degrees on 
 each side of the ecliptic) contains the above mentioned signs ; from 
 which the sun never departs, and within the bounds of which, all 
 the planets perform their revolutions. 
 
 The Meridians are those circles that pass from pole to pole, 
 and divide the globe into the eastern and western hemispheres. 
 There are commonly marked on the globes, twenty- four meridians, 
 one through every 15 degrees, corresponding to the twenty-four 
 hours of the day and night. But every place, though ever so little 
 to the east or west, has its own meridian. 
 
 The first meridian, with English Geographers, is drawn through 
 London. 
 
 The Horizon is that circle you see in a clear day, where the 
 sky and the earth, or water seem to meet; this is called the visi- 
 ble or sensible horizon, and is of greater or less extent according 
 to the distance of the eye from the level of the earth. Thus an 
 eye placed at the height of five feet from the surface of the earth 
 or sea will merely have a prospect of two miles aud a quarter 
 around, supposing the earth to be perfectly level : but at the 
 height of twenty-five feet it will receive a prospect of five miles 
 and three quarters. That called the rational horizon encompasses 
 
OF THE GLOBES. 3l9 
 
 the globe exactly in the middle, and is represented by the wooden 
 frame already described. 
 
 The Colures are two great circles supposed to intersect each 
 other at ri^ht angles in the pole? ; and are called, one the solsti- 
 tial, and the other the equinoctial colure, because one passes 
 through the solstitial, and (he other through the equinoctial points 
 of the ecliptic. The first determines the solstices ; and the second 
 shows the equinoxes ; and by dividing the ecliptic into four equal 
 parts, they also designate the four seasons of the year. The colures 
 are drawn only on the Celestial Globe. 
 
 Note. For the Tropics, Polar Circles, Zones, Decrees, Lati- 
 tude, Longitude, &c. the pupil is referred to the u Definitions," 
 contained in the<fceginuing of this book. 
 
 PROBLEMS ON THE TERRESTRIAL GLOBE. 
 
 PROBLEM I. To find the latitude of any place. 
 
 Turn the globe, and bring the place to the graduated edge of 
 the brazen meridian ; and the degree on the meridian is the lati- 
 tude north or south, as it may be on the north or south side of the 
 equator. 
 
 Thus the latitude of London is 5 If north ; and of St. Helena 
 nearly 16 decrees south. 
 
 What is the latitude of Cairo in Egypt ? Of the Cape of Good 
 Hope? Of Cape Horn? Of Constantinople ? Of Boston? and 
 of Botany Bay ? 
 
 PROBLF.M II. To find the longitude of any place. 
 
 Bring the place to the brazen meridian, and the degree on the 
 equator shows the longitude from London. 
 
 Thus the longitude of the island Ceylon is 81 degrees east ; of 
 Lisbon 9 dcgr'-es west. 
 
 What is the longitude of Archangel ? Of Babelmandel ? Of 
 Gibralter? Of Jerusalem ? 
 
 PROBLEM III. The longitude and latitude of any place being 
 gtrcn, to find t/iat pltce. 
 
 Look for the longitude on the equator, and bring it to the bra- 
 zen meridian ; thon under the given degree of latitude will be 
 the place required. 
 
 Thu tho pi. tee whose longitude is 3j30' east, and latitude 30 
 40' north i ('tiro ; and the place which has near 6 west longi- 
 tude, and 16 south latitude, is St. Helena. 
 
 What places are those that have the following longitudes and 
 latitude?: 79 50' west Ion. and 33 22' north lat. 76 50' we=t 
 Ion. and 33 1"> south lat. and 8 35' east Ion. and 40 53' north lat. ? 
 What pla<"e is that whose longitude is nearly 78 west, but which 
 has no latitude ? 
 
 PROBLEM IV. To find the difference of latitude of any two places, 
 
 If the places are in the same hemisphere, bring 1 each to the 
 meridian, and subtract the latitude of the one from that of the 
 other ; if in different hemispheres, add the latitude of the one to 
 that of the other* 
 
320 OF THE GLOBES. 
 
 Thus the difference of latitude between London and Madras is 
 38 28' ; between Paris and Cape Horn is 104 49'. 
 
 What is the difference of latitude between Copenhagen and Gib- 
 ralter? between London and the Cape of Good Hope ? between 
 Bengal and St. Helena? between Madrid and Moscow? between 
 Leghorn and Liverpool ? between Pekin and Philadelphia ? 
 
 PROBLEM V. To find the difference of longitude, of any two places. 
 
 Bring: one of the places to the brazen meridian, and mark its 
 longitude ; then bring the other place to the meridian, and tke 
 number of degrees between its longitude and the first mark, is the 
 difference of its longitude. 
 
 Thus the difference of longitude between London and Con- 
 stantinople is 29 degrees ; between Constantinople and Madras is 
 5120'. 
 
 What is the difference of longitude between Brest and Cape 
 Horn ? between Charleston in America, and Cork in Ireland? 
 between Rome and Cape Finisterre ? between Canton and the 
 most northerly point of the Orkney Islands? between the most 
 northerly of Madagascar and Otaheite ? between Mecca and 
 Calcutta ? 
 
 PROBLEM VI. To find the distance of any two places on the globe. 
 
 Lay the graduated edge of the quadrant of altitude over both 
 places, and the degrees between them multiplied by 69^ will give 
 the distance in English miles. 
 
 Thus the distance between Boston and the Island Bermuda is 
 11 30' or 799 miles; between London and Jamaica, is 4,691 
 miles. 
 
 What is the distance between Samarcand in Tartary and Pe- 
 kin ? between North Cape and Gibralter I between Rio Janeiro 
 and the Cape of Good Hope ? between Madrid and Cairo ? be- 
 tween Boston and Cayenne ? 
 
 PROBLEM VII. The hour at any place being given, to find what 
 hour it is at any other place.* 
 
 Bring the place where the hour is given, to the brazen meridian, 
 and set the index of the hour circle to that hour, Ihen turn the 
 globe till the proposed place come under the meridian, and the 
 index will point to the present hour at that place. 
 
 * When the distance or difference of longitude between two places is known, it is easy to 
 fttecrtain their difference of time by calculation. It is noon at twelve o'clock, when any 
 place on the globe is exactly towards the sun, and the succession of day and night, of morn- 
 ing, noon, and evening, may be beautifully shewn by turning the terrestrial glol in the sun- 
 shine, or in the light of a fire or candle. But to ascertain exactly the number of hours and 
 minutes in which, at the same moment of time, two places differ, it is necessary to divide 
 the difference of longitude by IS, because every 15 degrees is equal to one hour of time; 
 and consequently, also every degree is equal to four minutes of time. For example, when it 
 is noon at London, it will be four o'clock in the afternoon at all places which have sixty 
 degrees of longitude east of London, and eight in the morning to all places which are sixty 
 degrees west of London. At all places which have 180 degrees difference of longitude, it 
 will be twelve o'clock at night when it is noon at London. And, in this manner, the hour in 
 any part of the world maybe calculated, by adding to the given hour when the place is cast, and 
 by subtracting when it is west. 
 
OF THE GLOBKS. 321 
 
 Thus when it is twelve o'clock at noon in Boston, it Is nearH 
 half past four in the afternoon at the island St. Helena; but at 
 Owhyhee it is rinly about a quarter past six in the morning. 
 
 When it is ten in the forenoon at London, what is the time al 
 Calcutta, Canton, lYlrw Islands, Barbadoes, the western side oJ 
 Lake Superior, Owhyhee, and Eastern Islands ? 
 
 I'K-MM.KM VIII. To rectify the globe for the latitude, zenith, and 
 sun's place. 
 
 1. For the latitude : Elevate the pole above the horizon, ac- 
 cording to the latitude of the place. 
 
 2. For the zenith : Screw the quadrant of altitude on the merid- 
 ian at the given degree of latitude, counting from the equator to- 
 wards the elevated pole. 
 
 3. For the sun's place : Find the sun'? place on the horizon, 
 and then brine: the same place found on the ecliptic to the merid- 
 ian, and set the hour index at twelve at noon. 
 
 Thus to rectify for the latitude of London on the 10th day ol 
 May ; the globe must be so placed that the north pole shall be 
 ;>! degree above the noith side of the horizon, then ol- will bt 
 found on the zenith of the meridian on which the quadrant mus: 
 be screwed On the horizon the 10th of May answers to the SOU 
 of Taurus, which find on the ecliptic, and bring it to the naeridi 
 an, and set the index to twelve. 
 
 Rectify the globe for London, Petersburg, Madras, Pekin, Que 
 bcc, and Boston, for the 24th of February, 27th of June, and th< 
 6th of August. 
 
 I'K >in. KM IX. To find at icfuil hour the sun rises and sets /n, 
 day in the year, and also upon what point of the compos*. 
 
 Rectify for the latitude anil sun's place, (Prob. VIII.) and turn 
 n's plare to the n, and the index 
 
 will point to the hour Mi'-n brin- it (> the w<->tern edge 
 
 of the horizon, and the in ' :nr^. 
 
 Thus on the lu'ih of March at Boston, ilie ? in rises a little 
 six, and sets a liltle before six in the evening. 
 
 NVh.it ti:ne does the sun rise ;;. ! Ml .it Pctrrs-huru, Naples, 
 Canton, Gibraltar, 'I -ton, on the l.'jth of April, 
 
 the 4th of July, ami the *2>)i\i <! N 
 
 JVo/e. On the h the sun rises due east, and sets 
 
 due west ; between this and t: .or, it rises and 
 
 sets to the north v. <> points, ami in the winter months 
 
 to the southward of them. VVhen the sun's place is brought to 
 the eastern or western edce of the horizon, it marks the point oi 
 the compass upon which it rises or sets that day. 
 
 PROBLEM X. To find the length of the day and night at any limt 
 of the year. 
 
 Double the time of the sun's rising, which gives the length of 
 the night ; double the time of his setting, which gives the length 
 of the day. 
 
 Thus, on the 25th of May, the sun rises at London about four 
 o'clock, and sets at eight. The length of the night is twice four 
 or eight houn; the length of the day is twice eight, or sixteen 
 hours. 
 
322 OF THE GLOBES. 
 
 What is the length of. the day and night on the 22d of April 
 at London, Madrid, St. Helena, Boston, Mexico and Canton ? 
 
 PROBLEM XI. The day of the month be. ing given, to find the sun's 
 declination,* and all those places where the sun will be vertical at 
 noon that day. 
 
 Find the sun's place on the ecliptic, and bring it to the meridi- 
 an, and the degree which stands over it is the sun's declination. 
 Then turn the globe from west to east, and to all the places that 
 pass under that degree will the sun be vertical that day. 
 
 Thus, on the 27th of October, the sun's declination will be 13 
 degrees south, and will be vertical at St. Salvador, in South Amer- 
 ica, &c &c. on that day. On the 10th of May, the sun is verti- 
 cal at Pegu, the Red Sea, Hindostan, Cochin-China, and Porto 
 Rico. 
 
 What is the sun's declination, and to what places will he be 
 vertical on the lOlh of February, 12th of March, the 9th of April, 
 the 15th of August, the 21st of September, and the sixth of Novem- 
 ber? 
 
 When will the sun pass vertically over Surinam ? the most 
 easterly part of the bay of Honduras? the islands St. Helena, 
 Ascension and Mauritius ? 
 
 What two days in the year will a person at St. Domingo have 
 no shadow at noon ? 
 
 PROBLEM XII. At a given place and hour, to find where the sun 
 zs then vertical. 
 
 Bring the sun's place, found in the ecliptic for that day, to the 
 meridian, which shows his declination ; elevate the pole to that 
 declination ; then bring the given place to the meridian, and set 
 the index to twelve o'clock at noon. Turn the globe till the in- 
 dex points to the given hour; and the place exactly under the 
 sun's declination oa the brazen meridian will have the sun verti- 
 cal at the given time. 
 
 Thus it will be found that the sun is vertical at Port Royal in 
 Jamaica, when it is at a few minutes past five in the afternoon on 
 the llth of May in London 
 
 On the 24th of April, when it is six in the evening at Stockholm 
 in Sweden, the sun will be vertical at Boston. 
 
 Where is the sun vertical on the 24th of June, the llth of July, 
 the 16th of August, and the tenth of November, when it is seven 
 in the morning and twelve at night in London ? 
 
 PROBLEM XIII. The day and hour bting -z>m, to find all those 
 places of the earth where the sun is then rising and setting, 
 where it is noon, midnight, &c. 
 
 Find by the last problem, the place to which the sun is vertical 
 at the given hour, and bring the same to the meridian, and rectify 
 the g'obe to a latitude equal to the sun's declination. Then to all 
 the places just under the western side of the horizon, the sun is 
 
 * The declination of the sun is its distance from the equator 
 north or south. 
 
OF THE GLOBES. 323 
 
 rising ; to those just above the eastern horizon the sun is about 
 to set ; to all those under the upper half of the brazen meridian it is 
 noon, aad to all those under the lower half it is midnight. 
 
 FB.OBLHM XIV. To find all the places lo whick a lunar eclipse it 
 visible at any instant. 
 
 Find the place to which the sun is vertical at that time, and 
 bring that place to the zenith, and set the index to the upper 
 twelve, then turn the globe till the index point to the lower twelve, 
 and the eclipse id visible to every part of the earth that is now 
 above the horizon. 
 
 OF THE CELESTIAL GLOBF>. 
 
 The Celestial Globe is an artificial representation of the heavens 
 having the fixed stars drawn upon it, in their natural order and 
 situation. The eye is supposed to be placed in the centre. 
 
 As the terrestrial globe by turning on its axis represents the real 
 diurnal motion of the earth; so the celestial globe, by taming on 
 its axis, represents the apparent motion of the heavens. 
 
 The Zodiac is an ima_,inHry t.elt round the heavens, of about 
 sixteen degrees broad ; through the middle of which runs the 
 ecliptic or the apparent j :iih <>t the sun. 
 
 i:. The twelve signs of the zodiac which belong to the ce- 
 lestial globe have b< enunx r.ttcd. 
 
 KqiLinoclml Points are the first points of Aries and Libra, so 
 called, because when the sun appears to be in either of them, the 
 days and nights are equal. 
 
 Solstitial Points are the first points of Cancer and Capricorn, 
 so called because when the sun arrives at eithei of tin m he seems 
 to stand still, or be at the- ?auie height in the heavens at twelve 
 o^lock at noon for several d^y* together. 
 
 Declination on the celestial globe is the same as latitude on the 
 terrestrial ; being the distance of a star from the equinoctial, either 
 north or south. 
 
 Right Ascension of a star is its distance from the first meridian, 
 (or that which passes through tin iir>t point of Aries) counted in 
 degrees, on the equinoctial quite round the globe. 
 
 Latitude of a star is its distance from the ecliptic, either north 
 or south, counted in degrees ot the quadrant of altitude. The sun 
 being always in the ecliptic has no latitude. 
 
 Longitude of a star is counted on the ecliptic, in degrees, or in 
 signs and degrees, from the beginning of irics eastward round th* 
 globe. 
 
TABLE 
 
 Showing the number of miles contained in a Degree of 
 Longitude, in each Parallel of Latitude, from the 
 Equator to the Poles. 
 
 Degree* 
 of 
 Latitude. 
 
 Miles. Degrees 
 100th parts of 
 of a mile. Latitude. 
 
 Miles. Degrees 
 100th parts of 
 of a mile. Latitude. 
 
 Miles. 
 100th parts 
 of a mile. 
 
 1 
 
 59,96 
 
 31 
 
 51,43 
 
 61 
 
 29,04 
 
 2 
 
 59,94 
 
 32 
 
 50,88 
 
 62 
 
 28,17 
 
 3 
 
 59,92 
 
 33 
 
 50,32 
 
 63 
 
 27,24 
 
 4 
 
 59,86 
 
 34 
 
 49,74 
 
 64 
 
 26,30 
 
 5 
 
 59,77 
 
 35 
 
 49,15 
 
 65 
 
 25,36 
 
 6 
 
 59,67 
 
 36 
 
 48,54 
 
 66 
 
 24,41 
 
 7 
 
 59,56 
 
 37 
 
 47,92 
 
 67 
 
 23,45 
 
 8 
 
 59,40 
 
 38 
 
 47,28 
 
 68 
 
 22,48 
 
 9 
 
 59,20 
 
 39 
 
 46,62 
 
 69 
 
 21,51 
 
 10 
 
 59,18 
 
 40 
 
 46,00 
 
 70 
 
 20,52 
 
 11 
 
 58,89 
 
 41 
 
 45,28 
 
 71 
 
 19,54 
 
 12 
 
 58,68 
 
 42 
 
 44,95 
 
 72 
 
 18,52 
 
 13 
 
 58,46 
 
 43 
 
 43,88 
 
 73 
 
 17,55 
 
 14 
 
 58,22 
 
 44 
 
 43,16 
 
 74 
 
 16,53 
 
 15 
 
 58,00 
 
 45 
 
 42,43 
 
 75 
 
 15,52 
 
 16 
 
 57,60 
 
 46 
 
 41,68 
 
 76 
 
 14,51 
 
 17 
 
 57,30 
 
 47 
 
 41,00 
 
 77 
 
 13,50 
 
 18 
 
 57,04 
 
 48 
 
 40,15 
 
 78 
 
 12,48 
 
 19 
 
 56,73 
 
 49 
 
 39,36 
 
 79 
 
 11,45 
 
 20 
 
 56,38 
 
 50 
 
 38,57 
 
 80 
 
 10,42 
 
 21 
 
 56,00 
 
 51 
 
 37,73 
 
 81 
 
 09,38 
 
 22 
 
 55,63 
 
 52 
 
 37,00 
 
 82 
 
 08,35 
 
 23 
 
 55,23 
 
 53 
 
 36,18 
 
 83 
 
 07,32 
 
 24 
 
 54,81 
 
 54 
 
 35,26 
 
 '84 
 
 06,28 
 
 25 
 
 54,38 
 
 55 
 
 34,41 
 
 85 
 
 05,23 
 
 26 
 
 54,00 
 
 66 
 
 33,55 
 
 86 
 
 04,18 
 
 27 
 
 53,44 
 
 57 
 
 32,67 
 
 87 
 
 03,14 
 
 28 
 
 53,00 
 
 58 
 
 31,70 
 
 88 
 
 02,09 
 
 29 
 
 52,48 
 
 59 
 
 30,90 
 
 89 
 
 01,05 
 
 30 
 
 SI, 96 60 
 
 30,00 
 
 90 
 
 00,00 
 


 

 
 rtt 
 
RETURN TO the circulation desk of any 
 University of California Library 
 
 or to the 
 
 NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 Bldg. 400, Richmond Field Station 
 University of California 
 Richmond, CA 94804-4698 
 
 ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS 
 
 2-month loans may be renewed by calling 
 (510)642-6753 
 
 1-year loans may be recharged by bringing 
 books to NRLF 
 
 Renewals and recharges may be made 4 
 days prior to due date. 
 
 DUE AS STAMPED BELOW 
 JAN 1 2001 
 
 12,000(11/95) 
 
r-iy - A 
 
 
 5 
 
 i ?f F ?i .& ^: . gg| 
 
 . i < : . , i . . .v . , , i 
 
 I r:- : t)"' 1 ' 
 
 ' , . '^ 
 
 . , , . ,i nei 
 
 H), j r>njj ' iV^ifc 
 
 ; Mrr.iy's Abrid^imu. ;(, co[/,wi;s 
 ' : cular reference io iln ac- 
 
 :, 
 
 ittpi .pas im'i liately inf.ro- 
 
 :ot] i L 
 : kj-gsfi >cn<j 
 
 , ] i . -,, H ::: PI :KI 
 
 Lllltil . : ' ' ' 
 
 : y ' ' 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 ; - 
 
 THE CL M 
 
 
 
 . 
 Classic* id r, '.j^Iy 
 
 : 
 
 a 
 
 - 
 ' ,na f- 
 
 , 
 
 49